Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
Boston Library Consortium Member Libraries
http://www.archive.org/details/textsofchoralwor03bach
fo*Z-f
TEXTS
of the
CHORAL WORKS
of
JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH
in
ENGLISH TRANSLATION
by
HENRY S. DRINKER
&
Volume 3
Passions, Oratorios, Motets, Secular and
Unpublished Cantatas and Songs
Printed privately and distributed by
The Association of American Colleges
Arts Program
19 West 44th Street, New York City
Not copyrighted
-2 t
fct2.
PREFACE TO VOLUME III
In my Preface to Volume I, which contains my English texts
of the first 100 Church Cantatas, I outlined my philosophy of
translating Bach's Choral Works. The difficulties, there referred
to, of preserving Bach's music intact and at the same time using
the words of the King James Text in Bible passages are espe-
cially apparent in the two Passions and in the Christmas Ora-
torio, both because of the extensive quotations direct from the
Bible, and because of the exceptional musical beauty of the
Recitatives by the Evangelist. In these works I have nowhere
called for a change of any note of Bach to a different note. Nor
in the Choruses, Arias, and Chorales have I changed the time
value of any note. The only change of any kind in these numbers
is that indicated at the end of the Chorus in No. 73 of the St.
Matthew Passion, where, as indicated in the three lower parts,
I have broken the slur so as to substitute four English syllables
("the Son of God") for three ("ge-we-sen") in the German. In
the Recitatives I have occasionally made slight rhythmic substi-
tutions, in all cases in accordance with Bach's musical idiom and
in no case, I believe, changing either the essential rhythm, stress,
or musical line. These changes are all indicated.
The present volume includes the text of all the vocal works
of Bach, with German texts, other than the 199 Church Cantatas
contained in Volumes I and II. I have not translated the works
with Latin texts, believing that these are best sung with the
familiar and very singable Latin words.
As explained in the Preface to Volume I (pp. 14-17), at the
beginning of each movement is indicated the key (capitals mean
major, small letters minor), the time, and the instruments
required. My English text is written, syllable for syllable, under
the German. Unless otherwise indicated, the appropriate Eng-
lish syllables may be substituted throughout the music for the
German syllables written above them.
The syllable division of the English words will often appear
inconsistent, but this is deliberate on my part. In Choruses and
Arias, where a syllable is sung on a considerable musical phrase,
I believe in placing the next consonant at the beginning of the
next syllable, so as to direct the singer's attention to the
vowel. Thus, words like "invited", or "open", I often divide
"in-vi-ted" or "o-pen" in a Chorus or Aria, whereas in a
Chorale or Recitative I would divide them "in-vit-ed" or
"op-en". I believe it helpful to write the syllables in the music
to be sung with this idea in mind.
Words or phrases in the text which are repeated are enclosed
in parentheses; for example, in No. 67 of the St. Matthew
(iii)
Passion, page 408, where ("bauest") is repeated in the German
text, repeat ("and Thou") in the English. Additional English
words, under the English words just below the German text in
these places, are for use in the passages where the phrase or word
is repeated and does not join immediately to what follows. For
example, in the St. Matthew Passion, No. 67, page 408, where
the words "so steig her-ab" are repeated, they are translated
"come down Thou now", whereas the whole phrase "so steig
her-ab vom Kreuz" is translated "come down Thou from the
Cross".
Where for German words there are two sets of English
words which are not enclosed in parentheses, these are alternate
words; the user can take his choice. See, for example, the last
line on No. 5, page 498 of the Coffee Cantata (No. 211). Where
a German syllable is underlined, it indicates a considerable
musical phrase on this one syllable.
Where I have substituted a quarter or eighth note for two
eighths or sixteenths, or vice versa, I have indicated, above the
line, the value of the notes to be sung to the English syllable
which falls below the written note. For example, at the end of
No. 6, page 381, of the St. Matthew Passion, the two eighth notes
on "sprachen" in the German become one quarter note on
"said". In No. 8, page 382, the eighth note on the first syllable
of "TTaAr-lich" becomes two sixteenths on "Fe-n-ly".
The same principle applies when two consecutive separated
notes are connected with a slur in order to go with a single
English syllable which is substituted for two German syllables,
and vice versa. I have rarely made this change except at the
end of a cadence on do-sol (as in the second line of No. 8, page
381, of St. Matthew), or where an English word of meaning
similar to the German is imperatively demanded by the music
and there is no such English word with an equal number of
syllables; for example, "high" for "Hohen", in No. 49 of St.
Matthew, in the next to the last line of page 389; also "Ponti-us
Pi-late" for "Pon-ti-o Pi-la-to" in the same Recitative. See
also the last line of No. 27, page 389. Conversely, see " sich
ver-streu-en", " scat-tered a-broad" in No. 20, page 386.
Where, in the middle of a phrase, two German syllables are
contracted into one English syllable, the first of which is sung on
a repeated note, the length of the note preceding or of that fol-
lowing the omitted syllable is expanded to make up for the
omission and so indicated by a note written over the appropriate
syllable. See "schaf-fe-te", "wo-wise", on page 404, where the
first sixteenth becomes an eighth, and " kreu-si-get wur-de",
" cru-ci-ij Him", on the same page, where the eighth becomes a
dotted eighth. In No. 20, at the bottom left (page 386), the
(iv)
sixteenth sung on c# to the German "an", following the second
e# (sung on the German "gern" and omitted in the English) is
expanded to an eighth.
Where a note sung on one German syllable is repeated to go
with two English syllables, the note to be repeated is that which,
in the original, goes with the German syllable next preceding the
extra English syllable. For example, in No. 20 (page 386) the
eighth note, g sharp, sung on the German syllable "-le", becomes
two sixteenths, the two g sharps, sung on the English syllables
"-ed be-". In No. 6 of the Christmas Oratorio, page 439, where
"Wm-deln" becomes ' ' swad-dling clothes", the eighth note "e"
becomes a sixteenth followed by a sixteenth on "a", the eighth
on l ' a " being unaltered.
With each English syllable is always sung the note of the
scale which, in the original, goes with the German syllable writ-
ten above such English syllable, or where there is a blank above
it, the note sung to the German syllable next preceding the
blank.
As I said in the Preface to Volume I, I fully realize that the
foregoing is difficult to understand at first reading, — impossible
unless the reader looks up the examples both in these trans-
lations and also in the music. Again, however, I assure the
interested reader that, once my system is understood, it is easy
to follow.
I hope that anyone who finds any difficulty in adapting the
English words to the music will write to me and I will be glad to
explain ; also there may be mistakes which I will be glad to have
called to my attention.
Nothing is copyrighted, my purpose in printing and distrib-
uting these translations being to make them available to direc-
tors, singers and publishers alike.
In the introduction to my Translations of the Texts of the
389 Bach Chorales, I have given detailed instructions as to how
the voice parts of these choral works can be produced in multiple
copies at a minimum cost. This booklet was distributed by the
Association of American Colleges in November 1941. A few
copies may be obtained, while they last, by writing to the Arts
Program of the Association at 19 West 44th Street, New York
City.
Henry S. Drinker,
249 Merion Road,
Merion, Penna.
February 22, 1943.
(v)
■j
INDEX.
PAGE
The Passion According to St. Matthew 379
The Passion According to St. John 415
The Christmas Oratorio 438
The Easter Oratorio 454
The Six Motets 457
Singet dem Herrn ein neues Lied 457
Der Geist hilft unsrer Schwachheit auf 458
Jesu meine Freude 459
Fiirchte dich nicht 462
Lobet den Herrn, alle Heiden 463
Komm, Jesu, komm 463
The Thirteen Secular Cantatas 464
Phoebus and Pan 464
Weichet nur, betriibte Schatten 468
Amor traditore 469
Ich bin in mir vergniigt 470
Der Zufriedengestellte Aeolus 474
Schleicht, spielende Wellen 478
Auf, schmetternde Tone 483
Was mir behagt '. 487
Non sa che sia dolore 490
O holder Tag 492
Schweigt stille (The Coffee Cantata) 496
The Peasants' Cantata 499
Die Wahl des Herkules 504
The Thirteen Unpublished Cantatas 509
Vereinigte Zwietracht 509
Ehre sei Gott in der Hohe 513
O ewiges Feuer 514
Tonet, ihr Pauken 517
Schwingt freudig euch empor 520
Die Freude reget sich 522
Angenehmes Wiederau 525
Preise dein Gliicke, gesegnetes Sachsen 528
Durchlaucht'ster Leopold 53I
Herr Gott, Beherrscher aller Dinge 533
(Vi)
INDEX (Continued).
PAGE
Mit Gnaden bekrone 536
O, angenehme Melodie 539
Vergniigte Pleissen-Stadt 542
The Seventy-five Songs from the Schemelli Gesangbuch 545
Eleven Songs from the "Notenbiicher Anna Magdelena Bach"
(B. G. XLII2) 562
So oft ich meine Tabaks-Pfeife
Bist du bei mir
Warum betrubst du dich
Ich habe genug
Schlummert ein, ihr matten Augen
Schaff's mit mir, Gott
Willst du dein Herz mir schenken
Wie wohl ist mir
Gedenke doch, mein Geist, zuriicke
O Ewigkeit, du Donnerwort
Errata in Bible References in Vol. IV, pp. 75-81 567
(Vii)
6T. MaIihl/,. passion
17^8-1729
Text by
Chr. Fr. Henrici (Picanaer)
Bach^esellschaft Vol IV
(Flauto traverso I & II, Oboe I ft II, Oboe
d'amore I ft II, Oboe da caccia I ft II, Viola
da Gamba, Violoncello, Organ, and Strings.)
1. Chorus I ft II ft Soprano 12/3 (e)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. I * II, Organ,
and Strings.)
Jeremiah IX, 17, 18, 20:
"Thus saith the Lord of hosts, consider
ye, and call for the mourning women, that they
may come; and send for cunning women, that
they may comei
"And let them make haste, and take up
a wailing for us, that our eyes may run down
with tears, and our eyelids gush out with
waters."
"Yet hear the word of the Lord, 0 ye
women, and let your ear receive the word of
his mouth, and teach your daughters wailing,
and every one her neighbour lamentation."
Chorus I
(Kommt, ihr Toch- ter), (helft mir k la-gen),
Come, ye daugh-tera, share my wail-ing
den Brau- ti- gam,
the Bride-groom seei
se- het
see ye!
Chorus II
Wen?
Whom?
Chorus I
seht ihn
see Him,
at endt
Chorus II
Wie?
How?
Soprano
0 Lamm Got-tes un-schul-dig,
0 Lamb of God un-spot- ted,
am Stanm des Kreu- zes ge- schlach- tet,
up- on the Cross Thou art slaught-ered.
als (wie ein Lame.)
a Lamb is He.
The Lamb of God. (bars P8-90)
Chorus I
Se- het, seht die Ge- duld,
Look ye, how pa-tient He,
Chorus II
Was?
What?
Chorus I
(se- het) ftie Ge- duld.)
see how pa-tient He,
look y Bass (bar 47, first time)
Seht auf uns- re Schuld.
see How guil-ty we.
Chorus II
Wo- hin?
Ah, where?
Chorus I ft II
Se- het ihn (aus Lieb und Huld)
See ye Him, for love of me
man
Holz zum Kreu- ze ael- ber tra-gen.
He him-self His cross must car-ry.
Soprano
all-zeit er- fund'n ge-dul- dig,
Se- rene and ev'- er pa-tient,
wie- wohl du wa-rest ver-ach- tet,
tho' scorned and cru- el-ly tor-tured.
All Sund hast du ge- tra- gen,
All sin for our sake bear- ing,
sonst muss- ten wir ver- za- gen.
else would we die des-pair-ing.
Er- barm dich un-ser, (o Je- su. )
Have pi- ty on us, o Je-sus.
379
St. Matthew Passion
2. Recitativo Evangelist (Tenor) ft Jesus (Bass)
(Strings.)
St. Matthew XXVI, 1-2:
"And it came to pass, When Jesus had
finished all these sayings, he said unto his
disciples,
"Ye know that after two days is the
feast of the passover, and the Son of man is
betrayed to be crucified."
Evangelist
Da Je-sus die- se Re- de voll-end- et
V/hen Je-sus then had fi-niehed with all these
hat- te,
say-ings,
sprach er zu sei-nen Jun-gern:
He said to His dis- ci-ples:
Jesus
"Ihr wis-set, dass nach zwe- en Ta- gen
"The Pass-ov — er is two days henae,that
Os- tern wird,
know ye all,
und des Lien- sc hen Sohn wird u- ber-
and the Son of Man shall then be
r
-ant-wor- tet wer-den
de- li- vered up
dass er ge- kreu-zi-get wer- de.
that they may cru ci-fy Him.
3. Chorale (no. 166) 4/4 (b)
(Flauti traversi, Oboi, Vn. I with Sop.
Vn. II with Alto; Va. with Tenor; and
Organ.)
Chorus I ft II
Herz-lieb-ster Je- su, was ha3t du
Ah, Je- bus, dear, what pre-cept hast
ver- bro-chen,
Thou bro- ken,
dass man ein aolch hart Ur- theil hat
that such a cru- el Judg-ment has
ge- spro-chen?
been spo- ken?
Was ist die Schuld, in was fur Mis-
Of what mis- deed hast Thou to make
-se- tha- ten
con-f es-sion?
bist du ge- ra- then?
of what trans-gres-sion?
4. Recitativo Evangelist
St. Matthew XXVI, 3-5:
"Then assembled together the chief
priests, and the scribes, and the elders
of the people, unto the palace of the high
priest, who was called Caiaphas,
"And consulted that they might take
Jesus by subtilty, and kill him.
"But they said, Not on the feast day,
lest there be an uproar among the people."
Da ver-sam- mel-ten sich die Ho- hen-
Then as-sem-bled the el-ders with the
-prie- ster und Schrift- ge- lehr-ten,
scribes and the Chief Priests al- so,
und die Xl-tes- ten im Volk,
and to-geth-er came tliey aHfS
in dem Pa- last des Ho-hen- pries-ters,
with-in the pal-ace of the High priest, he
der da hiess Ca-i-phas;
whose name was Ca-i-phaa;
und hiel- ten Rat,
and coun-selled there
wie sie Je-sum mit Li- sten grif-fen
how that Je-sus by craft be ta- ken
und to- te- ten.
and put to death.
Sie spra-chen a- ber:
But thus they said:
5. Chorus I & II
(Instr. as in No. 1)
St. Matthew XXVI, 5:
"**+Not on the feast day, lest there
be an uproar among the people."
S80
St. Matthew Passion
bars 1-2:
Ja nicht auf das Fast,
Not up- on the feast,
bars 2-4:
auf class nicht ein Auf-ruhr wer- de
lest from it there be an up-roar
ein Auf-ruhr wer- de
an up-roar from it
bars 4-6:
auf dass nicht ein Auf-ruhr wer- de im
lest there be an up-roar when it is
Volk.
known.
6. Recitativo Evangelist
St. Matthew XXVI, 6-8:
"Now when Jesus was in Bethany, in
the house of Simon the leper,
"There came unto him a woman having
an alabaster box of very precious ointment,
and poured it on his head as he sat at meat.
"But when his disciples saw it, they
had indignation, saying,"
Da nun Je-sus war zu Be-tha-ni-en, im
Now when Je-sus so-journed in Be-tha-nv a-
..J> y
Hau- se- Si- .-mo-nis des Aus-satz-i-gen,
-bi-dine with Si-mon the Le- per,
trat zu ihm ein Weib,
came a wo-man there,
das hat- te ein Glas mit kost-li- chem
and brought Him a box of cost-li- eat
V/as- ser,
Oint-ment
und goss ess auf sein Haupt,
and poured it on- His head
da er zu
as Je-sus
Ti-sche sass.
eat at meat.
Da das sei- ne Jun- ger sa- lien,
But when His dis-ci- pies saw it
J
wur*- aen sie un- wil- lig und spra-chen:
they had in- dig-na- tion and said:
7. Chorus I
(Instr. as in No. 1)
St. Matthew XXVI, 8-9:
"*-**To what purpose is this waste?
"For this ointment might have been
sold for much, and given to the poor."
(Wo- zu) die- net die- ser Un- rat?
For what pur-pose is this wast- ed?
Die-ses Was- ser hat- te mo- gen
For a good-ly sum this oint-raent
teu- er ver- kauft, und (den Ar-men)
might have been sold and been gi-ven
ge- ge- ben wer- den),
the poor and need- y.
Tenor, bar 9:
und den Ar-men ge- ge- ben.
and been gi-ven the need- y.
8. Recitativo Evangelist and Jesus (Strings.)
St. Matthew XXVI, 10-13:
"When Jesus understood it, he said unto
them, ^hy trouble ye the woman? for she hath
wrought a good work u^on me.
"For ye have the poor always with you;
but me ye have not always.
"For in that she hath poured this oint-
ment on my body, she did it for my burial.
"Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever
this gospel shall be preached in the whole
world, there shall also this, that this wo-
man hath done, be told for a memorial of
her."
Evangelist
Da das Je- sue mer- ke- te,
When Je-sus had heard them thus,
sprach er zu ih-nen:
He said to them:
Jesus
Was be- kum- inert ihr das Weib?
"Where-fore troub- le ye her so?
Sie hat eir. gut Werk an mir ge- tanj
Tt ia a good work that she hath wrought,
Ihr ha- bet al- le- zeit Ar- me bei
For al-ways ye have the poor with you
. euch,
here,
St. Matthew Passion
mich a- ber habt ihr nicht al- le -zeit„
but me ye have not al- ways with youl'
Dass sie dies Was- ser hat auf mei- nen
For in that she hath poured this oint-ment
Leib ge-gos-sen,
on my bo- dy
hat sie ge- tan,
this she hath done
dass man mich be- gra- ben wird.
that J may be bur- ied so.
Wahr- lich, ich sa- ge euch.
Ve- ri- ly I say to ye
Wo die6 E- van- ge- li- urn ge- pre-di-
Where ev- er this gos-pel shall here- af-ter
-get wird in der gan-zen Welt,
be preached through-out all the World
da wird man auch sa-gen zu ih- rem
the thing that this wo-man hath done shall
Ge-dacht-nis,
be spo- ken
was sie ge-tan hat.
in her re-mem-brance.
9. Recitativo Alto (Fl. Tr. I & II, Organ)
Du lie-ber Hei-land du,
My dear-est Sav-iour Thou,
wenn dei- ne Jun- ger to- richt strei-ten,
while Thy dis-ci-ples fool-ish quar-rel
dass die- ses, from-me Weib
be- cause this wom-an sought,
mit Sal- b6n dei- ne Leib
with prec-ious oint-ment brought,
zum Gra- be will be- re- tent
for bu-rial to pre-pare Thee;
so las- se mir in- zwi-schen zu,
like her let me an-oint Thee now,
von mei-ner Au-gen Tra- nen- flus-sen
and weep-ing in Thy Pas-sion's ho- ur
ein Was-ser auf dein Haupt zu
up-on Thy head my bless-ings
gies-sen.
show- er.
10. Aria Alto 3/8 (f#)
(Fl. tr. I & II, and Organ.)
(Buss und Reu),
Woe and Rue,
knirscht das Sun-den- herz ent- zwei,
tear my sin-ful heart in two.
dass die Trop- fen mei- ner Zah- ren
tear-drops fal-ling serve to show Thee
an- ge- neh- me Spe-ze- rei,
show Thee Je-aus, once a-gain
(treu-er Je- su, ) dir ge-ba- ren.
what a migh-ty debt I owe Thee,
dear-est Mas-ter bars 93-97.
bare 98-101:
dir ge- ba-ren, treu-er Je- su.
what a migh-ty debt I owe Thee.
11. Recitativo Evangelist ft Judas (Base)
St. Matthew XXVI, 14-16:
"Then one of the twelve, called Judas
Iscariot, went unto the chief priests,
"And said unto them, What will ye give
me, and I will deliver him unto you? And
they covenanted with him for thirty pieces
of silver.
"And from that time he sought oppor-
tunity to betray him."
Evangelist
Da ging hin der Zwol- fen ei- ner
One of Je- sus' twelve dis-ci-ples
mit Na- men Ju-das I- scha-ri-oth,
was known as Ju-das Is- ca- ri- ot;
zu den Ho- hen- prie-stern und spraoh:
to the Chief priests went he and said:
Judas
Was wollt ihr mir ge- ben?
"What sum will ye give me
Ich will ihn euch ver-ra-ten.
and I will bring him to you?"
Evangelist
Und sie bo- ten ihm drei-ssig
And they pro-mised him thir- ty
Sil-ber- lin-ge.
sil-ver piec-es.
Und von dem an such- te er Ge- le-gen-he
And from that time sought he op-por-tu- ni- t
53£
St. Matthew Passion
dass er ihn ver- rie- te.
that he might be-tray Him.
be- rei-ten (das 0- ster-lamm)
shall all eat the Pass- ov- er
zu es-senr
to-geth-er?
12. Aria Soprano 4/4 (t>)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Organ and Strings.)
Blu-
te nur, du lie-bes Herzl
Bleed thou must, be-lo- ved Hearti
Ach, ein Kind,
Ah, a child
das du er- zo- gen,
whom Thou didst nour-ish,
das an dei-ner Brust ge- so- gen,
at Thy bo-som fond-ly cher-iah,
droht den Pfle- ger zu er- mor- den,
foul- ly plots by craft to slay Thee,
denn es ist zur Schlan-ge wor- den.
like a ve-ry snake be-tray Thee,
rea would like a snake be-tray Thee.
-42-45.
13. RecitatiTO Evangelist
St. Matthew XXVI, 17:
"Now the first day of the feast of un-
leavened bread the disciples came to Jesus,
saying unto him, ***"
A- ber am er- sten Ta- ge der su- ssen
Now on that day, the first of un-lea-vened
Brot'
bread
tra- ten die Jun- ger xu Je- su,
came the dis-ci- pies to Je-sus,
| und spra-chen zu ihmi
and said un- to Himj
14. Chorus I
(Instr. as in No. 1)
St. Matthew XXVI, 17 j
"***Wnere wilt thou that we prepare
for thee to eat the passover?"
Wo, wo willst du, dass wir dir
Where, where wilt Thou, Lord that we
58<
15. Recitativo Evangelist, Jesus, ft Chorus I
(Strings. )
St. Matthew XXVI, 18-22:
"And he said, Go into the city to such
a ican, and say unto him, The Master saith,
My time is at hand; I will keep the passover
at thy house with my disciples.
"And the disciples did as Jesus had
appointed them; and they made ready the
passover.
"Now when the even was come, He sat
down with the twelve.
"And as they did eat, he said, Verily
I say unto you, that one of you shall betray
me.
"And they were exceeding sorrowful, and
began every one of them to say unto him,
Lord, is it I?"
Evangelist
Er sprachj
He said:
Jesus
Ge-het hin in die Stadt *u ei- nem,
Go ye in- to the ci- ty, find such
und sprecht zu ihm:
a man and say:
Der Mei-ster lasst dir sa- gen:
The Mas-ter bids us tell you:
Mei- ne Zeit ist hier,
"My time is at <s&and,
^>
ich will bei dir die 0- stem hal- ten
at thy house will I keep the Pass- o-ver
mit mei-nen Jun-gern.
with my dis- ci-ples."
Evangelist
Und die Jun- ger ta- ten
The dis- ci-ples har-kened,
wie ih- nen Je-sus be- foh- len hat- te,
and did as Je-sus to them had bid-den,
und be- rei- te- ten das 0- ster-lamm.
and they there pre-pared the Pass- o- ver.
St. Matthew Passion
Und am A- band set-zte er sich zu
And when Ev- en came He sat at the
Ti-sche mit den Zwol-fen,
ta-ble with the twelve,
und da sie a- ssen, sprach er:
and a3 they ate He told them:
Jaaus J)
Wahr- lich, ich sa- ge euch:
Ve- ri- ly I say to you:
Si- ner un- ter euch wird mich ver- ra- ten.
One of you who sit here shall be-tray me.
Evangelist
Und sie wur- den sehr be- trubt
Then were they ex-ceed-ing grieved,
und hu- ben an,
and they be-gan,
ein jeg- li- cher un-ter ih- nen, und
to ^ues-tion Him ev-'ry one and to
sag-ten zu ihm:
say un-to Himj
Chorus I
Herr, bin ich's?
"Lord, not I?"
16. Chorale (Chorus I & Il)(No. 294) 4/4 (AD)
(Ob. I & II, Vn. I with Sop. j Vn. II with
Alto; Va. with Tenor; Organ.)
Ich bin's, ich soil- te bu- ssen,
'Tis I who should, re-pent-ing
an Han- den und an Fu- ssen
in tor-ture un-re-len-ting
ge-bun- den in der Holl'.
en-dure the pains of Hell.
Die Gei-sseln und die Ban- den,
The shack-les and the scour-ges
un was du aus-ge-stan- den,
Thou bore from sin to purge us,
das hat ver-die-net mei- ne Seel',
were by us all de- served full well.
17. Recitativo Evangelist & Jesus ft Judas
(Strings. )
St. Matthew XXVI, 23-29:
"And he answered and said, He that
dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the
same shall betray me.
"The Son of !ian goeth as it is written
of him; but woe unto that man by whom the
Son of Man is betrayedj it had been good for
that man if he had not been born.
"Then Judas, which betrayed him, an-
swered and said, Master, is it I? He said
unto him, Thou hast said.
"And as they were eating, Jesus took
bread, and blesued it, and brake it, and
gave it to the disciples, and said, Take,
eat; this is my body.
"And he took the cup, and gave thanks,
and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all
of it;
"For this is my blood of the new testa-
ment, which is shed for many for the re-
mission of sins.
"But I say unto you, I will not drink
henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until
that day when I drink it new with you in my
Father's kingdom."
Evangelist
Er ant- wor- te- te und sprach:
He an- swered to them and said:
Jesus £ J)
Der mit der Hand mit mir in die
Who dip-peth his hand with me in the
Schus- sel tau-chet,
dish this ev- en,
der wird, mich ver- ra- ten.
shall this night be-tray me.
Des Men-schen Sohn ge-het zwar da-hin,
The Son of Man go-eth on His way
wie von ihm ge-schrie- ben ste- heti
as of Him it has been writ-ten;
doch we- he dem Men- schen,
but woe un-to that man
A
durch wel- chen des Men-schen Sohn
by whom the Son of Man
ver- ra- ten wird.
shall be be- trayed.
Es wa- re ihm bes-ser
For him it were bet-ter,
534
St. Matthew Passion
class der- sel-bi- ge
yea for that man t'wi
rare
Liensch noch nie
bet- ter had
ge- bo- ren wa-re.
he not been born.
Evangelist
Da ant- wor- te- te Ju- das,
Ju-das then, which be-trayed Him,
der inn ver- riet,
in an- swer spake
Judas *
Bin ich'«, Rab-bi?
"Is it I?"
"Not I, LIas-ter?'
Evangelist
Er sprach zu ihm:
He said to him:
und sprach:
and said:
sn$
Ich sa- ge euch: Ich wer- de von nun
I say to you: From hence-forth no more
an nicht mehr von die- sem Ge- wachs
will I drink the fruit of the vine,
J JTJ J- JS
des Wein stocks trin- ken, bis an
no more will I drink of it, 'til on
den Tag,
that Day
da ich's neu trin- ken wer- de mit euch in
I drink it new with you where my Fa-ther
mei- nes Va- ters Reich,
reigns on High a- bove.
jLggug
Du sa- gest's.
'Thou say-esti'
Evangelist
Da sie a- ber a- ssen,
And as they were eat- ing
nahm Je- sua das Brot,
He took of the bread,
dan- ke
blessed and
te, und brach's,
up,
I broke it
und gab's den Jun-gern und sprach:
and gave the dia- ci-ples and said:
Jesus
Neh- met, es-set, das 1st mein Leib.
This is my bo-dy, take ye and eat.
Evangelist
Und er nahm den Kelch, und dan- ke- te,
And He took the cup, and gi-ving thanks,
gab ih- nen den, und sprach:
He gave it them, and said:
Jesus
Trin- ket al- le dar- aus;
Drink ye all -.of i it;
das ist das Biut des neu-en Te- sta- ment,
this is my blood of the new — te3t-a- ment,
18. Recitativo Soprano (Ob. d'am. I 4 II, Organ)
^Tie- wohl mein Herz in Tra- nen schwimm
A - las J my heart is bathed in tears
dass Je-sus von uns Ab-schied nimrat,
that Je-sus' dread de- par-ture nears,
so macht mich doch sein Te- sta-ment
yet doth His Test- a- ment my soul
er-freut:
up- lift,
Sein Fleisch und Blut, o Kost-bar- keit,
His Flesh and Bipod, o prec-ious gift,
ver- macht er mir in mei- ne Han- de.
be- queathed to me to keep and cher-ish.
'Vie er es auf der Telt mit de- nen
As He was true on earth to those who
(Sei- nen)
loved Him
nicht bd- se kon- nen (mei-nen,)
to there was faith-less ne-ver,
so liebt er sie bis an das En-de.
so loves He all His Own for-ev-er.
wel- ches ver-gos-sen wird fur vie-le,
which shall be shed for you, for ma-ny,
zur Ver- ge-bung der Sun- den.
in re-mis-sion of their sins.
19. Aria Soprano 6/9 (G)
(Oboe d'amore I & II, and Organ.)
Ich will dir mein Her- ze schen- ken,
Lord, my heart I glad-ly grant Thee,
535
St. Matthew Passion
bars 16-20i
Ich will dir main Her- ze, mein Her- ze
My heart will I glad- ly, yea glad- ly
schen- ken
grant Thee,
(sen- ke dich), mein Heil, hin- ein.
en- ter there I ask of Thee.
Ich will mich (in dir) ver- sen- ken,
Deep in it would I em-plant Thee
with-in it bars 41-42.
Derm es ste- het ge-schrie-ben:
In the Scrip-ture is writ- ten,
(Vivace)
Ich wer-de den Hir- ten schla- gen,
For lo, I will smite the shep-herd,
und die Scha- fe der Her-de
and the Sheep of the flock N«
A A ^ J
wer- den sich zer-streu-en.
shall be scat-tered a- broad
ist dir gleich
though this earth
bars 43-45:
and though to
die
to
Welt zu klein,
Thee be small
Thee earth be small
ei so sollst du mir al- lein
Thou shalt be my All in All
(mehr)
more
als Welt und Him- mel sein.
than Earth and Heav'n to me.
(Moderato)
7/enn ich a-ber auf- er- ste- he,
But when I a- gain am ri-sen
will ich vor euch hin- ge- hen in Ga-li-la-am.
then will I go be-fore you to Ga-li-le- a.
20.
Recitativo Evangelist and Jesus
(Strings.)
St. Matthew XXVI, 30-32:
"And when they had sung an hymn, they
went out into the mount of Olives.
"Then saith Jesus unto them, All ye
shall be offended because of me this night:
for it is written, I will smite the shepherd,
and the sheep of the flock shall be scattered
abroad.
"But after I am risen again, I will go
before you into Galilee."
Evangelist
Uhd da sle den Lob- ge-sang ge- spro-
And when they had sung a hymn of praise
-chen hat-ten,
to- geth- er, .
gin- gen sie hin-aus an
forth they went un-to the mount
r
den 01-berg.
of ol-ives.
Da sprach Je-sus zu ih-nenj
Then saith Je-sus to them:
Jesus S
In die-ser Nacht wer- det ihr euch al- le
This ve-ry night ,ye shall be of-fend-ed
ar- gem an mir.
be-cause of me.
21. Chorale (Chorus I & Il)(No. 163) 4/4 (<^)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. T * II, Vn. I with
Sop.} Vn. II with Alto} Va. with Tenor;
Organ.)
Er-ken- ne mich, mein Hu- ter,
Re-mem-ber me, my Sa-viour,
mein Hir- te, nimm mich an,
my Shep-herd, take Thou me;
von dir, Quell al- ler Gu- ter,
the source of ev'-ry bles-sing
ist mir viel Gut's ge-than.
wilt Thou for- ev- er be.
Dein Mund hat mich ge- la- fet
By Thine a- bun- dance nour-ished,
mit Milch und su-sser Kost,
with milk and ho-ney blest,
dein Geist hat mich be-ga- bet
Thy spi- rit brings me corn-fort
mit man- cher Kim-mels-lust.
and Heav'n- ly joy and rest.
22. Recitativo Evangelist & PeterfBass) & Jesus
(Strings. )
St. Matthew XXVI, 33-35:
"Peter answered and said unto him,
?86
St. Matthew Passion
Though all men shall be offended because of
thee, yet will I never be offended.
"Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto
thee, That this night, before the cock crow,
thou shalt deny me thrice.
"Peter said unto him, Thou I should die
with thee, yet will T not deny thee. Like-
wise also said all the disciples."
Evangelist j) J)
Pe-trus a- ber ant-wor- te-te,
Pe-ter then gave Kim an-swer
und sprach zu ihm:
and said to Himt
Peter
Wenn sie auch al-le sich an dir ar-ger- ten,
Tho' all men be of-fend-ed be-cause of Thee,
so will ich doch mich nim-mer-mehr ar- gem.
yet will I , Lord, be nev-er of-fend- ed.
Evangelist
Je-sus sprach zu ihm:
Je-sus said to Himj
Ich will hier bei dir ste- hen,
I stand here close be- side Thee,
ver- ach- te mich doch nichtj
Thine an-guish T would share.
Von dir will ich nicht ge- hen,
0 Lord do not de- spise me
wenn dir dein Her- ze bricht.
in this Thy heart's de- spair.
7/enn dein Haupt wird er-blas- sen
For when Thy head is droop-ing
im letz- ten To-des-stoss
in death's last a-go- ny,
als-dann will ich dich fas- sen
my arms will be a- bout Thee
in mei- nen Arm und Schoss.
and hold Thee close to me.
Jesus
wahr-lich ich sa-ge dir: in die-ser
ve- ri- ly do I say: This ve-ry
Nacht,
night,
e- he der Hahn kra-het,
ere yet the cock crow-eth
wirst du mich drei- mal ver-leug-nen.
Thou, Pe-ter, thrice wilt de- ny me.
Evangelist
Pe-trus sprach zu ihm:
Pe-ter said to Him:
Peter
Und wen ich mit dir ster- ben muss- te,
Tho' I should die with Thee, my Mas-ter,
so will ich dich nicht ver-leug- nen.
yet will I ne- ver de- ny Thee.
Evangelist
Des-glei-chen sag-ten auch al- le Jun-ger.
And like-wise al-so said all the oth-ers.
23. Chorale (Chorus I & Il)(No. 163) 4/4 (ED)
(Ob. I * II, Vn. I with Sop.} Vn. I with
Alt©} Va. with Tenor; Organ.)
24. Recitativo Evangelist ft Jesus (Strings)
St. Matthew XXVI, 36-38:
"Then cometh Jesus with them unto a
place called Gethsemane, and earth unto the
disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray
yonder.
"And he took with him Peter and the two
sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful
and very heavy.
"Then saith he unto them, My goul is
exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry
ye here, and watch with me."
Evangelist J)
Da kam Je-sus mit ih-nen zu ei-nem Ho- fe,
Then came Je-sus with them un-to a Gar-den
der hiess Geth-se-ma-ne, und sprach zu
by name Geth-se-ma-ne, and saith to
sei-nen Jun-gern:
His dis-ci- pies:
Jesus
Set-zet euch hier,
Sit ye now here
bis dass ich dort hin- ge- he,
and I will go up yon-der
und be- te.
and pray there.
?87
St. Matthew Passion
Evangelist
Und nahm zu sich Pe-trum,
He took with Him Pe-ter
>>
und die zween Son- ne Ze- be-da- i,
and al- so both the sons of Ze-be-dee,
und fing an zu trau-ern und zu za-gen.
and was ve-ry sad and ve-ry hea-vy.
J
Da sprach Je-sus zu ih-nem
Then saith He un-to themt
Jesus
Uei-ne See- le ist be- trubt bis in den
Ah, my soul is troub-led sore e'en un-to
Tod;
death;
blei-bet hier und wa- chet mit mir.
tar-ry here and watch ye with me.
25. Solo (Recitativo) Tenor (Zion) & Chorus II
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. da c. I A II, Organ.
Vn. I with Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Va.
with Tenor. )
Tenor
0 SchmerzJ hier zit-tert das ge-qual-te
Ah woei how trem-bles His tor-men-ted
Herz.
Heart ;
ge- schla-geni
now suf- fer.
Tenor
Er lei- det al- le Hoi- len-qua- len,
He suf-fers Hell-ish pain and ter-rors.
er soil fur frem-den Raub be- zah- len.
Ah, He must pay for oth- er's er-rors.
Chorus II
Ich, ach Herr Je- su, ha- be dies
Mine is the blame, 0 Lord, for Thine
ver-schul-det,
af- flict-ion,
was du er- dul- deti
'tis I should bear itj
Tenor
Ach, konn- te mei- ne Lie- be dir,
Ah, if my love
mein Heil, dein Zit-tern und dein
my Sa-viour, a balm to soothe Thy
Za- gen
sor-row
rer-min- dern o-der hel- fen tra- gen,
or help to mi-ti-gate Thine an-guish,
(wie ger-ne), wie ger- ne blieb
ho* glad-ly how glad- ly bide
ich hier'
I here!
Wie sinkt es
It sinks a-
hin,
way,
wie bleicht sein An- ge- sichtj
how pale His face and wanj
Chorus II
Was ist die Ur- sach al- ler
Tftiat is the cause of this Thy
sol-cher Pla- gen?
tri- bu- la- tion? -
Tenor
Der Rich-ter fuhrt ihn vor Ge-richt,
Be- fore the judge must he ap- pear,
da ist kein Trost, kein Hel- fer nicht.
there is no help, no corn-fort near.
Chorus II
Ach mei- ne siin-
The sins were mine
den ha- ben dich
for which Thou dost
26. Solo Tenor (Zion) & Chorus II 4/4 (c)
Tenor
Ioh will bei mei-nem J^- su wa- chen.
Yea, I will watch with Je-sus glad-ly.
Chorus II
So schla-fen uns- re Sun- den- 9in,
So all our sins will fall a- sleep,
bar 73-76
(so schla-fen) un- sre Sun- den ein
at peace, at peace will fall a- sleep
at peace yea bar 73-74, Tenor
bars 21-23 and 65-69:
ich will bei mei- nem Je- su, bei mei- nem
yea I will watchwithJe- sus, will watch with
St. Matthew Passion
Je- au wa- chen.
Je-sus glad-ly.
(Mei- nen Tod) ba- saet sei- ner
Tho' I die, naught have I to
doch nftht wie ich will,
yet npi», as I will,
nojL
n
son- dern wie du willst.
but as Thou wilt.
See- len Not;
fear there-by.
sein Trau-ern ma- chet mich voll
His ach-ing heart has brought me
Freu- den.
glad-ness.
Chorus II
Drum muss uns sein ver-dienst-lich Lei- den
His pain anc "oe and all His sad-ness,
(recht (bit-ter)
how bit-ter
(und doch (su- sse) sein.)
yet how sweet are they.
A 4 T bars 52 & T bar 53j
yet how sweet tho'
Tenor
Ich will bei mei-nem Je- su wa- chen.
Yea I will watch with Je - sus glad- ly.
Chorus II
(So schla-fen) uns- re Sun- den ein.
And so our sins will fall a- sleep.
So all our Tenor bars 73-4
27. Recitativo Evangelist & Jesus (Strings.)
St. Matthew XXVI, 39:
"And he went a little farther, and fell
on his face, and prayed; saying, 0 my Father,
if it be possible, let this cup pass from me:
nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt.'
28. Recitativo Bass (Strings and Organ.)
Der Hei- land fallt vor sei-nem Va- ter
The Sa-viour fall-ing down be-fore His
(nie- der),
Fa-ther
da- durch er- hebt er mich und al- le
there- by has raised up me and all, from
von on- sera Fal-le
our curse and fall
hin- auf zu Got- tes Gna- de wie-der.
up- lift- ed us and gained us mer-cy.
Er ist be- reit, den Kelch,
He is pre-pared to drink
des To- des Bit-ter-keit zu (trin- ken),
the bit-ter, bit-ter cup, death's cha-lice
in wel-chen Sun- den die- ser Welt
with all the sins of mor-tals filled
ge- gos- sen sind,
and brimm-ing o^er
und hass- lich stin-ken,
with hate and ma- lice,
weil es dem lie-ben Gott ge- fallt.
for thus it ni that God hath willed.
Evangelist
Und ging hin ein we- nig,
And He went yet far-ther
fiel nie- der auf sein An-ge- sicht und
and fall-ing down up- on His face He
be- te- te, und-sprach:
prayed to God and said:
J es us ft £
Mein Va- ter, ist's mbg-lich,
My Fa-ther if it may be
so ge- he die- Ber Kelch von mir;
do Thou let pass this cup from me:
29. Aria Bass (Vn. I 4 II, Org.) 3/8 (g)
(Ger-ne) (will ich) mich be- que- men,
Glad-ly will I, fear dis-dain-ing,
bars 57-58:
will ich ger-ne
I will glad-ly,
Kreuz und Be- cher an- zu- neh- men,
drink the cup with-out coix-plain-ing,
trink ich doch dem Hei-land nach.
drink it as my Sav-iour did.
369
St. Matthew Passion
Denn seia Mund, der mit Milch und Ho-nig
By His lips, with milk and with ho-ney
flie-.sset,
flow- ing,
hat den Grund und des Lei-dens her- be
all its shame and bit-ter-ness has been
Schmach
rid,
durch den er-sten Trunk ver- su-sset;
sweet-ness on its dregs be-stow-ing.
30. Recitativo Evangelist & Jesus (Strings)
St. Matthew XXVI, 40-42:
"And he cometh unto the disciples, and
findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter,
What, could ye not watch with me one hour?
"Watch and pray, that ye enter not into
temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but
the flesh is weak.
"He went away again the second time, and
prayed, saying, 0 my Father, if this cup may
not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy
will be done."
Evangelist
Und er kam zu sei-nen Jun-gern,
Now He came to His dis-ci- pies
und fand sie schla-fend,
and found them sleep- ing
und sprach zu ih-nen:
and saith to Pe-ter:
Jesus
Kon- net ihr denn nicht ei- ne Stun-de
Could ye not then watch with me ev-en
mit mir wa-chen?
for an ho- ur?
Wa- chet und be- tet,
Watch ye and pra_y ye
dass ihr nicht in An- fech-tung fal- let.
that ye en- ter not in- to temp-ta- tion.
Der Geist ist wil-lig, a- ber
Tho* will-ing is the spi-rit
das Fleisch ist schwach.
the Flesh is weak.
Evangelist
Zum an- dern Mai ging er hin,
He went a- way once a-gain,
be- te te und sprach:
pray-ing, thus He said:
Jesus
Mein Va- ter, ist's nicht mog- lich
My Fa-ther, if it must be
dass die- ser Kelch von mir ge- he,
that this cup pass not from me,
ich trin-ke ihn denn;
ex- cept I shall drink .it,
so ge- sche- he dein Wil- le.
let Thy will then be done.
31. Chorale (Chorus I & Il)(No. 342) 4/4 (b)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. I * II, Vn. I with
Sop.; Vn. with Alto; Va. with Tenor;
Organ. )
Was mein Gott will, das g'scheh all- zeit,
What God re-solves will He a- chieve.
sein Wil- le ist der bes-te.
His will is per-fect ev-er.
Zu hel- fen den'n er ist be- reit,
He suc-cors all who firm be-lieve
die an ihm glau-ben fes- te.
and for the best en-dea-vor.
Er hilft aus Noth, der from-me Gott,
Our help in need, our God in-deed,
und zuch-te-get mit Mas- sen.
with gen-tle mo-de- ra- tion
Wer Gott ver-traut, fest auf ihm baut,
He chas-tens us; if Him we trust,
den will er nicht ver-las- sen.
we need not fear dair,-na- tion.
32. Recitativo Evangelist & Jesus & Judas
(Strings. )
St. Matthew XXVI, 43-50:
St. Matthew Passion
"And he come and found them asleep again:
for their eyes were heavy.
"And he left them, and went away again,
and prayed the third time, saying the same
words.
"Then cometh he to his disciples, and
saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your
rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the
Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of
sinners.
"Rise, let us be going: behold, he is
'at hand that doth betray me.
"And while he yet spake, lo, Judas,
one of the twelve, came, and with him a
great multitude with swords and staves,
from the chief priests and elders of the
people.
"Now he that betrayed him gave them
a sign, saying, Whomsoever I shall kiss,
that same is he: hold him fast.
"And forthwith he came to Jesus, and
said, Hail, master; and kissed him.
"And Jesus said unto him, Friend,
wharefore art thou come? Then came they,
and laid hands on Jesus, and took him."
Evangelist
Und er kam und fand sie a- ber
And He came a- gain and found them
schla-fend,
sleep- ing,
und ih- re Au- gen wa- ren voll Schlaf's.
for all their eyes were hea-vy with sleep.
Und er liess sie,
And He left them,
und ging a- ber- mals hin, und be-
and the third time He went a- way
-te- te zum drit-ten Mai,
a- lone to pray a- gain,
und re- de- te die- sel- bi- gen Wor-te.
and spake a-gain the same words in pray-er.
Da kam er zu sei-nen Jun-gern, und sprach
Then came JJe to His dis-ci- pies, and said
zu ih-nen:
to them:
J es us
AchJ
"AhJ
wollt ihr nun schla-fen und ru- hen?
are ye still sleep-ing and rest-ing?
Sie- he,
See ye,
die Stun- de ist hier,
the hour is at hand,
da88 des Men-schen Sohn in der Sun- der
and the Son of Man to the hands of
Han- de u- ber ant-wor-tet wird.
sin-ners now shall be be-trayed.
Ste- het auf, las-set uns ge-hen:
Rise ye up, let us be go-ing; . i
~ J
sie- he, er ist da, der mich ver-rat.
look ye, he is here who doth be-tray me."
Evangelist
Und als er noch re- de- te, sie- he,
And as He was speak-ing came Ju- das,
da kam Ju- das, der Zwol- fen ei- ner,
who was one of the twelve dis-ci-ples,
und mit ihm ei- ne gro-sse Schar,
and with him came a great ar-j ray,
mit Schwer-tern und mit Stan-gen,
with swords and with staves,
von den Ho- hen- prie-stern und
by the Chief priests sent; and the
■ - „ ^ A
Al- te- sten des Volks.
El-ders of the peo-ple.
Und der Ver-ra-ter hat-te ih- nen
Now this same Ju-das, who be-trayed Him,
ein Zei-chen ge- ge-ben, und ge- sagtj
had gi-ven to them a. sign and said:
"Wei- chen ich k'us-sen wer-de, der ist's,
"That one whom I shall kiss is He,
den grei-fet.
Him hold ye.
Und als- bald trat er zu Je-sum und spraota:
And straight-way came he to Je-sus and said:
Judas
Ge- gru- sset seist du, Rab- bij
"All hail to Thee, o Mas-terl"
Evangelist
und kus- se- te ihn.
and kiss'd Him forth-with.
Je-sus a- ber sprach zu ihm:
Je-sus spoke and said to him:
Jesus
Mein FreundJ wa- rum bist du kom- men? '
"My friend, where-fore art thou come here?"
Evangelist
Da tra- ten sie hin- zu,
Then came they un-to Him,
£31
St. Matthew Passion
A
und leg- ten die Han-de an Je-sum,
and laid they their hands on Je-sus,
und grif-fen inn.
and held Him fast.
33. Duet (S-A) ft Chorus I ft II 4/4 (e)
(instr. as in No. 1)
Duet
So ist mein Je-sus nun ge-fan-gen.
Be-hold, my Je-sus now is ta-ken.
ist vor Schmer-zen un-ter-
and for grief cre-a-tion
Mond und Licht
All is dark
-gan-gen,
sha-ken,
weil mein Je-sus ist ge- fan-gen.
for my Je-sus has been ta-ken.
(Sie fun- ren ihn, )
They bind Him fast;
-bun- den.
bound Him.
er ist ge-
ah, they have
bin- det nichtj
bind Him not J
Chorus II
Lasst ihn, hal- tet,
Loose Him, halt ye,
Chorus I ft II
Sind Blit- ze, sind Don- ner in Wol-ken
Will light-ning and thun-der in ru-in
ver-echwun- den?
en- gulf theic?
(Blit- ze,
Light-ning,
Don- ner),
thun-der,
Blit- ze, sind (Don-ner in 7»rol-ken
light-ning and thun-der in ru-in
ver-schwun- den?
en- gulf them?
Er - off- ne den feu- ri- gen Ab-grund,
May Hell's fie-ry fur-naoe in fu- ry
o Hoi- le,
sur-round them,
Chorus I
zer-trum- mre,
de-vour them,
|
Chorus II
ver-der- be, zer-schel- le,
de-file them, con-found them,
Chorus^I ft II
mit plotz- li- cher Wut
the blood-thir- sty horde,
den fal- schen Ver- ra- ter, das
the false-heart-ed trai-tor who
mor- dri- sohe BlutJ
mur-dered his Lord!
34
Ter-8ohlin- ge,
de- stroy them,
. Recitativo Evangelist ft Jesus (Strings.)
St. Matthew XXVI, 51-56:
"And, behold, one of them which were
with Jesus stretched out his hand, and drew
his sword, and struck a servant of the high
priest's, and smote off his ear.
"Then said Jesus unto him, Put up again
thy sword into hie place: for all they that
take the sword shall perish with the sword.
"Thinkest thou that I cannot now pray
to my Father, and he shall presently give me
more than twelve legions of angels?
"But how then shall the scriptures be
fulfilled, that thus it must be?
"In that same hour said Jesus to the
multitudes, Are ye come out as against a
thief with swords and staves for to take me?
I sat daily with you teaching in the temple,
and ye laid no hold on me.
"But all this was done, that the scrip-
tures of the prophets might be fulfilled.
Then all the disciples forsook him, and fled."
Evangelist >> Ji
Und sie- he, ei- ner von de- nen,
Be-hold then, one of His dis-ci-ples,
die mit Je- su wa-ren, rec- ke- te
which were there with Je-sus, drew his sword
die Hand aus,
and strik-ing
und sohlug des Ho- hen- prie-sters Knecht,
he smote the high priest's serv-ing man,
und hieb ihm ein Ohr ab.
and cut the man's ear off.
Da sprach Je-sus zu ihm:
Then said Je-sus to him:
:3L
St. Matthew Passion
Jesus
Ste-cke dein Schwert an sei- nen Ort;
Put in ita place thy sword a-gain;
denn wer das Schwert nimmt,
for they that take the sword, ^S«
der soil durche Schwert urn- kom-men.
ehall per- ish by the sword,
0- der mei- nest du,
for be-think ye now,
dass ich nicht k"6nn-te mei- nen Va- ter
were I to pray my Fa-ther now to
dass er-ful- let wur- den
to ful-fill the script-ures,
die Schrif- ten der Pro-phe- ten.
the scrip-tures of the pro-phets.
Evangelist
Da ver-lie-ssen ihn al- le jiin-ger,
Then did all the dis-ci-ples flee and
und flo-hen.
for-sake Him.
bit- ten,
help me,
dass er mir zu-schi- eke mehr
He would straight-way give me more
denn zwolf Le- gio- nen En- gel?
than twelve le-gions of An-gels.
Wie wur- de a- ber die Schrift
But how then shall be ful-filled
er- ful- let?
the Script-ure,
Es muss al- so ge-hen.
that thus it must hap-pen?
J> J
Evangelist
Zu der Stund 3prach Je-sus zu den
At the same time Je-sus said to the
Scha-rent
peo-ple:
Jesus
Ihr seid aus- ge- gan- gen als zu ei- nem
Are ye come out here as if a- gainst a
lior-der,
robrber,
mit Schwer-tern und mit Stan- gen, mich
with swords and with staves, that ye
zu fa- hen;
may take me?
bin ich doch tag-lich bei euch ge- we- sen
for have I not dai- ly min-gled with you
und ha- be ge- lehr- et im Tem-pel,
and dai-ly have taught in the Tem-ple,
und ihr habt mich nicht ge-grif-fen.
yet laid you not hold up- on me.
A- ber das ist al- les ge-sche- hen,
All of this was done and ac- com-plished,
35. Choral Fantasia (Chorus I ft Il)(286) ty4 (E)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. d'am. I & II, Strings,
and Organ. )
(0 Mensch, (be-wein) (dein* Sun- de gross;)
0 man, thy grie- vous sins be- moan;
(be-moan) thy sins be- moan;
dar- urn Chri-stus (sein's Va- ters Schoss)
Thy Sav-iour left His Fa-ther' s throne
"au- ssert, und kam auf Er- den.
and came to earth to end them.
Von ei- ner Jung-frau rein und zart,
His mo-ther was the vir-gin fair.
His ho- ly mo- ther (Bass, bar 36)
fur uns er hie (ge-bo- ren ward),
He came the sins of men to bear;
Ten., bars 41-42t thedrains to bear
er wollt der r^itt-ler wer- den.
from Judg- ment to de-fend them.
Den'n To- ten er dass Le- ben gab,
He ba-nished ill-ness, grief and pain,
un legt' da- bei (all Krank-heit) ab)»
the dead He brought to life a-gain,
Tenor and Bass, bar 65: yea,
bis aich (die Zeit her-dran-ge, )
and when His time was end-ed
dass er (fur uns
He shed His prec-
ge- op- fert wiird,)
ious blood for us
(dass er) filr uns ge- op- fert wiird,
He shed His prec- iou3 blood for us,
His blood, His blood for us,
trvig ( uns-rer Sun- den schwe-rs Biird)
in sa- cri-fice mir- ac- u- lous,
(wohl an den Kreu- ze) lan-ge.
up- on the Cross sus-pend-ed.
that He might save uo Tenor and Bass, 92-3
END OF PART I
ST. MATTHEW PASSION
Part II
36. Aria Alto ft Chorus II 3/8 (b) ,
(Fl. tr. I ft Ob. d'ain. I, Organ and
Strings. )
Song of Solomon VI, 1:
"Whither is thy beloved gone, 0 thou
fairest among women? whither is thy beloved
turned aside? that we may seek Kim witr.
thee. "
nun ist (mein Je-sus) hin.
now is ray Je-sus gone.
es mog-lich,)
my Je-sus
kann ich schau-en?
can I bear it?
AchJ mein Lam;, (in Ti-ger- klau- enl )
AhJ my Lamb in Ti-ger's clutch-esi
Ac hi wo ist (mein Je-sus hin?
Ahl where has my Je-sus gone?
AchJ was soil ich der See-le sa- gen,
AhJ what say you, spi-rit so wea-ry?
wenn sie mich wird angst-lich fra-gem
what to ev'- ry an- xious }ue- ry?
Chorus II
Wo ist denn dein Freund hin-ge-gan-gen,
Whi-ther has thy Dear One de-par-ted?
(o (du Schon-ste) un- ter
0 Thou fair- est, fair-est
A 36-37, T 42-45: fair-est
S 43-45, A 43-45,
den Wei-bern?
of wo-men?
of wo-men?
B 43-45:
thou a- c.ong wo-men?
^o hat sich (dein Freund) hin-ge-wandt?
Whith- er has thy friend gone a- way?
(So (wol- len wir (mit dir)(ihn su-chen.)
For we would go with thee to seek him.
37. Recitativo Evangelist
St. -atthew XXVI, 57-60;
"And they that had laid hold on Jesus
led him away to Caiaphas the high priest,
where the scribes and the elders were as-
sembled.
"But Peter followed him afar off unto
the high priest's palace, and went in, and
sat with the servants, to see the end.
"Now the chief priests, and elders, and
all the council, sought false witness against
Jesus, to put him to death;
"But found none: yea, though many false
witnesses came, yet found they none. At the
last came two false witnesses."
Die a- ber Je-sum ge- grif-fen hat-ten,
And they who had so laid hold on. Jf
fuh- re- ten ihn
took Him and led
n> JTh
zu dem Ho- hen-
Him a- way to the
-prie- ster Ca- i-phas,
high priest, Cai-a-phas,
da- hin die Schrift-ge- lehr- ten und
where with him were the Scribes and the
Al- te- sten sich ver-sam-melt hat- ten.
El-ders to- geth-er all as-sembl- ed.
Pe-trus a-ber fol-ge- te ihm nach von
Pe-ter yet a- wait-ed and a- far- off
fer- ne,
fol-lowed,
bie in den Pa- last des Ho- hen-
and with them came to the high priest's
-prie-sters;
pa- lace;
und g^ng hin- ein,
and went there- in,
und setz- te sich bei- den Knech- ten,
and sat with the high-priest's ser- vants,
auf dass er sa- he, wo es hin- aus
that he might wlb-nesB, how it would be
woll- te.
end- ing.
Die Ito- hen- prie- ster a- ber und
The Chief priests then, and all of the
Al- te- sten,
El-ders, too,
und der gan- ze Rat such-ten fal-sches
and the Coun-cil sought ly- ing wit-ness-
Zeug-nis wi- der Je-sum,
-es ac- cus- ir.g Je-sus,
'94
St. Matthew Passion
auf dass aie ihn to- te- ten,
that He might be put to death,
und fan- den kei-nes.
yet found they no one.
38. Chorale (Chorus I ft II) (No. 213) 4/4 (Bb)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. I & II, Vn. I with
Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Va. with Ten.;
and Organ. )
liir hat die Welt trug-lich ge-richt't
The world, with trea- che-ry re- pl.ete,
mit L*u- gen und mit fal- schem G'dicht,
with lies and fraud and false de- ceit
viel Nets' und heim-lich Stri- chen.
would tan- gle and en- snare me.
Herr, nimm mein wahr
Lord, keep Thou me
in die-ser G'fahr,
from dan-ger free;
b'hut mich vor fal-scl.en Tu- cken.
from ev- il ma- lice spare me.
39. Recitativo Evangelist, Witnesses (Alto
and Tenor) & High Priest (BassT
St. Matthew XXVI, 60-63i
"***yea, though many false witnesses
cac.e, yet found they none. At the last
came two false witnesses,
"And said, This fellow said, I at. able
to destroy the temple of God, and to build
it in three days.
"And the high priest arose, and said
unto him, Answerest thou nothing? what is
it which these witness against thee?
"But Jesus held his .peace***"
Evangelist
Und wie-wohl viel fal-sche Zeu- gen her-
Yea, tho' ma- ny ly-ing wit-ness- es
-zu- tra- ten, fan- den sie
were of-fered, they could find
doch keins.
them none.
Zu-letzt tra-ten her- zu zween fal-sche
At last tes-ti- fied two false-wit-ness-
r
Zeu-gen,
und spra-
chen:
-es
in this
wise:
7/itnesses:
Er hat ge- sagt:
This fel-low said:
Ich kann den Tein-pel Got- tes ab- bre- chen,
God's tem-ple can I raze and de-stroy it,
und in drei-en Ta- gen (den- sel- ben
and a-gain in three days, in three days
bau- en. )
build it.
Evangelist
Und der Ho- he- prie-ster stand auf und
Then the high priest rose from his seat and
sprach zu ihm:
said to Him:
High Priest
Ant- wor-test du nichts zu dem,
Naught an-suer-est Thou to that
das die- se wi- der dicn zeu- gen?
which these have spo- ken a- gainst Thee?
Evangelist
A- ber Je-sus schwieg stil- le.
Yet did Je-sus say no- thing.
40. Recitativo Tenor (Ob. T & II, Organ.)
Mein Je- su schweigt
He an-swers not,
zu fal-schen Lii- gen stil- le,
to ly- ing tongues is si- lent,
um uns da-mit zu zai- gen,
that there-by He may show us
dass sein er- bar- mens-vol-ler Wil- le
how He, in stead-fast lov-ing kind-n=ss,
fur uns zura Lei- den sei ge- neigt,
for us with pa-tience bears His lot,
und dass wir in der-glei-chen Pein
so may we when in like dis-tress
?9b
St. Matthew Passion
ihm sol- len ahn- lich sein,
be stead-fast none the less,
und in Ver-fol-gung stil- le schwei- gen.
in per-se- cu- tion, suf-fer si- lent.
41. Aria Tenor 4/4 (*)
(Violoncello and Organ)
Ge-duld.
Be calm,
wenn raich (fal- sche Zun- gen ste- chen. )
tho' the ser-pent's tongue shall sting Thee
(Leid ich), leid ich, wi-der n;ei- ne
pa- tient, pa-tient, ev-er bear thy
Schuld
lot.
(Schimpf und Spott),
shame and scorn
bars 22-23:
leid ich Schimpf uno Spott
bear thou shame and scorn}
ei so mag der lie- be Bott
if with pa-tience they be borne
mei- nes Her- zens Un-schuld ra- chenj
rich re-ward from God will bring Thee!
bars 24-2P & 28-29i
mei-nes Her- zen6 Un-schuld ra- chen!
ly- ing tongues will know God's ven-geance!
42. Recitatlvo Evangelist, High Priest,
JOBUg. i. Chorus I & II
St. Matthew XXVI 63-66:
"***And the high priest answered and
said unto him, I adjure thee by the living
God, that thou tell us whether thou be the
Christ, the Son of God.
"Je6us saith unto him, Thou hast said:
nevertheless I say unto you, Hereafter shall
ye see the Son of man sitting on the right
hand of power, and coming in tha clouds of
heaven.
"Then the high priest rent his clothes,
saying, He hath spoken blasphemy; what further
need have v.e of witnesses? behold, now ye have
heard his blasphemy.
'".Vhat think ye? They answered and said,
He is guilty of death."
Evangelist
Und der Ho- he ~ prie-ster ant- wor- te-
And the high priest gave Him an- swer and
-te, und sprach zu ihm;
spake thus un- to Him:
High Priest
Ich be-schwd- re dich bei dem le- ben- di-
"I ad- jure thee by the li- ving God that
-gen Gott,
thou speak,
dass du uns ea- gest,
and that thou tell . us,
J
ob du sei-est Chri-stus,
if thou be the Christ,
der Sohn Got-tes.
Son of God."
Evangelist
Je-sus sprach zu ihm:
Je-sus saith to Him:
Jesus
Du sa-gest's. Doch sa- ge ich euch;
"Thou say- est. Yet say I to you:
Von nun an wird's ge-sche-hen,
"Here-af-ter shall ye see Him,
dass ihr se- hen wer-det des Men-schen Sohn
ye shall see here-af-ter the Son of Man
,
sit-zen zur Rech- ten der Kraft,
sit on the Right Hand of Pow'r,
und kom-men in den ?/ol- ken dee Him-Diels.
and ccm-ing in the clouds — of Hea-ven."
Evangelist
Da zer-riss der Ho- he -prie- ster
Then did Cai- a- phas the hi.gh priest
sei~ ne Klei- der und sprach:
rend his clothes and say:
A*
High Priest
Er hat Gott ge- las- tert,
"He hath spo-ken blas-phe- my,
was dur- fen wir wei- ter Zeug- nis?
what need we for fur-ther wit-nees?
?36
St. Matthew Passion
Sie-he, jetzt habt ihr sei- ne
Tru-ly, ye all have heard the
Got- tes-las- ter-ung ge- ho- ret,
bias- phe- my that He has ut-tered,
Was dun- ket euch?
What think ye then?"
Evangelist J
Sie ant- wor- te-ten und spra-chen:
Thev an-9wered tc him and said:
Chorus I ft II
Er ist (des To- des schul-digi )
"Of death this man is guil- tyl"
43. Recitativo Evangelist ft. Chorus I ft II
St. Matthew XXVI 67-GS:
"Then did they spit in his face, and
buffeted him; and others smote him with the
palms of their hands,
"Saying, Prophesy unto us, thou Christ,
Who is he that, smote thee?"
Evangelist
Da spei- e- ten sie aus in sein An-ge-
Then sp:/t they on Him, yea, ev- en in His
-sicht,
face,
und schlu-gen ihn r.it Fau-sten.
and buf- fet- ed Him sore-ly.
Et- li- che a-
0th-er8 up- on
ber schlu-gen ihn ins
His face did smite Him
An- ge- sicht,
with their hands,
n
und spra-chen:
and say:
Chorus I A II
weis- sa- ge uns, Chri-
thou Pro-phet,thou Christ,
(Weis- sa- ge,)
Thou Pro-phet,
-ste,
thou,
wer ist's, der dich schlug?
who struck at Thee now?
44. Chorale (Chorus I &. Il)(No. 292) 4/4 (E)
(Instr. as No. 38)
Wer hat dich so ge- echla- gen,
Who was it, Lord, did smite Thee,
mein Heil, und dich mit Pla- ten
Thy good with ill re- quite Thee,
so u- bel zu- ge-richt?
so foul- ly treat-ed Thee?
Du bist ja nicht ein Sun-der,
For Thou wert no of-fen-der,
wie wir und un- 3re ?;in-der;
nor didst to sin sur-ren-der;
von L'is-se-tha- ten weisst du nicht,
from ev-il Thou wert ev- er free.
45. Recitativo Evangelist, Maids I ft II,
Feter, Chorus II
St. Matthew XXVI, 69-7 3:
"Now Peter sat without in the palace;
and a damsel c-me unto him, saying Thou also
wtts with Jesus of Galilee.
"But he denied before them all, saying,
I know not what thou sayest.
"And when he was gone out into the porch,
another maid saw him, and said unto them
that were there, This fellow was also with
Jesus of Nazareth.
"And again he denied with an oath, T
do not know the man.
"And after a v.'l.ile came unto him they
that stood by, and said to Feter, Surely
thou also art one of them; for thy speech
betrayeth thee."
Evangelist
Pe-trus a- ber sass drau-ssen im Pa-last,
Pe-ter sat in the pa- lace court w:th-out,
und es trat zu ihm ei-ne I.'agd, und sprach:
and a dam- s el came un-to him, and said:
1st Llaid
Und du wa-rest auch mit den Je-sus aus
"And w»rt Thou not al- so with Je-sus of
Ga-li-la-a.
Ga-li-le-a.
Evangelist
Er leug-ne-te a- ber vor in- nen al- len,
But he in the sight of them all de-nied it
?97
St. Matthew Passion
und sprach:
and said:
Peter
Ion weiss nicht, was du aa- geat.
"I know not what thou say- eat."
Evangelist
Als er a- ber zur Tur bin- aue-ging,
And a-gain at the Pa-lace door- way,
sa- he ihn ei-ne an- de- re,
he was seen by an-oth-er maid
und sprach zu de- nen, die da v.a- ren:
who said to them who there were with herj
2nd Maid
Die- ser war auch mit dem Je- su von
"This was one of theu with Je-sus of
Na-xa-reth.
Na-za-reth."
St. Matthew XXVI, 74-75:
"Then began he to curse and to swear,
saying, I know not the man, And immediately
the cock crew.
"And Peter remembered the word of Jesua,
which Slid unto him, Before the cock crow,
thou shalt deny me thrice. And he went out,
and wept bitterly."
Evangelist
Da hub er an sich zu ver- flu-chen und
And still did he de- ny with cur-sing and
zu schwo-ren:
with swear-ing:
Peter
Ich ken- ne des Llen-schen nicht.
"I know not the man at all."
Evangelist
Und ala-bald kra-he- te der Hahn.
Im- med- i- ate-ly crew the cock.
Evangelist
Und er leug-ne-te a- ber- mals,
I!e de-nied it a sec-ond tine
und 3chwur da- zu:
and awore an oath:
Peter
Ich kne- ne dea Men-achen nicht.
"I know not the man at all."
Evangelist
Und u-ber ei- ne klei- ne Wei-le tra-
And in a lit-tle while there came to him
Da dach- te Pe- true an die Wor- te
Then Pe- ter brought to nind the words of
Je- su,
Je-sus,
J
da er zu ihm sag-tej
which aaid un- to him:
E- he der Hahn kra- hen wird,
"Ere in the morn crows the cock,
wirst du mich drei- mal ver-leug-nen.
wilt thou have three times de-nied me."
-ten hin- zu, die da stan-den,
one of them who were near him,
Und ging her- aua, und wei-ne-te bit-ter-lichJi
Then he went out, and wept — — bit -ter- ly.
und 3pra- chen zu Pe-tro:
and thus 3^ake to Pe-ter:
Chorus II
V/ahr-lich,
"Sure- ly
du bist auch ei- ner
thou al- so art a
47. .Aria Alto 12/ 8 (b)
(Vn. solo, Organ, and Strings.)
von ie-nen;
dis-ci-ple
denn dei- ne Spra-che ver- rat dich. '
thy speech doth clear- ly be-tray thee.'
yea, it doth Alto, bar 3
Bass, bars 3-4
yea, for thy speech doth be-tray thee."
1st- bar-me dich,
Have mer-cy, Lord,
46. Recitativo Evangelist & Peter
398
St. Matthew Passion
mein Gott
my God
((urn mei-ner Zah- ren) wil- len.))
let Thou my tears per-suade Thee.
bars 17, 22-23, 43, 47:
Zah- ren urn
tears, ah let
Schau- e hier, schau- e hier,
Look on me, look on me,
Hera und Au- ge (weint vor dir)
How my heart doth weep for Thee
bit-ter-lich.
bit-ter- ly.
Er bar-me dich.
Have_ mer-cy, Lord.
48. Chorale( Chorus I & Il)(No.36l) 4/* U)(f#)
Bin ich gleich von dir ge- wi- chen,
Tho' from Thee tsmp-ta- tion lured me,
stell' ich, mich doch wie- der ein.
Lord, to Thee I come a- gain.
Hat uns doch dein Sohn ver- gli-chen
Thy for-give-ness is as- sured me
durch sein Angst und To- des-pein.
thru Thy Son's de-spair and pain.
Ich ver-leug-ne nicht die Schuld,
I do not de- ny my guilt,
a- ber dei-ne Gnad' und Huld
but Thy mer-cy, if Thou wilt,
ist viel gr'6- seer als die Sun- de,
far ex- ceed-eth my trans-gres-sion,
die ich stets in mir be- fin- de.
of which I must make con-fes-sion.
49. Recitativo Evangelist A Judas &
Chorus I t II
St. Matthew XXVII, 1-4:
"When the morning v;as come, all the
chief prie6ts and elders of the people took
counsel against Jesus to put him to death:
"And when they had bound him, they led
him away, and delivered him to Pontius Pilate
the governor.
"Then Juda3, which had betrayed him,
when he saw that he was condemned, repented
himself, and brought again the thirty pieces
of silver to the chief priests and elders.
"Saying, I have sinned in that I have
betrayed the innocent blood. ind they said,
What is that to us? see thou to that."
Evangelist
Des L!or-gens a- ber hiel- ten al- le
Now when the mor-ning came there was a
Ho- hen-prie-ster und die Al- te-
coun-cil held of priestsand el-ders
A .. *
-sten des Volks ei- nen Rat u- ber
of the peo-ple, to plot a-gainst
Je-sum,
Je-sus. * |
^ -» f.
dass sie ihn to-te-ten.
to put Kim to death.
Und ban-den ihn, fuh- re- ten ihn hin,
When He was bound, led they Him a- way
und u- ber- ant-wor-te- ten ihn dem
that they might rJa-TJ- ver Him to the
'ft
Land-pfle-ger Pon-ti- o Pi-la- to.
Gov- er- nor Pon- ti-us Pi-late.
Da das sa- he Ju- das,
Then he who be-trayed Him,
der ihn ver-ca-ten hat- te,
the false dis-ci-ple Ju-das,
dass er ver-dammt war zum To- de,
when he saw that He was con-vict-ed,
ge-reu- e- te es ihn,
re-pen-ted he him-self,
und brach- te her-wie-der die drei-ssig
and brought to the tem-ple the thjj^- ty
s tem-ple the this-
Sil-ber-lin- ge den Ho-hen- prie-
Sil-ver pie-ces,. to the high priests
-stern und il- te-sten, und sprach:
and the El-ders and said:
399
St. Matthew Passion
J udas
Ich ha-be u- bel ge- tan,
"An ev-il thing have I done,
hing he
1
dass ich uh- " schul-dig Blut ver-
for in- no-cent blood have I this
-ra-ten ha-be.
day be-trayed."
Evangelist
Sie spra-chen:
They said;
Chorus I & II
"/as ge- net uns das an?
"And what is that to us?
da sie- he du zu.
for it was thy deed."
50. Recitativo Evangelist & Priests I &. I (]
(Organ.)
St. Matthew XXVII, 5-6:
"And he cast down the pieces of silver
in the temple, and departed, and went and
hanged himself.
"And the chief priests took the silver
pieces, and said, It is not lawful for us
to put them into the treasury, because it is
the price of blood."
Evangelist
Und er warf die Sil-ber-lin- ge in
Then he cast the sil-ver pie-ces down
den Tem-pel
in the tem-ple,
hub sich da-von, ging hin,
and ■ t urned a -way , a- way ,
und er- han-ge- te sich selbst.
and went out and hanged him- self.
A- ber die Ho- hen-prie- ster nah-men
But when the priests had ga-thered up all
die Sil-ber-lin- ge und spra-chen:
the sil-ver pie-ces they said:
Priests
(Es taugt nicht), dass wir sie in den
To -put then in the trea-su- ry
Got-tes-kas-ten le- gen,
is not, is not law-ful;
denn es ist Blut- geld
it is the price that
denn es ist Blut-geld.
we paid for His blood.
51. Aria Bass 4/4 (G)
(Vn. solo, Strings, and Organ.)
( (Gebt mir) ( mei-nen Je-sum)) wie- deri
Give me back my Lord I pray yel
back my Je-sus
bar 52 give Him back T
Seht, das Geld, den LI or- der- lohn,
See he flings it at your feet,
wirft euch der ver-lor-ne Sohn
flings the price of his de-ceit,
zu den Fu- ssen nie- der.
he who did be- tray Thee.
bars 46-^8:
mei- nen Je- sum gebt mir wie- der.
Give me back my Lord I pray ye.
52. Recitativo Evangelist, Pilate & Jesus
(Strings.)
St. Matthew XXVII* 7-14:
".And they took counsel, and bought with
them the potter's field, to bury strangers in.
'"Therefore that field was called, The
Field of blood, unto this day.
"Then was fulfilled that which was spo-
ken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, And they
took the thirty pieces of silver, the price
of him that was valued, whom they of the
children of Israel did value;
"And gave them for the potter's field,
as the Lord appointed me.
"And Jesu3 stood before the governor:
and the governor asked him, saying, Art thou
the King of the Jews? And Jesus said unto
him, Thou sayest.
"And when he was accused of the chief
priests and elders, he answered nothing.
"Then said Pilate unto him, Hearest thou
not how many things they witness agairst thee?
"And he answered him to never a word; in-
somuch that the governor marvelled greatly."
400
St. Matthew Passion
Evangelist ^ A
Sie hiel-ten a- ber ei- nen Rat
And they took coun-sela-mon;j thec-selves
und kauf- ten ei- nen Top-fers- a-
and with the sil-ver pie-ces bought a
-cker da- rum, zum Be-grab-nis
Fot-ters Field, for the bur- ial
der Pil- ger.
of stran-gers.
Da- her ist der-sel- hi- ge A- cker
And there-fore the field that they bought has
ge- nen- net der Blu — & — cker,
been known as the Field of Blood,
bis auf den heu-ti- gen Tag.
yea, ev-en un-to this day.
Da ist er- ful- let,
It was ful-filled thus
das ge- sagt ist durch den Pro-phe- ten
as was pro-phe-sied by the pro-phet
Je-re-mi-as, da er sprioht:
Je-re-mi-ah, when he said:
Sie ha- ben ge- nom- men drei-ssig
"They took and they used the thir- ty
Sil-ber-lin- ge,
sil-ver pie-ces
da- mit be-zah- let ward der Ver-kauf- te,
the price of Him, of Him that ma val- ued,
wel- chen sie kauf-ten von den Kin- dern
whom they did v&l-ue, child-ren thsy of
Is- ra- el;
Is- ra- el 5
und ha- ben sie ge- ge- ben urn ei-
and gave then; for a field which is called
-nen Top-fers- a- cker,
the pot-ter's field, . i
als mar der Herr be-foh-len hat.
as did the Lord my God ap-point me. "
Je-sus, a- ber stand vor dem Lund-
Je-sus stood then up be-fore the
-pfle- ger;
Gov-er-nor;
und der Land-pfle-ger frag- te inn,
and the Gov- er- nor asked of Him
und sprach:
and said:
> A J
Pilate
Bist du der Ju- den Ko-nig?
Art Thou the King of the Jews?
Evangelist
Je-8U8 a- ber sprach zu ihm:
Je-sus said then un- to him:
JesuB
Du sa- gest's.
"Thou say- est."
Evangelist
Und da er ver-klagt ward
And when they ac-cused Him,
von den Ho- hen-prie-6tern und Al- te-sten,
when the priests and El- ders ac-cused Hito thus ,
ant-wor- te- te er nichts.
He an-swered not a word.
Da sprach Pi- la- tus zu ihm:
Then thus spake Fi-late to Him:
Pilate
Ho- rest du nicht,
"Hear-est Thou not,
wie hart sie dich ver- kla- gen?
what things they charge a- gainst Thee?"
Evangelist
Und er ant- wor- te- te ihm nicht auf ein
And He an-swered him not, no ne- ver a
Wort, al- so,
word, not one,
dass sich auch der Land-pfle- ger sehr ver-
and there-fore Fon-tius Pi- late mar-veiled
wun- der-te.
migh-ti- ly.
53. Chorale( Chorus I & Il)(No.l59) 4/4 (D) (b)
(Instr. as in No. 38)
Be-fiehl du dei- ne We- ge
En-trust thy ways un-to Him
und was dein Her- ze krankt,
and all thy spi-rit craves,
der al-ler treni* sten Pfle- ge,
the ev-er faith-ful Guar-dian
401
St. Matthew Passion
des, der den &*' riel lenkt'
who guides the wind and waves,
der Wol- ken, Luft und Win-den,
who rules the clouds of Hea-ven
gibt We- ge Lauf und Bahn,
and bids the bree-zes blow,
der wird auch We- ge fin- den,
He best can choose the path-way
da dein Fuss ge- hen kann.
on which our steps should go.
54. Recitativo Evangelist, Pilate, Pilate's
Wife, Chorus I & II
St. Uatthew XXVII, 15-22:
"Nov. at that fes.st the governor was wont
to release unto the people a prisoner, whom
they would.
"And they had then a notable prisoner,
called Barabbas.
"Therefore when they were gathered to-
gether, Pilate said unto them. Whom will ye
that I release unto you, Barabbas, or Jesus
which is called Christ?
"For he knew that for envy they had
delivered him.
"When he was set down on the judgment
seat, his wife sent unto him, saying, Have
thou nothing to do with that just man: for I
have suffered many things this day in a
dream because of him.
"Eut the chief priests and elders per-
suaded the multitude that they should ask
Barabbas, and destroy Jesus.
"The governor answered and said unto
then,, Whether of the twain will ye that I
release unto you? They said, Ear-j.bbas.
"Pilate saith unto them, '"'hat shall I
do with Jesus which is called Christ? They
all say unto him, Let Him be crucified."
Evangelist
Auf das Fest a-ber hat- te der
Now the Gov-er-nor,at that feast
Land-pfle-ger Ge-wohn-heit
had made it a cus- torn
dem Volk ei- nen Ge- fan-ge- nen los-zu-
that he re-lease from pri-son the one for
-ge- ben, wel-chen sie woll-ten.
whom the peo-ple should ask him.
Er hat- te a- ber zu der Zeit
It hap-pened that there was there a
ei- nen Ge- fan- ge- nen,
not- a- ble pris-on- er,
ei- nen son- der- li- chen vor an- dern,
one whom all the peo- pie knew well, whose
der
name
hiess 3a-
was Bar-
rab-bas.
ab-bas .
Und da sie ver- sam-melt wa- ren,
And when they were met to- geth-er.
sprach Pi- la- tus zu ih- nen:
Pi- late spoke to them say-ing:
Filate
Wei- chen wol- let ihr, dass ich
"Wheth- er will ye that I loose
euch los- ge- be?
un- to you now?
Ba- rab-bam o- der Je-sum,
Bar-rab-bas or this Je-sus i
von dem ge- sa- get wird, er sei Chri-stus. •.
the one whom all ye peo-ple call Christ?"
Evangelist
Derm er wuss- te wohl, dass sie ihn aus
For he knew full well that for en- vy
y
Neid u- ber-ant- wor- tet hat-ten.
they had de-li- vered Him up,
Und da er auf dem Richt-atuhl ease,
And when he took the Judg- ment seat,
schi- eke- te sein Weib zu ihm
came there from his wife to him
und liess ihm sa- gen:
a mess-age, say-ing:
Pilate's Wife
Ha- be du nichts zu schaf- fen mit
Do thou have naught to do with that
die-sem Ge- rech-ten,
vir- tu-ous per-son,
ich ha- be heu- te viel er- lit-ten im
for I have suf-fered much thiaday in a
Traum von sei- net- we-gen.
dream, be- cause of Him.
Evangelist
A- ber die Ho- hen-prie-ster
Yet did the priests and el- ders
und die Al-te-sten li- ber- re-de-ten
stir the mul-ti-tude, seek-ing ev-er that
402
St. Matthew Passion
das Volk,
they ask,
dass sie urn
and choose that
Ba- rab-barr. bit- ten
Bar- ab-bas be re-
soll-ten, und Je-sum um-brach-ten.
-leased and to cru-ci- fy Je- sus.
Da ant-wor-te- te nun der Land-pfle-ger
To the mul-ti-tude did then the Gov-er-
die Soha- fe;
af- flict-ion,
die Schuld be- zablt der Her- re,
the good King pays His sub-jects'
der Ge-rech- te,
ob- li- ga-tion,
fur sei- ne Knech- tel
de- spite His sta- tionj
und sprach zu ih- nen:
-nor speak and asked them:
Pilate J
Wei- chen wollt ihr un-ter die- sen zwei-en,
Choose ye wheth-er of the twain ye will
den ich euch soil los-ge-ben?
that I re- lease un-to you?
Evangelist
Sie spra- chenj
They shout- ed:
Chorus I & II
Ba- rab-bamj
Bar-rab-basi
56. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate
St. Matthew XXVII, 23:
"And the governor said, Why, what
evil hath he done?***"
Evangelist
Der Land-pfle-ger sag- te:
The Gov- er- nor asked them:
Pilate
Was hat er denn U- bels ge - tan?
"But what ev- il deed has He done?"
Evangelist
Pi- la- tus sprach zu ih- nen:
To them did Pi- late an-swer:
Pilate
Was soil ich denn ma-chen mit Je- su,
"And what shall I do then with Je-sus,
von dem ge- sagt wird, er sei Chri-stus?
Hiffl who is known to you as Christ?"
Evangelist
Sie spra-chen al- let
A- gain they shou-tedi
Chorus I & II
Lass ihn kreu-zi- gen.
"Have Him cru-ci-fied."
55. Choralef Chorus I <Sb Il)(No.l67) V* (b)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. I & II, Organ,
and Strings.)
Wie wun- der-bar- lich ist doch
How strange, how won-drous strange this
die-se Stra- fej
cru-ci- fix-ion;
Der gu- te Hir- te lei- det fur
the Shep-herd for His sheep must bear
57. Recitativo Soprano (Ob. da c. I & I, Strings)
Er hat uns al- len wohl- ge- tan.
For us He naught but good has done.
Den Blin-den gab er das Ge- sicht,
The blin-ded gave He back .their sight,
die Lah- men macht' er (ge- hend; )
the lame can walk a- right;
er sagt' uns sei- nes Va-ters Wort,
the word of God to us He brought,
er trieb die Teu-fel fort;
and Sa- tan set at naught;
Be- tr'ub- te hat er auf- ge- richt';
gave corn-fort to the mourn-ing one,
er nahm die Sun-der auf und an;
from sin for us Sal-va- tion won;
sonst hat mein Je-sus nichts ge- tan.
no wrong has Je-sus ev- er done.
4o;
St. Matthew Passion
58. Aria Soprano 3/4 (a)
(Fl. tr.., Ob. da c. T ,': II. No cont.)
Aus Lie- be, aus Lie- be
For love, oh my Sav-iourJ
aus Lie- be will nsein Hei- land ster-ben,
for love of me my lord is dy- ing,
von ei- ner Sun- de weiss er (nichts,)
for sin He dies whose sins were none,
dass das e- wi- ge Ver-der-ben
sin and death and Hell de- fy-ing,
und die Stra- fe des Ge-richts
our Sal- va- tion thus is won,
nicht auf mei- ner See- le blie- be.
for us all for-give-ness buy-ing.
59. Recitativo Evangelist & Chorus I & II '
and Pilate. (Instr. with Chorus as No. 55)
St. Lflatthew XXVII, 23-26:
"**-*But they cried out the more, saying,
Let him be crucified.
"^en Pilate saw that he could prevail
nothing, but that rather a tumult was made,
he took water, and washed his hands before
the multitude, saying, I am innocent of the
blood of this just person: see ye to it.
"Then answered all the people, and
said, His blood be on us, and on our
children.
"Then released he Barabbas unto then:
and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered
him to be crucified."
Evangelist
Sie schrie- en a- ber noch mehr, und
But cried they out yet the more and
spra- chen:
shout- edj
Chorus I A II
Lass inn kreu-zi- gen.
"Have Him oru-ci-fied."
Evangelist
Da a- ber Pi-
When Pi-late had
nichts scha'f-
in no-
la- tus sa- he, dass er
seen that he could pre-vail
fe-
• te,
wise,
ward,
made,
nahm er Was-ser,
he took wa-ter,
und wusch die Han- de vor dem Volk,
and washed his hands be-fore them all
und sprach:
and said:
Pilate
Ich bin un-schul- dig an dem Blut die^ses
"Of the blood of this right-eous per-son I
Ge- rech- ten;
am guilt-less;
8e- het ihr zu.
see ye to it."
Evangelist
Da ant-wor-te- te das gan- ze Volk,
Then did all the peo-ple an-swer him,
und sprach:
and say:
Chorus I &. II
Sein Blut ((kom-me ((u-ber uns)) (und
His blood be on all of us and
(uns- re Kin-deri )) ) )
on our child-renJ
Sop. bars 8, 10-12, Alto 5, 10-12,
Tenor 5, 10-13, Bass 3, 13-16:
u- ber uns
be on us
Evangelist
Da gab er ih-nen
And Pi-late then set
Ba- rab-bam los;
Ba- rab-bas free;
son-dern dass ein viel gr'6-sser Ge-tum-mel
but that ra-ther there might be a tu-mult
a- ber Je- sum liess er gei-sseln,
hav-ing scourged and beat-en Je- sus,
und u- ber- ant-wor-te-te inn,
he de-li-vered Him ov-er to them
dass er ge- kreu-zi-get wur- de.
that they might cru- ci- fy Him.
60. Recitativo Alto (Strings and Organ.)
Er- bar- mes GottJ
0 gra-cious God'
AOA
St. Matthew Passion
hier eteht der Hei-land an- ge- bun- den.
here stands the Sa-Tior chained and fet-tered.
0 Gei-ssel-ung, 0 Schlag, 0 'Vun- den.'
0 buf- fet-ing, 0 wounds, 0 scour-gesj
Ihr Hen-ker, hal- tet einl
Tor-men-tor^ stay your hand.
Er- wei-chet euch der See- len Schmerz,
Does not the sight of such de- spair
der An-blick sol-ches Jam-mers nicht?
yet soft- en you that you for- bear?
Ach ja, ihr habt ein Herz,
But no, your heart is hard,
das muss der Uar- ter-sau- le gleich,
IZuch hard-er than the rock it- self.
und noch viel har-ter sein.
Nor can you un-der-stand;
Er barmt euch, hal- tet einl
Yet hold ye, stay your handi
"And when they had platted a crown of
thorns, they put it upon his he?,d, end a reed
in his right hand: and they bowed the knee
before him, and mocked him, saying, Hail,
King of the Jews!
"And they spit upon him, and took the
reed, and smote him on the heed."
Evangelist J^
Da nan-men die Kriegs-knech-te des Land-pfle-
The gov-er-nor's sol- diers then took with
J
-gers Je-sum zu sich in das Richt-haus,
them Je-sus to the Con-mon Hall,
und sam- nel-ten u- ber inn die gan- ze Schar;
and gath-ered a-round a-bout Him all their band;
und zo- gen inn aus,
and stripped off His clothes,
und le- ge-ten ihm ei- nen Fur-pur-man-tel
and put up-on Him then in-stead a scar-let
an;
robe;
und floch-ten ei- ne Dor- nen- kro-ne,
and plat-ted Him a crov/n of thorns,
61. Aria Alto (Vn. I 4 II, Org.) 2/ '4 (g)
Kon-nen Tra- nen mei-ner Wan- gen
If my weep-ing may not reach Thee,
(nichts er Ian- gen,j
I be-seech Thee,
(0, ((so nehmt (mein Herz)) hin- einj ) )
Take, 0 take this heart from mei
A- ber lasst es bei den Flu- ten,
Then,tho' vain my tears and plead-ing,
wenn die Wun- den mil- de blu- ten,
it may, when Thy wounds are bleed-ing,
auch ((die Op-fer-scha- le) sein.)
like an al-tar-cha-lice be.
62. Recitativo Evangelist & Chorus I & II
(instr. with Chorus as in Ho. 55)
St. itatthew XXVII, 27-30:
"Then the soldiers of the governor took
Jesus into the common hall, and gathered unto
him the whole band of soldiers.
"And they stripped him, and put on him
a scarlet robe.
und setz-ten sie auf sein Haupt,
and put it up-cn His
und ein Rohr in sei- ne rech-te Hand,
and a reed in His right hand,
ff-
und beu- ge- ten die Knie vor ihm,
and bov/ed the knee be-fore Hiir
y
T'
und spot-te-ten ihn,
and mocked Him thus
und spra-chenj
and said:
Chorus I & II
((Ge-gru- S6et), seist du,)
,mJe hail Thee, hail Thee
Ju- den- kd- nigl
King of the JewaJ"
Evangelist
Und spei-e- ten ihn an,
and spat up-on His face,
und nah- men das Rohr,
and took the reed,
und schlu-gen da-mit sein Haupt.
and smote Him up-on His head,
405
St. Matthew Passion
63. Chorale( Chorus I & Il)(No.l62) 4/4 (d(F))
(Instr. as in No. 38)
0 Haupt voll Blut und 7,'un- den,
Oh Head, all scarr'd and bleed-ing,
voll Schmerz und vol-ler HohnJ
and heap'd with cru-el scornJ
0 Haupt, zu Spott ge- bun-den
Oh Headf so fill'd with sor-row,
mit ei- ner Dor- nen- kron'J
and bound with crown of thornj
0 Kaupt, sonst schon ge-zie- ret
Oh Headf that was so hon-or'd,
mit hoch-ster Ehr' und Zier,
so love- ly fair to see,
jetzt a- ber hoch schim-pfi- ret;
and now so low de- grad- ed;
ge-grii- sset seist du miri
my heart goes out to Theel
2.
Du ed- les An- ge-sich- te,
Thou coun-ten-anoe so no- ble
vor dem sonst schrickt und scheut
yet now so pale and wan
das gro-sse Welt- ge- rich-te,
which all the world should hon-or,
wis bist du so be-speit.
yet foul-ly spat up- on;
77ie bist du so er- blei-chet,
0 Lord, we will not Jeer The*,
wer hat dein Au- gen-licht,
as they who mocked Thee there,
dem sonst kein Licht nicht glei-chet,
but com- fort, love and cheer Thee,
so 3ch.and-l.ich zu ge-richt't.
in an- guish and de- spair.
"And as they came out, they found a man
of Cyrene, Simon by name: him they compelled
to bear his cross."
Und da sie ihn ver- spot- tet hat- ten,
And af-ter they had mocked Him thus they
zo- gen sie ihm den Kan-tel aus,
took off from Him the scar-let robe,
und zo- gen ihm sei- ne Klei-der an,
and put His own rai-ment on a-gain,
und fuh- re- ten ihn hin,
and led they Him a- way,
dass sie ihn kreu-zig- ten.
that He be cru-ci- fied. j
Und in- dem sie hin-aus-gin- gen, fan-den sie
And as they were go-ing out they met
ei- nen Uen-achen von Ky-re-ne,
there a man from Cy-re-ne,
mit Na- men Si-monj
whose name was Si-mon,
den zwan-gen sie, dass er ihm sein Kreuz trug,
and Him did they com-pel to bear His cross*
65. Recitative Bass (Fl tr. I * II, Viola da
Gamba, and Organ. )
Jal frei-lich will in uns das Fleisch
Yea, tru- ly flesh and blood is loath
und Blut
to bear
zum Kreuz ge-zwun-gen sein;
the Cross un-less com-pelled;
je mehr es uns- rer See- le gut,
and that for which we most should care
je her- ber geht es ein.
in least es-teem is held.
64. Recitativo Evangelist
St. Matthew XXVII, 31-32j
"And after that they had mocked him,
they took the robe off from him, and put his
own raiment on him, and led him away to
crucify him.
66. Aria Bass (Viola da Gamba, Organ.)
(Komm, su- sses Kreuz,)
Come bles-sed Cross,
406
St. Matthew Passion
komm, s'u-Bsee Kreuz, so will ich »»- gen,
Coma bles-sed Cross, with The* I share it,
mein Je- su, gib es im- mer her J
Lly Je-sus, share it Thou with me J
Wird mir mein Lei- den einst ( zu schwer,)
And if too great the bur- den be
too great
middle of bar 26t and if
so hilf du mir es sei- ber tra- gen.
I look to Thee for help to bear it.
67. Recitative Evangelist & Chorus I & II
(instr. with Chorus same as No. 55)
St. Matthew XXVII, 33-43 j
"And when they were come unto a place
called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of
a skull,
"They gave vinegar to drink mingled with
galli and when he had tasted thereof, he would
not drink.
"And they crucified him, and parting his
garments, casting lots: that it might be ful-
filled which was spoken by the prophet, They
parted my garments among them, and upon my
vesture did they cast lots.
"And sitting down they watched him there;
"And set up over his head his accusation
written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS.
"Then were there two thieves crucified
with him, one on the right hand, and another
on the left.
"And they that passed by reviled him,
wagging their heads,
"And saying, Thou that destroyest the
temple, and buildest it in three days, save
thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come
down from the cross."
"Likewise also the chief priests mocking
him, with the scribes and elders, said,
"He saved others; himself he cannot save.
If he be the King of Israel, let him now come
down from the cross, and we will believe him.
"He trusted in God; let him deliver him
now, if he will have him: for he said, I am
the Son of God."
Evangelist
Und als sie an die Stat- te ka-men nit
And when in this-wiae they were come to a
Na- men Gol-ga-tha,
place called Gol-ga-tha,
das ist ver-deutsch- et: Scha- del- statt,
that is to say, "/The, Place of Skulls, "
•n
ga- ben sie ihm Es- sig zu trin- ken
then they gave Him vi-ne-gar to drink that
und da er's echme-cke-te,
and when He tast- ed it.
woll- te er's nicht trink-ken.
yet He would not drink it.
Da sie ihn a- ber ge- kreu-zi- get hat-ten,
And when -the sol-diers had cru-ci-fied Je-sus,
teil-ten sie sei- ne Klei- der
they di-vi- ded His gar-ments
und war-fen das Los dar- urn;
and all did cast lots there-for;
auf dass er- ful-let wur- de,
that there might be ao- com-plished,
das ge- sagt ist durch den Pro-phe-tenj
thatwhich by the pro-phet was spo-ken:
Sie ha- ben mei- ne Klei-der un- ter
My gar-ments they have par-ted, par-ted
sich ge- tei- let,
them a- mong them,
und u- ber mein Ge- wand ha- ben sie
and for my ves-ture lots have they cast,
das Los ge- wor- fen.
yea lots cast for it.
Und sie sa- ssen all- da,
Then they all sat them down,
und h'u- te-ten sein.
and watched Je-sus there J
Und o- ben zu sei- nem Haup- te hef-te-
and ov-er His Head they then set up an
-ten sie die, Ur- sach sei- nes
in-scrip-tion, tell-ing what was
To- des be-schrie- ben,
His ac-cu- sa- tion,
nam- lichj
. wrdt- tf
Dies ist Je-sus, der Ju- den Ko-nig.
"This is Je-sus the King of the Jews.'"
tjy
Und da wur-den zween Mor- der mit ihm
There were al-so two thieves who with Him
ge- kreu-zi- get,
were cru-ci-fied,
und ei- ner zur
and one on the
mit Ga- len ver- mi-schet;
was min-gled with gall;
ei- ner zur Rech- ten,
one on the right hand,
Lin- ken.
left hand.
Die a- ber vor - u- ber gin-gen, la- ster-
And they that were pass-ing by re- vil- ed
-ten ihn,
at Him,
407
St. Matthew
J.
und achut-tel- ten ih- re Kop-fe,
and stop-ping, they wagged their heads
und spra- chens
and saids
Chorus I A II
Der du den Tem- pel Got-tet zer-brichst, und
"Thou who de-»troy the tem-ple of God, (and
(bau- es"ft ihn in drei- en Ta- gen,
Thou) who in thre9 days can build it,
hilf dir ael- ber. Bist du Got- tea Sohn
save Thy-self now. If Thou art God's Son
(so steig her- ab) voir. KreuzJ
come down Thou from the CroaaJ"
come down Thou now
Evangelist
Des-glei-chen auch die Ho- hen-prie- ster
and like-wise al- so did the chief priests,
spot-te-ten sein
mock Him thus * t
J) J)
samt den Schrift-ge-lehr-ten und
and the Scribes and El-ders
Al- te- sten, und spra-chenj
mock-ing al- so, said:
Chorus I 4 II
An- dern hat er ge-hol-fen,
'feav-iour was He of oih-ers,
ind kann sich eel-ber nicht hel- fen.
to save Him- self He ie help-less}
^
1st er (der Ko- nig (Is-ra-els, ))
If He be King of Is-ra-el
the King of Is-ra-el, Tenor, bar 48
(so stei- ge er) nun vom Kreuz,
let Him come down from the Cross,
so wol- len wir ihm glau- ben.
and we will then be-lieve Him.
Er hat Gott ver-trau- et,
He has trust-ed in God,
(der (er- lo-se,) ihn)nun, lu-stet's ihn, denn
let God save Him to-day if, He will, for
Alto, Tenor, Bass, bars 10-13s
der er- lo- se ihn er- lb- se
let God save Him^let God save Him
er hat ge- sagtj Ich bin Got- tea Sohn.
this man has saids "I am God's own Son!'
Passion
68. Recitativo Evangelist
St. Matthew XXVII, 44s
"The thieve 8 also, wnich
were crucified with him, cast the same in his
teeth."
Des-glei- chen Bchma-he- ten ihn auch die
The two thieves al- so which with Him were
Mor- der, die mit ihm ge- kreu-zi-get
cru-ci-fied, like-wise cast the same in His
wur-den.
teeth.
69. Recitativo Alto
(Ob. da c. I & I, Violoncello, Organ.)
Ach Gol-ga-tha,
Ah Gol-go-tha,
un-sel-geB Gol-ga-thal
ac-cur-sed Gol-go-thaJ
Der Herr der Herr-lich-keit muss schimpf-lich.
The Lord of Glo- ry they in shame are
hier ver-der-ben,
cru-ci- fy- ingj
der Se- gen und das Heil der Welt
the Blest Re- deem-er of Man-kind,
wird ale ein Fluch ans Kreuz ge- stellt.
is spat on, tor- tured and mal- igned.
Der Schbp-fer Him- msls und der Er- den
Of Earth and Sky, from Him de-rived,
soil Erd und Luft ent- zo-gen wer-den*,
will He who made them, be de-privedj
die Un-schuld muss hier schul-dig ster-ben,
the sin- less now for sin is dy- ing;
das ge-het sei- ner See- le nah,
and so no cheer my soul may find.
Ach Gol-ga-tha,
Ah Gol-go-tha,
un-sel-ges Gol-ga-thai
ac-cur-sed Gol-go-thal
408
St. Matthew Passion
70. Aria Alto and Chorus II V* (Eb)
(Ob. da c. I & II, Oboe I 4 II,
Organ, and Strings. )
Alto
Se- het ,
Look ye,
se- het, Je-sus hat die Hand
look ye, Je-sus wait-ing stands
uns zu fas- sen aus-ge- spannt,
reach-ing out with ea-ger hands,
kommt, kommt, kommt,
come, come, come.
Chorus II
Wo- hin? Wo- hin?
Wo- hin?
Come where? Come where?
Come where?
Alto
in Je- su Ar-men
in Je-sus bo-som
St. Matthew XXVII, 45-50:
"Now from the sixth hour there was dark-
ness over all the land unto the ninth hour.
"And about the ninth hour Jesus cried
with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama
sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God,
why hast thou forsaken me?
"Some of them that stood there, when
they heard that, said, This man calleth for
Elias.
"And straightway one of them ran, and
took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar,
and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink.
"The rest said, Let be, let us see whether
Elias will come to save him.
"Jesus, when he had cried again with a
loud voice, yielded up the ghost."
Evangelist
Und von der sechs-ten Stun- de an ward 'ei-
Now from the sixth hour on-ward thru the land
sucht Er- id- sung, nehmt Er- bar- men,
seek f or-give-ness, find re-demp-tion,
su- chet
seek it!
Chorus II
Wo?
Where?
Alto
in Je- su Ar-men.
in Je-sus' bo-som.
Le- bet,
Live ye,
le- bet,
live ye,
ster-bet ,
die ye,
ru- het hier,
rest ye here,
ihr ver-lass-nen Kuch-lein ihr blei-bet
poor for- sa- ken child-ren all. Stay yel
Chorus II
Wo?
Where?
Alto
in Je- su Ar-men, blei-bet in Je-su
in Je-sus' bo-som, stay ye, in Je-sus'
Wo?
Where?
Ar-men.
bo-som.
71. Recitativo Evangelist, Jesus Chorus I & II
(With Chorus Instr. same as No. 55)
-ne Fln-ster- nis u- bsr das gan- se Land,
a iark-nees cause) apread-ing o'er all the land,
bis xu der neun-ten Stun- de.
yea ev-en to the ninth hour,
Und urn die neun- te Stun- de schrie- e
And then a- bout the ninth hour Je- sua
Je- sus laut, und spracht
cried a- loud and said:
Jesus
E-li, E-li, la-ma,
E-li, E-li, la-ma,
la-ma a- sab-tha-nil
la-ma Sab-ach-tha-niJ
Evangelist
Das ist: Mein Gott, mein Gott,
that is: "My God, my God,
war- um hast du mich ver-las- sen?
0 why, why dost Thou for-sake me?"
Et- li- che a- ber, die da stan- den,
When some of them who stood and watched Him,
spra-chen sie:
they all said;
da sie das ho- re- ten,
heard Je- sus call-ing thus,
Chorus I
Der ru- fet den E-li-as.
"He call-eth for E-li-as."
Evangelist J
Und bald lief ei-ner un- ter ih-nen,
And straight-way one of them did run,
409
St. Matthew Passion
naha ei- nen Schwamrr.
and took a sponge a t.
und ful- le- te inn mit Es- sig
and fiU-ing it full of vin-e-gar,
und stek- ke- te inn auf ein Rear,
fee fae-t«ned it up-on a reed,
und tran- ke-te ihn.
and gave Him to drink.
Die aa-dern a- ber epra-chem
The oth-ers spoke es>- ong them*
Chorus II
Halt, halt,
"Wait, wait
lass se- hen,
to see now
ob E- li- as kom-me und ihm hel- fe.
whe-ther will E- li- as come to save Kim."
Evangelist
A- ber Je- sue schriere a-ber-mal laut,
And a-gain did Je- bus cry out a- loud,
und ver-schied.
and was gone.
72. Chorale( Chorus I t Il)(No.l64) 4/4 (a)
(Instr. as in No. 38)
V.'enn ich ein- mal soil schei-den,
When comes my hour of part-ingi
ee schei- de nicht von mirj
do not Thou part from me.
wenn ich den Tod soil lei- den,
As Death's dread hour ap-proach- es
so tritt dujdann her- fur.
be-side me Thou wilt be.
Wenn mir am al- ler-bang-sten
And when, in aw- ful an- guish,
wird um das Her-ze sein,
my time of deathis nigh,
so reiss mich aus den Ang- sten
Thy Cross will then up-hold me
kraft dei- ner Angst und PeinI
that stead-fasx I may die.
73. Recitativo Evangelist, Chorus I & II
(Ob. I 4 II, Organ and Strings with Chorus)
St. Matthew XXVII, 51-58;
"And, behold, the veil of the temple was
rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and
the earth did quake, and the rocks rent;
"And the graves were opened; and many
bodies of the saints which slept arose,
"And came out of the graves after his re-
surrection, and went into the holy city, and
appeared unto many.
"Now when the centurion, and they that
were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earth-
quake, and these things that were done, they
feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the
Son of God.
"And many women were there beholding afar
off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, min-
istering unto him:
"Among which was Mary Magdalene, and L'ary
the mother of James and Jos es, and the rrother
of Zebedee's children.
"When the even was come, there came a
rich man of Arimathaea, named Joseph, who also
himself was Jesus' disciple:
"He went to Pilate, and begged the body
of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to
be delivered."
Evangelist
Und sie-he da, '
And now be-hold,
der Vor-hang im Tem-pel zer-riss in zwei Stuck*
the veil of the tem-ple was rend-ed in twain-
von o- ben an,
down from the top,
bis un-ten aus.
un-to the ground.
Und die Er- de er- be- be- te,
And the whole of the earth did quake,
und die Fel- sen zer-ris-sen,
and the rocks burst a- sun-der,
und die Gra- ber ta- ten sich auf,
and the graves were o- pened a- gain,
und stan- den auf viel Lei- ber der Hei-li
and up rose ma- ny bo-dies of Ho-ly
gen, die da schlie-f en;
ones who were sleep-ing;
und gin- gen aus den Gra- bern nach sei-ner
and came from out the graves af- ter Je-sus'
Auf-er- ste-hung,
Re- sur-rect- rion,
410
8t. Matthew Pas.ioa
A J
und ka- m«n in die hei-li-ge Stadt,
and went in- to the Ho ly Ci- -ty,
and er- echei- nen vie-len.
and ap-peared to ma- ny.
A- ber der Haupt-mann,
Now when the Cap- tain,
und die bei ihm wa- ren,
and the oth-ers with him,
und be- wah- re- ten Je-sum,
who were there watoh-ing Je-sus,
ia sie sa- hen dae Erd-be- ben, und
Baw the earth quake and qui-ver and those
was da ge- schah,
things that were done, i
er- schra- ken sie, sehr, und spra-chem
they trem-bled with fear, and saidj
Chorus I & II
Wahr-lich, ) die- ser iBt Got-tes Sohn
"Tru- ly this was the Son of God,
S-A-T,last
ge we- sen.
the Son of God'
Evangelist
/> J bo. J* ;>^j?j
Bass
John, ge- we-sen.
God, the Son of God.
Und es wa-ren viel Wei- ber da,
Ha- ny wo-men were gath-ered there,
die von fer- ne zu- sa- hen,
from a- far off be-hold-ing,
die da wa- ren nach- te fol-get zus
which had foi-lowed af- ter Je-sus from
Ga-li-la-a,
Ga-li-le-a,
und hat -ten ihm ge-die- net;
to min-ist-er un-to Him}
un - ter wel-cnen war Ma- ri- a Mag-da-le-na,
ana a-mong them there was Ma-ry Llag-da-lene,
le-na,
und Ma-ri- a, die Mut- ter Ja- ce- bi und
al- so Ma-ry, the Mo-ther of James and of
Jo-ses,
J o-ses,
und die Mut- ter der Kin-der Ze- be- dae- i.
and the Mo-ther of Ze- be-dee's two ohild-ren.
Am A-ben a- ber kam ein rei-cher Mann von
At ev-en came a cer-tain weal-thy man from
A-ri-ma-thi-a, der hiess Jo-seph,
A-ri-ma-thi-a, by name Jo-seph,
.> J> J> A
wel-cher auch ein Jun-ger Je- bu, war.
who was al- so one of Je-sus' dis-ci-ples.
Der ging zu Pi-la- to,
He went un-to Pi-late,
J) A
und bat ihn um den Leich- nam Je- su.
and begged of him the bo- dy of Je-sus.
Da- be- fahl Pi- la- tus,
Pi-late then com-mand- ed,
man soll-te ihm ihn ge-ben.
that it be gi-ven to him,.
74. Recitativo Bass (Strings and Organ)
Am A-bend, da es kuh- le war,
At ev- en, sweet, cool hour of rest,
ward A- dams Fal- len of-fen- bar.
was A-dan's fall made man-i- fest.
Am A-bend druk-ket ihn der Hei-land nei-der;
At ev- en ends the Sav-iour's Cross and pain;
am A-bend kam die Tau- be »ie-der,
at ev- en came the dove a-gain, .
und trug ein Si- blatt in dem Mun-de.
with leaf of ol- ire in her bill.
0 scho-ne ZeitJ 0 A- bend- stun-de!
0 love-ly hour so cool and stillj
Der Frie- dens-schluss
Our peace with God
ist nun mit Gott ge-macht,
is ev-er- more as-sured,
denn Je-sus hat sein Kreuz voll-bracht.
for Je-sus hath His cross en- dured.
Sein Leich-nam kommt zur Ruh.
His bo- dy rests in peace.
Ach, lie- be See-le, bit- te du,
Ah, thank Him ev-er, ne*ver cease,
geh> las- se dir den to- ten Je-sum
Soul, think Thou of thy Sav-iour, ly-ing
schen-ken,
yon- der,
0 heil- sa- mes,
0 ho- ly thought,
o kost-lich's An- ge- den-kenj
0 pre- cious thought to pon-der.'
All
St. Matthew Passion
75. Aria Bass (Ob da c. I & II, Strings
and Organ. )
Ma- che dich, mein Her- ze, rein,
Let my heart be pure as Thine.
ich will Je- sum selbst be- gj*a- ben,
there a pre-cious grave I make Thee,
denn er soil nun-mehr in mir
dwell Thou there, whom I a-dore,
(fur und fur)
ev-er more,
sei- ne s'u- sse Ru- he ha- ten.
there to sweet-est rest be-take Thee.
Welt, geh aus, Welt, geh aus,
World a- way, world a- way,
lass Je-sum ein, Welt, geh aus,
come Je-sus mine, World a- way,
lass Je-sum eini
come Je-sus mine!
76. Recitativo Evangelist, Pilate, &
Chorus I & II
(Instr. with Chorus as in No. 55) <
St. Matthew XXVII, 59-66t
"And when Joseph had taken the body, he
wrapped it in a clean linen cloth,
"And laid it in his own new tomb, which
he had hewn out in the rockj and he rolled a
great stone to the door of the sepulchre,
and departed.
"And there was Mary Magdalene, and the
other Mary, .sitting over against the sepulchre.
"Now the next day, that followed the day
of the preparation, the chief priests and
Pharisees ca^me together unto Pilate,
"Saying, Sir, we remember that that de-
ceiver said, while he was yet alive, After
three days I will rise again.
"Command therefore that the sepulchre
be made sure until the third day, lest his
disciples come by night, and steal him away,
and say unto the people, He is risen from
the deadt so the last error shall be worse
than the first.
"Pilate said unto then., Ye have a watch:
go your way, make it as sure as ye can.
"So they went, and made the sepulchre
sure, sealing the stone, and setting a
watch."
Evangelist
Und Jo-seph nahm den Leib,
The bo- dy Jo- seph took,
und wik- r.el-te inn in ein' rein'
and wrapped it in a clean new li- nen
Lein-wand,
cloth, ^ ^
Und leg- te ihn in sein ei-gen neu Grab,
and laid it in his own new grave
wel- ches er hat- te las-sen in
which he. had hewn from out of the
J) r
ei-nen Fels hau-en}
so-lid rock;
-A
und wal- ze-te ei-nen gro-ssen Stein vor
and rolled a migh-ty stone in front of
.. A > A *
die Tur des Gra- bes,
the door of the Sep-ul-chre,
und ging da-von.
and went a- way. |
Es war a-ber all-da Ma-ri- a Mag-da- le-
There were there al-eo Ma-ry Mag-da-lene*
J. le"<
und die an-de-re Ma-ri- a,
and the oth- - - er Ma-ry.
ri
die setz- ten sich ge-gen das Grab,
who sat near to Je- sus' grave.
Des an-dern Ta-ges,
Now- on the mor-row,
der da fol- get nach dem Rust-ta- ge,
which fol-lowed the pre- pa- ra-tion,
ka- men die Ho-hen-prie-ster und
came then to-geth-er all of the
Pha- ri- sa- er samt-lich zu Pi-la- to,
priests and all the Phar- i- sees to Pi-late,
J
und spra-chen:
and said:
Chorus I & II
Herr, wir ha- ben ge-dacht,
Sir, we bear it in mind,
dass die- ser Ver-fuh-rer sprach,
that that base de-cei-ver said,
da er noch le- be- te:
when He wa6 yet a-llve:
Ich will (nach drei- en Ta- gen (wie-
"Up- on the third day I will rise
-der auf-er ste-hen. ))
a- gain in glo- ry. "
412
St. Matthew Passion
iar- um be-fiehl,
10 thou com- mand,
ass man das Grab ver- yah- re bis an
hat they shall keep a watch for the space
den drit- ten Tag,
of these three days,
uf daBs nicht sei- ne Jun-ger kom- men,
est his die- ci- pies come by night there,
und steh- len inn),
and steal Him thence,
nd sa- gen zu dem Volk:
nd say to all the folks
Er ist (auf- er-stan- den) von den To-ten
From the grave and death is He a- ri-senj
Tenor bar 17, ,from
und wer- de der letz-te Be- trug
so would this last er-ror be worse,
ar- ger denn der er- ste.
yea, than was the first one.
Soprano at end:
ar- ger denn der er- ste.
orse than was the first one.
Alto last 4 bars:
ar- ger, ar- ger denn der er- ste.
yea, be worse than was the first one.
Tenor last 4 barst
ar- ger, ar- ger denn der er
yea, be worse than was
ranglist
ste.
the first one.
i- la- tus sprach zu ih-nenj
nd Pi-late said to them:
ilate
Da habt ihr die Hu- ter;
Ye have ma-ny watch-men;
e- het-hin, und ver- wah-ret's, wie ihr
o your way, make your watch as sure as
wis -set.
may be."
jivangelist
ie gin- gen hin,
lo forth they went,
md ver-wah-re- ten das Grab mit Hu-tern,
Jid the Sep-ul-chre made sure with watch-men,
md ver- sie- gel- ten den Stein,
.nd they sealed it with a stone.
77. Recitative Chorus II, B-T-A-S solos
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. I & II, Strings
and Organ)
Bass
Nun ist der Terr zur Run ge-bracht.
And now the Lord is laid to rest.
Chorus
(Mein Je- su, ) gu- te NachtJ
Lord Je-sus, Fare-Thee welll
Uy
Tenor
Die Muh ist aus,
Thy pain is done,
die uns- re Sun-den ihm ge-macht,
for-give-ness for my sins is won.
Alto
0 se- li- ge Ge- (bei-ne, )
0 prec-ious bles-sed bo-dy,
sent, wie ich euch mit Buss und Reu
Look that ray tears of pe- ni-tence
be- wei- ne,
may show Thee,
dass euch mein Fall
how my de- fault
in sol- che Not ge- bracht.
has brought to Thee such woe.
Soprano
Habt le- bens-lang fiir eu- er Lei-den
My thanks to Thee will flow, a ne-ver
tau-send Dank,
end-ing stream,
dass ihr mein See- len heil so wert ge-acht't,
that Thou hast held my soul in such ea- teem.
78. Chorus (I & II ) 3/4 (c)
T7ir set-zen uns mit Tra-nen nie-der,
Here at Thy grave sit we all weep-ing,
und (ru- fen) dir im Gra- be zu:
and call Thee as in grief we weep:
Chorus I
Ru- he sanf-te, ru- he sanf-te,
Sleep Thou sweet-ly, sleep Thou sweet-ly,
sanf-te RuhJ
sweet-ly sleeps
413
St. Matthew Passion
Chorus II
sanf-te Ruh, ru- he sanf-te,
sweet-ly sleep, sleep Thou sweet-ly,
sanf-te Run!
sweet-ly sleepl
Chorus I & II
Ruht, ihr aus-ge-sog- nen Glie-der,
Rest, Thou wea-ry,tor-tured bo- dy,
Bass
Ru- hetl
Sleep well!
Chorus I
Eu- er Grab und Lei-chen-stein
Let Thy tomb-stone and Thy grave
soil dem angst-li-chen Ge-wis-sen
be the sweet al- le- vi- a-tion,
ein be-que-mes Ru- he-kis- sen
in our woe the con-so-la- tion,
und (der See-len Ruh-stett) sein.
which our wea-ry spi-rits crave.
Chorus II
Ru- het sanf-te, sanf- te ruht J
Sleep Thou sweet-ly, re3t Thou wellj
Bass
Ru- hetl
Sleep welli
Chorus I
(Hochst ver-gnugt,) schlura-mern da die
Sweet- ly sleep, sink to slum-ber
Au- gen ein.
sweet and deep.
414
ST. JOHN PASSION
1723
Text based on poem by
B.H.Brockes
(Flauto traverso I 4 II, Oboe I 4 II, Viola
d'amore I 4 II, Oboe da eaooia I 4 II, Oboe
d'amor*, Viola da gamba, Liuto, Organ, and
String*.)
1. Chorus V4 (g)
(Flauto traverso I 4 Ob. I, Flauto travereo
II 4 Ob. II, Organ, Strings.)
(Herr) (un- ser Herr-scher. )
Lord, Thou our Mas- ter,
des- sen Ruha
Thou whose name
(in al-len Lan- den) (herr-lich) ist|
is ev-er hon-ored ev'- ry- where;
S-A-T-B, bars 28-29, Sop. 54-55, Alt. 53-55,
Ten. 53-55, Bass 52-54:
in al- l»n Lan- den herr-lich
in ev'-ry land is hon-ored
Sop. 56, 57(lst time). Alt. 56, 57(lst time).
Bass 55.
herr-lich. 57 herr- lich ist
hon-ored. ev»- ry -where
Zeig' uns durch dei- ne Pas- si- on,
Show us in this, Thy Pas-sion's hour,
daes du, der wah-re Got-tes-sohn,
how Thou, the ve-ry Son of God,
zu al- ler Zeit,
for end-less time,
auch in der gross- ten Nie- drig-keit,
art now be-oome, tho 'brought so low,
((ver-herr-licht) wor-den) bist.
for- ev- er glo- ri- fied,
ev- er Bass 92
2. Recitativo Evangelist (Tenor) and
Jeaus (Bass) (Organ)
St. John XVIII, l-5»
"When Jesus had spoken these words,
he went forth with his disciples over the
brook Cedron, where was a garden, into the
which he entered, and his disciples.
"And Judas also, which betrayed him,
knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted
thither with his discxpies.
"Judas then, having received a band of
men and officers from the chief priests and
Pharisees, cometh thither with lanterns and
torches and weapons.
"Jesus therefore, knowing all things
that should come upon him, went forth, and
said unto them, Whom seek ye?
"They answered him,***"
Evangelist
Je-sus ging mit sei-nen Jun-gern u-ber den
Je-sus went with His dis- ci-ples o-ver the
Bach Ki-dron,
brook Ced-ron,
da war ein Gar-ten,
where was a gar-den,
dar- ein kam Je-eus,
to which came Je-sus,
und sei- ne Jun-ger.
and His dis-cip-lea.
Ju-das a-ber, der ihn ver- rieth,
Ju-das al-so, „_ he who was false, _
wusa-
knew
te den Ort auch,
the place full well,
denn Je-sus ver-sam-mle-
for Je-sus re-sor-ted
te sich oft
thi-ther oft
da-selbst mit sei-nen Jun-gern.
to be with His dis- ci-ples.
415 .
St* John Passion
Da nun Ju- das zu sich hat- te ge-
Ju-das there-fore, who had ga-thsred a
-nora-men die Schaar,
bo-dy of men.
J
und der Ho- hen -prie-ster und Pha-ri-
whom the Chief Priests and the Pha-ri-
sa- er Die- ner,
-sees had sent him,
JS A
kommt er da-hin mit Fa-ckeln,
now oom-eth thi-ther,with lan-terns,
Lam- pen und mit Waf- fen.
tor-ches and with wea-pons.
Als nun Je-sus wuss- te Al- les,
There-fore Je-sus, know-ing all things,
was ihm be- geg-nen soil- te,
that were to come up- on Him,
ging er hin- aus,
went straight-way forth,
und sprach zu ih- nent
and said un-to them:
Jesus
Wen su- chet ihr?
"Whom seek ye here?"
Evangelist
Sie ant- wor-te-ten ihm:
And they an-swered tow^m:
3. Chorus V4 (g)
(Oboe I, Oboe II, Fl. Tr. I 4 II and Vn. I,
Vn. II, Va., and Organ.)
St. John XVIII, 5:
»***j&8us of Nazareth.***"
( Je-sum, ) Je-sum von Na-za-rethJ
"Je-sus, Je-sus of Na-za-rethl"
4. Recitativo Evangelist and Jesus
(Organ)
St. John XVIII, 5-7:
"***jesue aaith unto them, I am he. And
Judas also, which betrayed him. stood with
them.
"As soon then as he had said unto them, I
am he, they went backward, and fell to the
ground.
"Then asksd he thsm again, Whom sesk ye?
And they said,***"
Evangelist
Je-sus spricht zu ih-nen:
je-sus saith un- to them:
,/> J»
Jesus
Ich bin's.
"I am He."
A J>
Evangelist
Ju-das a-ber, der ihn ver- rieth,
Ju-das al-so, he which be-trayed Him,
stand auch bei ih- nen.
stood there be- side them.
/
Als nun Je- sus zu ih-nen sprach:
And as soon then as He had said;
J> is
Ich bin's! wi-chen sie zu- ru- eke
"I am He," all of them went back-ward
und fie-len zu Bo- den.
and fell to the ground.
Da fra- ge-te er sie a- ber-mals:
Then asked He of them a se-cond time:
Jesus
Wen su- chet ihr?
"Whom seek ye here?"
Evangelist
Sie a- ber- spra- chen:
A-gain they an- swered:
5. Chorus (Ob. I, Ob. II, Organ, Strings.)
St. John XVIII, 7:
"***Jesus of Nazareth."
(Je-sum,) (Je-sum von Na-za-rethJ)
"Je-sus, Je-sus of Na-za-rethJ."
6. Recitativo Evangelist and Jesus (Organ)
St. John XVIII, 8:
"Jesus answered, I have told you that I s
he: if therefore ye seek me, let these go thei
way: "
Evangelist
Je-sus ant- wor- te - te:
Je-sus an-swered and said:
Jesus
Ich hab's euoh ge-sagt, dass ich's sei,
"To you I have said, I am He,
su-chet ihr denn mich, so las- set die-
if ye seek for me, then let these go
416.
St. John Passion
-se ge-heni
their way."
7. Chorale (No. 168) 4/4 (g)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. 1^ Vn. I, with Sop.}
Ob. II, Vn. II, with Alto; Va. with Ten.}
Organ. )
0 gro- sse
0 won-drous
LiebV
love,
0 Lieb' ohn' al- le
0 love all love ex-
Maa. -sse,
-eel-ling,
die dioh ge- bracht auf die-se tlar-
where-for Thou made this Vale of Tears
-ter-stra - sse.'
Thy dwel-ling.'
Ich leb- te mit der Welt in Lust und
The joys and plea-sures of the world we
Freu-den,
cher-ish,
und du muast lei-denj
yet Thou must per-ishj
und schiug nach des Ho- hen- prie-atere
and struck at the high-priest's serv-ing
Knecht,
man,
und hieb ihm sein recht' Ohr ab,
and out the man's right ear off.
und der Knecht hiess Mal-chus.
The man's name was Mal-chus.
Da sprach Je-sus zu Pe-tro:
Then said Je-sus to Pe-ter:
Jesus
Ste-cke dein Schwert in die Schei- de;
"Put up thy sword in its scab- bard;
scs
soil ich den Kelch nicht trin-ken,
shall I not drink the cup
den mir mein Va- ter ge- ge-ben hat,
the cup my Fa-ther hath gi-ven me
den Kelch,
to drink,
den mir mein Va- ter ge- ge-ben hat?
the cup my Fa-ther hath gi-ven me?'
8. Reoitativo Evangelist and Jesus (Organ) g
St. John XVIII, 9-llt
"That the saying might be fulfilled,
which he spake, Of them which thou gavest
me have I lost none.
"Then Simon Peter having a sword drew,
it, and smote the high priest's servant, and
cut off his right ear. The servant's name
was Malchus.
"Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy
sword into the sheath: the cup which my Fa-
ther hath given me, shall I not drink it?"
Evangelist
Auf dass das Wort er-ful- let wur- de, wel-
So that the pro-phe-sy might be ful-filled
-ches er sag- te:
which He spake: (St. John, XVII, 12?
Ich ha- be der kei- ne ver-lo-ren,
Of them which thou ga-vest to me,
die du mir ge- ge- ben hast,
not one have I lost, not one."
Da hat- te Si-mon Pe-tru3 ein Schwert,
Then Si-mon Pe-ter, hav-ing a sword,
und zog ea aus,
he drew it forth,
9. Chorale (No. 317) 4/4 (d)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. I ft II, Vn. I, with
Sop.} Vn. II with Alto} Va. with Ten.)
Dein Will' ge- scheh', Herr Gott, zu-gleich
Thy will must all ere- a- tion do,
auf Er- den wie in Him-mel-reich;
on earth and high in Hea-ven too;
gib urts Ge- duld in Lei-denB-zeit,
Thy pa-tience, Lord, on us be- stow,
ge- hor-sam sein in Lieb' und Leid,
that we o- bey in weal and woe.
wehr1 und steu'r al- lem Fleisch und Blut,
Stay Thou the hand and spoil the skill
das wi- der dei-nen Wil- 'len thut.
of them who seek to thwart Thy will.
10. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XVIII, 12-14:
"Then the band and the captain and
officers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound
him,
"And led him away to Annas first; for
he was father in law to Caiaphas, which
417,
St. John Passion
was the high priest that same year.
"How Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel
to the Jews, that it was expedient that one
man should die for the people."
Die Schar a-ber und der 0- ber-haupt-mann,
The bo- dy of sol-diers with their cap- tain,
und die Die-ner der Ju- den nah-men Je-sum
who were sent by the Jews laid hold of Je-eus,
und ban- den ihn,
and bound Him fast,
und fuh- re-ten ihn aufs er-ste au Han-nas,
and led Him a- way at first un-to An-nas
der war Ca- i- phas Schwa- her, wel-
for he was Ca- i- phas' fath'-r-in- law,
MM *
-cher des Jah- res Ho- her- pne-
which was high priest that same year.
-ster war;
e8 war a- ber Ca-i-phas,
Now it had been Ca-i-phas,
der den Ju- den riet,
who had to}d the Jews
id told th
68 wa- re gut, dass ein Mensch wur-
that it was ex-ped- ient that one man
-de ura- bracht fur die Volk.
should die, should die for all.
11. Aria Alto 3/4 (d)
(Oboe I, Oboe II, Organ.)
(Von den Stri- cken) mei-ner Sun- den
FroD. the sha-ckles of my vi-ces
bond- age
(mich zu ent- bin-den. )
to li-be- rate me,
wird mein Heil ge-bun- den.
they have bound my Sav-icur.
Uich von al-l6n La- ster- beu-len
From my ach-ing wounds and brui-ses,
(vol-lig), zu hei-len
ful-ly to heal me,
lasst er sich ver- wun-den.
He was bruised and wound- ed.
12. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XVIII, 15:
"And Simon Peter followed Jesus, and
so did another disciple:***" <,
Si-mon Pe-trus a-ber fol- ge- te Je-su
Si-mon Pe-ter al-so folelowed with Je-sus
nach, und ein and'- rer Jun-ger.
forth, and an-oth- er dis- ci-ple.
13. Aria Soprano 3/8 (BD)
(Fl. tr. I 4 II, Organ)
Ich fol- ge dir gleich-falls mit
I fol-low Thee al- so with
freu-di-gen Schrit-ten,
joy to be near Thee
und las- se dich nicht,
in trou-ble and strife,
mein Le- ben, mein Licht.
Thou light of my life.
Be- ford- re den Lauf
Ah speed Thou my wayj
und (ho- re nicht auf,)
and say me not "nay",
selbst an mir zu zie- hen, zu achie-ben,
but let me be near Thee, to sol- ace
zu bit- ten.
and cheer Thee.
14. Recitativo Evangelist, Damsel, Peter.
Jesus, Servant. (Organ)
St. John XVIII, 15-23:
"***that disciple was known unto the
high prieat, and went in with Jesus into
the palace of the high priest.
"But Peter stood at the door without.
Then went out that other disciple, which
was known unto the high priest, and spake
unto her that kept the door, and brought in
Peter.
"Then saith the damsel that kept the
door unto Peter, Art not thou also one of
this man's disciples? He saith, I am not.
"And the servants and officers stood
there, who had made a fire of coals; for it
was cold: and they warmed themselves; and
418.
St. John Passion
Peter stood with them, and warmed himself.
"The high priest then naked Jesua of
his disciples, and of his doctrine.
"Jesus answered him, I spake openly to
the world; I ever taught in the synagogue,
and in the temple, whither the Jews always
resort} and in secret have I said nothing.
"Why askest thou me? ask them which heard
me, what I have said unto them: behold, they
know what I said,
"And when he had thus spoken, one of the
officers which stood by struck Jesus with the
palm of his hand, saying, Answerest thou the
high priest so?
"Jesus answered hii.., If I have spoken
evil, bear witness of the evil: but if well,
why smitest thou me?"
Evangelist
Der- sel-bi- ge Jun-ger war dem Ho-
That oth-er dis-ci- pie to the High
-hen prie-ster be- kannt,
Priest long had been known,
und ging mit Je- su hin-ein in des Ho- hen-
and went with Je-sus with-in, and en-tered
-prie-sters Pa- last,
in- to his court,
Pe- trus a-ber stund drau-ssen vor
But with-out at the door-way Pe-
der Tur.
-ter stood.
Da ging der an-de- re Jun-ger,
Then did that oth-er dis-ci- pie,
der dem Ho- hen-prie-ster be-kannt war
who was known to them in the pa- lace,
hin-aus,
go out,
und re- de-te mit der Tur- h'u- te- rin
and spake un-to her that ten-ded the door,
Evangelist
Er sprach:
He saith:
Petrus
Ich bin' s nicht J
"I am not J"
Evangelist
Es stun-den a- ber die Knech- te und
The of- fi-cers and the ser- vants who
Die- ner,
stood there
und hat-ten ein Kohl-feu'r ge-macht,
had made them a fire out of coals,
(denn es war kalt,)
(for it was cold, )
und war- me- te sich,
and war-med them-selves,
Pe-trus a-ber stund bei ih- nen,
Pe-ter al-so stood a-mong them,
und war-me- te sich.
and war-med him-self.
A- ber der Ho- he- prie-ster frag- te
Then did the High Priest £.sk and quest-ion
i ask
Je-sum urn sei- ne Jun-ger und
Je-sus of His dis- ci- pies
urn sei- ne Leh- re.
and of His doc-trine.
-ft
Je-sus ant-wor- te- te ihms
Je- sue an-swered to him:
Jesus
Ich ha-be frei,
"I ev-er spake,
of-fent-lich ge- re-det vor der Welt,
op- en- ly and free-ly to the World.
und fiih- re- te Pe-trum hin-
and brought Pe-ter al- so with-
Da sprach die Lfagd,
Then saith the Maid
ein,
in.
die
that
Tur- hii- te- rin, zu Pe-tro:
ten- ded the door, to Pe-ter:
Damsel
Biet du nicht die-ses Uen-schen Jun-ger
"Art thou not al-so one of His dis-
ei- ner?
ci-ples?"
ich ha- be al-le- zeit ge-leh-ret
and in the syn-a- gogue I oft-en-
in der Schu- le,
-times was teach-ing,
und in dem Tern-pel,
end in the tem-ple, i
da al- le Ju- den zu- sam-men kom- men,
where-in the Jews al-ways do re-sort,
und ha- be nicht s im Ver-borg'-nen ge- redt,
nor have I ev- er in sec- ret said aught,
410.
St. John Passion
Was fra-gest du mich da-rum?
Why ask-est thou this of me?
Fra- ge die da- rum, die ge- ho- ret
Ask thou of them who have heard me,
ha- ben, was ich zu ih-nen ge- re-det
what I have said to them and what I
ha- bej
taught them;
sie- he, die- sel- bi-gen wis- sen,
Ask thou of them, for be-hold, they
was ich ge- sa- get ha- bel
know all that I have told them.
Evangelist J\ J)
Ala er a-ber sol-ches re- de-te,
And when Je-sus thus had spo-ken,
gab der Lie-ner ei-ner, die da-bei stun-den,
an of- fi-cer who stood near to Je- sus
Je- su
struck Him
> J>
ei- nen Ba-cken- streich, und sprach:
with the palm of his hand, and said:
Servant
Soil-test du dem Ho- hen-prie-ster
And dost thou then dare to an-swer
J
al- so ant- wor-ten?
the High Priest so?
Evangelist
Je-sus a-ber ant- wor-te te;
Je-sus an- swered un-to Him;
Jesus
Hab' ich u- bel ge-redt,
"If I spoke aught of ill,
so be- wei- se es, dass es b'6-se sei,
bear thou wit-ness of my ev-il words,
hab' ich a- ber recht ge-redt,
but if I have spo- ken well,
was echla-gest du mich?
why smi- test thou me?"
15. Chorale (No. 293) 4/4 (A)
(EL. tr. I A II, Ob. I 4 II, Vn. I, with
Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Va. with Ten.;
Organ. )
Wer hat dich eo ge- schla- gen,
Who was it, Lord, did smite Thee,
mein Heil, und dich mit Pla- gen
Thy good with ill re-quite Thee,
so u- bel zu- ge-richt?
so foul-ly tref;t-ed Thee?
Du bist ja nicht ein Sun-der,
For Thou wert no of-fen-der,
wie wir und un-sre Kin-der,
nor didst to sin sur-ren-der;
von l'is-se-tha- ten weisst du nicht,
from ev-il Thou wert ev- er free,
2.
Ich, ich und mei-ne Sun-den,
Uy sins and ev-il- do-ing
die sich wie Korn-lein fin- den
are like the sands be- strew-ing
des San-des an dem Ifeer,
the migh-ty o-ceans's shore;
die ha- ben dir er- re- get
these sins it was that brought Thee
das E-lend, dss sich schla- get,
Thy mi- »e- ry, and wrought Thee
und das be-trub- te Mar- ter-heer.
the host of tor-ments that Thou bore.
16. Recitatlvo Evangelist
St. John XVIII, 24-25:
"Now Annas had sent him bound unto
Caiaphas the high priest.
"And Simon Peter stood and warmed him-
self. They said therefore unto him,***"
Und Han-nas sand-te ihn ge-bun-den zu dem
Now An-nas had had Je-sus bound and had
Ho- hen- prie-ster Ca-i-phas;
sent Him bound to Cai-a-phas;"
Si-mon Pe-true stund,
Si-mon Pe-t6r stood,
und war- me- te sich,
and war-med him-self.
da spra- chen sie zu ihmj
They said then un-to Himt
17. Chorus (Fl. tr. I & IT, Ob. I, Vn. I,
with Sop.; Ob. II, Vn. II with Alto; Va.
with Ten.) Organ.)
4k,0.
St. John Passion
St. John XVIII, 25:
"#**Art Thou not one of His disciples?**"
(Bist du nicht) sei-ner jiin-ger ei- ner?
"Art Thou not one of His dis-ci-ples?"
18. Recitativo Evangelist, Per and Servant.
(Organ)
St. John XVIII, 25-27:
"***He denied it, and said, I am not.
"One of the servants of the high priest,
being his kinsman whose ear Peter cut off,
aaith, Did I not see thee in the garden with
him?
"Peter then denied again: and immediately
the cock crew."
Evangelist
Er leug-ne-te a- ber und sprach:
But Pe-ter de-nied it and said:
Peter
Ich bin's nicht:
"I am not:"
Evangelist fi fi
Spricht dss Ho-hen- prie- sters Knecht
Then saith one of the High Priest's ser-
ei- ner,
-vant s , , k
ein Ge-freund'-ter dess, dem Pe-trus das
be-ing kins- man of him whom Pe-ter had
Ohr ab- ge- hau- en hat- te:
smit-ten and cut his ear off:
Servant
Sa- he ich dich nicht im Gar-ten bei ihm?
"Saw I not thee in the gar-den with Him?"
Evangelist J)
Da-ver-leug- ne-te Pe-trus a-ber-mal,
Si-mon Pe- ter de-nied a third time,
J?
und . al- so- bald kra- he- te der Hahn.
and straight-way then did the cock crow.
St. Matthew XXVI 75:
"And Peter remembered the word of Jesus,
***-*And he went out, and wept bitterly."
Da ge- dach- te Pe- trus an die Wor-
Then did Pe- ter bring to mind the Word
-te Je- su,
of Je-sus,
und ging hin- aus
and he went out
(und wei- ne- te bit-ter-lich. )
and wept, yea wept bit-ter- ly.
19. Aria Tenor 3/4 (f#) (Strings and Organ)
Ach, mein Sinn,
Ah, my soul,
wo willt du end-lich hin,
how fu- tile is thy goal!
wo soil ich mich er- qui-cken; achj
Where may con-tent-ment find thee? ahj
(wo) soil ich mich er- qui-cken?
Where may con-tent-ment find thee?
bars 40-41:
wo soil ich end- lich hin, wo- hin?
Where wilt thou fly, my soul, ah where?
Bleib' ich hier
Shall I stay,
o- der wunsch' ich mir
shall I go a- way,
Berg und Hu- gel auf den Rii-cken?
go and leave the hills be-hind me?
Bei der Welt ist gar kein Rat,
Earth no peace doth me af- ford,
und im Her-zen
ev- er ru-ing
stehn die Schmer-zen
my wrong- do- ing
mei-ner His- se- tat,
ev-il deeds ab-horred,
weil der Knecht den Herrn ver-leug-net hat,
since the ser- vant has de-nied his Lord,
20. Chorale (No. 192) 4/4 (A) (f*)
(Fl.tr. I & II, Ob. I, Vn. I with Sop.;
Ob. II, Vn. II with Altoj Va. with Ten.}
Organ.)
Pe-trus, der nicht denkt zu- ruck,
Pe-ter, while his con-science slept,
sei- nen Gott ver-nei- net,
thrice de-nied his Sa-viour;
der doch auf ein'n ern-sten Blick
when it woke he bit-ter wept
iSrl.
St* John Passion
bit-ter- li- chen wei- net;
at his base be- ha- viour,
Je- su bli-cke mich auch an,
Je-aus, let me not for- get,
wenn ich nicht, will bu- asen;
true al- le- glance teach me,
venn ich Bo-ses hab' ge-than,
when on ev-il I am set,
ruh- re mein Ge- wis- sen.
thru my con-science reach me.
St. John Paeaion
Part II
"Pilate then went out unto them, and
said, What accusation bring ye against this
man?
"They answered and said unto him,***"
Evangelist
Da fuh- re-ten sie Je-sum
Then led a- way they Je-sus,
von Cai- a- phas vor das Richt-haus,
a- way to the Hall of judg-ment,
und es war fru-he.
and it was ear-ly. ,
Uhd sie gin-gen nicht in das Richt-haus,
And they went not them- selves there- in
auf dass sie nicht un-rein wiir-den,
lest there they should be cor-rupt- ed,
son-dern 0- stern es-sen moch-ten.
but that they might eat the Pass- o-ver.
Da ging Pi- la- tua zu
Then un- to them Pon-tius
ih-nen hin- aus
Pi-late went out
21. Chorale (Ho. 49) 4/* (E) (a)
(instr. same as No. 20)
Chri- stus, der uns se-lig macht,
Christ, who knew no sin or wrong,
kein Bos's hat be-gan-gen,
like a thief was ta-ken,
der ward fur uns in der Nacht
led be- fore a god-less throng,
als ein Dieb ge-fan-gen,
by His friends for-sa- ken.
ge-fuhrt vor gott-lo- se Leut',
He who our sal- va-tion won,
und falsch-lich ver- kla-get,
false- ly was con-vict- ed,
ver- lacht, ver- hohnt und ver-gpeit,
scoffed at, scorned and spat up- on,
wie denn die Schrift sa- get.
as the Word pre- diet- ed.
22. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate (Organ)
St. John XVIII, 28-30:
"Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas unto
the hall of judgment: and it was early; and
they themselves went not into the judgment
hall, lest they ahould be defiled; but that
they might eat the passover.
und sprach:
and said:
Pilate
Was brin-get ihr fur Kla- ge wi-der die-
"What ac-cu- sa-tion bring ye now a-gainst
-sen Men-schen?
this man?"
Evangelist
Sie ant-wor- te- ten und spra-chen zu ihra:
And they an-swered him and said un- to him;
23. Chorus 4/4 (d)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. I and Vn. I, Ob. II
and Vn. II, Va. , Organ.)
St. John XVIII, 30:
"***if he were not a malefactor, we .
would not have delivered him up unto thee."
Wa- re die- ser nicht (ein (Ue-bel- ta-ter)
"If this man were not a ma- le-fsct-or,
wir hat-ten dir ihn nicht
we had not brought him here,
(nicht) u- ber-ant- wor- tet.
not brought him be-fore thee."
Alto at C b. 21:
nicht, nicht u- ber-ant- wor- tet.
ne- ver brought him be-fore thee.
42£.
St* John Passion
24. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate (Organ)
St. John XVIII, 31:
"Then said Pilate unto them, Tales ye him,
and judge him according to your. law. The jews
therefore said unto him,***"
Evangelist J
Da sprach Pi- la- tus zu ih-nen:
Then Pi- late said un-to them:
Pilate
So neh-met ihr ihn hin,
"Now come and take ye Him,
und rich-tet ihn nach eu- rem Ge- se-tze.
and judge ye Him ac- cor-ding to your law.
Evangelist
Da spra- chen die Ju- den zu ihm:
The Jews there-fore said un-to himj
25. Chorus
(Fl. tr. I & II and Vn. I, Oboe I, Oboe II
and Vn. II, Va. , Organ.)
St. John XVIII, 31 j
"**-*it is not lawful for us to put any
man to death: "
(Wir dur- fen ((nie-mand)) to- ten. )
"By death we may not pun-ish."
26. Recitativo Evangelist, Pilate artd Jesus
(Organ)
St. John XVIII, 32-36:
"That the saying of Jesus might be ful-
filled, which he spake, signifying what death
he should die.
"Then Pilate entered into the judgment
hall again, and called Jesus, and said unto
him, Art thou*the King of the Jews?
"Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this
thing of thyself, or did others tell it thee
of me?
"Pilate answered, Am I a Jew? Thine own
nation and the chief priests have delivered
thee unto me: what hast thou done?
"Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of
this world: if my kingdom were of this world,
then would my servants fight, that I should
not be delivered to the Jews: but now is my
kingdom not from hence."
Evangelist
Auf, dass er- ful-let wur- de das
That so might be ful-filled the word
Je- su,
Je-sus.
Wort
of
wel- ches er sag- te, da er deu-te- te,
which He had spo-ken, and had sig-ni-fied
wel-ches To-des er ster-ben wur-de.
by what man-ner of death He should die.
Da ging Pi- la- tus wie-der hin- ein
Then Pi- late en-tered in-to the Hall
in das Richt-haus, und rief Je-sum,
and a- gain he called in Je-sus,
und sprach zu ihm:
and said to Him:
Pilate
Bist du der Ju- den Ko- nig?
"Art thou the King of the Jews then?"
Evangelist
Je-sus ant-
Je-sus then
wor- te- te:
an- swered him:
Jesus f Jl
Re- dest du das von dir selbst
"Say-est thou this thing of thy self
o- der ha- ben's dir an- de- re
or did these oth- ers tell it thee
von mir ge-sagt?
to say of me?"
Evangelist
Pi- la- tus ant-wor- te- te:
And Pi-late thus an-swered Him:
Pilate J
Bin ich ein Ju-
"Am I a Jew?
de?
Dein Volk und die Ho- hen- prie- ster
Thy na-tion and Thy Chief Priests have
ha- ben
brought Thee
dich mir u- ber-ant- wor-tet; was hast
here for judg-ment be-fore me. What then
du ge- tan?
hast Thou done?"
Evangelist
Je- sue ant-wor- te- te:
And Je-sus an-swered Him:
Jesus
Mein Reich ist nicht von die- ser Welt)
"My king-dom is not of this World,
wa- re mein Reich von die- ser Welt,
for were my king-dom of this World,
moi- ne Die- ner wur- den da- rob kam-pfsn,
then my ser-vants all would fight, yea, bat-tls,
4S3.
St. John Passion
dass ich den Ju-den nicht u- bar- ant-wor-
that I be . not de- li- - versd un- to
-tet wur-del
the Jews.
\/
a- ber, nun ist mein Reich nicht Ton
Kay then, for not from hence is my
dan-nan.
king-dom. "
27. Chorale (No. 169) 4/* (a)
this cause came I into the world, that I should
bear witness unto the truth. Everyone that is
of the truth heareth my voice.
"Pilate saith unto him, What is truth?
And when he had said this, he went out again
unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in
him no fault at all.
"But ye have a custom, that I should re-
lease unto you one at the passoven will ye
therefore that I release unto you the King of
the Jews?
""hen cried they all again, saying,***"
Evangelist
Da sprach Pi- la- tus zu ihmt
Then Pi- late said un-to Himj
1.
Ach, gro-sser Ko- nig, gross zu al-
Ah, migh- ty King, re-nowned and great
Pilate
So bist du den- noch
"Art Thou in truth then
ein Ko-nig?
a King?"
-len Zei-ten,
for- ev- er,
wis kann ich g'nug- sam die-se Treu* aus-
to tell Thy kind-ness is a vain en-
-brei-ten?
dea-vor.
Kein's Uen-schen Her- ze mag in- dess aus-
How may this mor-tal heart con-trive to
-den- ken,
show Thee
was dir zu schen- ken.
how much I owe Thee?
2.
Ich kann's mit mei-nen Sin- nen nicht er-
My fee- ble tongue and fan- cy can- not
-rei-chen,
fash-ion
wo-mit doch dein Er-bar-men zu ver-glei-chen.
a fit-ting coun-ter-part to Thy corn-pas- sion.
Wie kann ich dir denn die- ne Lie-bes-tha- ten
How can I hope to pay Thy be-ne- fac-tion
im Werk er-stat-ten?
by wor-thy act-ion?
28. Evangelist, Pilate and Jesus
(Organ)
St. John XVIII, 37-40:
"Pilate therefore said unto him, Art thou
a king then? Jesu3 answered, Thou sayest that
I am a king. To this end was I born, and for
Evangelist
Je-sus ant- wor- te- te:
Je-sus an-swered to Him:
Jesus *
Du sagst's, ich bin ein Ko-nig,
"Thou say'stj I am) a King,
Ich bin da- zu ge- bo- ren
to this end was I born,
und in die Welt kom-men,
for this to earth came I,
dass ich die Wahr-heit zeu-gen soil,
that I bear wit-ness to the truth,
Wer aus der Wahr-heit ist,
And all who seek the truth
der ho- ret mei- ne Stim- me.
will hear and heed my taach-ing.
Evangelist
Spricht Pi- la- tus zu ihm:
Then said Pi-late to Himj
Pilate
Was ist
"What is
Wahr-heit?
truth then?"
Evangelist
Und da er das ge- sa- get,
And when he thus had spo-ken,
ging er wie- der hin- aus
he went out once a- gain
und spricht zu ih-nenj
and said un-to them:
Pilate
Ich fin-de kei-ne Schuld an ihm.
"I find in Him no fault at all.
zu den Ju- den
to the Jews
4£4.
St. John Passion
Ihr habt a-ber ei-
At Pass- ov-er ye
ne Ge-wohn-heit,
have a cus- torn,
mlt bit-tern La-sten hart be-klemmt von
al- tho with woe thy heart be low and
data ich euch ei- nen los ge- be:
that one man I should re-lease you;
wollt ihr nun,
would ye then,
dass ich euch der Ju- den Ko-nig loe- ge-be?
that I should re-lease the King of the Jews?"
Evangelist
Da schrie- en sie wie-der al-le-sairt
Then cried they to-geth-er all a-gaint
und spra-chenj
and shout -ed i
29. Chorus
(Fl. tr. I & II, Ob. I, Vn. I; Ob. II with
Sop.; Vn. II with Altoj Va. with Ten.;
Organ. )
St. John XVIII, 40j
"***Hot this man, but Barabbas.***"
Nicht die- sen, die- sen nicht,
"Not this man, no not him,
nicht die- sen, son- dern (Bar-ra- bam!)
. not this one, give us Ba- rab-basj"
30. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XVIII, 40, XIX, 1
"***Now Barabbas was a robber.
"Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and
scourged him."
Bar- ra- bas a- ber war ein Mor-der.
Ba- rab- bas he set free, a rob-ber.
Da nahm Pi- la- tus Je-sum und gei-ssel-
Then Pi-late took out Je-sus and scourg- —
-te ihnJ
-ed Him!
31. Arioso Bass 4/4 (Eb)
(Va. d'am. I, Va. d'am. II, Liuto, Organ)
Be-trach- te, mei- ne Seel',
Be-think thee, o my soul
mit angst-li-chem Ver-gnu- gen,
in a- go- ny and rap-ture,
Her- sen,
lan-guish,
dein hoch- stes Gut
thy pre-cious boon
in Je- su Schmer- zen.
was Je-sus1 an- guish.
Wie dir auf Dor- nen, so ihn ste-chen,
For thee the thorn-crown which He wore,
die Him-mels-schlus-sel- blu- me bluht|
with Hea-ven- scent-ed flow'rs will bloom,
du kannst viel su- sse Frucht
for thee the sueet-est fruit
von sei-ner Wer- mut bre-chen,
His bit-ter worm-wood bore.
drum sieh' (ohn* Un-ter-lass (auf Ihn.))
So look, un-ceas-ing-ly to Him.
32. Aria Tenor 12/8 (c)
(Va. d'am. I, Va. d'am. II, Organ.)
(Er-wa- ge,) er-wa- ge, wie sein blut-ge*
Im-a- gine, im-a- gine that Hie blood-be-
-farb- ter Ru-cken
-spat-tered bo-dy
in al- len Stu-cken,
in ev'-ry mem-ber
(dem Him-mel glei- che) gehtj
is part of Heav'n a- bove.
Hea- ven
Da- ran, nach- dem die Was-ser-wo- gen
And see, the waves of sin sub-si-ding,
von un-srer Sund-flut sich ver-20- gen,
sun-beams a- gain dark clouds di-vi-ding,
der al- ler-schon-ste Re-gen- bo- gen
the rain-bow fair the sky be-Btri-ding,
als Got-tes Gna-den- zei-chen ateht.
God '8 to-ken bright of grace and love.
33. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XIX, 2-3j
"And the soldiers platted a crown of thorns,
and put it on his head, and they put on him a
4£5.
St. John Passion
n
purple robe.
"And said,***"
Und die Kriegs-knech- te floch-ten ei-ne
The sol- diers plat-ted then for Him a
Kro- ne von Dor- nen,
crown out of thorns,
und setz-ten sie auf sein Haupt,
and put it up-on His head.
und leg-ten ihm ein Pur-pur-kleid an,
and put on Him a pur-ple robe
und spra-chent
and s aid i
34. Chorus 6/4 (Bb)
(Fl. tr. I 4 Ob. I, Fl. tr. II & Ob. II,
Vn. I, Vn. II, Va. , Organ.)
St. John XIX, 3:
"***Hail, King of the Jews.'***"
(Sei (ge- grU-sset.)) (lie-ber Ju-den- ko-
"King we hail Thee. King of Jews we hail
-nig).
Thee!"
dasa ich kei-ne Schuld an ihm fin- de.
that in Him no fault do I find .
Evangelist
Al- so ging Je-sus her- a us,
And then did Je-sus come forth
und trug ei- ne Dor-nen- kro- ne und
still wear-ing the crown of thorns and the
Pur-pur-kleid.
pur-ple robe.
Und er sprach zu ih- nem
Un- to them said Pi-late:
Pilate
Se- het, welch ein UenschJ
"See ye, see the man!"
h
Evangelist
Da ihn die Ho- hen- prie-ster und die
Now there-fore when the priests and of-
Die- ner sa- hen,
-fi- cers saw Him,
schrie- en sie and spra-chen:
cried they out and said:
36. Chorus V* (s)
(Fl. I & II, Ob. I, Ob. II, Strings, Organ);
St. John XIX, 6:
"***Crucify him, crucify him.***"
(Kreu- zi- gel)
" Cru- ci- fyj"
35. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate (Organ)
St. John XIX, 3-6t
"***and they smote him with their hands.
"Pilate therefore went forth again, and
saith unto them, Behold, I bring him forth to
you, that ye may know that I find no fault in
him.
"Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown
of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate
saith unto them, Behold the man.'
"When the chief priests therefore and of-
ficers saw him, they cried out, saying,***"
Evangelist
Und ga- ben ihm Ba- cken-strei-che.
And then with their hands they smote Him.
Da ging Pi- la- tus wie- der her- aus
A- gain came Pi-late forth from the Hall,
und sprach iu ih- nem
and to them saith he:
Pilate
Se- het, ich fuh- re ihn her- aus zu euch, und kreu-zi-get ihn;
"See ye, I now will bring Him forth to you and cru-ci-fy Himi
dass ihr er- ken-net, denn ich fin-de kei- ne Schuld an ihm'
that you may know for I find no fault at all in Him:
37. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate (Organ)
St. John XIX, 6-7:
"***Piiate saith unto them, Take ye him,
and crucify him: for I find no fault in him.
"The Jews answered him, we have a law, an<
by our law he ought to die, because he made hii
self the Son of God."
Evangelist
Pi- la- tus sprach zu ih- nen:
Then un- to them saithPi-late:
Pilate
Neh- met ihr ihn hin
Take ye now this man
426.
rang el i at
Le Ju- den ant-wor- te- ten ihm:
le Jews then gave an-swer and saidj
3. Chorus
(Ob. I, Vn. I with Sop.; Ob. II, Vn. II
with Alto; Fl.tr. I ft II in 8va, Va. with
Tenor; Organ.)
;. John XIX, 7j
"■iHHt^e have a law, and by our law he ought
) die, because he made himself the Son of God.'
fir ha- ben ein Ge-setz,
Je have with us a law,
id nach dem Ge-setz (soil er ster- ben,)
id by this our law He should pe- rish,
win (er hat sich selbst ((zu Got-tes Sohn)
jr He made Him-self to be the Son
ge-macht.))
of God."
St* John Passion
}. Recitativo Evangelist, Pilate and Jesus
(Organ)
b. John XIX, 8-12j
"When Pilate therefore heard that saying,
9 was the more afraid;
"And went again into the judgment hall,
rid saith unto Jesus, Whence art thou? But Je-
gave him no answer.
"Then saith Pilate unto him, Speakest thou
ot unto me? knowest thou not that I have power
crucify thee, and have power to release thee?
"Jesus answered, Thou couldest have no
ower at all against me, except it were given
bee from abovet therefore he that delivered
e unto thee hath the greater sin.
"And from thenceforth Pilate sought to
Blease himt***"
rangelist
Pi- la- tus das Wort ho- re- te,
Jow when Pi-late heard what thus was said,
furch-tet' er sich noch mehrj und ging wie«
He was the more ar fraid, and went up
-der hin-ein in das Richt- faaus, und
once a-gain to the Judg-ment Hall, and
sprach zu Je- sut
saith to Je-susj
ilate
(Von wan- nen biet du?
From whence then art Thou?"
vang e list
-ber Je-sus gab ihm kei-ne Ant-wort;
But Je-sus gave to him no an-swer;
da sprach Pi- la- tus zu ihmi
Then Pi- late saith un-to Himt
Pilate
Re- dest du nicht mit mir?
"Speak-est Thou not to me?
wei-ssest du nicht, dass ich Macht ha-
know-est Thou not I have pow'r, yea
-be, dich zu kreu-zi-gen,
have pow'r to cru-ci- fy,
und Macht ha- be, dich los-zu- ge- ben?
and pow'r have I too, to re-lease Thee?"
Evangelist
Je-sus ant- wor- te- te:
Je-sus an-swered to Himt
Jesus
,Du hat- test kei-ne Macht u-ber mich,
"Thou could-est have no pow'r o-ver me,
wenn sie dir nicht wa- re von o-ben her-
none at all ex- cept it were gi-ven thee
-ab ge- ge- ben;
from a-bove;
da- rum, der mich dir u- ber-ant- wor-
where-by,he that de-liv-ered me un-
-tet hat, der hat's gro-ss're Sun- de.
to thee is the grea-ter sin-ner.
Evangelist J
Von dem an trach- te-te Pi- la- tus,
And from thenoe-forth did Pi-late seek
wie er inn los- lie- sse.
that he might re-lease Him.
40. Chorale (No. 239) V* (E)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. I ft II, Vn. I with
Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Va. with Ten.;
Organ. )
Durch dein Ge- fang-niss, Got- tes Sohn,
Our free-dom, Son of God, a- rose
1st uns die Frei-heit kom-men.
when Thov wast cast in pri-son;
Dein Ker- xer ist der Gna- den- thron,
and from the du- ranee that Thou chose
die Frei-statt al-ler From-mew
our li- ber- ty is ri- sent
denn gingst du nicht die Knecht-schaft eih,
didst Thou not choose a slave to be»
m'uest un- sre Knecht-schaft e- wig sein.
we all were slaves e- ter-nal- ly.
427
St. John Passion
41. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XIX, 12j
» r***but the Jews cried out, saying,***"
Die Ju- den a- ber schrie-en und
But the Jews cried out and shout-ed to
spra-chen:
Pi-late:
Tenor, bar 23:
des Kai-sers Freund
not Cae-sar's friend.
42. Chorus 4/4 (<M0
(Ob. I ft Vn. I with Sop.} Ob d'am. 4 Vn. II
with Alto; Fl. tr I ft II in 8va, ft Va. with
Ten. j Organ.)
St. John XIX, 12:
"*#*If thou let this man go, thou art not
Caepar's friend: whosoever maketh himself a
kir^ speaketh against Caesar."
L»i-seet du die- sen los
If thou let this "fin go
so bist dufdes Kai- sers. Freund nicht,
thou art not the friend of Cae- sar
Sop. bars 22-26, Alto bars 7-10 (bars 22-25
are normal), Tenor bars 4-8, Bass bars 2-5,
14-18:
so bist du (des Kai- sers Freund, des
then art thou not Cae-sar's friend, not
Kai- sers Freund nichto
friend of Cae- sar;
denn wer (sich zum Ko- ni- ge) ma-chet,
for, who- ev- er mak-eth him-self a
der ist (wi- der (den Kai-ser.))
king, is foe un- to Cae-sar.
he (Alto, bar 14)
Alto, bars 18-20:
denn wer sich zum Ko- ni ge ma-chet der ist
for who- ev- er makes him a king is there- by
wi-der den Kai-ser
foe un-to Cae-sar.
Alto, bars 15-16, Bass bars, 8-11, 27-29:
der ist wi- der (den Kai-ser)
there-by is foe to Cae-sar.
Alto, bar 21, Bass bars 26-27:
wi- der den Kai-ser
is foe to Cae-sar.
Tenor bars 18-19:
denn wer sich zum Ko-
for who- ev- er maket
-ni-ge ma-chet,
un-to Cae-sar,
ni-ge, sich zum Ko-
him a king is foe
43. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate (Organ)
St. John XIX 13-15:
"When Pilate therefore heard that saying
he brought Jesus forth, -and sat down in the
judgment seat in a place that is called the
Pavement, but in the Hebrew, Oabbathn.
"And it was the preparation of the pass
over, and about the sixth hour: and he saith
unto the Jews, Behold your King!
"But they cried out,***"
ill;
Evangelist
Da Pi- la- tus das V/ort
Then when Pi-late heard them
ho- re- te
speak-ing thus
fur- re- te er Je-
straight-way did he bring
s us her- aus,
Je- sus forth,
und setz-te sich auf den Richt-stuhl,
and sat in the Seat of Judg- ment,
an der Stat-te,
in a place,
die da hei-sset:
that is called the
Hoch-pfla-ster,
High Pave-ment,
auf E-bra-isch a-ber: Oab-ba-tha.
but in He-brew it is Gah-ba-tha.
Es war a- ber aer Rust- - tag in
And it was \he pre-par- a- tion of the
n'
Stun-
sixth
d€
hoi
0- stern, urn die sech-ste
Pass- o- ver and , a- bout the
und er sprach zu den Ju- den:
and he saith to the Jews:
Pilate \f
Se- het, das ist eu- er Ko- nig!
"See ye your King, yea, be-hold Him!'
Evangelist
Sie schrie-en a- ber:
They cried out ev- er:
44. Chorus 4/4 (f#)
(Ob. I with Sop. j Ob. d'am. with Mtoj
Fl. tr. I ft II in 8va with Ten.} String
Organ. )
St. John XIX, 15:
"**Away with him, away with him, cru-
cify him.***"
4£8.
St. John Passion
feg,(weg) mlt dam mit dem weg,weg,
A- way with Him, a- way with Him,
creu- zi- ge) ihn!
cru- ci- fy Him!"
S. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate (Organ)
:. John XIX, 15:
••■•HHipilete saith unto them, Shall I cru-
Lfy your King? The chief priests answered,**"
/angelist
bricht Pi- la
tus zu ih- nenj
Pi- late saith un-to themi
Llate
3oll ich eu- ren Ko- nig kreu-zi- gen?
Would ye that your King be cru-ci-fied?"
/angelist
Le Ho- hen- prie- ster ant- wor-te-tent
he Chief priests an-swered and said to him:
6. Chorus
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. I ft Vn. I, Ob. d'am.
Vn. II, Va. , Organ.)
5t. John, XIX, 15:
M***We have no king but Caesar.***"
Wir), (wir ha- ben (kei- nen Ko-nig))
We, we have no King but Cae-sar
(bars 3-4) none but Cae-sar,
denn den Kai-ser.
none but Cae-sar."
t7. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
t. John XIX, 16-17:
"Then delivered he him therefore unto
hem to be crucified. And they took Jesus,
ind led him away.
"And he bearing his cross went forth
Lirto a place called the place of a skull,
riiich in the Hebrew is called Golgotha:"
3a il- ber-ant-wor- te- te er ihn,
Ind then he de-li- vered Him to them,
iass er ge- kreu-zi-get wur-de.
that they might cru- •»■ ci- fy Him.
sie nah- men a- ber Je-sum und fuh- re-
So took they with them Je-sus and led they
-ten ihn hin,
Him a- way,
und er trug sein Kreuz
and He bore His cross,* i i
)) J
und ging hin- aus zur Stat-te,
and went thence forth to a place
die da hei- sset: Scha-del-statt ',
that is called the Place of Skulls
wel- ches hei-sset auf E- bra-isch*
which is in the Heb-rew tongue called
Gol-ga-tha!
Gol-ga-tha!
48. Bass Aria and Chorus
(Strings and Organ.)
Bass
(Eilt) (ihr an- ge- focht'-nen See-len,)
Come ye souls whom care op-press- es,
geht aus eu- ren Mar-ter- hoh-len,
leave ye troub-les' dark re-cess- es,
(eilt) nach Gol-ga-tha!
come to Gol-ga-tha!
Neh- met an des Glau-bens Flu-gel,
Take the wings of faith to bear you
(flieht) zum Kreu- zes- Hu-gel,
fly, His Cross to car- ry,
•u- re Wohl-fahrt blunt all- da.
hap-pi-ness a- waits you there.
Chorus
(Wo- hin? )
Ah! where?
49. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XIX, 18-21:
"Where they crucified him, and two other
with him, on either side one, and Jesus in
the midst.
"And Pilate wrote a title, and pux it
on the cross. And the writing was, JESTB OF
NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.
4S9.
St. John Pa! ion
"This title then read many of the Jews:
for the place where Jesus was crucified was
nigh to the city; and it was written in He-
brew, and Greek, and Latin.
"Then said the chief priests of the Jews
to Pilate,***"
All- da kreu-zig-ten sie ihn,
And there cru-ci-fied they Him,
laid mit ihm zween an-de-re,
afld with Him two oth-er,
zu bei- den Sei-ten,
on ei-ther side one,
Je-sum a-ber mit-ten in- ne.
Je-sus in the midst be-tween them.
Pi- la- tus a- ber schrieb ei- ne Ue-ber-
And Pon-tius Pi-late wrote them an e-pi-
-schrift,
-graph,
und setz-te sie auf das Kreuz,
and put it up on the CroBS.
und war ge-schrie-ben:
On it was writ-ten:
50. G ho rut;
'Fl. tr. I A Ob. I, Fl. tr. II A Ob. ft,
Strings, Organ.)
St. John XIX, 21:
"***77rite not, the King of the Jews; but
that he said, I an King of the Jews."
(Schrei- be nicht,) schrei- be nicht der
Write Him not as our King: do
bar 1-2, ye T and B, bars 3-4
Ju-den Ko- nig^
not so write Him^
son- dern(dass er)(ge- sa- get) ha- be.
rath- er that He Him-self has said this,
S-A-T, bars 10-lls
dass er ge- sa- get, ge- sa- get ha- be«
that He Him-self, He Him-self has said this,
Sop. 10-11:
dass er ge- sa- get ha- be;
that He Him-self has said this:
Ich bin der Ju- den Ko-nigJ
"I am their King and Mas-ter.' "
Adagio
Je-sus von Na-za-reth,
"Je-sus of i Naz/-a- reth
der Ju- aen Ko- nig
the King of the Jews."
J»>
Die- se Ue-ber-schrift la- sen viel Ju- den,
And this e-pi- graph ma-ny Jews were read-ing,
denn die Stat- te war na-he bei der Stadt,
for not far from the ci-ty was the place,
h
da Je-sus ge-kreu-zi-get ist.
where Je-sus was cru- — ci-fied.
Und es war ge- schrie-ben
And these words were writ-ten,
Jf
auf e- bra-i-sche,
both in He- brew,
grie-chi-sche,
La- tin, i
und la- tei-ni-sche Spra-che.
like-wise al-so in Greek. /
J> J)
Da spra-chen die Ho- hen- prie-ster der
Then said the Chief Priests of the
iu-den zu Pi-la- to:
Jews un-to Pi-late:
51. Recitativo Evangelist and Pilate
(Organ)
St. John XIX, 22:
"Pilate answered, What I have written T
have written."
Evangelist
Pi- la- tus ant-wor- te- te:
And Pi-late then an-swered them:
Pilate
7/as ich ge-schrie-ben ha- ben,
What I my-self have writ-ten,
das ha- be ich ge- schrie-ben.
that I, yea, I, have writ-ten."
52. Chorale (No. 315)
(Fl. tr. I S- II, Ob. I & IT. Vn. I, with
Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Va. with Ten.;
Organ. )
In mei-nes Her- zen3 Grun-de,
With-in my heart's re-cess-es
dein Nam' und Kreuz al-lein
there spark-les bright Thy Name;
fun-kelt all' Zeit und Stun-de,
my spi-rit glad re-joi-ces
4S0.
St. John Passion
drauf kann ich froh-lich sein.
to see its stead- y flame.
Er- schein' mir in dem Bil- de
When dread- ed death is near me,
zu Trost in mei-ner Noth,
with all its dark dis-tress,
wie du, Herr Christ, so mil- de
Thy Cross, dear Lord, will cheer me,
dioh hast ge-blut't zu Tod.
and ease its bit- ter-ness.
53. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XIX 23-24:
"Then xhe soldiers, when they had cruci-
fied Jesus, took his garments, and made four
parts, to every soldier a part; and also his
coatt now the coat was without seam, woven
from the top throughout.
"They said therefore among themselves,**"
Die Kriegs-knech- te a- ber,
And then did the sol-diers,
da sie Je- sum ge-kreu-zi- get hat-ten,
af-ter thus they had cru-ci-fied Je- sus,
nan- men sie- ne Klei- der
por-tion out Hie gar-menti
und mach-ten vier Tei- le,
in four eq-ual por-tions,
ei- nem jeg-li-chen Krie- ges-kneeh- te sein
and for each of the sol-diers there was a
Teil,
part)
da- zu auch den Rock,
and al- so His coat.
Der Rock a-ber war un- ge-na-het,
Now the coat had no seam and was wo^ven
von o- ben an
from end to end,
ge- wur-ket durch und durch.
n«« piece it was thru-out ,
Da spra- chen sie un-ter ein- an-der:
They said there-fore one to the oth- ers
54. Chorus
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. J ft Vn. I, Ob. d'am.
& Vn. II, Va. , Organ.;
St. John XIX, 24:
••*-**Let us not rend it, but cast lots
for it, whose it shall be:***"
Las-set und den nicht zer- tei-len,
"Let us rend not nor di-vide it,
son-dern da-rum lo- sen,
but by lot de-ter-mine,
(wess) er sein soil,
who shall have it.
Sop. 23-4, 28-9, 37-8, 45-6, 51-2, 54-5» Alt. 29-30,
44-5, 51-2, 54-5j Ten. 23-4, 30-31, 37-8, 43-4, 48-9,
51-2,54-5| Bass 23-4,31-2,36-7,42-3,54-5.
whose it shall be.
55. Recitativo Evangelist and 'Jesus (Orgarv
St. John XIX, 24-27:
»***that the scripture might be ful-
filled, which saith, They parted my raiment
among them, and for my vesture they did
cast lots. These things therefore the sol-
diers dirt."
"Now there stood by the cross of Jesus
his mother, and his mother's sister, Mary
the wife of Cleophas, and Mary Magdalene.
"When Jesus therefore saw his mother,
and the disciple standing by, whom he loved,
he saith unto his mother, Woman, behold thy
son!
"Then saith he to the disciple, Behold
thy mot her I"
Y
Evangelist
Auf dass er- ful-let wur-de die Schrift,
That the Scrip-ture might be ful- filled,
die da sa- get:
that which say-etht (Psalms, XXII, 18)
(Adagio)
Sie ha- ben mei-ne Kleid- er un-ter eich
They por-tioned out my rai- ment eq-ual- ly
ge- tei- let,
a-mong them,
und ha-ben u- ber mei- nen Rook
and for my ves-ture they oast lots.
das Los ge-wor- ien.
yea, for my ve»-ture.
(Recitativo) J) J}
Sol- ones tha- ten die Krie-ges-
These things there-fore were done by the
431.
St. John Passion
-knech- te.
sol- diers.
Es stund a- ber bed dem Kreu-ze Je- su sei-
Now stand-ing be-side the cross of Je-sus was
-ne Mut- ter,
His mo-ther,
und sein- er Mut-ter Sohwe-ster,
and the sis-ter of His mo- ther,
Ma- ri- a, Cle-o-phas Weib,
and Ma-ry, Cle-o-phas' wife,
und Ma-ri- a Mag-da-le-na.
al- so Ma-ry Mag-da-le-na.
Da nun Je-sus sei- ne Mut- ter sa- he,
When then Je-sus saw His mo-ther near Him,
und den Jun-ger da- bei ste-hen, dan er
and His well be-loved dis- ci-ple stand-
lieb hat- te*
-ing by her,
spricht er zu sei-ner Mut- ten
He saith un- to His mo-ther:
Jesua
Weibi sie- he,
"Look, wo-man,
das ist dein Sohn.
be-hold thy son.'
Evangelist
Dar-nach spricht er xu dem Jun-ger:
Then saith He to this dis- ci-plet
Jesus
Sie- he, das ist die- ne »iut- tor!
"See thou, here be-hold thy mo-ther J'
56. Chorale (No. 193) V* U)
(Instr. same as Ho. 52)
Er nahm Al-les wohl in Acht
In His fi-nal hour did He,
in
think
der lets-ten Stun-de,
Him of His Moth-er,
sei- ne Mut-ter noch be-dacht',
that when He was gone she be
setzt* ihr ein'n Vor-mun-de.
feared for by this oth-er.
o Mensch, ma- che Rich-tig-ksit,
make your peace with Cod and man,
Gott und Men-schen lie- be,
that up-on the mor-row,
stirb da-rauf ohn' al-les Leid,
you may end this mor-tal span,
und dioh nicht be-tru- be.
free from care and sor-row.
57. Recitativo Evangelist and Jesus
(Organ)
St. John XJ.X, 27-30:
"***And from that hour that disciple
took her unto his own home.
"After this, Jesus knowing that all
things were now accomplished, that the scrip-
ture might be fulfilled, saith, I thirst.
"Now there was set a vessel full of
vinegar: and they filled a sponge with vine-
gar, and put it upon hyssop, and put it to
his mouth.
"When Jesus therefore had received the
vinegar, he said, It is finished:***"
Evangelist
Und von Stund* an
That dis- ci- pie
nahm sie der Jun-ger
took her to his own
Jj
zu sich.
home.
Dar-nach,
And now
als Je-sus wuss- te, dass schon
since Je-sus knew full well that
al- les voll-bracht war,
all was ac- com- plished,
dass die Schrift er-ful-let wur- de,
as was writ- ten in the scrip-ture,
dur-stet*,
thirst:"
Evangelist ^ J^
Da stund ein Ge-fa-sse voll Es- sigs.
Now stood there a ves-sel of vin-e- gar.
ten a- ber ei-nen Schwamm
the ves-sel then a sponge
Sie fiil- le
They filled f r
mit Es- sig,
with vin-e-gar, .
JS
und leg-ten ihn um ei- nen I- sop-pen
and put it on a twig of hys-sop,
uno hiel-ten es ihm dar zum Mun- de.
and put it to His mouth, to drink it.
Da nun Je-sus den Es-sig ge- nom- men
There-fore Je-sus, when He had re-ceived the
^52.
St, John Passion
J>*
hat- te, aprach art
vin-e-gar, saith Het
Jeaus J) J
Es ist voll-bracht:
"It is fin-ished".
anb Kreuz ge-achla-gen, ante Kreuz ge-schla-gen
Thy Cross art cru- ci-fied, oru- ci-fied, and
und selbst ge- sa- get» (es ist voll-bracht:)
tho Thou hast said that the ad has come,
bin ich (vom Ster-ben frei ge-macht,)
am I from death for- ev- er free?
58. Aria Alto 4/4 (b)
(Viola da gamba, Organ. )
Es ist voll-bracht,
The end has come,
0 Trost fur die ge- krank-ten See- len,
0 rest and peace for strick- en Spi-rits
(0 Trost:)
0 rest! (1st time)
0 peace: (2nd time)
Die Trau-er-nacht
This drea-ry night
lasst mich (die letz- te Stun- de) sah- len.
is filled with gloom and sad for- bo-ding,
with sad for- bo-ding
(Vivacs)
Der Held aus Ju- da siegt mat Macht,
Our He- ro bat-ties on with might
: und schliesst den Kampf.
and ends the fight.
: (Adagio)
Es ist voll-bracht:
The end has come.
|59. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XIX, 30j
"***and he bowed his head, and gave up
the ghost."
i
Und neig-te das Haupt und ver-schied.
{Then bowed He His head and was gone*
60. Aria Bass and Chorale (SATB-Chorus)
(Organ)
Bass
Uein (teu- rer Hei-land,)
0 Thou my Sav-iour,
0 my Sav-iour, (bars 5 and 7)
lass dich fre- gem da du nun-mehr
give me an-sweri tho Thou up- on
kann ich durch dei- ne Pein und Ster- ben
Thru Thy de-spair and de- so- la- tion
(das Him-mel-reich) er-er- ben?
am I as-sured sal-va-tion?
ist (al-ler Welt Er- lo- sung da?)
have all our sins been washed a- way?
Du kannst (vor Schmer-zen zwar nichts
Thou must for grief in-deed be
sa- gen,)
si-lent,
(doch nei-gest du (das Haupt) und sprichst)
yet bow-est Thou Thy head to say,
still- schwei -g end :
in ail- encet
Ja, ja:
"Yea, yea:M
Chorale SATB
Je- su, der du wa- rest tot,
Je-sus, Thou who once wert dead,
le-best nun ohn' En-de,
li-ve3t now for ev-er,
in der letz-ten To- des- not
when the path of death I tread
nir- gend mich hin- wen-de,
Lord, for-aake me nev-er.
als zu dir, der mich ver- euhnt}
God's wrath Thou from me hast turned,
0 main trau-ter Her-re:
aaved me from dis-ast-er}
gieb mir nur, was du ver- dient,
my re-demp-tion Thou hast earned,
mehr ich nicht be-geh- re.
My be- lo- ved Mas-ter.
61. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. Matthew XXVII 51-52t
"And, behold, the veil of the temple
was rent in twain, from the top te the bottom.**
433.
St. John Passion
and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent;
"And the graves were opened; and many bodies
of the saints which slept arose,"
Und sie- he da,
And then be- hold,
der, Vor^-hang im Tem-pel zer-riss in zwei Stuck,
the veil of the tem-ple was rend-ed in twain,
von o- ben an bis un-ten aus.
from top to bot-tom rent in twain.
Und die Kr-de er- be- be- te,
And the fir-ma-ment rocked and quaked,
and die Fel- sen zer-ris-seh,
and the rocks burst a- sun-der,
und die Gra- ber ta- ten sich auf,
and the graves were op-ened a- gain,
und stun-den auf vie-le Leib- er der Hei-
and up a-rose man-y bo- dies of saints
-li- gen.
that slept.
62. Arioso Tenor
(Fl. tr. I, Fl.tr. II, Ob. da o. I, Ob. da
c. II, Strings, Organ.)
Uein Hen:
My heart!
In- dem die gan- ze Welt bei Je-su Lei-
See all the World is plunged in woe be-cause
-den gleich-falls lei- det,
of Je- sus' an-guish.
die Son-ne sich in Trau-er klei-det,
The sun it-self by grief is shroud- ed;
der Vor-hang reisst,
the veil is rent,
der Fels zer-fallt,-
the rocks Eire burst,
die Er- de bebt,
ere- a-tion quakes,
die Gra- ber spal- ten,
the graves are op- ened,
weil sie den Scho-pfer sehn er- kal- teni
when their Re- dee-mer see they life-less:
(Adagio)
was willt du dei- nes Or- tes tun?
and as for Thee, what wilt Thou do?
63 Aria Soprano 3/8 (f)
(Fl. tr. I * II, Ob. da caccia I « II,
Organ. )
Zer- flie-sse, mein Her- ze,
With tears ov- er- flow-in<?,
in Flu-ten der Zah-ren,
your hom-age be-stow-ing,
(dem Hoch-sten) zu Eh-ren.
the Mas-ter ex-alt ye J
Er- zah- le der Welt und dem Him- mel
Thru Hea-ven and earth let the ti-dings
die Not,
be spread,
dein Je-sus, (dein Je-sus ist (tot:))
"Thy Je-sus, thy Je-sus is dead:"
64. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XIX, 31-37:
"The Jews therefore, because it was the:
preDaration, that the bodies should not re-
main upon the cross on the sabbath day, (for
that sabbath day was an high day,) besought
Filate that their legs might be broken, and
that they might be taken away.
"Then came the soldiers, and brake the
legs of the first, and of the other which
was crucified with him.
"But when they came to Jesus, and sow
that he was dead already, they brake not his i
legs:
"But one of the soldiers with a spear
pierced his side, and forthwith came there
out blood and water.
"And he that saw it bare record, and his
record is true: and he knoweth that he saith
true, that ye might believe.
"For these things were done, that the
scripture should be fulfilled, A bone of him-
shall not be broken.
"And again another scripture saith, thej
shall look on him whom they pierced."
Die Ju- den a- ber,
The Chief Priests there-fore . »
die- weil es der Rust-tag war,
since it was the pre-par- a- tion,
dass nicht die Leich- na-me am Kreu-ze blei
in ord- er that the bo-dies not re mail
-ben den Sab- bat u- ber
on the cross for the Sab-bath,
(denn des-sel- bi- gen Sa-bat-tags war
(for a High Day that Sab-bath was with
454.
St* John Passion
sehr gross)
the J ews )
ba- ten sie Pi- la- turn,
made a plea that Pi-late,
dass in- re Bei- ne ge-bro-chen,
al- low their legs to be bro-ken
und sie ab- ge- nom- men wer-den;
that a- way they might be tak-en?
" J> J)
da ka-men die Kriegs-knech-te
Then came the sol- diers
und bra- chen dem er-sten die Bei- ne,
and brake they the legs of the first one,
und dem an-dern, der mit ihm ge-kreu-zi-
and the oth-er, which was cru-ci-fied there
-get war.
with Him.
Als sie a- ber zu Je- su ka-men
■ffhen at length they had come to Je-sus,
da sie sa-hen,
see-ing clear-ly,
dass er schon ge-stor-ben war, bra- chen
that He was al-rea- dy dead, there-fore
sie ihm die Bei- ne nicht;
they did not break His legs.
son-dern de-~ Kriegs-knech- te ei-ner er-
One of the sol- diers then took up His
-off-ne- te sei- ne Sei- te mit
spear and with the spear did he
ei- nem Speer,
pierce His side,
und al- so- bald ging Blut und Was-ser
and forth-with came there blood and wa-
her- aus.
-tar out.
Und der das ge-, se- hen hat,
And he who has seen these things,
der hat es be- xeu- get,
of them has borne re-oord,
und sein Zeug- nis ist wahr,
and his re- cord is true,
und der- eel- bi- ge weiss,
nor in-deed can he fail
dass er die Wahr-heit sa- get,
to know where- of he speak-eth,
auf dass ihr glau- bet.
that ye be-lieve him. <
Denn sol- ches ist ge- sche-hen,
For all these thingswere done,
auf dass die Schrift er-ful-let wur- det
as pro-mised by the Ho-ly Scrip-ture:
(Adagio)
ihr sol-let ihm kein Bein zer-bre-chen,
"A bone of Him shall not be bro- ken,"
Psalms XXXIV, 20
(Recitativo)
und a- ber-mals spricht ei- ne an- de- re
a-gain in the script-ures an-oth-er has
Schrift:
said:
(Adagio) J
Sie wer- den se- hen,
"And they shall look
in wel- chen sie ge- sto- chen ha- ben.
shall look on him whom they have pier-ced."
Zech. XII, 10
65. Chorale (No. 50) 4/4 (?)
(Instr. same as No. 52.)
0 hilf, Chri- ste Got-tes Sohn,
Help, 0 Christ, Thou Son of God,
durch dein bit- tres Lei- den,
help me thru Thine an-guish,
dass wir, dir stets un- ter-than,
thru the bit-ter path Thou trod,
all' Un- tu- gend mei- den,
ev- il ways to van-quish.
dei-nen Tod und sein1 Ur- seen'
On Thy death and why Thou died
frucht-bar- lich be- den-ken,
we must pon-der tru-ly,
da- fur, wie wohl arm und schwach
we, tho' weak, have right -ly tried,
dir Dank- o- pfer schen-ken.
Lord, to thank Thee du- ly.
66. Recitativo Evangelist (Organ)
St. John XIX, 38-42t
"And after this Joseph of Arimatnaea*
being a disciple of Jesus, but secretly for
435.
St. John Passion
fear of the Jews, besought Pilate that he might
take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave
him leave. He came therefore, and took the bo-
dy of Jesus.
"And there came also Nicodemus, which at
the first came to Jesus by night, and brought
a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about an hundred
pound weight.
"Then took thev the body of Jesus, and
wound it in linen clothes with the spices, as
the manner of the Jews is to bury.
"Now in the place where he was crucified
there was a garden; and in the garden a new
sepulchre, wherein was never man yet laid.
"There laid they Jesus therefore because
of the Jews' preparation day; for the sepul-
chre was nigh at hand."
Dar- nach bat Pi-la- turn Jo-seph von
There came un-to Pi-late Jo-seph of
A-ri-ma-thi-a,
A-ri-ma-thi-a,
der ein Jun-ger Je- su war,
a die- ci-ple, too, was he, i
(doch heim-lich, aus Furcht vor den Ju-den),
but sec- ret- ly, fear- ing the Jews,
dass er moch- te ab- neh-men den Leich-nam
and be-sought leave to take a- way Je- bus'
Y
Je-su.
bo-dy.
Und Pi-la-tus er- lau-be- te es.
And for this Pi-late did give him leave.
De- ro- we-gen kam er und nahm den
There-fore came he thi-ther and car-ried
Leich-nam Je-su her- ab.
Je- sus' bo-dy a-way.
Es kam a- ber auch Ni-co-de-mus,
There came thi-ther, too, Ni-co-de-mus,
der vor-mals in der Nacht
(he who at first had come
zu Je- su kom-men war,
to Je-sus in the night),
und brach- te Myrrh- en
and brought a mix-ture
und A- lo- en un- ter- ein-an- der,
of myrrh and of al- oes to-geth-er
bei hun-dert Pfun- den.
an hund-red pound weight.
Ad nah- men sie den Leich-nam Je-su,
lad forth-with took they Je- sua' bo-dy,
und bun- den ihn in lei-nen Tu- cher
and wound it in the li- nen clothes, with
mit Spe- ze- rei- en, wie die Ju-den
the myrrh and al-oes in the man-ner
pfle-gen zu be-gra-ben.
of the Jews to bu-ry.
Es war a-ber an der Stat- te,
In Gol-go-tha where His Cross was,
da er ge-kreu-zi-eet ward, ein Gfar-ten,
where He was cru-ci-flsd was a gar-den,
und im Gar-ten ein neu Grab,
in the gar-den was a grave,
in wel-ches nie-mand je ge- le- gen war,
where-in as yet man nev-er had been laid.
da- selbst hin leg- ten sie Je-sum,
There- in , they there-fore laid Je-sus,
urn des Rust- tags wil-len der Ju-den,
for the pre-par- a- tion day of the Jews,
die- weil das Grab na- ' he war,
for this new grave was nigh at hand.
67. Chorus 3/4 (c)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. I ft II, Vn. I;
Vn. II; Va. ; Organ.)
(Ruht wohl,) ihr hei-li- gen Ge- bei- ne,
Rest well, be-lo- ved, sweet-ly sleep-ing,
die ich nun wei- ter nicht be- wei- ne,
that I may cease from fur-ther weep-ing;
(ruht wohl,) und (bringtfauch mich)
sleep well, and let me, too,
( zur Ruh'.)
sleep well.
Das Grab, (so euch) be- stim-met ist,
The grave, which is pre-pared for Thee,
und fer-ner kei- ne Not um-schliesst
from pain and grief will set Thee free,
macht mir (den Him- mel auf),
will o- pen Heav'n for me
Sop. bars 69-71 j
o- pen Hea- ven, o-
-pen Heav'n for me,
und sohliesst die Hoi- le zu.
and close the gates of Hell.
436.
St. John Passion
68. Chorale (No. 154) V* (Ew)
(PI. tr. I, Ob. I, Vn. I with Sop.; Fl. tr.
II, Ob. II, Vn. II with Alto; Va. with
Ten.; Organ.)
Ach Herr, lass dein1 lieb' En-ge- lein
Ah Lord, when comes that fi-nal day
am letz-ten End' die See-le mein
may An- gels bear my soul a- way
in A- bra- hams Sohoss tra-gen;
to Ab-ram's bo- som take it;
den Leib in sein'm Schlaf-kam- mer- lein
let then my bo- dy's an-guish cease,
gar sanft, ohn' ein- ge Qual und Pein,
my soul to wait the Day, in peace;
ruhn bis am jung-sten Ta- ge.
when Thou a-gain a- wake it.
Als-dann vom Tod er-wek- ke mich,
Ah, what a joy it then will be
dase mei-ne Au- gen se- hen dich
the ve-ry Son of God to see,
in al- ler Freud, o Got-tes Sohn,
to gaze up- on His ho-ly face,
mein Hei- land und mein Gna- den-thronj
my Sa-viour on the Throne of GraceJ
Herr Je- su Christ, er- ho- re mich,
Lord Je-sus Christ, oh hear Thou me,
er- ho- re mich,
oh, hear Thou me,
ich will dich prei- sen e- wig-lichj
Thy Name I praise e- ter-nal- lyj
457,
Christmas Oratorio
Bach and Picander
fart I Christmas Day
Epistle, Titua II, 11-14. God's grace
brings salvation.
Epistle, Isaiah IX, 2-7. The people have
seen a great light; for unto us a Child is
born.
Gospel, Luke II, 1-14. The Nativity.
1. Chorus 3/8 (D)
(3 Tr., Timp., 2 Fl., 2 Ob. Fag. Str.)
Jauch-zet.
Shout ye
froh-lo-oket!
ex- ul-tant
auf , prei-set die Ta- ge.'
this Day of Sal-va-tion,
run-met, was heu-te der Hoch-ste ge- tan*
glo-ry to God in the High-est to- day!
las- set das Za-gen, ver-ban-net die
Fear ye no lon-ger, for-sake la- men-
Kla- ge,
ta-tion,
A. 4 T.
ver-ban- net, ver-ban-net die Kla- ge,
a- way, put a- way la- men-ta-tion,
etim-met voll Jauch-zen und Froh-lich-keit an.
sing ye with glad-ness, ex- ul- tant and gay.
(Die- net (dam Hoch-sten) (mit herr- lien- en
Wor-ship the Mas-ter and bow ye be-
Cho-renj )
-fore Him.
Lasst uns den Na- men dee Herr-schers
Come all ye Faith-ful with song to
ver- eh- ren.
a- dore Him.
2. Recitativo Evangelist (Fag.)
Luke II, It "And it came to pass in those
days, that there went out a decree from
Caesar August is, that all the world should
be taxed.
3s "And all went to be taxed, every one into
his own city.
4> "And Joseph also went up from Galilee,
out of the city of Nazareth, into Judaea,
unto the city of David, which is called
Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and
lineage of David: )
5: "To be taxed with Mary his espoused wife,
being great with child.
6i "And so it was, that, while they were
there, the days were accomplished that she
should be delivered."
Es be- gab sich a- ber zu dsr Zeit,
And in those same days it came to pass,
dass ein Ge- bot von dem Kai- ser Au-
that there went out a de-cree from Au-
-gus-to aus-ging,
-gus-tus Cae-sar,
dass al- le Welt ge-scha-tset wur-de,
that all the world en-roll for tax-es,
h > h
und Je- der-mann ging, dass er sich sch*>t-zen
and ev'-ry- one went, that he might be ra-
lie- see,
-cor- dad, . ,
ein Jeg-li- cher in sei-ne Stadt.
each go-ing in- to his own ci-ty.
Da mach-te sich auch auf
And al- so there went_up
Jo-seph aus Ga-li-la-a,
Jo-aeph from Ga-li-lee,
aus der S.adt fca-aa-reth, in das
up out of Na-za-reth, to the
Ju-di-sche Land, zur Stadt Da-vide*
Ci-ty of Da-vid, in Ju- de- a,
die da hei-sset Beth-le ham,
which is eal-led Beth-le-hem,
da-run, dass er von dam Hau- sa und Ge-
for Jo-seph was of the house and of the
-schlech-te Da-vids wan
lin- e-age of Da-vid;
auf dass er sich scha-zen lie- ssa mit
that there he might be an- rolled for tax
Ma- ri-a,
With Ma-ry, • .
sei-nem ver-trau-ten Wei- be, die war
Ma- ry his wed- ded wife, be-ing great with
schwan-ger.
child.
Und als sie da-selbst wa- ren, kam dia
And while they yet were there it came the
Zeit
time
dass sie ge- ba-ren soil- te.
that she should be de- li- vered.
433
Christmas Oratorio
3. Recitativo Alto (2 Ob. d'am., Fag.)
Nun wird mein lieb-ster Brau- ti- gam,
At last, be- lo- ved Sa-viour mine,
nun wird der Held aus Da-vids Stamm
at last, Thou Child of Da-vid's line
zum Trost, zum Heil der Er- den
art come, our con-so- la-tion,
ein-mal ge- bo- ren wer-den.
to corn-pass man's sal-va-tion.
Nun wird der Stern aus Ja- kob schei-nen,
At last is Ja- cob's star fair shin-ing,
sein Strahl bricht schon her- vor;
be- hold its glo- rious ray.
auf , Zi-on J und ver-las- se nun das Wei- nen,
Up Zi-on, put a- way from thee re- pi-ning,
dein Wohl steigt hoch em-por.
for all is well to-day.
4. Aria Alto Z/Q (a)
(Ob. d'am., Vn. I unison; Fag.)
Be- rei- te dich, Zi-on, mit zart-li-chen
Pre-pare thy-self, Zi-on, with ten-der e-
Trie- ben,
-mo- tion,
(den Schon-sten, ) den Lieb-sten bald bei dir
the Fair-est, the Dear-est to wel-come
zu sehn.
to thee.
Dei- ne Wan- gen mils-sen heut' viel scho-
With what yearn-ing must Thy heart to- day
-ner gran-gen,
be burn-ing,
mir selbst die Fa- ckel bei,
the torch to light my way,
da-mit, was dich er- got- ze,
that I may know Thy plea-sure
mir kund und wia-send sei.
and serve Thee day by day.
6. Recitativo Evangelist (Fag.)
Luke II, 7t "And she brought forth her first-
born son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes,
and laid him in a manger; because there was
no room for them in the inn."
Und sie ge- bar in- ren er- sten Sohn
And there she brought forth her first-born 80|
und wi- ckel-te inn in Win- deln,
and wrapped Him a- round in swad-dling clothes,
und leg-te ihn in ei-ne Krip-pen, denn sie
and made Hie era-die in a man- ger, for there
hat-ten sonst kei-nen Raum in der
was no room, was no room in the
Her- ber- ge.
inn for them.
7. Chorale (107) (and Recit.) 3/4(G) 4/4
(Ob., Ob. d'am., Fag.
Ch. Sop.
Er ist auf Er- den kom- men arm,
He came a- mong us meek and poor,
Recit. Bass
Wer kann die Lie- be recht er-hoh'n,
Who is there right-ly can as- aess
(ei-le,) den Brau- ti- gam sehn-lichst zu lie-ben. die un- ser Hei-land fur una hegt,
wel-come thy dear one with lov- ing de-vo-tion»t he Sa-vior's love and kind-li- ness,
5. Chorale (165) 4/4 (a)
(?1. (8 va.), 2 Ob., (with Sop.),
Str. with S-A-T-B, Fag.)
Wie soil ich dich emp-fan- gen,
How can I fit-ly greet Thee,
und wie be-gegn' ich dir!
how right-ly Thee ex-tol,
o al-ler Welt Ver-lan-gen,
of Man the best Be-lov- ed,
o mei- ner See-len ZierJ
Thou Trea-sure of my soul?
0 Je- su, Je- suj set-ze
0 Lord, I pray Thee car-ry
Ch. Sop.
dass er un- ser sich er-barm',
that He know what we en-dure;
Recit. Bags
ja, wer ver-mag ea ein- zu- se-hen,
yea, who may un-der-stand how aore-ly
wie ihn der Men-schen Leid be- wegt?
our Lord is moved by mor-tal woe?
Ch. Sop.
uns in dem Him- mel ma- che reich,
in Hea-ven rich in wealth are we,
Recit. Bass
Dea Hoch-sten Sohn kommt in die Welt,
The High- est gave His on-ly Son,
well ihm ihr Heil so wohl ge-fallt;
and thus for man sal- va-tion won.
A39
Christmas Oratorio
Ch. Sop.
und sei- nen lie-ben En-geln gleiefa.
there like the An-gela we will be.
Recit. Bass
So will er selbst ala Mensch ge- bo- ren
So God be- came a man that He Bight
wer- den.
save ue.
Ch. Sop.
Ky-ri-e-leisi
Ky-ri-e-leisJ
8. Aria Baas 2/4 (D)
(Tr., Str., Fl. (with Vn. I), Fag.)
Gro-sser Herr und 8tar-ker Ko- nig,
Migh-ty Lord of all Cre-a- tion,
lieb-ster Hex- land, o wie we- nig
dear-eat Sav- iour, 0 how lit-tle
ach-teat du (der Er- den Prachtj)
ear-eat Thou for earth-3y f amej
Der (die gan- ze) Welt) er- halt,
Thou whom all men would ao-claim,
ih- re Pracht und Zier er-Bcncif-fen,
Thou in Ma- - jes- ty the High-eat f
muas in har-ten Krip-pen schla-fen.
in a low-ly man-ger li- eat.
9. Extended Chorale. (Von Himrael hoch) 4/4 (D)
(3 Tr, Timp, 2 Fl(8va), 2 Ob(with S)
Str. (with SATB), Fag.)
Ach, mein hers- lie- bee Je- au- leini
Ah, Je- aua Child, my heart' a de-light I
maoh' dir ein rein sanft Bet-te- lein,
make here Thy lit- tie bed this night,
zu ruh'n in mei-nes Her- zens Schrein,
my heart will be a shrine for Thee
daas ich nim- mer ver- ges- se dein.
ao dwell Thou there in peace with me.
Christmas Oratorio II
Part II Second Day of the Festival
Epistle, Acta VI, 8-15. Martyrdom of St.
Stephen.
Epistle, Acts VII, 55-60.
Matthew XXIII, 34-39. 0 Jerusalem that
killest the prophets.
Gospel, Luke II, 15-20. The shepherds
come to the manger.
10. Sinfonia 12/8 (G)
(2 Fl., 2 Ob. d'am., 2 Ob. da c, Str.)
11. Recitativo Evangelist.
Luke II, 8i "And there were in the same
country shepherds abiding in the field,
keeping watch over their flock by night.
9i "And, lo, the angel of the Lord
came upon them and the glory of the Lord
shone round about themj and they were sore
afraid."
Und es wa- ren Hir- ten in
And a- bi- ding in the field
der-sel- ben Ge- gend auf dem
in that same coun-try nigh to
Fel- de bei den Hur- den,
Beth-le-hem were shep-herds,
die h'u- te- ten des Nachts
who with their flock by night
ih- re Heer-de.
watch were keep-ing.
j
> *
Und sie-he, dee Her-ren En-gel trat zu
And lo, the An-gel of the Lord came up-
ih- nen,
-on them
und die Klar-heit dea Herrn urn- leuch-
and the. glq- ry of God shone round
♦ A iM
-te-te axa
a- bout them}
und aie furoh-ten sich sehr.
they were sore, sore a-fraid.
12. Chorale 4/* (G)
(2 Fl(8va), 2 Ob. d'am (with Sop.),
2 Ob. da c.(with A-T), Str. (with SATB)
Brich an, 0 echo- nes Mor- gen-licht,
Break forth, 0 beau-teous morn-ing light
und lass den Him- mel ta- gen.
and fill the Heav'ns with glo-ryj
Du Hir- ten- volk, er-schre- cice nicht,
Ye shep-herd folk, re-strain your fright,
weil dir die En- gel sa- gen,
and hear the An-gela' ato-ry:
dass die-sea schwa- che Kna- be- lein
this lit-tle child whom you will see
AAO
■if i '-■■■
Christmas Oratorio
soil un- ser Trost und Freu- de sein,
our com-fort and our joy will be,
da- zu den Sa- tan zwin-gen,
a- gainst the Fiend sus-tain us,
und letzt-lich Frie-den brin-gen.
and peace at last re-gain us.
13. Recit. Evangelist and Sop. (Angel) (Str.)
Luke II, 10: "And the angel said unto them,
Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good
tidings of great joy, which shall be to all
people.
11: "For unto you is born this day
in the city of David a Saviour, which is
Christ the Lord."
Evan. J
Und der En-gel sprach zu ih-nens
And the an-gel spoke and said:
The Angel (Sop.)
Furch-tet euch nicht, sie- he,
"Be not a- fraid; look ye,
ich ver- kun- di-ge euch gro-sse
for I bring un-to you joy-ful
Freu-de,
ti- dings, J,
die al- lem Vol-ke wi-der-fah-ren wird.
which shall be to all peo*ple« .
Derm euch ist heu- te der Hei-land go- bo-
For un- to you there is born this day
-ren, wel-cher ist Chri-stus, der
, in the ci- ty of Da- vid ,.^_ a
/> }> h ' n
Herr in der Stadt Da-vids.
Sa-viour which is Christ the Lord. "
14. Recitativo Bass
(2 Ob. d'am., 2 Ob. da c.)
Was Gott dem A-bra-ham ver- hei-ssen,
What God to A-bra-ham had sworn
das lasst er nun dem Hir-ten-Chor
He showed the shep-herds on the day
er- fullt er- wei- sen.
when Christ was born.
Ein Hirt hat Al- les das zu- vor
It was a shep-herd whom He told
von Gott
that -thus
er- fah-ren mus- sen,
it was He willed it;
was or da- male ver-spro- chen hat,
and when the years a- round had rolled,
zu-erst er-ful- let wis- sen.
to shep-herds He ful-filled it.
15. Aria Tenor (Fl.) 3/8 (e)
Fro-he Hir- ten eilt, ach ei- let,
Hap-py shep-herds, haste, ah, haste ye.
eh' ihr euch zu lang' ver- wei- let,
Why the prec-ious mo-ments waste ye?
eilt das hoi- de Kind zu sehnj
haste the love-ly child to see.
Geht, die Freu-de heisst zu schon,
Let your joy un-bound- ed be;
sucht (die An-muth) zu ge- win- nen,
there will find ye 1 grace per-fect- ed,'
geht, (und (la- bet ) Herz und Sin- nen.
grace to fresh-en hearts de- ject- ed.
bars 19-20,88-89, wea- ry spi-rits.
16. Recitativo Evangelist
Luke II, 12: "And this shall be a sign unto
you: Ye shall find the babe wrapped an swad-
•dling clothes, lyine in a manger."
Und das habt zum Zei- chen:
'''his sign do I give you:
ihr wer- det fin- den das Kind in
in Betb- le- hem wrapped in swad- dling
Win- deln ge- wi-ckelt,
clothes ye shall find Him,
und in ei-ner Krip-pe lie-gend.
a babe in a man-ger ly- ing.
17. Chorale
(323) 4/4 (C)
(Same Instr. as No. 12)
Schaut hin' dort liegt im fin- stern Stall,
Be- hold! In gloom-y stab- le stall
dees' Kerr-schaft ge-het u- ber-all.
there lies the Ru-ler of us all;
Da Spei-se vor-mals sucht' ein Rind,
where once the hun-gry ox- en fed
da ru- het jetzt der Jung-frau'n Kind.
the Vir-gin finds her Child a bed.
und nun muss auch ein Hirt die That,
He made His co- ve- nant of old
441
Christmas Oratorio
18. Recitativo Bass
(Same Instr. as No. 14)
So geht denn hin! ihr Hir- ten geht,
So go ye there, ye shep-herds, go
dass ihr das Wun- der aehtj
this won-drous thing to know}
und fin- det ihr des Hoch-sten Sohn
and when you find the Son of God
f
i'n ei-ner har-ten Krip-pe lie-gen-,
ly-ing in the low-ly man-ger$
so sin- get ihm bei sei- ner Wie-gen
then sing ye all, be- side His cra-dle,
aus ei- nem su- ssen Ton',
with voi-ces sweet and clear .
und mit ge- samm-ten Chor',
a sooth-ing slum-ber song,
dies Lied zur Ru- he vor.
of hope and love and cheer.
19. Aria Alto 3/4 (6)
(Fl., Ob. d'am, I, Str.; Ob. d'am. II
ft 2 Ob. da c. with 2 Vn. and Viola)
Schla- fe, mein Lieb-ster, ge- nie- sse
Sleep Thou, my Dear-est, and rest Thee
der Ruh',
a while ,
die lob- ten Gott, und spra-chent
all praia-ing God and say- ingt
21. Chorus 4/4 (G)
(Same Instr. as No. 10)
Luke II, 14j "Glory to God in the highest,
and on earth peace, good will toward men."
(Eh-re) sei Gott,) (in der Ho- he,)
Glo-ry to God in the High-est
und (Frie- de auf Er- den, )
and peace be to all men,
und (den Men-schen (ein Wohl- ge- fal- len. )
and on earth peace, good will to all men.
22. RecitatiYO Bass ,
So recht, ihr En- gel jauchzt und sin-get,
'Tis well, ye An-gels, joy- ful sing,
dass es uns heut1 so schon ge- lin-get.
to- day is born our Lord and King.
Auf denni wir stim-men mit euch ein,
Sing then! and each one raise his voice
uns kann es, so wie euch, er-freu'n.
and with the An- gels all re-joice.
wa-che (nach die-sem) fur Al- ler Ge- dei-hen,
wake from Thy slum-ber to bring us sal-va-tion. 23» Extended Chorale (Vom Himmel hoch) 12/8 (g)\
(Same Instr. as No. 10)
La- be die Brust, emp- fin- de die Lust
rebt Thee a while, and sleep with a smile, Wir sin-gen dir in dei- nem Heer
In cho-rus now to Thee we raise
wo wir un- ser Herz er-freu- en.
wake to hear our ex-ul- ta- tion.
bars 128-131
and wake to our
ex-ul- ta- tion.
aus al- ler Kraftj Lob, Preis und Ehr',
with migh-ty voice our songs of praise
dass du, 0 lang' ge-wunsch-ter Gast,
that Thou our long a- wait- ed Guest
dich nun- mehr ein- ge-stel- let hast,
hast come at last, be-loved and blest.
20. Recitativo Evangelist
Luke II, 13i "And suddenly there was with the
angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising
God, and saying,"
Und al- so bald war da bei dem En-gel
And sud-den there ap-peared with the An-gel,
die lien- ge der himm-li- schen Heer-
a mul-ti-tude of the Heav'n- ly
-schaa-ren
Host
Christmas Oratorio III
Part III Third Day of the Festival
Epistle, Hebrews I, 1-14. Christ in person
and office is preferred to the angels.
or Hebrews XVI, 1-8. Wisdom embraces those
that fear God.
w<
, . ' > ffmBmnmnmni
Christmas Oratorio
Gospel, John I, 1-14. In the beginning
lb the Word; John was sent as a witness to
is Light; the Word was made flesh,
or John XXI, 15-24. Feed my sheep and
imbs.
I. Chorus 3/8 (D)
(Same Instr. as No. 1)
jrr-scher des Him-mels, ( er- ho- re das
lu- ler of Hea- ven, tho' weak be our
Lai- len, )
voi- ces,
188 dir die mat- ten Ge- san- ge ge-
ich, in his heart, for Thy glo- ry re-
-fal- len,
-$oi- oes,
Bnn dich dein Zi- on (mit Psal-men er-
80 let our mu-sio be sweet to Thine
-hoht!)
ears.
o-re (der Her- zen froh-lo-cken-des
i-on re-sound-ing with gay ju- bi-
Prei- sen)
-la- tion
enn wir dir je- tao die Ehr-furcht er-
glo-ries to wel-come our pro-mi sed sal-
-wei- sen,
-va-tion,
reil un- ere Wohl-fahrt (be- fe-sti- get
ixed and un-chang-ing thru in- fi-nite
steht.)
years .
Luke II, 15: "***Let us now go even unto Beth-
lehem, and see this thing which is come to pass,
which the Lord hath made known unto us."
Las-set uns nun ge-hen gen Beth-le-hem
Let us ev-en go now to Beth-ls-hem
Sop. Bars 15-17; Alt. 17-19; Ten. 15-17;
Ten. 19-21; Bass 15-17, 4 21-23t
und (die Ge- schich-te »•- hen,)
that we our-selves may wit-ness,
Alto, 15-17i
und die Ge- schich- te se- hen,
that we may wit- ness this thing
Sop., Bars 19-21i
die Ge- schich-te se- hen,
that our-selves we wit-ness,
Ten., Bars 17-18i
die Ge-schich- te
that we wit- ness
All parts:
die da * ge- sche-hen ist,
that which has come to pass,
die uns (der Herr) kund ge- than hat.
which here the Lord made known to us.
Ten. , Bars 24-25:
die uns der Herr kund
which here the Lord God
Ten., Bars 25-26:
ge- than hat
the Lord God
i 7
Sop./, aild Alto bar 27:
un-to
lb, Recitativo Evangelist
juke II, 15: "And it came to pass, as the an-
gels were gone away from them into heaven, the
ihepherds said one to another,***"
Und da die En-gel von ih- nan gen
And as the An-gels were gone in- to
Him-mel fuh- ren, spra- chsn
Hea-ven from them, then did
die Hir- ten un- ter ein- an- der:
the shep-herds say to each oth- sr:
56. Chorus 3/4 (A)
T2~F1, VnjOb d'am I 4 Vn II with Sop.
Ob d'am II with Alto, Va with Ton.)
27. Recitativo Bass (2 PI. , Vn.)
Er hat sein Volk ge-trost't,
Re-deem- er of His folk,
er hat sein Is-ra- el er- lost,
from Is- ra- el He lifts the yoke,
die Hulf aus Zi- on her-ge- sen-det
from Zi- on sends to us re-lief ,
und un- ser Leid ge- en-det.
to end our woe and grief.
Sent, Hir- tenj dies hat er ge-than,
Ye shep-herds, make haste ev'-ry one.
geht! die-, ses trefft ihr an.
See! what your God has done.
U3
Christmas Oratorio
J>
28. Chorale (No. 110) 4/4 (A) Da sie es a- ber ge- se- hen hat- ten,
(2 Fl. (8 va.)| 2 Ot., and Vn. l(with Sop.) And af-ter they thfim-selves had seen it
Vn. II (with Alto), Va. (with Ten.)
Dies hat er Al- les uns ge- than,
That God has blessed His peo-ple thus,
sein' gross* Lieb' zu zei- gen an;
shows His migh- ty lore for us.
dess freu' sich al- le Chri-steu-heit,
All Chri- sten-dom must thus a- dore,
und dank' ihm dess in E- wig-keit.
and joy- ous thank Him ev-er- more.
Ky-rie-leisJ
Ky-rie-leisJ
Bassi Ky-ri-e-leisI
29. Duet Soprano-Bass (2 Ob. d'am. ) 3/8 (A)
Herr, dein Mit-leid,
Lord, Thy mer- cy,
dein Er- bar- men,
Thy com-pas-sion
tro- stet uns (und macht uns frei, )
corn-fort us and make us free.
Dei- ne hoi- de Cunst und Lie- be,
All Thy klnd-ness, all Thy fa-vors,
dei-ne wun- der- sa-men Trie- be,
Thy re-gard which ne-ver wa- vers,
ma- chen (dei- ne Va- ter-Treu* wie-der
bind us fast and firm to Thee, firm to
neu. )
Thee.
30. Recitativo Evangelist
Luke II, 16: "And they came with haste, and
found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying
in a manger.
17: "And when they had seen it, they made
known abroad the saying which was told them
concerning this child.
18: "And all they that heard it wondered at
those things which were told them by the
shepherds.
19: "But Uary kept all these things, and
pondered them in her heart."
Und sie ka- men ei- lend,
And the shep-herds has-tened,
und fan- den bei-de, Ma- ri- am und Jo-seph,
and found there Ma- ry,the Moth-er,and Jo-seph,
da- zu das Kind in der Krip-pe lie-gend.
and found the babe in a man-ger ly- ing.
brei-te-ten sie das !Vort aus,
they re-por-ted the say- ing
wel- ches zu ih- nen von die- sem
which had been told un- to them con-
Kind ge- sa- get war.
-cern-ing this same child.
Und Al- le, vor die ee kam,
And all men, who heard these things,
wun- der- ten sich der Re- de,
lis-tened to them in won-der,
die ih- nen die Hir-ten ge- sa- get hat-tf
in won- der to all that the shep-herds toJd th
Ma- ri-a a- ber be-hielt al- le die- se
but Ma-ry kept to her-self all the things the
Wor- te, und be- weg-te sie in ih-rem Her-i
hap-pened,and she pon- dered them in her heart'
31. Aria Alto (Vn. Solo) V*(b)
Sohlie-
Hold
sse, main Her-ze,
thou for-ev- er
dies se- li- ge Wun-der
this bles-sing in won-der
feet (in dei-nem Glau-ben) ein.
make it tru-ly part of thee.
gott- li-cher
alt thee and
Las- se dies Wun-der der
Let thou this mar-vel ex-
Wer- ke
mould thee,
im-mer zur Star- ke
ev-er up- hold thee
dei- nes schwa-chen GlaU-bens eeinj
firm and fast in faith to be.
32. Recitativo Alto (2F1.)
Ja, jai
Ah y«a,
mein Herz soil es be-wah- ren,
my heart will ev-er cher-ish
was es an die- ser hol-den Zeit,
what it re-ceives this Bles-sed Day^
zu sei- ner Se- lig-keit
it will not pass a- way*
fur si-che- ren Be-»»i» er-fah-ren.
a to-ken sure, it will not per-ish.
AAA
■ ■ i. .. . .', .,■ . ■ .,■,. .in ■ "';;•: ■:-:
Christmas Oratorio
»3. Chorale (Warum aollt') 4/4 (G)
(Same Instr. as No, 28)
Ich will dich mit Fleiss be- wah-ren,
Thee, my Uaa-ter, faith-ful serv-ing,
ich will dir le- ben hier,
here live 1, here 1 die,
Christmas Oratorio IV
Part IV Feast of the Circumcision
Epistle, Galatians III, 23-29. Faith
superceded the law. We are all one when
baptised in Christ.
Gospel, Luke II, 21. His name was
called Jesus.
4ir will ich ab- fah- ren.
die with faith un-swer-ving.
Hit dir will ich end-lich schwe-ben
Then my soul, to Hea- ven soar-ing,
rol- ler Freud', oh- ne Zeit
Boon will rise thru the skies
iort im an-dern Le- ben.
joy-ous and a- dor-ing.
34. Recitativo Evangelist
Luke II, 20: "And the shepherds returned,
glorifying and praising God for all the
things that they had heard and seen, as it
was told unto them."
36. Chorus 3/8 (F)
(2 Hn., 2 Ob., Str.)
> )
Fallt mit Dan- ken, fallt mit Lo- ben,
Bow ye, thank-ful, kneel and praise ye,
vor des Hoc h- at en Gna- den- Thronl
kneel be-fore the Fa-ther's throne.
Got- tes Sohn will der Er- den,
Christ the Lord came to save you,
Hei-land und (Er- lo- ser wer- den,)
God for Him your sins for-gave you,
(Got- tes Sohn) dampft der Fein-de Witt
Christ the Lord from the pit of Hell
und To- ben.
will raise you.
Und die Hir- ten kehr-ten wie- der urn,
To their flocks the shep-herds "then re-turned,
<h * * J >
prei-se-ten und lob- ten Gott
prai- sing and glo-ri-fy-ing God
urn Al- lea, das sie ge- se- hen
for All the won-der-ful things that
und ge- ho- ret hat- ten,
they had heard and wit-nessed,
vie denn xu in- nen ge- aa- get war*
is it waa told, yea was told to them.
35. Chorale (No. 381) V4 (f#)
(Same Instr. as No. 28)
Seid froh« die-weil, seid frohj die-weil)
i Re- joice and sing, re- joice and sing;
dass eu- er Heil ist hie ein Gott
(your heav'n-ly King as man is born
und auch ein Mensch ge- bo- ren,
and lays a- side His glo- ry;
der wel-cher ist der Herr und Christ
He is a- dor'd as Christ the Lord,
in Da-vids Stadt, von Vie- len aus- er-
and ev'-ry tongue re-peats the won-drous
-ko-ren.
sto- ry.
37. Recitativo Evangelist
Luke II, 21: "And when eight days were ac-
complished for the circumcising of the child,
his name was called JESUS, which was so
named of the angel before he was conceived
in the womb. "
Und da acht Ta- ge urn wa- ren,
And when eight days were ac-com-plished
fill L
dass das Kind be- schnit-ten wur-de;
fo,r the cir-cum-ci-sing of the child,
da ward sein Na- me ge- nen- net Je-sus,
then waa the name of the child called Je-aua,
wel- cher ge- nen- net war von dem En-gel,
which waa the name the An- gel had giv-en,
e- he denn er im llut- ter- lei- be
giv-en ere He had been con-ceived in
em— pfan-gen ward.
His moth-er'a womb.
38. Duet Soprano-Bass (Str.) 4/4 (F)
Recit. Bass
Im-man-u-el, 0 su-sses Wort I
Im-man-u-el, 0 word ao sweet,'
445
Christmas Oratorio
mein Je-sus heisst mein Hirt,
My Je-sus, safe re-treat,
mein Je-sus heisst mein Le-ben.
my life my Je- sus gave me.
Mein Je- sus hat sich mir e*"« - ge-ben.
My Je-sus died that He mignt save me.
mein Je-sus soil mir im- mer- fort
my Je-sus' im- age dear I prize,
n
vor mei-nen Au- gen schwe-ben;
a joy to light mine eyes;
mein Je-sus hei-sset mei- ne Lust,
my Je-sus is my heart's de-light,
mein Je- sus la- bet Herz und Brust.
my corn-fort sure, my bea-con bright.
Sop. Arioso
je- su du, mein lieb-stes Le-ben,
Je-sus Thou, my Dear-est Mas-ter,
mei-ner See-len Brau-ti-gam,
my be- lo-ved ev- er be|
der du diclr fur mich ge- ge-ben
Thou who didst so sore-ly suf-fer,
an des bit-tern Kreu-zes Stammi
on Thy bit-ter Cross for me!
Bass Recit.
Konm, ich will dich mit Lust oa-fas- en,
Come, for in my heart will I re-ceive Thss,
mein Her- ze soil dich nia-mer las- sen,
there hold Thee fast and nev-er leave Thee,
ach! (so) nJimn mich zu dir!
Ah, then take me to Thee!
ach! ach!
Oh, Lord!
dein Na- me steht in mir ge- sohrie-bea
Thy Name all doubt and dread doth ban- ieh
der hat des To- des Furcht ver-trie-ben.
and cause the fear of death to van-ish.
Auoh in dem Ster-ben,
And tho' death take me,
> J
sollst du mir das Al- ler- lieb-ste sein,
my be-lov-ed Lord will set for-smke me,
in Not, Ge- fahr, und Un- ge-mach
In need, dis-tress, ad-ver-si- ty,
seh' ich dir sehn-lichst nach.
for help I cry to Thee.
Was jag- te mir zu-letzt der Tod fur
In Thy pro- tec-tion er- en death af-
urau-en ein?
-frights not me! i
Mein Je-sus! wenn ich ater-be,
My Je-sus, when I die
so weiss ich, dass ich nicht ver-der-be;
I know that death I may de-fy;
446
}9. Aria Soprano (Ob. solo) 6/8 (c)
Flosst, mein Hei- land, flosst dein Na- menn
Say, my Sa-viour, tell me right-lyt)
auch den al- ler-klein-sten Saa- men
shall Thy name the least af- fright me,
(je- nes stren-gen Schre-ckens) ein?
cause me ter- rpr or die- may?
shall Thy name af-fright me
Bars 52-54
je- nes Schre-ckens ein
fill me with dis- may
nein, (du sa- gest sel-ber) nein,
Nay, nay, say Thou ev-er "nay1!
Thou say- est ev-er
Bars 46-47
du sagst sel-ber
say Thou ev-er
Echo
Nein.
Nay!
Soprano
Sollt* ich nun das Ster- ben scheu- en?
Should I think of death with sad- ness?
Nein, dein su- sees Wort ist da!
No, Thy Word keeps fear a-way!
o- der sollt' ich mich er- freu- en?
shall I not be filled with glad-ness?
ja, du Hei- land sprichst selbst ja.
Yea, my Sa-viour, say Thou "yea"!
Echo
Ja.
Yea.
40. Duet Soprano-Bass (Str.)
Sop. Arioso
Je- su, mei- ne Freud' und Won- ne,
Je-sus, source of prec-ious plea-sure,
mei- ne Hoff-nung, Schatz und Theil.
Hope and joy and jew- el bright.
mein Er- lo-ser, Schutz und Heil,
King, Re-deem-er, sun and light,
Hirt und Ko- nig, Licht und Son- ne!
Guide and Shep-herd, price-less Trea-sure.
■" ! "'■ "! .,.'.,, . , „7j j ,,, r .."ii , ■ ..„...:
mmmamimtmK
Christmas Oratorio
ach» wie soil ich wur-dig-lich,
Ah, Lord Je- sue, how may we.
mein Herr Je- su, prei-sen dich?
fit- ly, right-ly ho- nor Thee?
Base Recit.
Wohl- an! (dein Na-me) soil (al-lein)
Be- hold! Thou, Je-sus, Thou a-lone
in mei-nem Her-zen sein!
shall be my ve-ry own.
So will ich dich ent- zil- cket nan- nen,
So is my heart, en-rap-tured, burn-ing -
wenn Brust und Herz zu dir,
with pur- est lore for Thee,
vor Lie- be bren- nen.
and ea-ger yearn-ing.
Doch Lieb-ster! (sa- ge) mir:
My Dear- est, tell Thou me:
(last line) say Thou
wie ruhm' ich dich, wie (nur) dank' ich dir?
how may I thank, how how ho- nor Thee?
(last line) how thank I Thee?
Je-sus sei nur mein Be-gier.
Je-sus, be my on- ly goal.
Je-sus sei mir in_ Ge- dan- ken,
Je-sus, keep me in Thy fa- vor,
Je- 8u> las-se mich nicht wan-ken.
Je-sus, let me ne- ver wa-ver.
41. Aria Tenor (2 Vn.) 4/4 (d)
Ich will nur dir xu Eh- ren le-ben,
Thy Name I live to praiBe and ho-nor,
mein Hei-land, gib mir Kraft und Mut,
Lord, give me strength and cou-rage too,
dass es mein Herz recht eif-rig, recht eif-rig
that I be ev- er ea-ger Thy will to
thut.
do.
Star- ke mich^dei- ne Gna- de wur- dig-
Strength-en me by Thy Grace that worth- i-
-lich
und (mit Dan- ken ( zu er- he- ben.)
I may thank Thee and ex-tol Thee.
Christmas Oratorio V
Part V Sunday after New Year
Epistle, Titus III, 4-7. The Grace of God
brings salvation; lead righteously a godly
life.
or Titus II, 11-14. By His Grace He saved
us.
or I Peter III, 20-22. Jesus' resurrection
saved us.
Gospel, Matthew II, 13-15. The flight into
Egypt .
or Matthew III, 13-17. Jesus baptised by
John.
43. Chorus (2 Ob., Str.) 3/4 (A)
(Eh-re sei dir, Gott!) ge- sun-gen!
Glo-ry be to God Al-migh- ty!
(dir (sei ( Lob und Dank) be-reit't.)
glo- ry, praise and thanks to- day.
be praise and thanks
Dich er- he- bet al- le TCelt,
All the world doth wor-ship Thee,
weil dir un- ser Wohl ge-fallt,
all our needs dost Thou fore- see,
weil an- heut un- ser al-ler Wunsch
and this day hast Thou migh-ti- ly
ge- lun- gen,
re-joiced us
weil uns dein Se- gen so herr-lich er-
with this rich bles-sing for which we have
-freut.
prayed.
42. Extended Chorale (Hilf, Herr Jesu,) 3/4 (?)
(Same Instr. as No. 36)
Je-sus rich-te mein Be- gin-nen,
Je-sus, be my firm foun-da-tion,
Je-sus blei- be stets bei mir;
Je-sus, guard Thou well my soul}
Je-sus zau-me mir die Sin-nen,
Je-sus, save me from temp-ta-tion,
U7
44. Recitativo Evangelist
Matthew II, 1: "Now when Jesus was born in
Bethlehem of Judaea in the days of Herod
the king, behold, there came wise men from
the east to Jerusalem."
Da Je-sua ge- bo- ren war zu Beth-le-hem,
TOienJe-sus our Lord was born in Beth-le-hem,
Christ'ar.B Oratorio
im ju- di-Bchen Lan-de, zur Zeit des
in the land of Ju- de- a, in the days of
\ J J
des Ko-ni- ges He- ro-dee,
of He- - rod the king,
sie- he, da ka- men
lo then there came from
die
the
Wei- sen rom
Land in the
Mor- gen- Ian- de gen Je-ru-sa-lem, und
East Tfcree Wise Men to Je-ru-sa-lem,
spra-chen:
say-ing:
45. Chorus 4/4 (*>)
(Str., Ob. d'am, I * II with Vn. I A II)
Matthew II, 2t "Saying, Where is he that is born
King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in
the east, and are come to worship him."
(Wo) ist der neu- ge- bor- ne Ko- nig
0 where is he that is born King of
Where
der Ju-den? wo, wo, wo
(Bars 3,4&Sop.5) Ju-de-a (A-T-B-2£-5)o where?
(A-T-B bar 5^ the Jews,o where?
Recit. Alto
Sucht inn in mei-ner Brust,
Seek Him with- in my heart,
hier wohnt er, mir und ihm zur Lust!
here dwells He, nor will He de-part J
Chorus 4/4 (e)
Wir ha- ben sei-nen Stern ge- se- hen
For we have seen His star be-fore us,
im Mor-gen- lan-de,
His star be-fore us,
Tenor: bar 6 of Allegro
sei- nen Stern ge- se-hen im Mor-gen- lan-de,
we have seen His star in the east be-fore us,
und sind kom- men (ihn an-itu- be- ten).
and are come, that we may a-dore Him.*
All parts, twice, at end:
(we would a-dore Him.)
Alto Recit.
Wohl euch! die ihr dies Licht ge-se-hen,
Re-joice! to ye of God's Cre-a-tion,
es ist zu eu- rem Heil ge-sche- hen.
He sends the light of His Sal- va- tion!
Mein Hei- land, du, du bist das Licht,
My Sa-viour, Thou, Thou art the Light
J
das auch den Hei-den schei-nen sol-len,
to them whose Faith is yet a- stray,
und sie, sie ken- nen dich noch nicht,
and tho they know Thee not a- right,
MS
als sie dich schon ver- eh-ren wol-len.
yet would they ho- nor Thee to-day.
Wie hell, wie klar muss nicht dein Schein
How fair, how bright, Thy light doth shine,
ge-lieb-ter Je- su, sein!
Be- lo- ved Je-sus, mine!
46. Chorale (No. 214) 4/4 (A)
(Vn. I and Ob. d'am. I * II (with Sop.),
Vn. II (with Alto), Va. (with Ten
sop,
.))
Dein Glanz all' Fin- ster- niss ver-zehrt,
Thy splen-dor drives the night a- way,
die tr'u- be Nacht in Licht ver-kehrt.
and turns the dark-ness in- to day.
Leit' uns auf dei-nen We- gen,
Shed Thou Thy glo-ry o'er us,
dass dein Ge- sicht und herr-lich's Licht
Thy beau-teous face and rad-iant grace,
wir e- wig schau-en mo-gen.
our light and guide be-fore us.
47. Aria Bass (Ob. d'am. solo) 2/4 (f#)
Er-leucht' auch mei-ne fin-stre Sin-nen,
En- ligh- ten Thou my blin-ded sen-ses,
er- leuch- te mein Her- ze durch der
and bright-en my Heart with the clear
Strah-len kla-ren Schein.
ray of Thy re- gard.
Bars: 103-106
er-leuch-te mein Her- ze,
en-light-en my sen-ses,
Dein Wort soil mir die hell- ste Ker- ze
Thy word shall be a shi-ning can-die
in al- len mei-nen Wer-ken sein;
to guide me when the way is hard,
dies las-set die See- le nichts Bo-ses
to ward off temp-ta-tion and ev-il
be-gin-nen.
of-fen-ses.
48. Recitativo Evangelist
Matthew II, 3: "When Herod the king had
•heard these things, he was troubled, and
all Jerusalem with him."
-sMsfl
Christmas Oratorio
~J1 Y
Da das der Ko-nig He- ro- dea hor-te,
Now when King He-rod had heard these things,
er- schrak er, und mit ihm das gan-ze Je-
he was troub-led, and the whole Je-ru- sa-lem
#b J
ru- sa- ^ lem.
troub-led with him.
P. Recitativo Alto (Str.)
fa- rum. .vol It ihr er- schre-cken?
jid why are you thus sha- ken?
jann mei- nes Je- su Ge-gen-wart
hy should my Je-sua com-ing here
luch sol-Che Furcht er-we-cken?
juch fear in you a-wa- ken?
Jo J soll-tet ihr euch nicht
fay J rath-er joy-ous come,
(iel-mehr da- ru- ber freu-en,
Ito hail this prc-mised morn;
Ireil er da- durch ver-spricht
re-joice with Chris-ten- dom i
,er Mensch- en Wohl-fahrt zu er- neu-eni
ihat Christ the Lord this day was bornj
iO. Recitativo Evangelist
latthew II, 4i "And when he had gathered all
;he chief priests and scribes of the people
together, he demanded of them where Christ
jhould be born."
tod liess ver-sam- meln al- la Ho- hen
Lnd when the King had gath-ered all. the
-prie-ater und Schrift-ge- lehr- ten
loribea of the p*o- pie and the
un- ter dem Volk',
Chief Siesta to-geth-er,
laid er-for-sche-te von ih- nen,
ie de- man-ded of them, say-ingj
wo Chri- stus soil- te ge-bo- ren wer- den?
This Chris t-child, where wilj be bom this Christ-child ?
Matthew II, 5: "And they said unto him, In
Bethlehem of Judaea: for thus it is written
by the prophet,"
Und sie sag- ten
And they said to
ihm:
him:
zu Beth-le-hem
"In Beth-le-hem
Im ju- di-schen Lan-de;
the land of Ju- dae- a;
aenn al-so ste-het ge-schrie-ben durch den
for thus it is writ- ten by
Pro-phe- tem
the pro-phett
Matthew II, 6: "And thou Bethlehem, in the
land of Juda, art not the least among the
princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come
a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel."
Andante
Und du Beth-le-hem im ju- di-schen Lan-de
'And thou Beth-le-hem, the land of Ju- dae-a
bist mit nich-ten die Klein-ste un- ter den
thou wilt not be, not be the least of the
Fur- sten Ju- daj
Lords of Ju-dah;
denn aus dir soil mir kom- men der
for from thee there will come forth a
*om the
der
to
Her- zog,
Gov-er-nor,
u-ber mein Volk
be a Ru-ler
Herr sei.
Is-ra- el."
A*
Is- ra- - el ein
o-ver my peo-ple
51. Terzetto Soprano-Tenor-Alto 2/4 (b)
(Vn. eolo)
Sop. -Ten.
AchJ (wann) wird (die Zeit) er-schei-nen? )
Ah, when comes to us sal- va-tion?
Ten. -Sop.
Ach'J wann kommt (der Trost) der Sei- nen?
Ah, when comes our con- so- la- tion?
at last
Alto
Schweig't, er ist schon wirk-lich hier]
Peace, He soon will come to thee.
Sop. -Ten.
Je- su, achj (so komm zu mir.)
Je-sus, Je- sus, come to me.
come Thou to me.
bars 88-90:
ach, J#- a u, ..komm zu mir.
, Je-sus, come to me,
52. Recitativo Alto (2 bu a'aju)
Mein Lieb-ster herr-schet schon.
There does my Sa-viour dwell?
Ein Hen, das sei- ne Herr-schaft
The heart, that loves to call Him
lie-bet,
Lord,
U9
muammiHIII
Christmas Oratorio
und sich ihm ganz zu ei-gen gie-bet,
and do His will, in full ac-cord,
ist mei-nes Je-su Thron.
shall be His ci-ta- del.
53. Chorale (No. 114) 4/4 (A)
"(Same Instr. as No. 46)
Zwar ist sol-che Her- zens- stu- be
In my heart of hearts the cham-ber
wohl kein scho-ner Fur-sten- saal,
was a gloom-y, drear-y place,
son-dern ei- ne fin-stre Gru- be;
all un-like a roy- al pa-lace.
doch, so bald dein Gna-den-strahl
Thou didst fill it with Thy grace,
in die-sel-be nur wird blin-ken,
roy- al-ly its walls a- dorn-ing,
wird sie yol- ler Son-nen dun-ken.
like the sun-shine in the morn-ing.
Soprano Bars 97-103:
naoh dei-ner Uacht und Hul-fe , nach dei-
but with Thy might and help be near, with
-ner Hul-fe seh'n,
Thy help be near,
BaBS 105-108, Alt. 104-108, Ten. 105-108:
nach dei-ner Macht and Hul-fe,
but with Thy might be near us,
Alto Bars#101-103:
dei-ner Hul-fe seh'n.
with Thy help be near.
Bass Bars 98-100:
nach dei-ner Hnl-fe seh'n.
but with Thy help be near.
Wir wol-len dir al-lein ver-trau- en,
On Thee we place our firm re- li- ance,
so kon-nen wir den schar-fen Klau- en
so to our foes we bid de- fi-ance
des Fein- des (un-ver-sehrt ent-geh'n. )
and face them bold and free from fear.
Christmas Oratorio VI
Fart VI Feast of the Epiphany
Epistle, Isaiah LX, 1-5. Arise and shine.
Thy light shall come. The camels from Sheba.
Gospel, Matthew II, 1-12. The Three Wise
Men come to see Jesus, following the Star.
54. Chorus 3/8 (D)
(TTr.. Timp., 20b., Str.)
Herr, wenn (die stol-zen Fein-de schnau-ben) ,
Lord, when our haugh-ty foes as- sail us,
die Fein-de schnau-ben,
our foes as- sail us,
Tenor, bars 58-62:
die stol-zen Fein-de,
our foes as-sail us,
so (gieb,) (dass wir) (im fe-sten Glau-ben)
let not our faith and cou-rage fail us
Alt. Bars 84-88, Ten. 80-83:
gieb, dass wir im fe-sten Glau-ben
let not faith and cou-rage fail us
Sop. Bars 83-88* A. 79-83, T. 75-79,
T. 83-86, & 86-88:
im fe-sten Glau-ben
our cou-rage fail us
(nach dei-ner Macht) (und Hul-fe) seh'n-
but with Thy might and help be near
55. Recitativo Evangelist and Herod
Matthew II, 7: "Then Herod, when he had
privily called the wise men, enquired of
them diligently what time the star appeared.
8: "And he sent them to Bethle-
hem, and said, Go and search diligently for
the young child; and when ye have found him, '
bring me word again, that I may come and
worship him also."
Evan.
Pa be- rief He- ro- des
'.Vhen the Ring had pri-vi-
die Wei- sen
ly called the
heim-lich,
wise men,
und er- lern- te mit Fleiss von ih- nen,
he in-quired of them di- li- gent- ly,
wenn der Stern er-schie-nen wa- re.
at what time the star ap-peared.
Und wies sie hin gen Beth-le-hem,
And sent them forth to Beth-le-hem,
und sprach:
and said:
Herod
Zie-het
for- schet flei-ssig
di- li- gent- ly
hin, und
"Go ye there, and
nach dem Kind-lein,
seek this child,
und wenn ihr's fin- det, sagt mir's
when ye have found him, bring me
450
i i-iiiMmiuiiMiiiiMHim»Bs^m»a»MBmwtBHaMwii*ji
s£S
Christmas Oratorio
wie- der,
word,
y
dasa ich auch kom-me und e3 an- be- te.
that al- so I may come to wor-ship.
56. Recitativo Soprano (Str. )
Du Fal-scher, su- che nur den Herrn zu
Thou Ser- pent! thou but seek our Lord to
fal- len,
alay Him,
nimm al- le fal- sche List,
to slay our Sa-viour dearJ
dem Hei-land' naoh-zu-stel-len;
with craft and guile be-tray HimJ
der,
yet
des-sen Kraft kein Mensch er-misstj
He is safe- ly guard-ed here
bleibt doch in sich'-rer Hand.
by God's al-migh- ty hands.
Dein Herz, dein fal-sches Herz ist schon,
Thy heart, de- ceit-ful and ab-horred,
nebst al-ler sei- ner List,
will not de-ceive our Lord,
dee Hoch-sten Sohn,
the Son of God
den du zu stur-zen suchst, sehr wohl be-kannt.
thy eo-vi-nous in-tent well un-der-standa.
57. Aria Soprano (Ob. d'am. , Str.) 3/4 (A)
Nur
He
ein Wink von
whom God has
aei-nen Han-den
not be-fri«nd-ed
8turzt ohn- macht'-ger Men-schen Macht.
down in ru- -in soon will fall;
Hier wird (al- le Kraft ver-lacht : )
fu- tile are his ef forts all.
Spricht der Hoch-ste (nur ein ?/ort,)
Speaks the High-eat but a word,
eei-ner Fein-de Stolz su en-den,
ar- ro-ganca and pride are end-ed,
o, so mils- sen sich (bo- fort)
Think ye now, ye who have erred,
be think ye bars 64-65
Sterb- li-cher Ge- dan-ken wen-den.
that that your faults may yet mend- ed.
bars 47-49 so fort, so fort, so fort
be-think ye who have erred
58. Recitativo Evangelist
Matthew II, 9t "When they had heard the king,
they departed; and, lo, the star, which they
saw in the east, went before them, till it
came and stood over where the young child
was,
lOj "When they saw the star, they
rejoiced with exceeding great joy.
11: "And when they were come into
the house, they saw the young child with
Mary his mother, and fell down, and worshipped
him: and when they had opened their treasures,
they presented unto him gifts; gold, and
frankincense, and myrrh,"
Als sie nun den Ko- nig ge- ho- ret
When the 'Vise Men heard what the King had
hat- ten, zo- gen sie hin.
said to them they de- part-ed,
Und sie-he, der Stern, den sie im Mor-
and lo, i the star which they had seen
-gen-lan-de ge- se-hen hat-ten,
and fol- lowed in the east,
J
ging vor ih- nen hin, bis dass er kam,
went be-fore them un-til it .came,
und stund o- ben u-ber,
and stood shl-ning o-ver
da das Kind- lein war.
where the young child was.
Da sie den Stern sa- hen,
When the Wise Men saw this,
wur- den sie hoch er-freu- et,
with ex- ceed-ing joy re-joiced they,
una gin- gen in da6 Kaus,
and went with-in the house,
und fun-den das Kind- lein mit Ma- ri- a
and saw the young child, and with the child His
sei-ner Mut-ter,
moth-er Ma- ry,
und fie- len nie- der, und be- te- ten
and fal-ling down at His feet theywor-
es an,
-shipped Him.
und tha- ten ih- re Scha-tze auf,
anri from the trea-sure they had brought
und schenk-ten ihra Gold,
they ga\e Jo Him gold,
aJf A°
Weih- rauch
f rank-in-c ense
und
and
ri
Myr-rhen.
myrrh.
451
59. Chorale (Nun freut euoh, lieben)
(2 Ob. and Vn. (with Sop.), Vn. Il(with
Alto), Va. (with Ten.))
Ich steh' an dei-ner Krip-pen hier,
I stand be-side Thy cra-dle here,
0 Je- su- lein, mein Le-ben,
0 Je-sus-child, to ten-der
ich kom- me, bring' und schen-ke dir,
the all which Thou hast gi- ven me
was du mir hast ge-ge- ben.
which I to Thee sur-ren-der.
Nimm hin, es ist mein Geist und Sinn,
Take Thou my spi-rit, take my soul,
Herz, Seel* und Muth, nimm Al-les hin,
my heart and mind in Thy con-trol,
und lass- dir's wohl-ge- fal- len.'
and gra-cious- ly re-ceive them.
60. Recitativo Evangelist
Matthew II, 12i "And being warned of God in
a dream that they should not return to Herod,
they departed into their own country anothe:
Und Gott be- fahl ih-nen im Traum,
And be-ing warned of God in a dream
das6 6ie sich nicht soil- ten wie- der
by which they were told that they should
zu He- ro- des len-ken.
not re-turn to He- rod,
Und zo- gen durch ei- nen an-dern Weg
they went back a- gain an-oth-er way
wie-der in ihr Land,
in- to their own Land.
61. Recitativo Tenor (2 Ob. d»am. )
So gent! ge- nug, mein Schatz geht nicht
Be-gone, e-nough, my Trea- sure still
von bier,
is here,
er blei-bet da bei mir,
He bides for-ev-er near,
ich will ihn auch nicht von mir las-sen.
nor will He leave me or for-sake me.
Sein Arm wird mich aus Lieb',
With-in His fond em-brace
mit sanft-muths-vol-lem Trieb' ,
with ten- der, gen-tle grace
und gross-ter Zart-lich-keit um- fas-sen;
and lov- ing kind-ness He will take me.
er soil mein Brau- ti- gam ver- blei-ben,
My heart is His, nor will I leave Him,
ich will ihm Brust und Herz ver-scfcrei-ben.
but as my Best Be-loved re-ceive Him.
Ich weiss ge-wiss, er lie-bet mich,
Full well I see, He lov-eth me;
mein Herz liebt ihn auch in-nig-lich,"
my heart is His, yea, ut-ter- ly,
und wird ihn e-wig eh-ren.
Kim will I ev-er bless.
Was konn-te mich nun fur ein Feind
What e- ne- my can now. de-stroy
bei sol-chem Glu-cke sto-ren?
this per-fect hap-pi- ness?
Du, Je- su, bist und bleibst mein Freund;
Thou, Je-8us, art my friend and joyj
und werd' ich angst-lich zu dir flehn:
when I in an-guish cry to Thee;
Herr, hilf: Herr, hilf: so lass mich Hul-
Lord, help! Lord, helpj my Hel-per , help
-fe aehn.
Thou me.
62. Aria Tenor 2/4 (b)
(Same Instr. as No. 61)
Nun mogt ihr stol-zen Fein- de schre-cken,
With fear the brag-gart foes are sha-ken*,
was konnt ihr mir fur Furcht er-we-cken,
but they no lon-ger fear a- wa- ken,
(mein Schatz, mein Hon, ist hier) bei mir!
my Joy, my Life to me is near!
Ihr mogt euch noch so grim- mig stel-len,
Tho'they by false-hood would be-tray me,
droht nur mich ganz und gar zu fal-len;
and in their fu- ry seek to slay me,
doch seht! mein Hei- land woh-net hier!
be- hold, my Sa-viour dwell-eth here!
63. Recitativo S-T-A-B
Was will der Hoi- le Schre-oken nun,
The ev- il sin-ful world is past,
452
, . . I .1 , ... .11,. .1
Christmas Oratorio
63, Recitativo S-A-T-B
Soprano and Bags
V/as will der Hoi- le Schre-cken nun,
The ev- il, sin-ful world is past,
Basst der Hoi- le Schre-cken,
the world of ev- il,
Tenor
Was will uns Welt und Sun-de tun,
The fear of Hell is gone at last,
S-T-A-B
da wir (in Je- su (Han-den ruhnV)
we bide with Je-sus firm and fast.
64. Chorale (Herzlich tut mich) 4/4 (D)
(Same Instr. as No. 54)
Nun seid ihr wohl ge- ro-chen
The tri-umph is com-ple- ted,
an eu- er Fein- de Schaar,
Our Sa-viour, Christ the Lord,
denn Chri- stus hat zer- bro-chen
has van-quished and d«-feat- ed
was euch zu-wi- der war;
the Fiend sod all his horde:
Tod, Teu- fel, Sund* und Hoi- le
Sin, Death and Hell and Sa-tan
sind ganz und gar ge-schwacht,
the Faith-ful may de- fy,
bei Gott hat sei-ne Stel-le
God sum-mons His e-lect-ed,
das mensch-li-che Ge-schlecht.
to Him in Hea-ven High.
453
EASTER ORATORIO
(1736)
Libretto by Picander (?)
Epistle, I Corinthians V, 7-8. Christ, our
Passover, is sacrificed for us.
Gospel, St. Mark XVI, 18. Mary Magdelene
coming to the grave and finding Jesus gone.
(3 Trombe, Timpani, 2 Oboes, Oboe d'amore,
Fagotte, Flauto traverso, Flauto I & II,
and Strings.)
1. Sinfonia 3/8 (D)
(3 Trombe, Timpani, 2 Oboes, Fagotte,
and Strings.)
Wo ist die Lie- be hin,
why does it now with-hold,
die ihr dem Hei- land schul-dig seid?
the love thy Sa-viour well de-serves?
Soprano J
Ein schwa-ches ^'eib muss euch be-scha-menJ
But Ma- ry Mag- de- le- na came
See St. John XX, 1.
Tenor J#>
AchJ ein be- triib-tes Gra-men
Yea! put you all to shame.'
2. Adagio 3/4 (b)
(Oboe I, Fagotte, and Strings.)
3. Duet Tenor-Bass and Chorus 3/8 (D)
(Instr. same as in No. 1)
Kommt, ei- let und lau- fet
Come, ha8-ten and show us,
ihr fluch-ti- gen Fus- se,
in ea- ger de- vo-tion,
er- rei-chet die Hoh- le, die Je-sum be-deckt.
the way to the ca-vern where Je-sus has lain.
Bass
und ban-ges Her- ze- leid
when she her Sav-iour sought
Tenor-Bass
hat mit ge-salz'-nen Thra-nen
her faith-ful vi- gil keep-ing.
und weh- muths-vol-lem Seh-nen
with sighs and bit-ter weep-ing.
ihm ei- ne Sal-bung zu- ge- dacht,
to Him the fi-nal un-ction brought.
Soprano- Alto
die ihr wie wir um-sonst ge- macht.
To Man was thus a les-son taught.
La- chen und Scher-zen
Laugh-ter and glad-ness
be- glei- tet die Her- zen,
has ban-ished our sad-ness,
denn un- ser Heil. un- ser Heil ist
for our dear Sa-viour, our Sa-viour
auf- er-weckt.
lives a- gain.
4. Recitativo Alto, Soprano, Tenor, Bass,
Tenor-Bass, Soprano-Alto (Fagotte)
Alto
0 kal- ter Man- ner Sinn!
0 Man, thy heart is cold,
5. Aria Soprano 3/4 (b)
(Flauto traverso or Vn. solo, Fagotte)
(See- le), dei- ne Spe- ce- rei- en
Chris-tian, myrrh and pre-cious spi-ces
sol-len nicht mehr (Myrr- hen sein).
can-not com- fort heart's de-spair.
can-not al- lay -bar 48.
Denn (al-lein)
Christ our Lord,
mit dem Lor- beer-kran-ze pran-gen
lau-rel-crowned in glo- ry splen-did,
stillt dein angst-li-ches Ver-lan-gen.
all our mi- se- ry has end-ed.
an- xi- e- ty
454
Easter Oratorio
6. Recitativo Alto-Tenor-Baaa (Fagotto)
Tenor
Hier iat die Gruft,
Here is the tomb ,
Easter Oratorio
mit bren-nen-der Be-gien
and pray to God on high:
Arioso
Ach:
"Ah:
Ach:
Lord:
konnt' ea doch nur bald
come Thou soon to us
Basa
und hier der Stein
and here the atone
der aol-che zu-ge-deckt;
which o- ver it waa laid.
wo a- ber wird mein Hei-land sein?
But where is then my Sa-viour gone?
Alto
Er ist vom To-de auf- er- weckt:
He ia a- ri-sen from the dead:
Wir tra- fen ei- nen En-gel an,
For we have met an An-gel there
der hat una Sol- chee- kund-ge- tan.
with joy-ful new8 for our dee-pair.
Tenor
Hier seh* ich mit Ver- gnu- gen
See here the shroud that bound Him,
das Schweiss-tuch ab- ge- wick-elt lie- gen.
this fold- ed cloth was wrapped a- round Him.
See Jonn XX, 1-5.
7. Aria Tenor
(II. I & II, Vn. I 4 II, Fag.)
San- fte soil mein To- des-kum-mer
Sweet will be my death and gen-tle,
nur ein Schlum-mer,
but a alum-ber;
Je- su, durch dein Schweias-tuch seih.
Je-aus, Thou haat stilled my fears.
Ja, das wird mich dort er-fri-schen,
Death will be my li- be- ra- tion,
und (die Zah- ren mei-ner Pein)
ease my pain and dry my tears,
won den Wan- gen trost-lich wi-schen.
bring to pass my sure sal-va- tion.
8« Recitativo Soprano-Alto (Fagotto)
ge-sche- hen,
we pray Thee,
den Hei-land selbst zu se- hen:
do not Thou long de-lay Thee:
9. Aria Alto
(Ob. d'am. , Fag., and Strings.)
Sa- get, sa- get mir ge-schwin-de,
Tell me, tell me, quick-ly, hear me,
sa- get (wo ich Je-sum fin- de,)
how may I have Je-sus near me,
how have Je-sus near me,
wel-chen (mei-ne See- le liebt.)
He of all my joys the best,
of my
Komm doch, komm, (urn- fas- se mich,)
Come, my Sa- viour, greet Thou me,
ah
denn (mein Herz ist oh- ne dich)
I am lost not ha-ving Thee,
gans ver-wai- set und be- trubt.
sad and lone- ly, sore dis-tressed.
10. Recitativo Baas (Fagotto)
Wir sind er-freut.
We all re-joice;
wie- der lebt,
lives a- gain;
Und un- ser Herz,
our hearts are glad,
dass un- ser Je-sus
our Bles-sed Je-aus
so erst in Trau-
which were but now
-rig- keit zer- flos- sen und ge-schwebt,
op-pressed and filled with woe and pain;
In- des-sen seuf-
And so we sob
zen wir
and sighf
ver-gisat den Schmerz
be no more sad;
den- lie- der;
thanks- gi-ving,
und sinnt auf Fr su-
re- joice in glad
455
Easter Oratorio
derm un- ser Hei-land le- bet wie- der.
for Chriat the Lord a- gain is li-ving.
11. Chorus
(Instr. same as in No. 1)
Preis und Dank,
Thanks and praise
blei-be, Herr, dein Lob- ge- sang,
joy-ful, Lord, to Thee we raise,
Holl' und Teu-fel sind be- zwun-gen,
Hell and Sa-tan are con-foun-ded,
ih- re ?for-ten sind zer-stort;
their de- vi- ces we de- fy;
jauch-zet, ihr er- lo-sten Zun- gen,
jongs of tri-umph we have soun-ded,
das a man es ( im Him-mel) hort,)
reach-ing up to Hea-ven high.
er off -net, ihr Him- mel (die prach-ti- gen
In glo-ry thru Hea-ven* s mag- ni- fi-cent
Bo- gen),
ar-ches,
(der Lo-we) von Ju- da kommt sie-gend ge-zo- gen.
the Li-on of Ju-dah vie- to- ri- ous mar-ches.
(at the end) to vie- to- ry
See Gen. ECL, 9. Rev. V, 5.
456
~rr--: -.- ;■;-■—;" ,i:, - m r
Uotst 1
Motet 1
Double Chorus
Psalm CXLIX, l-3i
"Praise ye the Lord. Sing unto the Lord a
new song, and his praise in the congregation of
saints.
"Let Israel rejoice in him that made him;
let the children of Zion be joyful in their
king.
"Let them praise his name in the dancet
let them sing praises unto him with the timbrel
and harp."
Psalm CIII, 13-16:
"Like as a father pitieth his children so
the Lord pitieth them that fear him.
"For he knoweth our frame; he remembreth
that we are dust.
"As for man his days are as grass; as a
flower of the field so he flourisheth.
"For the wind passeth over it and it is
gone; and the place thereof shall know it no
more. "
Psalm CL, 1, 2, 6t
"Praise ye the Lord. Praise God in his
.sanctuary; praise him in the firmament of his
power.
"Praise him for his mighty acts; praise
him according to his excellent greatness.
"Let everything that hath breath praise
the Lord. Praise ye the Lord."
1. Double Chorus 3/4 (B^)
(Sin-get) dem Herrn
Sing to the Lord
Sing ye,
a new-made song,
ein neu- es Lied,
a new made song
sing to the Lord
Ch. II bars 23-24
Ch. I bars 26-27
ge- macht hat.
who made thee.
Ch. I bars 64-65:
freu- e sich dee,
joy-ful praise Him,
Ch. I 73-75, Ch. II 72-75:
freu-e sich des, der inn ge- macht hat
joy-ful re-joice in Him who made thee
Die Kin-der Zi- on sei'n froh-lich u- ber
Let Zi-on's Child-ren be joy-ful in their
ih- rem Ko- ni- ge,
King and sing His praise,
sie sol- len lo- ben sei- .nen Na- men
and sing His praise and praise His Name' with
im Rei-gen,
their danc-es,
Ch. II Soprano, 137-146:
sie sol- len lo- ben sei- nen Na- men
and sing His prai-ses, sing His prai-ses
mit Pau- ken
with tim-brels
Ch. I S-A, 106-108, B 119-122, 123-125,
Ch. II S-A-T 98-102, A 109-112, A 109-111,
B 119-122:
sin-get dem Herrn ein neu- es, ein neu- es Lied
sing ye un- to the Lord God a new made song
(die Ge- mei- ne der Hei- li-gen (sol- len
let the whole con-gre-ga-tion of saints sing
all sing
(ihn lo- ben.))
and praise Him.
(Is-ra-el) freu- e sich, des der ihn
Is-ra-el, joy-ful sing, sing to Him
und mit Har- fen sol-len
and with harps let all the
147-149: "~
sie ihm spie- len. und Har- fen
peo-ple praise Him. with cym-bals
Chorus II
Wie sich ein Vat'r er- bar-met
Like as a fa-ther pi-ties
Chorus I
Gott nimm dich fer-ner un-ser an,
God keep us ev-er in Thy thought,
Chorus II
ub'r sei- ne jun- ge Kin- der- lein,
the child-ren whom he loves and rears,
so tut der Herr uns al-len,
our Lord will help the fee-ble
so wir ihn kind-lich furch- ten rein,
who come to Him with child-like fears.
Chorus I
(Gott nimmt (dich (fer-ner) un-ser an.)
God keep us ev-er in Thy thought.
Chorus II
Er kennt das arm' Ge-mach- te,
He knows our fee-ble pow-ers,
Gott weiss, wir sind nur Staub,
re- mem- b'reth we are dust;
457
mmm
Motet 1
Chorus I
derm oh- ne dlch (let nichts) ge- tan,)
with-out Thee we our-selves are naught,
mlt al- len un-sern Sa- chen;
un-less Thy will di-rect us;
mit al- len, al- len un-sern Sa-chen
un-less Thy will in all di-rect us
Chorus II
gleich wie das Gras vom Re-chen,
like grass and leaves and flow-ers
Chorus I
(Gott nimmt (dich fer-ner (un-ser an)
God keep us ev-er in Thy thought
Chorus II
Ein' Blum' und fal-lend Laub!
When blows the win-try gust;
Der Wind nur dru- ber we-het,
they drop and fade and per-ish
so 1st es nicht mehr da.
de-cay and dis- ap-pear;
Chorus I '
(Drum sei du (un- ser Schirm und Licht,)
Be Thou our guide and bea- con light,
be our bea- con light,
und trugt uns un- sre Hoff-nung nicht,
our hope and trust is in Thy might}
so wirst du's (fer-ner) ma- chen.
from ev'- ry foe pro-tect us.
fer-ner, fer-ner ma-chen
ev-il foe pro-tect us
Chorus II
Al-ao der Mensch ver- ge— het,
So are the lives we cher- ish
sein End' das ist ihm nah.*
our end is ev-er near!
Chorus I
Wohl dem, der sich nur steif und fest
Thrice bles-sed they who firm and fast
auf dich und del-ne Huld ver-lasst.
are true to God un-til the last.
auf dei-ne Huld ver-lasst
to God un-til the last
II
Chorus I &
(Lo- bet) den Herrn)
Praise ye the Lord
(in sei-nen Ta- ten,)
in all His great-ness,
(lo- bet) inn in sei-ner gro-ssen Herr-lich-
praise ye al- so Him for all His migh- ty
-keit,
acts.
Motet 1
(Al- les), was 0- dem hat, lo- be
All ye with breath in ye, praise ye
den Herrn, Al-le-lu-jaJ
the Lord. Al-le-lu-ja!
!i
Motet 2
Double Chorus
Romans VIII, 26-27:
"Likewise the spirit also helpeth our
infirmitiest for we know not what we should
pray for as we ought i but the spirit also
maketh intercession for us with groanings
which cannot be uttered.
"And he that searcheth the hearts knoweth
what is the mind of the spirit, because he
maketh intercession for the saints according
to the will of God."
1. Chorus 3/8 (B^!
Der Geist hilft,
The spi- rit
un-srer Schwach-heit auf,
al-so help- eth us,
Ch. II bars 42-43, 98-99, Ch. I 46-47, 94-95:
der Geist hilft
we know not
denn
for
wir wis- sen nicht,
we know not what
was wir be- ten sol-len,
we should right -ly pray for
wie sich's (ge-buh-ret, ) (denn)
or how to ask it, for
wir wis- sen nicht,
we know not what,
son-dern der Geist selbst ver-tritt
yet doth the spi- rit be-seech
uns (auf '8 be-ste) (mit un-aus-sprech-li-chem
God to help us with in-ex- press- ib- le
Seuf-zen).
groan-ing.
Der a- ber die Her- xen for- schet, der
But when in our hearts God search-eth, He
weiss,
knows
458
innimiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiMiiiiiiiiiiimniiHiBwiiiiiiiiiiiii
lotet 2
fas (dea Gei-stee
/ell our ev'- ry
our ev'- ry thought
Sop. bars 49, 67, 85, 92, Alto 40,50,54,82,
Ten. 42,75,79,88, Bass 46,56,63,89,94j
lenn er ver-tritt die Hei- li- gen
rill plead for us His Faith-ful Ones,
Sop. 35,42,73, Alto 33,44,71,
Ten. 46,61,69, Bass 37,48,67i
lenn er ver-tritt, denn er ver-tritt die
'or He will in- ter-cede for us, His
Motet 3
(1723)
Five Part Mixed Chorus S-S-A-T-B
Composed for the funeral of Frau Reese
in 1723.
The text consists of the six ver3es of
the Hymn by Johann Franck, with five inter-
vening movements on verses 1, 2, 9, 10, &
11 of the Eighth Chapter of the Epistle to
the Romans.
1. Chorale
Hei- li- gen
Faith-ful Ones,
Sop. 57-65:
lenn er ver- tritt
or He will plead ;
denn er ver-tritt
will plead for us
die Hei- li- gen
His Faith-ful Ones
Alto 69, 92, Tenor 33, Bass 85:
lenn er ver-tritt die Hei-li- gen
ind plead for us His Faith-ful Ones
inch dem es Gott ge- fal-let.
as God the Fa-ther wills it.
1 Chorale
Du hei- li-ge Brunst, su- sser Trost,
Thou fer-vor di- vine, com-fort sweet,
iun hilf uns frbh- lich und ge- trost
nake Thou our peace and joy com-plete,
in dei-nem Dienst be- stan- dig blei-ben,
;hat in Thy ser- vice naught can change us,
lie Tr'ub-sal uns nicht ab- trei-ben.
ior ev- il for-tune es-trange us.
0 Herr, durch dein' Kraft uns be- reit*,
uord, strength- en us in time of stress,
und stark' des Blei-sches Bl'6-dig-keit,
to fight our bo- dy's fee-ble-ness,
daas wir hier rit- ter-lich rin- gen,
land brave-ly strive, we be-seech Thee,
liurch Tod und Le- ben zu dir drin- gen.
ithru death and life at last to reach Thee.
Je- su, mei- ne Freu- de,
Je-sus, dear-est Mas-ter,
mei- nes Her- zens Wei- de,
Thou my spi-rit's Pas-tor,
Je- su, mei- ne Zier.'
Shep-herd of my soul J /
Ach wie lang, ach, Ian- ge
Ahl how long in an-guish
1st dem Her- zens ban- ge
must my heart thus lan-guish
und ver-langt nach dir J
'til it gains its goal.,.
Got-tes Lamm, mein Brau- ti- gam,
Bea-con bright, my heart's de-light.
aus-ser dir soil mir auf Er- den
far be-yond all earth-ly trea-sure
sonst nichts Lie-bers wer- den.
Thy re- gard I mea-sure.
2. Chorus (Adagio)
Romans VIII, 1:
"There is therefore now no condemnation
to them which are in Christ Jesus, who walk
not after the flesh but after the spirit."
Es ist nun nichts
So there is no
Ver-damm-li- ches
dam- na-tion for
an
de- nen
the
spi-rits
Es
ist
nun nichts
nichts
So
there
is now,
now,
Hal-le-lu-jaJ
Hal-le-lu-jaJ
nichts Ver-damm-li- ches an de- nen
no dam- na-tion for the spi-rits
Tenor bars 60-62:
Es ist nun nichts Ver-damm-li- ches
is no dam- na- tion now for them
459
Motet 3
die in Chri-sto Je- eu aind
who to Je- sub Christ are true,
die (nieht (nach dem Flei-eche wan-deln)
they who seek not af- ter Mam-mon,
son- dem naoh dem Geist.
seek for Him a- lone.
3. Chorale
Uh-ter dei-nen Schir-men
Un-der Thy pro- tec-tion,
bin ich vor den Stur-men
from the foe's sub-jec-tion,
al-ler Fein-de frei.
I am ev- er free.
Lass den Sa- tan wit-tern
Tho' the fiend as-sail me
lass den Feind er-bit-tern,
nor aught else a-vail me
mir stet Je- sus bei!
Je- sus stands by mei
Ob es jet at (gleioh (kraoht) und blitz)
Tho' in life the storm and strife
ob gleich Sund' und Hoi- le- achre-cken,
high with hel-lish hor-rors heap me,
Je-sua will mich de-cken.
Je-sus safe will keep me.
4. Terzett S-S-A
Romans VIII, 2s
"...for the law of the spirit of life in
Christ Jesus hath made me free from the law
of sin and death."
Denn
So
das Ge- setz des Gei-stes
now the Law, the Law that
das da le- ben-dig ma-ohet
ia of the spi-rit, li-ving
in Chri- sto Je- eu,
in Christ the Sa-viour, •
(hat mich frei ge-macht) (yon dem Ge- setz)
li- be- ra-ted me from out the Law
(der Sun- de) und des To- des.
of sin and dis- so-lu-tion.
Motet 3
Alto bars 15-16:
Tom dem Ge- sets der Sun- de
of sin and dis-ao- lu-tion
5. Chorus (Verse 3.)
(Trotz,) dem al- ten Dra-ohen
Hence, ye fiends fe- ro-cious
(Trotz,) des To- des Ra- ohen
Hence, thou death a-tro-oious
(Trotz der Furcht) da- zu.'
Hence, thou fear, and cease.
(To- be,) to- be Welt und sprin- ge
Rage ye, rage ye foes and threat me,
ich steh1 hier und sin- ge
nay ye will not fret me,
in gar sich'-rer Run',
here I sing in peace.
Got- tes Macht halt mich in Acht,
Might so vast leaves me a-ghast;
(Erd' und Ab-grund) muss yer-atum-men,
Earth's a-bys- ses may not mum-ble
ob sie noch so brum-men.
tho' they loud would rum-ble.
Allegro (Fugue)
Romans VIII, 9 s
"But ye are not in the flesh, out in the
spirit, if so be that the spirit of God dwell
in you. Now if any man have not the spirit of
Christ, he is none of his."
Ihr a- ber seid nicht fleisch-lich son-dern
Ye are not of the flesh but of the
geist-lioh
spi- rit
Sop.' 10-11,11-12, Tenor 8-9, 10-11, 11-1 2t
ihr a- ber seid nieht fleisch-lich
the flesh a-bides not in you
Sop. 12-13, Tenor 9-10t12-13i
nicht fleisch-lich son-dern geist-lich
the flesh a- bides not in you
Alto 7-10t
ihr a- ber seid nicht fleisch-lich seid nicht
ye are not of the flesh, not of the
fleisch-lich son-dern geist-lich
flesh but of the spi- rit
460
Motet 3
Motet 3
■o an- ders Got-tee Geist in euoh woh-net.
if there the Ho-ly Spi-rit a- bi-deth.
Sop. I 30-31,35-36, Sop. II 35-36, Alto 20-21,
35-36, Ten. 35-36, Bass 35-36i
in euch woh-net
there a- bi-deth
Andante
Wer a- ber Chri-sti Geist nicht hat
ffho-so the spi-rit doth not have
(der) (der 1st) nicht aein
he is not of Christ
Bass bars 47-48:
wer Chri-sti Geist nicht hat, der ist nicht
ia not of Christ, is not of Je- bus
So (a- ber) Chri- stus in euch ist,
If Je- bus Christ a- bide in thee
there-fore
ao Chri-stus in euch ist
if Christ a-bide in thee
bo ist (der Leib zwar todt)
then is thy bo- dy dead
urn der Sun-de wil-len
for thine e-vil do-ing}
der Geist a- ber ist das Le- ben
the spi-rit in thee is li-ving,
um der Ge-rech- tig-keit wil- len.
be-cause of right -eous-ness in thee*
aein.
Christ.
6. Chorale
(Weg) mit al- len Schat-zen,
Hence ye earth-ly rich-es
; (du) bist main Er- go- tzen,
•wealth that Man be-witch-es
so
Je- su, (mei- ne Lust I)
Je-sus, Thee I crave.
(Weg) ihr eit-len Eh- ren,
iHence ye emp-ty aplen-dor,
(ich) mag euch nicht ho-ren,
i I will not sur-ren-der,
i(bleibt mir) un-be- wusst.
ne- ver be Thy slave.
1 E- lend, Not, Kreuz, (Schmach und Tod)
.Death and pain do I dis-dain
8. Quartet (chorale)
Gu- te Nacht, o Wes- sen
Fare-thee- well, o plea-sure
das die Welt er- le- sen
that we mor-tals trea-aurej
mir (ge- fallst du nicht.)
Thou art naught to me.
Gu- te Nacht, ihr Sun-den,
Fare-thee- well wrong-do- ing,
blei- bet weit da-hin-ten,
I will come a-woo-inj
(kommt nicht mehr) ana Licht.'
ne- ver more to thee.
Gu- te Nacht, du Stolz und Pracht,
Fare-thee- well, thou em- pty shell,
Dir sei ganz, (du La-ster- le- ben,)
thine en- chant-ment I must se- ver,
fare-well for-ev- er,
soil mich, ob ich viel muss lei- den,
nor will a-ny tri- al grieve me
((nicht ) von Je- su schei-den.
■ but that Je-sus leave me.
gu- te Nacht ge- ge-ben.
Fare-thee- well for-e- ver.
9. Chorus (Adagio)
7. Terzett A-T-B
Romans VIII, 10;
"And if Christ be in you, the body is dead
because of sin; but the spirit i3 life because
of righteousness."
Romans VIII, Hi
"But if the spirit of Him that raised up
Jesus from the dead dwell in you, he that
raised up Christ from the dead shall also
quicken your mortal bodies by hia Spirit
that dwelleth in you."
So nun der Oeist
If in your hearts
dess
still
der Je-sum
God 'a spi-rit,
461
Motet 3
von den Tod- ten auf-er-weck- et hat
that hath raised up Je-eus from the dead,
in guch woh- net ,
is now dwell-ing,
so wird auch der-sel-bi- ge
so will He, the God who thus
der Chri- stum von den Tod- ten
hath raised our Lord and Sa-viour
auf-er- we- cket hat
Je-sus from the dead,
eu- re Bterb- li- chen Lei-ber
quick-en by this same spi-rit
le- ben-dig ma- chen,
your mor-tal bo-dies,
urn dess wil-len, dass (sein Geist,)
by His spi-rit, that doth dwell
in euch
in you
woh-net ) .
al- way.
10. Chorale
Weicht, ihr Trau-er-geis-ter,
Hence, thou imp of sor-row,
derm mein Freu-den-mei-ster,
Joy comes with the mor-row,
Je-sus, tritt her- einj
Je-sus is at hand!
De-nen, die Gott lie-ben,
By my tri- bu- la-tion
muss auch ihr Be-tru-ben
gain I con-so-la-tion,
lau- ter Freu- de sein.
reach the pro-mised land.
Duld' ich schon bier Spott und Hohn,
With Thee near no harm I fear,
den- noch bleibBt du auch im Lei- de,
fear not death not fear di-sas-ter,
Je- su mei- ne Freu-deJ
Je-sus dear-est Mas-ter.
Motet 4
Double Chorus
Isaiah XLI, 10t
"Fear thou noti for I am with theei be
not dismayedf for I am thy Godi I will strengt
thee; yea, I will uphold thee with the right
hand of ay righteousness."
Isaiah XLII, It
"But now thus saith the Lord that create
thee 0 Jacob, and he that formed thee, 0 Is-
rael, Fear notj for I have redeemed thee, I
have called thee by thy namet thou art mine."
1. Chorus V* (A)
Furch-te dich nicht,
Be not dis- mayed
(ich bin) (bei dir), ,
for I am near,
wei- che nicht,
fear thou not ,
denn (ich) bin) dein Gott,
for I am thy God;
ich star- ke dich,
I strength-en thee,
ich hel- fe dir aucl
I give thee sup-porl
(ich er- hal- te dich) durch die rech-te
I will bear thee up by the migh-ty
Hand mei-ner Ge- rech- tig-keit.
Right Hand of my Right-eous-ness.
ich ha-be dich bei dei-nen Na- men
'Tie I who by thy name have called thee,
Alto bars 113-116, Tenor 112-114i
ich ha-be dich bei dei-nen Na- men
and by thy name, and by thy name I
ge- ru- fen,
have called thee;
denn ich ha-be dich
I am He who has
du bist mein.
thou art mine.
(er- lo- set),
re-deemed thee,
Soprano
Herr, mein Hirt, Brunn al- ler Freu- den J
Lord, my Shep- herd, Fount of Glad-ness,
Du bist mein,
Thou art mine,
ich bin dein;
I am Thine;
nie- mand kann una schei-dent
naught can ev- er part us.
Ich bin dein, well du dein Le- ben
I am Thine, my all Thou gave me.
und dein Blut,
Thou hast died,
mir zu gut,
cru-ci-fied
in den Tod ge- ge- ben.
on the Cross to aave.f me.
46£
M«fflFronilllluuiymiiyiiimiwiiH4»MM?im»»mii
Uotet 4
Du bist mein, well ioh dieh fas- se,
In my heart of hearts I hold Thee.
und dich nioht, o mein LichtJ
Night and day, light my way,
aus dem Her-zen las- sej
in Thine Arms en-fold me.
Lass mich, lass mich, hln ge-lan- gen,
Soon in Hea-ven may I face Thee,
wo du mich, und ioh dich
where in love, There a- hove
e-wig word' urn- fan- gen.
I at last em-brace Thee.
Uotet 5
Double Chorus
Uotet 4
(die Wahr-heit) (und (das Le- ben),
the Path-way to Sal-va-tion.
Ch. I, Tenor at endt
du bist die Wahr-heit und das Le- ben.
Thou art the Path-way to Sal-va-tion.
2. Chorale 3/4 (g)
Drauf schlieas* ich mich in dei- ne Han- de
Glad- ly I clasp Thy hand ex-ten-ded,
und sa- ge, Welt, zu gu- ter- NachtJ
joy-ful-ly bid this world fare-well,
eilt gleich mein Le- bens-lauf zu En- de,
has- ten when life on earth is en-ded,
ist doch der Geist wo hi an- ge- bracht.
There where my soul in peace may dwell \
Er soil bei sei- nera Scho-pfer schwe-ben,
ev- er may dwell with my Cre- a- tor,
well Je-sus ist und bleibt der wah- re
with my Re-deem-er, Je- sua ChriBt my
1. Chorus 3/2 4/* ^8 (g)
Koran, Je- su, komm,
Come, Je-sus, come,
mein Leib (ist mu-de. )
my limbs are wea-ry,
Wgg zura Le-ben.
Li-be- ra-tor.
die Kraft ver-schwind't
my strength is gone,
ich s eh- ne mich
I long for peace
je mehr und mehr,
yea more and more;
naoh dei-nem Frie- de
yearn for Thy com- fort
and yearn for com- fort Ch. I A 42-43, B 41-43-
der sau-re Wgg wird (mir (zu schwer).
my drea-ry life is hard and sore.
der Weg wird mir zu schwer.
my way is hard and sore. Ch. IB, 99-101.
my life is hard and sore.
4/4
Komm, komm, (ioh will (mich (dir er- ge-
Come, come, that I my all may give
-ben),
Thee.
^8
du bist (der rech-te Weg,)
Thou art the Way of Life,
Motet 6
Psalm CXVII, 1-2:
"0 praise the Lord, all ye nations; praise
Him all ye people.
"For his merciful kindness is great toward
us; and the truth of the Lord endureth forever.
Praise ye the Lord."
Lo- bet den Herrn,
Praise ye the Lord,
und prei- set inn,
and praise ye Him,
(al- le) Hei- den,
all ye na-tions,
(al- le) Vol-ker.
all ye peo-ple.
Denn sei- ne Gna-de und Wahr-heit
For God with mer-cy and jus-tice
wal- tet u-ber uns
watch-eth o-ver us
Al-le-lu-Ja.
Al-le-lu-ja.
in E-wig-keit.
for ev-er-more.
465
Cantata 201
Phoebus and Pan
(1731)
Libretto by Picander
Bachgesellschaft Vole Xl(2), p. 3.
Characters
Momus Soprano
Mercuriu_ , Alto
Tnolus Tenor
Uidas Tenor
Phoebus Bass
Pan Bass
SECULAR CANTATAS
Cantata 201
das Nym-phen- Chor,
the for-est speeds
das mein von mir
to hear the pipe
(3 Tr., Timp., 2 Fl. tr.
and Strings. )
Ob.., Ob. d 'amors,
1. Chorus 3/8 (D)
(instr. as above except Oboe d'amore.)
(Ge-schwin-de), ge-schwin-de, (ihr wir-beln-
Re-turn ye, re- turn ye, ye whirl-ing
-den Win- de),
tor-na-does,
er-fund'-nes Rohr
of se- ven reeds
von sie-ben wohl-ge-setz-ten Stu-fen
which I my ve-ry self in-ven-ted;
zum Tan-zen of- ters auf-ge- ru-fen,
nor has a sin-gle one dis-sent-edj
wird dir von selb-sten iu- ge-stehnj
all cry, when for the dance I callj —
Pan singt vor al- ien an-dern schon.
"Pan sings by far the best of all."
Phoebus
Vor Nym- phen bist du rechtj
For Nymphs you may be right,
al- lein,
per-haps;
die Got- ter zu ver-gnu-gen,
but Gode are more ex-act-ing,
auf, ein- mal ( zu-sam-men) zur Hoh-le hin- ein. iat dei- ne Flo- te viel zu schlecht.
back, back al- to-ge-ther, back in- to your den.
to-ge-ther,
Das a das Hin-
Let your din
und Wie- der-
there loud be
schal-len
sound-ing,
selbet dem E-cho mag
and your E-cho there
und
that
den
our
Luf-ten
air be
ge- fal- len,
re-sound-ing,
lieb-lich eein.
still a- gain.
2. Recitativo Bass I (Phoebus) A Baas I (Pan)
and Soprano (Mocub)
Phoebus
Und du biat doch 80 un- ver-achamt und frei,
Are you so bold as now with me to vie,—
ala
as
mir in das An-ge- aicht zu sa-gen,
to look me in the face and say,
dasa dein Ge- sang viel herr-li- cher
that you could ev- er sing the half
mei- ner aei?
well as I?
Pan j
Wie kannst du doch so Ian- ge fra-gen?
And who is there will say me nay?
for them your flute is hope-less, quite.
Pan
So- bald mein Ton die Luft er-fullt,
The mo- ment I be-gin to play,
so hup- fen die Ber- ge, so tan- zet
the moun-tains are danc-ing, the beasts all
das Wild,
are gay,
so mus-sen sich die Zwei- ge bie-gen,
the ve-ry branch-es, too are bend-ing,
und un-ter de-nen Ster-nen
and ev-en in the Hea-vens
geht ein ent-zuck-tes Sprin-gen fur»
a rap-tur-ous com- mo- tion starts;
die Vo- gel set- zen sich zu mir
the birds come near, with ea-ger hearts,
und wol- len von mir sin-gen ler-nen.
to learn the sec-ret of my sing-ing.
hort mir doch den Pan,
lis-ten now to Pan,
den gro-ssen liei-ater-san-ger an!
our great -est sin-ger, God or man J
Der gan- ze Wald
The wood-nymphs throng,
Klang;
song
be-wtm-dert mei-nen
to lis-ten to my
464
Cantata 201
3. Aria Sopran^ (Momua) 2/4 (G)
(Pat-ron,) das macht der (Wind) J
Ha-ha! just blame the wind!
Base man prahlt void hat kein Geld,
That men brag with-out a cent,
class man das fur Wahr- heit halt,
that the world ac-oepta, eon-tent,
waa nur in die Au- gen fallt.
ev'-ry tale that men in- vent.
Dass die To- ren wei- se sind,
That the fool-ish ones are wise,
dase das Glu-cke sel-ber blind,
For-tune blind in both her eyes,
das macht der Wind!
just blame the wind!
the wind -bar 80.
Cantata 201
5. Aria Baas I (Phoebus) 3/8 (b)
(Fl. tr. I, Ob. d'amore I, Str. con sordino.)
(Hit Ver- lan-gen, ) druck ich dei-ne
Filled with yearn-ing, to thy side am
xar-ten ?.'an-gen,
I re-turn-ing,
hoi- der scho-ner Hy-a-cinth!
sweet-est, fair-est Hy-a-cinth!
Und dein' Au-gen kuss' ich ger- ne,
Eyes as love-ly as the morn-ing,
well sie mei- ne Mor- gen-ster- ne
like two stars thy brow a- dorn-ing,
und der See- le Son-ne sind.
thou art sun and soul to me.
bars 134-139i
der See- le Son- ne, der See- le Son-ne sind.
art sun and soul, thou art sun and soul to me.
4. RecitatiTo Alto (Mercurius) & Bass I ft II
Mercurius
Was braucht ihr euch zu zan-ken?
What need is there to quar-rel?
Ihr wei-chet doch ein-an- der nicht.
Since neitb-er one of you will budge^
Nach mei-nen we- ni- gen Ge-dan-ken,
the fair-er plan, it seeas to me,
so wah- le sich ein je-der ei- nen Mann,
will be for each of you to choose a Judge,
der zwi-schen euch das Ur-teil sprichtj
and on his ver-dict both a- gree;
i
lasat sehn, wer fallt euch ein?
speak up, de- ter- mine ye.
Phoebus
Ber Tmo-lus soil mein Rich-ter sein,
'Tie Tmo-lus here shall judge for me,
Pan
und Mi-das sei auf mei- ner Sei- te.
and on my side will I have Mi -das.
Mercurius
So tre-tet her, ihr lie-ben Leu- te,
Come here, my friends, and stand be-side us
hort al- les flei-ssig an,
for now will come the test
und mer- ket, wer das Be- ste kann.
to see which one can sing the best.
6. Recitativo Soprano (Momus) ft Bass II (Pan)
Mom us
Pan, ru- eke dei- ne Keh- le nun
Pan, lift your voice and sing with zest,
in wohl ge- stimm-te Fal-ten.
for Phoe-bus you must fol-low.
'tis now your turn to fol-low.
Pan
Ich will mein Be-stea tun,
I'll do my ve-ry best
und mich noch herr-li-cher als Phoe-
and hope that I can now out-sing
to prove su- per- i- or to great
-bus, hal-ten.
Ap- ol- lo.
7. Aria Bass II (Pan) 3/8 4/4 3/8 (A)
(Violin I ft II in unison.)
Zu Tan- ze,
•Tis danc-ing,
zu Sprun-ge,
and sing-ing
(so wack-elt)
that quick-ens
glad-ene
daa Herz.
our hearts,
-ack-ack-ack etc.
-ick-ick-ick etc.
gla-ha- ha- etc.
465
-— ™™™imm
Cantata 201
Slower!
Wenn der Ton zu muh- sam klingt,
When a time be-comes too grand,
imd der Mund ge-bun-den singt,
and too hard to un-der-stand,
so er-weckt es (kei-nen Sobers).
all our joy at once de- parts,
all de- parts.
8. RecltatiTO Alto (Mer.) & Tenor I (Tmolus)
Mercurius
Nun- meh- ro Rich- ter her!
Well, juti-ges, which has won?
Tmolus
Das Ur- teil fallt mir gar nicht schwer,
My judg-ment is an ea- sy one,
die Wahr-heit wird es sel-ber sa- gen,
the truth is read- i-ly ap-par-ent,
dass Phoe-bus hier den Preis da-von ge- tra-gen,
that Phoe-bus wins the Prize and is the vic-tor.
Pan sin- get fur den Wald,
Pan sings for woods and plains,
die Nym-phen kann er wohl er- got- zenj
and gives to nymphs de-light and plea-sure,
je- doch so schon als Phoe-bus' Klang
but yet so fair are Phoe-bus* no-
er-schallt,
-ble strains
ist sei- ne Flo- te nich zu schat-zen.
to them his flute can ne-ver mea-sure.
9. Aria Tenor I (Tmolus) 12/8 (f#)
(Oboe d'amore l)
(Phoe-bus,) del- ne Me-lo- die,
Phoe-bus, all thy me-lo-dies,
(hat (die An-mut selbst)) ge- bo- ren.
were by Grace it- self en-gen-dered.
A- ber, wer die Kunst Ter-steht,
He who but per-ceives this art,--
wie dein Ton ver- wun- dernd geht,
how its beau-ty moves the heart,
wird da-bei a us sich ver-lo- ren.
has to won-der-ment sur-ren-dered.
Cantata 201
10. Recitativo Bass II (Pan) & Tenor II (Midai
Pan
Koran, Uy-das,
Come, Mi -das,
sa- ge du nun an,
tell now ev'-ry-one,
was ich ge- tan.
how I have done.
Midas
Ach Pan! wie hast du mich ge-starkt,
Ah, Pan! thou leav-est me no doubt;
dein Lied hat mir so wohl ge- klun-gen,
Thy love-ly znu-sic so doth charm me,
dass ich es mir auf ein-mal gleich ge-mer
I know it ev'-ry note by heart through-o
Nun geh' ich hier im Gru- nen auf und nie-
And I will spend de-light-ful hap-py ho-
und lehr* es de-nen Bau-men wie-der.
in teach-ing it to for-est flow-ers.
Der Phoe-bus macht es gar zu bunt;
Now Phoe-bus' song was too or-nate;
al- lein,
but yours,
dein al- ler-lieb-ster Mund
the kind to cap- ti- vate
sang leicht und un-ge-zwun-gen.
and ut- ter-ly dis-ann me.
11. Aria Tenor II (Midas) 4/A (d)
(Violin I A II in unison.)
Pan iat Mei-ster, (lasst inn gehn).
Pan is mas-ter, I'll at-test.
Phoe-bus hat das Spiel ver-lo-ren,
Phoe-bus is the one who lo-ses,
denn
for
nach mei-nen bei-den Oh- ren
my ear un-err-ing choos-ea
singt er (un-ver-gleich-lich) schon.
Pan as ve-ry much the best.
bars 113-116, 140-143:
singt er un-ver-gleich-lich, un-ver-gleich-li
Pan as man-i- fest- ly, ve-ry much t
schon.
best.
12. Recitativo, all six.
Momua
Wie, My-das, bist du toll?
Why, Mi-das, are you mad?
466
BiHBIBitlllJtfffflltWIIWIHIHIIffltrHtWIUIIIIIIHinilMKiiiiJMiiiiriTaBTnnTmniiiiMiiiiiBiiiiiiiwip
Cantata 201
Mercurius
War hat dir den Ver- stand ver-ruckt?
What thus has turned your mind as- kew?
Tmolua
Das dacht' ioh wohl,
(I al- ways knew
dass du so un- ge-schicktl
ha was a sil-ly lad).
Phoebus
Spricht,
Say,
was ich mit dir ma-chen soil?
what ought I to do with you?
ver- kehr' ich dioh in Ra-ben,
trans-form you to a Ra-ven?
soil ich dich schin- den o- der scha-ben?
or have you skinned and scalped and sha-ven?
Midas J
AchJ pla-get mich doch nicht so seh-re,
AhJ do not now be thus se-vere.
as fiel mir ja al- so in mein Cfe-ho-re.
and just be- cause I have so poor an ear?
Phoebus
Sieh' da,
Well then,
so sollst du E- sels-oh-
these ass- es ears will I
-ran ha-ben.
a-ward you.
Mercuriua
Das ist der Lohn
The re-com-pense,
der tol-len Ehr-be-
of im-be-cile im-
-gie-rig-keit.
-per-ti-nence.
Pan
Eii wa- rum hast du die-sen Strait
Well J if you'd on- ly had the sense,
auf leich-te Schul-tern u-ber-nom- men?
to let a-lone this al-ter- ca-tion!
Midas
Wie 4-st air die Com-mis-si-on so schlecht
From this day forth I do not fa-vor ar-
be-kom- menj
-bi-tra-tion.
13. Aria Alto (Mercurius) 3/4 (e)
(Fl. tr. I A II)
Auf- ge-blas'-ne Hi- tze,
Puffed up pride ex-pand-ing,
a- ber
lack-ing
we-nig Gru- tze
un-der-stand-ing,
kriegt
gets
die Schel- len- mu-tze end-lich,
the tink-ling dun-ce's bon-net,
Cantata 201
end- lich auf- ge-setzt.
wears the as-ses ears.
bars 2 8- 31 i
kriegt die Schel- len- mu-tze end- lich
gets the tink-ling bon-net wears the
auf- ge-setzt.
as-ses ears.
We'r das Ru-dern nicht ver-steht
He who ne-ver pulled an oar,
und doch auf das Was- ser geht,
yet would ven-ture from the shore,
er- trin-ket
will like-ly
zu- letzt.
and jeer3.
(mit Scha-den)
turn ov- er
(und Schan-den)
'mid laugh-ter
14. Recitativo Soprano (Momus) (Strings)
Du gu-ter My- das, geh' nun hin,
Now Mi-das dear, be kind and good,
und le- ge dich in dei-nem Wal- de
take heart, en-dure your hum-ble lot with
nie- der,
pat-ience,
doch tro- ste dich in dei-nem Sinn,
and sleep con-tent-ed in the wood,
du hast noch mehr der-glei-chen Bru- der.
with all your a- si- nine re- la-tions.
Der Un-ver-stand, und Un-ver-nunft
For now- a- days so oft a fool
will jetzt der Weis-heit Nach- bar sein,
is ta- ken for a pru-dent man,
man ur- teilt in den Tag hin-ein,
al-though his brains be-fit a mule}
und die so tun, ge- ho- ren all* in
'tis such as these, that make the mem-bera
dei- ne Zunft.
of your clan.
Er- grei- fe, Phoe-bus, nun die Lei- er
Come, Phoe-bus, take your lyre, we all art
wie-der,
wait-ing,
es ist nicht s Lieb-li- chers, ale
your songs a- bore all else are
dei-ne Lie- der.
cap-ti-va- ting.
467
Cantata 201
Cantata 202
15. Sextet 2/4 (D)
(instr. same as in first movement)
Labt das Hen, Ihr hol-den Sai-ten,
Cheer the heart, with sweet-eat mu-sic,
stim- met Kunst und An- mut an!
flute and vi- ol, harp and voice.
Lasat euch mei-stern, lasst euch hoh-nen
Heed not scof-fing, scorn-ful glan-ces,
sind doch eu-ren su- seen To-nen
charm- ing Art the world en- tran-ces,
eelbst (die Got-ter) 2u- ge- tan.
makes the ve-ry Gods re-joice.
der Tag ist von der Kal- te frei.
the air is warm, the sky is blue,
Heav'ns are
3.' Aria Soprano
12/8 (C)
Pho- bus eilt mit schnel-len Pfer- den,
Phoe-bus drives his hor- ses pran-cing
durch die neu- ge- bor- ne Welt
swift-ly thru the sky a- bove
(Ja), weil sie (ihm wohl- ge-fallt)
Ev- en he must stoop to love,
Ah
bars 29-30j
ja, ja, ja,
ah, ah, ah,
ja,
ah,
Cantata 202
(About 1720)
Weichet nur, betrubte Schatten
Wedding Cantata
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XI (2) -p. 75
(Oboe and Strings.;
1. Aria Soprano 4/4 (G)
(Instr. as above)
(Wei-chet nur), (be-trub-te Schat-ten)
Va-nish now, ye win-ter sha-dowa,
Frost und Win- de, geht zur Ruh'
Frost and tern-peat all are gone.
Flo- rens Lust will der Bruat
Spring de- light is in sight,
nichts als fro- hes Gluck ver-stat-ten
flo- were fair a- dorn the mea-dows,
denn sie tra- get Blu-men zu.
fill the field and deck the lawn.
will (er selbst) ein Buh-ler wer- den.
all the world is so en- tran-cing.
4. Recitativo Soprano
Drum sucht auch A- raor sein Ver- gnu- gen,
And then it is Love seeks his plea-sure
wenn Pur-pur in den Wie- sen lacht,
a- mid the pur-ple mea-dows gay,
wenn Flo- rens Pracht sich herr-
where flow'rs dis- play their bright
-lich macht,
ar- ray,
und wenn in sei- nem Reich,
and all their rich at- tirej
den echo- nen Blu- men gleich,
and hearts, with love on fire,
auch Her-zen feu-rig sie- gen.
can car-ry all be- fore them.
2. Recitativo Soprano
Die Welt wird wie- der neu,
The world is dressed a- new
auf Ber- gen und in Grun-den
o'er hill and dale en-chan-ting
will sich die An- mut dop- pelt
the bud-ding leaves and flowr's go
schon ver-bin- den
gal- li-van-ting
5. Aria Soprano (Violin solo) 4/4 (G)
Wenn die Fruh- lings- luf- te strei-chen
When in spring the bree-zes bio- wing
With the spring-time -bar 16
i
und durch bun- te Fel- der wehn ,
stroke the fields with soft ca-ress
pflegt auch A- mor aus-zu-schlei-chen.
out steals Cu-pid bent on sho- wing
468
Cantata 202
Cantata 202
urn (nach sei- nem Schmuck) zu eehn.
all the world his choi- cast dress,
V/el-cher, glaubt man, die- ser ist;
AhJ his choi-cest dress is this,
dass
that
(ein Herr (das an- dre kusst.)
he see two lo-vers kiss.
vom Un-be-stand des Wech-sels frei.
from fic-kle-ness and mean-ness free,
kein ja- her Fall,
may no rude jolt
noch Don-ner-knall
nor thun-der-bolt
er-schre-cke die ver-lieb-ten Trie-be.
de- ter you from your firm de- vo-tion.
6. Recitativo & Arioso Soprano
Und die- see ist das Glu- eke,
When two pure souls are pligh-ted
dass durch ein ho- hes Gunst-ge-schi-cke
and true and stead-fast are u- ni- ted
zwei See- len ei- nen Schmuck er-lan-get
both filled with hope of high en-dea-vor,
an dem (viel Heil) und Se- gen pran-get.
they are con-tent and bles-sed ev- er.
9. Gavotte
(Ob. * Strings.)
Se- het in Zu- frie-den-heit
May you live in sweet con-tent
tau- send hel- le Wohl-fahrts-ta- ge;
free from want and care and sad-ness;
dass bald in der Fol- ge- zeit
years of joy to-geth-er spent,
eu- re Lie- be Blu-men tra- ge.
flo-wer rich in hope and glad-ness.
7. Aria Soprano 3/8 (D) (Oboe.)
Sich u- ben im Lie-ben, in Scher-zen
Oh, may-time's the gay time for coo- ing
sich her-zen
and woo-ing,
ist bes-ser ale Flo-rens ver-gang- li-che
far bet-ter than flo-wers' so flee-ting de-
Lust,
-light.
Hier quel-len die Wel-len, hier la-chen
The clo-ver's soon o- ver, but ne-ver
und wa-chen
will se-ver,
die sie- gen-den Pal-men auf Lip- pen und
the bonds of de- vo-tion that true love u-
Brust.
-nite.
Cantata 203
Amore traditore
Bach's authorship of the music
is doubted by some authorities
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XI (2) p. 93
(Cembalo)
1. Aria Bass
A- mo- re tra- di- to- re,
Ah, Love, thou base de-cei-ver,
bar 14i
(no, no,)
of thee,
tu (non m'in-gan- ni piu. )
of thee at last I'm free.
bar 14: am
bars 19-20»
tu non m'in-gan- ni, tu non m'in gan- ni, tu
of thee at last am I free at last am I
8. Recitativo Soprano
So sei das Band der keu- schen Lie- be,
In-spired by pu-rest love's e- mo-tion,
ver-lob-te Zwei,
may you two be;
bar 21t v
non m'in-gan- ni piu, tu non m'in gan-
free at last am free, of thee at last
bars 22-24:
-ni tu non m'in-gan- ni, tu non m'in-
am free I at last, I at last* at
469
Cantata 203
bar 25t v
-gan- ni piu.
last am free.
bar 26: bar 27: v
tu non m'in gan- ni piu, non m'in-gan-
•f tbee at last I'm free, I am free,
-ni,tu
I am
bar 28t
non m'in-gan- ni,
free at last, at
tu non m'in-gan-
last am at last
bar 29:
-ni, m'in-gan- ni piu, tu non m'in-gan-
free at last am free, at last at last
bar 30t
-ni piu, tu
am free, of
bar 31:
non m'in-gan- ni
thee at last I'm
bar 32:
piu, tu non m'in-gan- ni, tu non m'in-
free, at last of thee, of thee, I am
bar 33:
-gan- ni, tu non m'in-gan-ni
free of thee at last I am
Non vo- glio piu ca- tw- ne,
No Ion- ger must I lan-gidsh,
non vog-
in sha-
(lio af-)
ckles,
fan- ni
woe and
bar x 34:
piu.
free.
pe- ne
an-guish,
cor-do-(glio e) ser-vi-tu.
and euf- fer in sla-ve-ry.
beginning at bar 53:
and suf- fer sla-ve-ry.
2. Recitativo Base
Vog-lio pro- var,
It is in-deed
ss pos- so
my pur-pose,
sa- nar l'a-(ni-ma) mi- a
that I may be de- li-vered
dal- la pia- ga fa-ta- le.
from the ar-rowe of Cu-pid,
e vi-ver si puo
for-ev-er to be
non sia piu la
if I can thus
sen-(za il) tuo stra-lej
all fan- cy free,
spe- ran- za
ar- range it J
lu- sin- ga del do- lo- re,
Else life would be heart-rend-ing,
Cantata 203
e la gio- ja nel mio co- re,
and a bur-den ne-ver end-ing,
piu tuo scher-zo sa- ra
I have made up my mind,
nel- la mia co- stan- za.
and I will not change it.
3. Aria Bass 3/4 (c)
(Cembalo obligato)
beginning at bar 17, 33, 46:
Chi in a- mo- re ha ne- mi- ca la sor-
Sil- ly fond lo-ver, Fate has be-come thy mas-1
at bar 25, 57:
Fool-har- dy lo-ver, tru- ly Fate is thy mas-t
e fol- li-
a,
se non
la-
scia
d'a-
mar
fond fool art
thou
who es-
capes
not
his
net
bar 35:
fool-ish art
thou
who es-
capes
not
at bar 50:
fool-ish one
thou
can-not
es-
cape
his
net
at bar 64:
can-not
68-
cape
his
net
Sprez - zi l'al- ma
Break your fet-ters
le cru- de ri-tor- te
and flee the di-sas-ter
se non tro- va mer- ce- (de al]
which your love un- re-turned will
at bar 92:
which your love un- re- qui- ted
at bar 94: will cer-tain- ly
at bar 112:
un- re-turned love will sure- ly
at bar 105:
which your love un- re- qui- ted will be-get
pe-nar;
be-get*
be-get
be-get
Cantata 204
Ich bin in mir ver-gnugt
Possibly written for Anna Magdelena
(II Schweitzer page 279)
(About 1730)
Bachgosellschaft Vol. Xl(2), p. 105
(2 Ob., Flauto traverso, Strings.)
1. Recitativo Soprano
Ich bin in mir ver- gnugt,
Con-tent am I with life,
ein An-drer ma- che Gril-len,
tho' oth-ere choose to grum-ble,
470
77. .,171777.. i.. .37,7
Cantata 204
Cantata 204
er wird doch nicht da- mit den
this will not fill their bel-lies;
Sack,noch Ma-gen ful-len.'
bet- ter far be hum-blej
Bin ich nicht reich und groas,
Tho' I am nei-ther rich
nur klein von Herr- lich- keit,
nor no- ble, grand, nor great,
macht doch zu-frie-den sein
yet I am aa- tis-fied
in mir er- wunach-te Zeit.
with my but amall ea- tate.
Ich ruh-me nicht a von mir:
I pon-der to my-aelfi
ein Narr ruhmt aei- ne Schel-lenj
"A fool may 3hake his rat-tie,
ich blei- be atill fur mich:
but I will hold my peace,
ver- zag- te Hun- de bel-len.
nor heed the rab-ble'a prat -tie."
Ich war- te mei-nes Tuns
I tend my dai-ly task
und lass' auf Ro- sen gehn,
nor does it bo-ther me
die mu-ssig und da- bei
that oth-ers are con-tent
in gro-ssem Glu-cke atehn,
with vain fri- vo- li- ty.
Was mei- ne Wol-lust ist.
My great-eat joy is thisi
ist, mei- ne Lust zu zwin- genj
to rule my ev- il pas-si ons.
ich furch-te kei- ne Not,
I fear not want or need,
frag' nicht a nach eit-len Din- gen.
nor care for fu-tile fash-ions.
Der ge- het nach dem Fall in E- den
Dea-pite old A- dam's fall, he who will
wie-der ein
pay the price
und kann in al- lem Gluck
may build him here on earth
auch ir-diach se-lig aein.
an-oth- er Pa- ra-dise.
2. Aria Soprano
(Ob. I A II)
3/8
Ru- nig und in aich zu-frie- den
Peace of mind and true con-tent-ment
bar 46-47 »
in aich zu-frie- den
peace and con-tent-ment
(iat der groaa-te Schatz) der Welt,
are of earth-ly joys the beat.
Nichta ge-nie-8aet, der- ge-nie-aaet,
World- ly rich-ea, earth-ly glo- ry,
waa der Er- den-kreia um-schlie-s8et,
are but vain but tran-ai- to- ry,
(der (ein ar- mea Herz) be-halt.
if the heart is not at rest.
ia not at rest -138-142.
3. Recitativo Soprano (Strings.)
Ihr See- len, die ihr au-sser euch
Ye spi-rita who have gone a-stray
stet8 in der Ir- re lauft
in quest of fu-tile things,
und fur ein Gut. daa Schat-ten-reich,
and grope a-bout in sha- dow-land
den Reich-turn dea Ge-muts ver-kauft,
pur- au- ing vain im- a- gi- ninga;
die der Be- gier-den Macht ge- fan- gen
who search the world a- round, thru town and
halt}
shire,
durch-su-chet nur die gan- ze Welti
to sat- is- fy your base de-sire,
Ihr su-chet, was ihr nicht konnt
your goal is vain, nor will you
krie-gen,
gain it;
und kriegt ihr' a, kann's euch nicht
or if per- chance you should
ver-gnu-gen;
at-tain it,
ver-gnugt es, wird es euch be- tru- gen
yet mark you, it will soon de-ceive you,
und musa zu -letzt wie Staub
and in the end like dust
zer- flie- gen.
will leave you.
471
Cantata 204
Cantata 204
Wer sei-nen Schatz bei An-dern hat,
He t4io on oth- era must re- ly,
1st ei-nem Kauf-mann gleioh
like a-ny mer-chant fareBj
aus An- drer Glu-cke reioh.
who trades in oth-ers' wares.
Bei dem hat Reioh-tun we-nig statt,
Such rich-es ne- ver sa-tis- fy,
der, wenn er nicht oft Ban- ke- rott
yea, such a one is bank-rupt from
er- lebt,
the start,
doch sol-chen zu er- le- ben
or, if he has es-caped it,
in ste- ten Sor-gen schwebt.
yet fears it in his heart.
und nicht aus Lie- be drauf,
and not to hold them dear,
Geld,
Wol- lust,
Ehr'
sind nicht so sehr
Gold,
plea-sure,
fame
I hold not dear,
in dem Be-sitz-tum zu be-trach- ten;
nor care if I do not ob-tain them,
als tu-gend-haft sie zu ver-ach- ten,
that it is bet-ter to dis-dain them,
ist un-ver-gleich-lich mehr.
to me is whol- ly clear.
4. Aria Soprano
(Violin solo.)
4/4 (F)
Die Schatz-bar- keit der wei-ten Er- den,
The blan- dish-ments of earth-ly plea-sure
lass mei-ne See- le (ru- hig) sein,
do not dis-turb my peace of mind,
bars 25-27, 75-77i fret not
Bei dem kehrt ateta der Him- mel ein
For Hea-ven comes to them who find
der in der Ar- mut reich kann wer- den.
in aim-pie joys their fair-eBt trea-sure.
5. Recitativo Soprano
Schwer ist es zwar,
Yes, it is hard
be- sit- zen
pos-sess-ions,
viel Eit- lee zu
to have those rain
die straf-bar,
un- du- ly,
zu er- hit- zen|
as ob-sess-ions)
doch sehwe-rer ist es noch,
yet har- der still it is
daBB nicht Ver-druas und Sor-gen
to bear, with cou-rage, sor-row
Cent-nern gleicht,
and dis- tress.
wel-ches leioht 1st
all so ea- sy
Ja, ein Ver- gnu- gen j
Our world-ly plea-sures,
zu er- Ian- gen,
of at-tain-ment,
und hort es auf, so
are ev- an-esc-ent;
wie der Welt und ih- rer Schon-heit Lauf ,
pasa-ing soon a-way, how- ev- er fair,
l
so fol- gen Cent-ner Gril-len drauf.
and leave be-hind a load of care.
In sich ge-gan-gen,
To rule my spi-rit,
in sich ge- sucht
with con-science clear,
und som- der des Ge- wis- sens Brand gen
ac-know-ledg-ing my faults and fail-ings,
Him- mel sein Ge-sicht ge-wandt,
and with faith to per- se-vere,
da ist mein ganz Ver-gnu-gen,
such is my one en-dea-vor,
der Him-mel wird es fu-gen.
to Hea-ven look I ev-er.
Die Mu-scheln off-nen sich,
The shell-fish o-pen wide
wenn Strah-len da-rauf schie-ssen,
to rays of light de-scend-ing,
und zei- gen dann in sich die Per- len-
dia-clo-sing beau-ti-ful and pre-cious
-f rucht :
pearls;
so au-che nun dein Herz
so o-pen wide your heart
dem Him- mel auf- zu-schlie-ssen,
to Hea-ven' s joys un- end- ing,
)
so wirst du durch sein gott-lich Licht
and find there- in a gem of worth,
ein Klei-nod auch emp- fan- gen,
a rare and price-less trea-sure,
47;
ywMiwiirtiiMiminnnniMniiMiM
mmMMHURfM
Cantata 204
Cantata 204
was al- ler Er- dan Sohat- ze nioht
whioh all the pre-cious things of earth
ver-mo- gen 2u er- Ian- gen.
can nei-ther mat oh nor mea-sure.
6. Aria Soprano 12/8 (d)
(Flauto traverse)
Mei-ne See-le (sei (ver-gnugt)
May I ever be con -tent
wie es Gott auch im- mer fiigt.
with the for -tune God has sent.
at the end:
wie es Gott auch im- mer, im- mer fugt.
with what- ev- er for-tune God has sent,
Die-ses Welt- meer zu er-grun-den,
All the world is filled with pe-ril,
fraught
ist Ge- fahr (und Ei- tel- keit)>
fool-ish pride and sore dis-tress,
in sich sel-ber
deep with-in us,
muss man fin- den
ev- er pre-sent,
Per- len der Zu- frie-den-heit.
may we find con-tent- ed-ness.
7. Recitativo Soprano
Ein ed-ler Mensch ist Per-len-mu-scheln
With-in the breast of ev'-ry gen- tle-
gleich,
-man
in sich am mei-sten reich,
there beats a no-ble heart;
der nichts fragt nach ho- hem Stan- de
he cares not for wealth and ata-tion,
und der Welt Ehr' raan-nig-falt;
nor for things which rot and rust}
hab' ich gleich kein Gut im Lan- de,
he needs naught of os-ten-ta-tion,
ist doch Gott mein Auf-ent- halt,
who in God has put his trust.
Was hilft's doch, viel Gu- ter su- chen
What pro- fit these goods and chat-tels,
und den teu- ren Kot, das Geld!
or yet heaps of filth- y gold?
Was ist's, auf sein'n Reich-turn po-chenj
Or aught for which man so bat-ties,
Bleibt doch Al- lee in der Welt:
auch a lit -tie while to hold J
Wer will hoch in Luf- ten flie-hen?
One would fly as does an eag- le?
mein Sinn stre-bet nicht da- hanf
yet such is not my de-sire;
ioh will 'nauf in Him- mel zie-hen,
for my goal is high-est Hea-ven,
das ist mein Teil und Ge-winn.
'tis thi-ther I would as-pire.
Arioso
Nich-tig ist auf Freun-de bau- en,
Put you not vour trust in oth-ers,
)
ih- rer viel gehn auf ein Lot,
lit-tle will their help a- vail,
eh* wollt' ich den Win-den trau- en
fie- kle they as way-ward bree-zes,
als auf Freun-de in der Not.
for when need-ed most they fail.
Soll-te ich in Wol-lust le- ben
Did I live in sel-fish lei-sure,
nur zum Dienst der Ei- tel-keit,
all my life on plea-sure bent,
musst' ich stets in Ang- sten schwe-ben
I would not ob-tain me plea-sure,
und mir ma- chen selb-sten Leid.
on-ly grief and dis- con-tent.
Al- les Zeit- li- che ver- dir- bet,
All the things that mor-tals che-rish,
der An- fang das En-de zeigt;
soon crum-ble and dis-ap- pear;
Ei- nes lebt, das An-dre stir-bet,
One may live, an- oth-er per-ish,
bald ein Uh- ter-gang er-reicht.
but the end of each is near.
8. Aria Soprano 2/4 (BD)
(Fl. tr., Ob. I * II, Strings.)
Himm-li-sche Ver-gnug- sam-keit,
Hea-ven- gi- ven sweet ccn-tent,
wel-ches Herz sich dir er- gie- bet,
if my heart can but a-chieve thee,
475
Cantata 204
Cantata 205
le- bet all- zeit un-be- tru- bet
naught of care can ev-er grieve me,
t
und ge-niesst der gold-nen Zeitt
all my days in joy be spent.
Gott-li-che (Ver-gnug-sam-keit),
Gift of God, con-tent- ed-nessi
du,
Thou
du
who
machst die Ar- men reich
wealth to all can bring,
und die-sel-ben Fur-sten gleich,
change a pau-per to a king,
mei- ne Brust (bleibt dir ge-weiht),
Thee my heart will ev-er bless.
durch-echnei-det die Flu- ten,
em- broil the whole o- cean
durch-wuh- let die Er- de,
in hope-less com-mo-tion,
dass sich der Him-mel (selbst be-trubt.)
'till ru-in rea-ches Hea- ven high.
2. Recitativo Bass (Aeolus)
(Instr. same as in first movement)
Ja, ja die .Stun-den sind nun-
At- tend, my loy-al sub-jects,
-men- ro nah',
tried and true,
dass ich euch treu-en Un- ter-ta-nen
with brown Oc- to-ber comes the ho-ur
Cantata 205
(1725)
Der Zufriedengest elite
Aeolus
Libretto by Picander
Bachgesellschaft Vol. Xl(2), p. 139
Performed at Leipzic in 1725 to celebrate the
Birthday (August 3) of August Friedrich Miiller,
one of the Professors in the University.
Characters
Pallas
Soprano
Pomona
Alto
Zephyr us
Tenor
Aeolus
Bass
(3 Trombe, Timp.,2 Cor., 2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., Ob.
d'amore, Viola d'am., Va. da gamba, Strings.)
1. Chorus 3/4 (D)
(Instr. es above except Va. d'am,, Va. da
gamba, and Ob. d'am.)
(Zer- rei-eset), zer-spren-get.
Come roar ye, tor- na- does,
zer- tr urn- inert die Gruft,
break out from your cave,
, . ) ~
die un- serm Wu- ten Gren-ze gibt.
thru-out the world, with fu- ry rave.
Durch-bre-chet die Luft,
Buret o- pen the sky,
dass sel- ber die Son-ne zur Fin- ster-nis
ex- tin-guish the Sun and the Moon and the
wer- de;
Pla-nets,
den Weg aus eu- rer Ein- sam- keit,
when you are loosed from sum-mer's chains,
nach bald ge-schloss'-ner Som- mer- zeit,
to blow your fill o'er hills and plains,
zur Frei-helt wer- de bah-nen.
in all your wan-ton pow-er.
with
Ich geb' euch Macht,
I make you strong,
vom A- bend bis zum Mor- gen,
from ev- en- tide 'til mor-ning,
vom Mit-tag bis zur Mit- ter-nacht
with-out re-spite, from morn to night
i
mit eu- rer Wut zu ra-sen,
to rage and roar and b el-low,
die Blu-men, Blat- ter, Klee
to co-ver grass and clo-ver
mit Kal- te, Frost und Schnee
with snow and ice all o- ver
ent-setz-lich an-zu- bla-sen.
and each out-do his f el-low.
Ich geb' euch Macht,
I make you strong
die Ce- dern urn- zu- schmei-ssen
to blast the oaks with thun- der,
und Ber- ges- gip- fel auf- zu-rei-ssen.
and split the moun-tain-tops a-sun- der.
Ich geb' euch Macht
I make you strong
474
■nmomiiiBmM—im m— mm
Cantata 205
die un- ge- stu-men Mee- res-flu- ten
to move the migh-ty waves of o- cean,
durch eu- ren Nach-druck zu er-hoh'n,
and stir the wa- ters wide ex-panse
das s das Ge- stir-ne wird ver-mu- ten,
to foam-ing fu-ror and com-mo-tion,
ihr Feu-er soil durch euch
and all the stars a- bove
ver- lo-schend
to blot out
un- ter-gehn.
and de-stroy.
3. Aria Bass (Aeolus) 4/4 (A)
(Strings.)
Wie (will ich (lus-tig la- chen,)
Hear ye my lus-ty laugh-terl
hear
wenn Al-les durch-ein-an-der geht,
When ru-in falls on ev*-ry town;
wenn selbst der Fels nicht si- cher steht.
when all the world comes crash-ing down,
und wenn die Da- cher kra-chen,
what care I what comes af-ter?
so will ich (lus-tig la- chen).
Hear ye my lus-ty laugh-terl
4. Recitativo Tenor (Zephyrus)
Ge-f urcht ' -t er Ae-o-lus ,
Oh fear- some Ae-o-lus, I
dem ich im Scho-sse son-sten lie-ge
re- call the ma-ny hap- py hours
und del- ne Ruh* ver-gnu- ge,
that we have spent to-geth-er,
lass dei-nen har-ten Schluss mich dooh nicht
do not, im-pe- tu- ous, thru thy re-
all- zu fruh er-schre-cken;
-lent-less will af- fright usj
ver- zie-he, lass in dir, aus Gunst zu mir,
have pi-ty, by thy grace heed thou our case,
ein Uit-leid nooh er- we- cken.
with mer- cy now re-quit e us.
Cantata 205
5. Aria Tenor (Zephyrus) 3/8 (D)
(Viola d' am ore, Viola da gamba. )
Fri- sche S chat -ten,
Length-ened sha-dows,
mei- ne Freu- de,
leaves de-scend-ing,
se-het, (wie ich schmerz-lich schei-de),
sad-ly sum-mer's joys are end-ing,
(kommt), be- dau- ert mei- ne Schmach.
breaks with grief my ach-ing heart.
Win- det euch,
Bran-ches bare
ver-wai- sten Zwei-ge,
and with-ered clo-ver,
ach! ich schwei-ge
ah: 'tis fin-ished,
(1st two times)
ach, ich schwei-ge,
all is o- ver,
8e- het mir nur jam-mernd nach.
grie-ving, see me now de- part.
6. Recitativo Base (Aeolus) i
Bei-na- he wirst du mich be- we-gen.
Al-most hast thou per- sua-ded me.
Wie? 8eh' ich nicht Po- mo- na hier
Why? Who in-deed is this I see?
und, wo mir recht, die Pal-las auch
Po- mo-na's self, and Pal-las, I
bei ihr?
de-clare!
Sagt, Wer- te, sagt, was for-dert ihr
Come, tell me now, what mes-sage do
von mir?
you bear?
Euch ist ge-wiss sehr viel da-ran
For I am sure it must be most
ge- le- gen.
im-por-tant.
7. Aria Alto (Pomona) 4/4 ('#)
(Oboe d'amore.)
Kon-nen nicht die ro-ten Wan- gen,
See ye not the rud-dy splen-dor
wo-mit mei- ne Fruch-te pran-gen,
of my ri-pened fruit so ten-der,
dein er- grim-tea Her- ze fan-gen,
and does not your heart sur-ren-der?
475
.irniMiMiiiiHutHHimuniJi,
Cantata 205
Cantata 205
bars 23-24»
ach, so sa- ge, ach
tell us tru-ly, ah,
bar 25? tell ua
so sa- ge,
now tell us,
bars 26, 33t
ach so sa- ga,
pray now tell us
0 tell us -bars 34-35.
kannst du sehn,
see ye not
wis die Blat- ter von den Zwei-gen
all the leaves and bran-ches bend-ingj
sich be-trubt sur Er- de beu- gen,
low in fear of woe im-pend-ing,
urn ihr E- lend ab-zu- nei-gen,
lest your harah-ness ne-ver-end-ing
i
das an ih- nen soil ge-schehn.
be our sad and hope-less lot?
8. Recitativo Alto ft Soprano (Pallaa ft Pomona)
Pomona
So willst du, grimm'-ger Ae-o-lus,
And wilt thou, cru- el Ae-o-lus,
gleioh wie ein Fels und Stein
like hard-e8t stone or rook,
bei mei-nen Bit-ten sein?
our sup-pli-ca-tion mock?
Pallas
Wohl- an
Well then,
ich will und muss auch mei- ne
with sighs to move him I must
Seuf-zer wa- gen,
now en-dea-vor,
viel-leicht wird mir,
for it may be,
dir
he
still-achwei-gend ab-ge-schla-gen,
re- buffs Po- mo-na e- ver,
von iho ge-wahrt.
he might heed me.
was er, Po-mo- na,
that tho' by si-lence
Both
So!
mich
>(Pallas)
it is for dich^,^ .
thee^(Poffl0na)
sich gu- ti- ger er-klart.
our plight to make him see.
9. Aria Soprano (Pallas) 12/8 (E)
(Violin solo)
An- ge- neh-mer Ze-phy-rus,
Sweet and balm-y Ze-phy-rus,
dein von Bi-sam rei-cher Kuss,
blow thy mus-ky breath on us,
i
und dein lau-achend Kuh-len
cool-ing breez- es play-ing
soil auf mei-nen Ho- hen spie-len.
o'er the lof-ty moun-tains stray-ing.
Gro-sser Ko-nig,
Mig h-t y Mas -t er ,
Ae-o-lus,
Ae-o-lus,
sa- ge doch dem Ze-phy-rus,
bid thy ser-vant Ze-phy-rus
das8 (sein bi-sam- rei-cher Kuss)
blow his mus-ky breath on us,
und sein lau-schend' Kuh-len
cool-ing breez- es play-ing
soil (auf mei-nen Ho- hen) spie-len).
o'er the lof-ty moun-tains stray-ing.
28,37to'er
10. Recitativo Soprano-Bass (Aeolus-Pallas)
(PI. tr. I ft II)
Pallas
Uein Ae-o-lus,
Dear Ae-o-lus,
ach' sto-re nicht die
pray do not spoil our
Froh-lich-kei- ten,
ce- le- bra-tion;
weil mei-ner Mu- sen He-li-kon
for we have planned on He-li-con,
ein Fest } ein' an- ge- neh- me Fei-er
a feast, a tru-ly charm-ing par-ty,
auf sei- nen Gip- feln an- ge- etellt,
which on these heights we here would hold.
Aeolus
So sa- ge mir, wa- rum denn dir be-son-ders
But tell me now, why is this day to you a
die-ser Tag so teu-er, '
day of joy so hear-ty?
so wert und hei- lig fallt?
your pur-pose pray un-foldj
(Aside)
0 Nach-teil und Ver- druse I
Oh what a nui-sance this!
476
,.L ■™IIIW'WliMI[lllllimB^^ 'I l.i |:i liii,j jafflHEBM
uitata 205
ill ich denn ei- nes Wei* bee Wil-len
sr can it be that wo-man'e will
a mei- nem Re-gi-ment er- ful-len?
ly make my re-80- lu-tion nil?
illaa
»in Mul- ler, mein Au- gust,
ly friend, I wish you well,
»r Pi- e- rin-nen Freud* und Lust,
)u who in vir-tuea so ex- eel.
lolus
Kb Mill- ler, dein Au- gust!
u* friend, we wish you well,
Blag
id mein ge- lieb- ter Sohn.
le Mu- ses' pride and joy.
lolus
jin Mul- ler, dein au- gust,
tr friend, we wish you well,
illaa
le-bet die rer-gnug-ten Zei- ten,
i ce-le-brate to-day your birth-day,
i ihm die E- wig- keit
> let us all pro-claim
tin wei-ser Na- me pro- phe- zeit.
>ur high re- nown and praise your name.
>olua
>in Mul- ler, dein Au- gust,
a* friend, we wish you well,
ir Pi- e- rin-nen Freud' und Lust,
>u who in vir-tues so ex-cel;
id dein ge- lieb- ter Sohn,
ie Mu-ses' pride and joy,
- le-bet die ver-gnug-ten Zei- ten,
10 ce-le-brateB to-day your birth-day;
i ihm die E- wig- keit
) let us all pro-claim
sin wei- ser Na- me pro- phe-zeit?
3ur high re- nown and praise your name*.
»hl- anj ich las- se mich be-zwin-gen,
i- deed at last I am con-ver-ted,
u- er Wunsch soil euch ge-lin-gen.
are your wish, so well as-ser-ted.
1. Aria Baas 3/8 (D)
(3 Tromba, Timp., Cor. I 4 II )
u- ru-eke, zu- ru-eke, ge-flu- gel-ten
,.e-turn ye. re-turn ye, ye bois-ter-ous
Cantata 205
Yin- da,
tern-peats,
be-aanf-ti-get euch,
go back to your cave,
doch we-het ihr gleich,
no lon-ger now rave,
(so weht doch jetz-und) nur ge- lin- da.
but blow ye soft-ly, mild and gen-tle.
blow ye now soft-ly -bars 98-99.
12. RecitatiTO Soprano-Alto-Tenor (Pallas-
Pomona-Zephyrusl
Pallas
Was Last I
What joy J
Pomona
Was Freu- dej
What rap-turej
Zephyr us
Welch Ver- gnu- geni
How de-light-fuli
All
Ent- ste-
het in der Brust
How could there great-er bliss
daea sich nach uns-Ver Lust
at- tend us now than thist
Sop. bars 5-6} Alt. 6-7; Ten. 7-8t
what joy and rap- ture this
die Wun-sche mus-sen fu- gen.
our pray-er has been gran-ted.
ZephyruB
So kann ich mich bei gru- nen Zwei-gen
So now mid green and bloom-ing bo-wers
noch fer-ner hin ver-gnugt be- zei-gen.
I may en-joy my woods and flo-wers.
Pallas
So 8eh' ich mein Er- got- zen
And I en- joy the plea-sure
an mei-nen rei- fen Schat-zen.
of all my rip-ened trea-sure.
so richt* ich in ver- gnug-ter Ruh*
we wel- come all with joy-ous zest
mei- nes Au- gusts Lust- mahl zu.
this our most die- tin-guished guest.
Pomona & Zephyrus
Wir sind zu dei-ner Froh-lich-keit
We'll Join you in this fes-tal rite
477
Cantata 205
Cantata 205
mit glei-eher Lust be- reit.
with un- al-loyed da-light.
13. Duet Alto-Tenor ( Pomona & Zephyrua) .3/4 (G)
(Fl. tr. I * II in unison.)
Pomona
Zweig' und X- ste,
Fruits and flo-wers,
zol-len dir su dei-nem Fe- ste
ev'-ry- where the 8ea-son sho-wers
ih-rer Ga- ben U- ber- flues,
in a-bun-dance thru the land.
Zephyrua
Und (mein Scher-zen soil und muss),
See they come on ev'-ry hand,
dei-nen Au- gust zu ver-eh- ren,
gai-ly throng in glad e-la-tion
die-ses Ta- gea Luat ver-meh- ren.
to thia birth-day ce- le- bra-tion.
Pomona
(Ich brin- ge (dir Fruch- te) mit Freu- den
My har-veat I bring you with glad-neas
her- bei,
and glee,
Zephyrua
Ich brin- ge (mein Lia-peln) mit Freu- den
My breez-ea I bring you with glad-neas
her- bei,
and glee,
voll-kom-me-
as hap-py
Both
(dass Al-les (zum Scher-zen)
and all of us hap-py
all
-ner sei.
can be.
14. Recitativo Soprano (Pallas)
Ja, ja ich lad' euch selbat zu die- ser
In- deed, my-self I bid you join the
Fei- er ein.
fea-tal scene.
Er- he- bet euch zu mei-nen Spit-zen,
To high Par-nas-aua now I lead you.
wo achon die Mu- sen froh- lich aein
The Uu- sea, ait-ting there ae- rene,
und ganz ent-brannt vor Ei- fer sit- zen.
in ea- gar ex- pec-ta-tion speed you.
Auf I las-set una, in- dam wir ei- len,
Up! let us go, hot-foot and will-ing,
die Luft mit fro-hen Wun-achen tei-len.
the air with joy-ous voi-ces fill-ing.
15. Chorus 2/2 (D)
(instr. same as in first movement.)
Vi-vat! Vi-vat i Au-gust, Au-guat vi- vatj
Vi-vat Ti-vat vi-vat vi-vat hon-ored
aei be-gluckt ge-lehr-ter Mann!
guest and well be-lo- red friend!
Dein Ver-gnii- gen mus- ae blu- hen,
High auc-ceaa has crowned your la-bora;
dass (dein Leh- ren, dein Be- mil- hen)
so we all, your frienda and neigh-bora,
mo- ga aol-che Pflan-zen zie- hen,
here u- ni-ted, all de-ligh-tad,
wo- mit ein Land aich ein-stena
with joy our birth-day greet-ings
schmu-cken kann.
now ex- tend.
Cantata 206
Schleicht, spielende Wellen
Performed at Leipzig, October 7, 1734
in the presence of Augustua III of
Sachaen-Poland and his Queen.
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XX(2), p. 3
The Vistula and Elbe were the two princi-
pal rivers of Poland and Saxony. The Danube
represents Austria of which the Queen Maria
Joaepha waa Archduchess. The Pleisae is the
river at Leipzig.
The libretto waa probably by Picander
Characters
Pleia8e Soprano
Donau (Danube) Alto
Elbe Tenor
Weichael (Vistula) Baas
Scene-- On the banks of the Pleisse.
(3 Trombe, Timp., 3 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., 2 Ob. d'an
and Strings.)
478
BMIIlBWummtillmmitniaMmm^...
Cantata 206
Cantata 206
1. Chorus 3/8 (D)
(3 Trombe, Timp., Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. I ft II,
and Strings.)
(Schleicht), (spie-len-de Wei- len,)
Glide gent-ly, ye wa-ters,
und (mur-melt (ge- lin- de,)
with mur-mur- ing rip-pie,
and rip-pie
nein, (rau-schet) ge-schwin- de>
nay, rush ye im- pa- tient,
daas U- for und Klip- pe zum of-tern
'til moun-tains and val-leys in tu-mult
er-klingt!
re-sound!
3/8
(Die Freu- de), die un- se- re Flu-ten
The rap-ture which stirs us like waves of
er- re- get,
the o-cean,
die jeg- li- che Wei- te zum Rau- schen
ex-cites all our wa-ters in wild- est
(be- we- get,)
com-mo-tionj
durch-rei- sset die Dam- me,
no bar-riers im- pede us,
wo-rein sie (Ver- wun-d'rung
as on-ward we speed us
und Sohuch-tern-heit zwingt.)
un- cheeked to the sea.
der das ge- seg-ne- te Ar- ka- di-
thru bles-sed Ar^ca-dy's fair fields to
-en be- netz-te.
wash its shores.
Des Ros-tes mur- ber Zahn
The gnaw- ing tooth of rust
frisst die ver-worf *-nen Waf-fen an,
cor- rodes the wea-pons in-to dust,
die etets der Zwie-tracht tol- le Wut
which late, 'mid war's in- sane vor-tex,
auf mei- ner Bur-ger Na-cken wetx-te.
were sharp-ened on my peo-ple's necks.
Wer bringt mir a- ber die-see Gluck?
Who brings me this good fcr-tune now?
Au- gust der Un-ter- ta- nen Lust,
Au-gus-tus, your loy-al sub-jects' joy,
der Schutz-gott sei-ner Lan- de,
pro- tect- or of your pep-ple,
Tor des- sen Scep-ter ich mich bu-cke
be- fore your scep-tre here I bow,
und des- sen Huld fur mich al- lei-
in thanks to you who, by your grace
-ne wacht,
for me , ■
bringt die- ses Werk zu Stan-de.
have done this won-drous thing.
Drum singt ein Je- der, der mein
All crea-tures drink-ing of my
Was- ser trinkti
wa-ters singt
2. Recitativo Bass (Weichsel) Vistula
0 gluck- li- che Ver- an- de-rung!
Be-hold what hap-py change I see!
Mein Fluss,
lly stream,
der im- mer dem Co- cy-
which but a lit-tle while
-tus gli-che,
a- go |
lau- ter J
weil er von to- ten Lei-chen
o'er dead men's bones did flow,
und ganz zer- stuck-ten Kor-pern lang- earn
and har-bored heaps of grim, dis-mem-bered
schli-che,
corp— ses, ,
wird nun nicht dem Al- phe- us wei-ehen,
is pure now as the stream that pours
3. Aria Bass (Weichsel) 2/4 (D)
(Strings.)
Schleuss (des Ja- nus- tem-pels Tu-ren) ,
Close the doors of Ja-nus* tem-ple,
un-sre Her- zen off- nen wir,
o- pen wide our hearts to-day.
off- nen off- nen wir
heartSjOur hearts to-day.
Naehst den dir ge- ta- nen Schwu- ren
Thine are we in firm al- leg-iance,
treibt al- lein, (Herr, dei- ne Gu-te)
thy good deeds, Sire, bind us ev-er
479
Cantata 206
Cantata 206
un- ser kind- li- ches Ge- mu- te
with a lore that naught can se-ver,
( sum Ge- hor- sam) ge-gen dir!
Thee to serve and to o- bey.
in Thy ser-vice
bare 108-Hli
(treibt un- ser kind- li- ches Ge- mu- te)
bind with a love that naught oan ae-ver
bars 120-125i
treibt zum Ge- hor- sam ge-gen dir.
bind us to serve and to o- bey.
4. Recitativo Tenor (Elbe)
So reoht! be-gluck-ter Weich-sel-stromi
A- greed, o luck- y Vis- tu- lal
Dein Schluss ist lo- bene-wert,
Your reas- on-ing is sound)
wenn dei- ne Treu-e stets mit mei- nen
and if your loy-al- ty ac-cords with
Wun-schen stimmt,
my de- aire,
an mei- ne Lie- be denkt,
you ne-ver will re-quire
da mir es jet it den Ko- nig wie-der
that this our king should not re- main my
nimmt.
own.
Ge- borgt ist nicht ge-achenkts
Not gi- ven, but a loan:
du hast den gu- tig-sten Au- gust von
this best of kings, Au- gus-tus, you have
mir be-gehrt,
asked of me, ,
J)
dees hol-de Mie- nen das Bild des gro-ssen
whose nob-le face re-flects his migh-ty
Va- ters wei-sen,
Fa-t her ' s im-ag e $
den nab* ich dir ge-lieh'n,
Him do I loan to thee)
ver-eh-ren und be-wun- dern sollst du inn,
so ho-nor and ad-mire him loy- al-ly,
nicht gar aus mei- nem Schoes und Ar-men
but do not seek to take him whol-ly
rei- ssen.
from me.
Dies schwo-re ich, 0 Herri
This do I swear, 0 King.'
bei dei- nes Va- ters A-sche,
by thy great for-bears' as-hes,
bei dei- nen Sieg's-und Eh- ren- Bah- nent
and by thine own vic-tor-ious king-shipt
ex-al- ted
Arioso
Eh* sol-len mei- ne Was- ser sich
•Twere bet-ter that my wa-ters mix
noch mit dem rei-chen Gan- ges mi-schen
with Gan-ges rich-ly flo-wing cour-ses,
und ih- ren Ur-sprung nicht mehr wis-sen!
for-get-ful whol- ly of their sour-ces;
Eh' soil der Ma-la-bar
I'd ra-ther Ma-la-bar i
an mei- nen U-fern fi- schenj
should fish up-on my banks,
eh' ich will ganx und gar dich,
than I for-get my sov-ereign,
teu-er- ster Au- gus- tus mis-sen!
or ne-glect his praise and thanks!
5. Aria Tenor (Elbe) 6/8 (b)
(Violin solo.)
Je- de Wo- ge mei-ner Wei- len
Ev'-ry rip-pie of my wa-ters
(ruft)
calls
das gol-den Wort
with joy its love
Au-gust ,
to thee.
Seht, Tri- to- nen
Hear ye, Tri-tons,
mun- t're Soh- ne
blith-some crea-tures
wie von nie ge- spur- ter Lust
how my waves, from sheer de-light,
mei-nes Rei- ches Flu- ten schwel-len,
in a flood of rap-ture swell-ing,
wenn in dem Zu- ru- cke-pral-len
of thy glo-rious tri-umph tell-ing,
die-sea Na-mens su-sse To- ne
of thy ma-jes- ty, a-bound-ing,
hun- dert-fal-tig
wake the ec-hoes,
wie- der-schal-len.
loud re-sound-ing.
480
BttHHllfturtimiimRi
Cantata 206
6» Recltativo Alto (Donau)
Job nehm' zu- gleich an dei- ner Freu-de Teil,
I too must have a share in your de-light,
de- serve
be- tag- ter Va- ter vie-ler Flvis- se'
thou an-cient sire of ma-ny wa-tersj
Denn wis- se, dass ich ein gro- sses Recht
For know you, I clear-ly have the right
auch mit an dei-nem Hel-den ha-be.
to claim the fa-vor of your he-ro.
Zwar blick* ich nicht dein Heil,
In- deed, I do not view
•o dir dein Sa- lo- mo ge-bisrt,
this joy Sa- lo- me brought to you
this hap- pi-ness ac- cord- ed you
mit schee-len Au- gen an,
at all with en-vious eyes,
well Kar- lens Hand, dee Him- mels selt'-
for Charleaour Lord, —of Heav'n the rare
-ne Ga-be,
a-ward,--
bei una den Reichs-stab fuhrt.
his scep-tre glo- ri- fies*
Warn a-ber ist wohl un-be-kannt,
Is a-ny- one, too, un- a- ware,
wie noch die Wur-zel je- ner Lust,
from whence sprang Jo-seph-ine, the fair,
die dei- nem gu- tig- sten Tra- jan
his queen, and your good king's de-light;
von dem Ge- nuss der hol-den Jo- se- phi-
how she was born up-on my ver-dant banks
-ne al- lein be- wusst,
and loved their site,
an mei- nen U- fern gru-ne?
and spent her child-hood there?
7. Aria Alto (Donau) V* U#)
(Ob. d'amore I ft II)
Reie, von Habs-burgs ho- hem Stam- ma,
Thou, of Haps-burg, high des-cen-dant,
dei-ner Tu- gend hel- le Flam- me
by thy vir-tue's flame re-splen-dent,
ksnnt, be-wun-dert, ruhmt mein Strand t
bless my wa-ters, light my strandj
Cantata 206
Du stammst von den Lor-beer-zwei-gen,
Thou whose sires were all vic-tor-ious,
drum muss dei- ner E- he Band
may thy child-ren rule our land,
auch den frucht-bar'n Lor-beern glei-chen.
keep thy name and lin-eage glo-rious.
8. Recitativo Soprano (Pleisse)
Ver-zeiht, bs^ioo-ste Haup-ter star-ker
Per- mit, 0 mos-sy source of migh-ty
Stro-me,
streams,
•>
wenn ei- ne Nym- phe eu-ren Streit
an hum-ble nymph to in-ter- rupt
und eu- er Re- den sto- ret.
your quar-rel-some dis-cus-sion.
Der Streit ist ganz ge- recht,
The sub- ject mat-ter seems
die Sa- che gross und kost-bar,
to war- rant grave yet hon-est
die ihn nan- ret.
dis- ag-ree-ment.
Mir ist Ja voll Lust an-noch be-wusst,
How well I re- mem-ber the de-light
und mei- ner Nym-phen fro- hes Scher-zen,
with which my joy-ous nymphs made mer-ry
so wir bei un- sere Sie-ges- hel-den
on the ar-ri- val of our all-vic-
when there ar-rived our con-quVing he-ro
An-kunft spur- ten,
-tor-ious he- ro,
all- vie- tor- ious,
der da ver- dient, dass al- le Uh- ter-
who well de-serves that all his sub-jects
-ta- nen ih- re Her-zen,
lay their hearts be-fore him,
denn He-ka- torn- ben sind zu schlecht,
for He-ka-tombs were far too slight
ihm her zu ei-nem Op-fer fuhr-ten.
from all of us who so a- dore him.
Doch hort, was sich mein Mund er-kuhnt
So hear what I will now be bold
J
euch vor-zu- sa-gen:
to say to yout
481
Cantata 206
Du, des-sen Flut der Inn und Lech
Thou in-to whom the Inn and Lech
ver-meb- ren,
are fl owing ,
du sollst mit una dies Ko- nigs-paar
join in the ho-nor which we are
rer- eh- ran,
be-stow-ing
doch una das- sel-be ganz-lich u- ber-
up- on this roy-al pair, but leave them
-las-sen.
to us.
Ihr bei-den an- dern sollt euch bru-der- lich
You oth-er two should get a- long like lo-
ver- tra- gen
-ving bro-thers,
und, musst ihr die- se dop-pel- te
tho* you will hard-ly re-con-cile
Re- gie-rungs-aon-ne auf ei- ne Zeit,
your loss for yet a lit-tle while,
doch wech-sels-weis' ent- beh- ren,
so take your turn with pa-tience;
euch in Ge- duld und Hoff-nung fas- sen.
we'll share them both, in just ro- ta-tions.
9. Aria Soprano (Pleisse) /! (G)
(Fl. tr. I, II, III.)
^bars 21, 31:
Hort dochj der sanf- ten Flo- ten Chor
Hark now, soft strains of flutes we hear,
Now hark, -bars 26-27, 118-119.
er- freut die Brust, er- g'otzt das Ohr,
they cheer the heart, and charm the ear.
Der un- zer- trenn-ten Ein-tracht Star-ke
The con-cord of their blend- ing voi-ces
macht die- se net - te Har-mo-nie
makes sweet and per-fect har-mo-ny,
und tut noch gross'- re Wun-der-wer- ke;
a won-der in which man re-joi-ces|
(dies merkt) (und stimmt) (dooh auch) wie sie.
take note and strive like this to be.
Cantata 206
10. Recitativo B-T-A-S (Weichsel, Elbe,
Donau. Pleisse. T
Weichsel
Ich muss, ich will ge-hor- sam sein.
I must and will o- be-dience show.
Elbe
Mir geht die Tren-nung bit-ter ein,
This par-ting is a bit-ter blow,
doch mei- nes Ko-nigs Wink
'tis clear a ro-yal hint
i
ge-bei- tet mei- nem Wil-len.
my so-vereigns both con-vey.
Donau ,
Und ich bin f er-tig, eu-ren Wunsch,
There's no-thing now for us to do
so viel ndr mog-lich, tu er-ful-len.
but, sweet and ami-ling, to o-bey.
Pleisse ;
So kront die Ein-tracht eu- ren Schluss.
So now doth con-oord crown your pact.
* J
Doch schaut, wie kommt's, dass man an
But look how is it that on your
eu_ e- ren Ge-sta-den so viel Al-ta- re
ri-ver banks so ve- ry ma-ny al-tars
heu- te baut?
have, been built?
Was soil das Tan-zen der Na-ja- den?
Why are my nai-ads gai-ly dan-cing?
Ach! irr' ich nicht,
Ah: if I'm right,
so seh' ich, wie das
I see that now at
langst ge- wunsch-te Licht durch ei-nen
last the hoped-for light of roy-al
Glanz mich ruh-ret,
fa- vor glows,
von dem Au-gust,
up- on us all,
der Er- de su-sse Lust,
his hon-ored name we call
J
den teu-'ren Na-men fuh-ret.
in love that o-ver- flows.
Ei. nun wo hi- an
Now is it well,
it is
da una Ge- le- gen- heit und Zeit die
we de- di-cate this day in ho-mage
Han-de beut ,
to- our king,
so stimmt mit mir noch ein-mal an:
so all to-geth- er let us sing:
482
HTHirnmitHlinri {imMHunawiiBa
Cantata 206
Cantata 207
11. Chorus
(3 Trombe, Timp., Fl. tr I with Ob. I, Fl.
tr. II with Ob. II, and Strings.)
Die himm-li-Bche Vor-sicht der e- wi- gen
May hea-ven-ly Pro- vi- dence guard and pro-
Gu- te
-tect you
be- schir-me dein Le-ben, durch-lauch-ter
and keep you in safe-ty, our mas- ter
Au- gusti
and king!
So riel eich nur Trop- fen in heu- ti- gen
As count-less the drops which our wa-ters are
Stun- den
swell-ing,
in un-sern be- moo-eten Ca-na-len
may joy and con-tent -me nt in-ha-bit
be- fun- den,
your dwell-ing,
um-fan- ge be-stan- dig dein ho- hes
in end-less de-light and in glad-ness
Ge- mu- te,
ex-cell-ing,
Ver-gnu-gen und Lust.
so all of us sing.
Ver-gnu-gen, Ver-gnu-gen und Lust,
so all of us, all of us sing.
1. Chorus
(3 Trombe, Timp., Taille, Fl. tr. I with Ob.
d'am. I, Fl. tr. II with Ob. d'am. II, Str.)
Cantata 207
Auf, schmetternde Tone
Performed August 3, 1734 to celebrate
the birthday of Augustus III of Poland-
Saxony. Most of the music is borrowed
from "Vereinigte Zweitracht", (unpub*
lished except in the Bachgesellschaft
edition.) which was written in 1726 to
celebrate the appointment of Dr. Gottlieb
Korrte as Professor of Roman Law at the
University of Leipzig, and in which the
four characters are Gluck (Fortune) Sop-
rano; Dankbarkeit (Gratitude) Alto; Fie is s
(Diligence) Tenor; and Ehre (Fame) Bass.
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XX(2), p. 141
The scene is on the banks of the
Pleisse at Leipzig.
Auf,
Ring
schmet-tern-de
all
out
To- ne der mun-tern
ye trum-pets in gay-est
Trom-pe-ten
stac-ca-to,
(ihr don- ner-den Pau-ken, ) er- he- bet den
ye drums and tim-pa- ni with thun-der-ing
Ksfell,
roll,
rei-zen- de Sai-ten, er- got- zet das Ohr
Ti- ols and cel-los, de-light to the soul.
su- chet auf Flo- ten das Schon-ste zu
search out the flutes with the lor- li-est
fin-den
voi-ces,
er-ful-let mit lieb-li- chem Schall,
to set all our spi-rits on fire,
un-sre so su- seen als gru-nen- den
mu-sic as sweet as the blos-soms in
Lin- den
spring-time ,
und un- ser fro-hes Mu- sen- chor.
join with our joy-ful fes-tal ohoir.
Alto and Tenor 60-62, 83-85i
come join with our fes-ti- val choir.
2. RecltatiTO Tenor
Die stil-le Plel-aae spielt
The qui-et ri-rer sings
mit ih-ren klei-nen Wel-len.
its gen-tle lit- tie mu-sic.
Das gru- ne U-fer fuhlt
The green-ing ri-ver- bank
jetzt gleich-sam neu- e Kraf-te
is ta- king on new co-lor
und dop-pelt inn*- re, re- ge Saf- te.
and ev'- ry-where the sap is stir-ring.
Es prangt mit wei-chem Moos und Klee;
The moss and clo-ver glea-ming soft,
dort blu-het man- ohe scho-ne Blu- me,
the ma-ny col-ored buds and blos-soms,
(3 Trombe, Timp., 2 Ob. d'am., 2 Fl. tr., Taille, hi er hebt zur Flo- ra gro-ssem Ruh- me
and Strings*) all glo-ri- fy the God of spring-time,
483.
Cantata 207
sicta ei- ne Pflan- ze in die Hoh
all pro-mise har-vests rich and full,
und will den Wachs-tum zei-gen.
pros-per- i- ty and plen-ty.
Der Pal- las hol-der Hain
A- the-ne's love-ly grove
eucht sich in Schmuck und Schim-mer zu er-neu'n.
pre- pares a- gain to don its gau-dy dress,
die Kas- ta- li- nen sin^gen Lie-der,
the night-in-gales are sing-ing gai-ly,
die Nym- phen ge- hen hin und wie-der
the nymphs are dart-lng here and yon-der
und vol- len hier und dort bei un-sern Lin- den
and sear-ching far and vide a-mong the lin-dens
und vas? den an- ge- neh- men Ort
for what? in this de-light-ful spot
Ih-res schon-sten Ge- gen-stan-des fin-den.
to find a most de-light-ful per-aon.
Denn die- ser Tag bringt Al- len Lust}
For this your Day ere- ates de-light
doch in der Sach-sen Brust geht die- se Lust
in ev'-ry friend-ly heart but most of all
am al- ler- stark-sten fort,
to those with you to- night.
From here on the Arias, Duet and Chorus
are not a translation, the text being adapted
for the birthday of any distinguished person.
3. Aria Tenor
(Ob. d'am. I, Strings.)
Cantata 207
4. Recitativo (Dialogue) Soprano I Bass
Soprano J) /
Au-gus-tua' wohl
Au-gua-tus' vel-fare
ist der treu-er
is the hope of
> i
Sach-sen Wohl-er-geh'nj
ev*-ry loy-al Sax-on.
Bass
Au-gus-tus* Arm
Au-gus-tus* Arm
Au- gus-tus
Your hap-py
Na-mens-ta-gea Schim-mer
birth-day ce-le- bra- tion
(ver-klart) der Sach-sen An- ge- sicht,
gives Joy to all who ga-ther here
Gott schutzt die from- men Sach-sen im-merj
May God pro-mote your high en-dea-vor,
denn un- sers Lan- des- va-ters Zim-mer
and help you strive, with cou-rage e- ver
prangt heut* in neu- en Glu-ckes Strah-len %
to fin-ish your un-sel-fish la- bor
die soil jetzt un- are Ehr-furcht ma- len
that ev'- ry friend and ev*- ry neigh-bor
bei dem (er-wunach- ten Na-mens) Licht.
will love you more each hap- py year.
each hap- py, hap- py year.
be-schutzt der Sach-sen
pro-tecta our fer-tile
gru- ne 7/ei-den.
fields from harm.
Soprano
Die El-be nutzt dem Kauf- mann mit
The El-be brings our mer-chants rich
J
so viel-en Freu-denj
re-turns in trade,
Bass
des Ho- fes Pracht und Flor
his aplen-did Court we see,
stellt uns Au- gus-tus* Glu-cke von
a sym-bol of pro-aper- i- ty,
Soprano
die Uh-ter-tm- nen seh'n
ex- al-ted far and wide,
an je- dem Ort ihr Wohl-er-geh'nj
Au-gua-tus* Name is glo-ri- fied.'
muss al- le
in-apirea th«
Baas
des Ma- vors hel- ler Stahl
The shi-ning sword of Mars
Fein- de schre-cken,
foe with fear
um uns vor al- lem Un-gluck zu be-
and keeps mis-for-tune from his sub-jects
-de-cken.
here.
Soprano
Drum freut sich heu-te der Mer-kur
So Mer- cu- ry is glad to-day
mit sei-nen wei-sen Soh-nen
with all who fol-low him, ,
und find't bei die- sen Freu-den- to-nen
for our re-joi-cings here pre-sage
der er-aten guld'-nen Zei-ten Spur,
the co-ming of a gol-den age.
Bass
Au-gua-tus mehrt daa Reich.
Au-gus-tus * realm ex- pands.
Soprano
I- re- nens Lor-beer wird nie bleichj
nor will I- re- ne's glo-ry fade;
484
Cantata 207
Cantata 207
Duet
die Lin- den wol- len scho-ner gru-nen,
the lin-dens lend their de- co- ra-tion
um una mit ih- rem Flor
and flo-wer green and fair
bei die- sem ho- hen Na- mens-tag zu die- nen.
to join in this his birth-day ce- le-bra-tion.
5, Duet and Ritornello, Soprano-Baae
(2 Tr., 2 Ob. d'am., Taille, Str., in Rit.)
Bass
Mich kann (die su- sse Ru- he la -ben)
To- day all thought of care we bu-ry
Soprano
Ich kann hier mein Ver-gnu- gen ha-ben
and join with you in ma- king mer-ry
Soprano ft Baas
wir bei-de steh'n
we one and all
hier hochst be-gluckt
with you are gay.
Bass
Denn una'-re fet- ten Saa-ten la-chen
our crops in rich pro-fu-sion grow-ing.
und kon- nen viel Ver- gnu- gen ma-ehen,
our hearts at peace with glad-ness glow-ing
Weil sie kein Feind noch Wet-ter druckt
with war and dan- ger far a- way.
Soprano
Wo sol- che hoi- de Stun-den kom-men,
And so this heart- i-est o- va-tion
da hat das Glii-cke zu-ge-nom- men,
we ten-der you in ce-le-bra-tlon,
das uns der heit'-re Him-mel schickt.
of this your joy-ful na-tal day.
Der Land-mann sieht mit Lust auf sei-
With joy-ful eyes we see our crops
-nem A- cker scho- ne Gar-ben.
ma-ture so plen-teous-ly.
Ihm ist stets wohl- be- wusst,
The hus-band- man well knows ,
wie kei- ner darf in Sach-sen dar-ben,
how rich the Sax- on har-vest grows,
wer sich nur in sein Glu- eke find't
to them who faith-ful till the soil
und sei- ne Kraf-te recht er-grund't,
and spend their days in ho- nest toil.
7. Aria Alto
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Strings in unison.)
Prei- set, spa- te Fol- ge- zei- ten,
You have sowed the seeds of kind-ness,
nebst dem gu- ti- gen Ge-schick
which will bloom for many a year,
des Au-gus-tus gro- sses, gro-
helped us all with love > with love
-sses Gl'uck
sin- cere.
Denn in des Mon-ar- chan Ta-ten
Mind-ful of your ser-vice for us
konnt ihr Sach-3ens- Wohl er- ra-ten ;
Now we sing your praise in cho-rus,
man kann (aus dem Schim-mer le- sen);
sym-bol of our ad- mi- ra-tion
wer Au-gu- stus sei ge-we- sen.
and of our con-gra-tu-la-tion.
6. Recitativo Alto
Au-gus-tus schutzt die fro- hen Fel- der,
Au-gus-tus guards our plea-sant pas-tures.
Au-gus-tus liebt die gru-nen Wal-der,
Au-gus-tus loves the mer-ry chase
wenn sein er- hab'-ner Mut im J a- gen
he does not slack his pace nor does his
nie-mals eh-er ruht,
ar-dor ev-er pall
bis er ein echo-nee Tier ge- fal-let.
un-til he se«a his quar-ry fall.
8. Recitativo T-B-S-A
Tenor
Ihr Froh-li-chen, her- beij
Ye hap-py folk, at-tendj
Er-blickt, ihr Sach-sen und ihr gro-ssen
Be- hold our er- er grow-ing Sax- on
Staa-ten,
State, |
aus Au-gus-tus' hoi- den Ta- ten^
Au- gus-tus, wise and great,
485
Cantata 207
Cantata 207
was Wei8-heit und auch Star-ke sei.
will fur-ther wi-den and de-fend.
Sein all-zeit star-ker Arm
Hie un- de- fea- ted arm
stutzt teils Sar-ma- ti- en>
will keep us all from harm
teils auch der Sach-sen Wohl-er-geh'n.
in Sax- o- ny and Po-land too.
Wir se- hen, als ge- treu- e Un-ter-
Hi. fWhjW .*-,.«. ... -0. h. Ha.
-ta- nen,
reigned
durch Weis-heit , die fur uns er- lang-te
with wis-dom, joy-ous all that peace has
Frie-dens- fah- ne.
been at- tained.
Wie sehr er uns ge-liebt,
How well he loves us all,
wie mach-tig er die Sach-sen stets ge-schut-zet,
how migh-ti- ly his shi-ning sword pro-tects us
zeigt des-sen Sa-bels Stahl,
that no mis-hap be- fall,
der fur uns Sach-sen blit-zet.
or ev-il day af-fects us.
Wir kon- nen un-sern Lan-des- va- ter
"Our coun-try's Fa-ther", thus we know him,
als ei-nen Held und Sie-ges-ra- ter
for vic-to- ry our thanks we owe him,
in dem gross-mach-tig-sten Au-gust,
our he- ro he will ev- er be,
mit hei-sser Ehr-furcht jetzt ver- eh-ren
our ve- ne- ra- tion ne- ver ceas-es,
und uns-re Wun-sche meh-ren.
but ev-er-more in-creas-es.
Bass
Ja, ja ihr star-ken Hel-den, sent
Ah yes, ye stur-dy peo-Dle see
der Sach-sen un- er-schopf-te Kraf-te
how vast the might of Sax- o- ny,
und ih-ren ho-hen Schutz-gott an
how un-de-feat-ed ban- ners wave,
J
und Sach-sens Rau-ten — saf-te.
a- hove our he-roes brave.
Jetst soil der Sai- ten Ton
So let the strings en-tone
die fro- he Lust aus-dru-cken,
in joy-ous ce- le- bra-tion
denn des Au-gus-tus fes-ter Thron
in ho-nor of Au- gus-tus* throne,
muss uns all-zeit be- glu-cken.
for- ev- er thru our na-tion.
J
Soprano
Au-gus-tus gibt uns ste-ten Schat-ten
Au-gus-tus gives se- cu- ri- ty
der al- ter Sach- sen und Sar-ma-ten
to all who dwell in Po-land and in
Gluck er-halt,
Sax- o- ny,
der ste- te Au- gen- merk der Welt, den
Au- gus-tus* reign will glo- ri- fy our
J
al- le Au- gen hat-ten.
land in ev'-ry eye.
Alto ,
0 hei-tres, ho- hes Na- mens-lichtl
0 thou re- vered and hon-ored Name,
0 Na- me, der die Freu-de mehrtj
at-tend-ed by un- dy-ing famei
0 all- er- wunsch-tes An- ge- den-ken,
with joy-ful hearts we here pro-claim.
wie st'arkst du uns' -re pflicht.'
and so we all would show
und ihr star-ken
what a migh-ty
Ihr fro-hen Wun-sche
by our re- joi-cing
Freu-den steigti
debt we owe!
Die Plei- sse sucht durch ihr Be-zei- gen,
The Pleiss its ho- mage ma- ni-fest-ing^
die Lin- den in so jun- gen Zwei-gen
the lin-dens, too, their love at-test-ing,
der scho- nen Stun-den Lust und Wohl
all join, this joy-ous ju- bi- lee
zu kron'n
to crown,
und zu er-hoh'n.
to thy re- nown.
9. Chorus
(Trombe I, II, III, Timp., 2 Fl. tr., Taille,
2 Ob. d'amore, and Strings.)
Au- gust, le-be, le-be Ko- nig
May you ev-er, ev-er pro-sper,
bars 41-42:
(Au-gust le- be)
ev- er pro-sper
486
Cantata 207
Cantata 208
Baas
0 Au- gua- tus, un- ser Schutz,
All our hearts are yours to- day;
Soprano
sei der star-ren Fein-de Trutz
no-thing we can do or say
Tenor
le- be Ian- ge del- nem Land .
can our debt to you re- pay;
Alto
Gott schutz dei-nen Geiat und Hand ■
one and all we ev- er pray:
S-A-T-B
so muss durch Au- gus- tus' Le- ben
Hay the Lord with love di-rect you,
un- sers Sach-sens Wohl be- stehn,
keep you hap-py, well and strong,
so darf sich kein Feind er- he- ben
from all ev- il chance pro-tect you,
wi- der un- ser Wohl- er- geh'n.
guard you all your whole life long*
Adagio
schon (an- ge-neh- me Bout' er- lan-get).
has sped to find its no- ble quar-ry.
2. Aria Soprano (Diana)
(Corno da caccia I & IT)
Ja- gen ist die Lust der Got- ter,
Hunt-ing joy to Prin-ces of-fers,
bars 7 and 34t
Ja.
Ha
Ja- gen steht den Hel-den anj
makes the Gods and He-ros gay.
(Wei-chet,) mei- ner Nym-phen Spot- ter,
Get ye hence, ye scur-vy scof-fers,
Go ye
(wei-chet) von Di-a-nen(s) Bahn,
get ye fron; Di-a- na's way.
3. Recitativo Tenor (Endymion)
Wie,
Ho*:
schon-ste Got- tin? wie?
fair-est God-dess? how?
Cantata 208
Was mir behagt
For the celebration of the 53rd Birthday
of Christian, Duke of Sachsen-'Veissenf els,
February 23, 1716. Text by Salomo Franck.
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XXIX, p. 3
Characters
Diana Soprano
Pales Soprano
Endymion Tenor
Pan Bass
(2 Cor. da caccia, 2 Ob., Taille, 2 Fl.,Fag.,
Violoncello, Violone, and Strings.)
1. Recitativo Soprano (Diana)
Was mir be- hagt,
The mer-ry chase,
ist nur die mun-tre Jagdl
the hunt, is my de-light I
Eh' noch Au-ro- ra pran-get,
Be-fore Au-ro-ra's face
Kennst du nicht mehr dein vor-mals
No Ion- ger know thy fcr-mer
hal-bes Le-ben?
bet -ter half J t
Hast du nicht dem En- dy- mi- on
Dost not re- mem-ber how, a-non,
in sei- ner sanf-ten Ruh'
thou kissed En- dy- mi- on ,
so man- chen Zu- cker-Kuss ge- ge-ben?
and waked him with a mer-ry laugh?
Bist du dann, Schon-ste, nun (von
Art thou then, fair-est, now from
Lie-bes- ban- den frei),
lo-ver's bon-dage free,
und fol-gest nur (der Ja-ge-rei)?
and fol-low on- ly ve-ne-ry?
but
eh' sie sich an den Him- mel wagt,
in splen-dor bright has ban-ished night ,
hat die-ser Pfeil
my truat-y dart
4. Aria Tenor (Endymion) V4 (d)
Willst du dich nicht mehr er- get-zen,
Though a lo- ver fumes and thresh-es
487
Cantata 208
(an den Net-zen),
in the mesh-es,
die dir A- mor legt,
Love for him has set;
wo man auch, wenn man ge- fan- gen,
ev-en so, it is a pleas-ure
nach Ver-lan- gen,
none can mea-sure,
'tis a plea-sure -bar 33.
(Lust und Lieb') in Ban- den pflegt?
to be caught in Cu-pid's net.
5, Recitativo Soprano (Diana) , Tenor (Endymion)
Diana
Ich lie-be dich zwar noch!
In-deed I love you stillj
Je- doch ist heut'
But here .to- day
-schie-nen,
best,
ein ho- hes Licht er-
ia one we all love
Cantata 208
6. Recitativo Bass (Pan)
Ich, der ich sonst ein Gott
I, though I be a God,
in die- sen Fel- dern bin,
and Lord of this do- main,
ich le- ge mei- nen Scha- fer- stab
re-sign my staff and shep-herd's rod,
vor Chri-sti-an's Re-gie-rungs-scep-ter
that Chri-sti- an sup-rerae to- day may
hin:
reignj
Weil der durch-laueh- te Pan
Since un- der this great Pan,
J
das Land so gluck-lich ma-chet,
so hap-py we will be
dass Wald und Feld und Al- les
that woods and fields will shout and
J
lebt und la-chetj
laugh with glee!
das ich vor al- lem muss
so take it not a- miss
mit mei-nem Lie- bes-kuss
that I re-serve my kiss
emp- fan-gen und ge- die-nenl
for this dis-tin-guished guest.
Der teu- re Chri-oti-an,
Our dear Prince Chri-sti-an,
der Wal- der Pan,
our wood-land Pan,
kann in er- wunsch-tein Wohl- er- ge-hen
de-serves our wel- come high and hear-ty
sein ho- hes Ur-3prungs-Fest itzt se-hen,
to ce-le-brate his birth-day par-ty.
Endymion
So gon-ne nur, Di-a-na,
Per—mit me, too, Di-a-na,
dass ich mich mit dir it-zund ver-bin- de,
that I add to yours my own do-na-tion,
a- do-ra-tion,
und an "ein Freu-den-Op-fer" zun- de.
to aid this hap-py ce-le- bra-tion.
Duet Arioso, bothi )
(JaJ jai ) wir tra-gen (un- sre Flam-men. )
Hur- rah J with hap-py joy- ful voi-ces
(mit Wunsch), und Freu- den itzt ( zu-sam-men. )
for you the wood-land all re-joi-ces.'
7. Aria Bass (Pan)
(Ob. I A IT, Taille)
Ein Furst ist sei- nes Lan- des Pan!
Like Pan, the Prince must rule his land J
A Prince must be an- oth- er PanJ
Gleich wie der Kor-per oh- ne See- le,
No Prince can wise-ly rule his peo-ple,
nicht le-ben noch sich re-gen kann,
un- less he be a no-ble man;
nicht le-ben noch sich re-gen, noch sich
un- less he be, un-less he be a
re-gen kann,
no-ble man;
so ist das Land (die To- ten-Hoh- le),
the land ia but a place of sor-row
das son-der Haupt und Fur- sten ist
which has no mon-arch good and great
(und so) (das be-ste) Teil) ver-misat.
who well and wiae-ly rules the State.
who
433
Cantata 208
8. ReoitatiYO Soprano (Palea)
Soil denn der Pa-les Op- fer hier das lets-
Shall Pa- les be the last thus her re-spects
-te aein?
to pay?
Neinj Neini
Nay I Nay!
Ich will die Pflicht auch nie- der- le-gen,
I, too, my voice in song would raise,
und da das gan- ze Land vom Vi- vat
80 as the woods and groves with "Vi-vats"
schallt,
ring,
auch die-see scho-ne Feld
here in this love-ly field
zu Eh-ren un-serm Sach- sen-Held,
in ho-nor of our Prince I sing
I
zur Freud' und Lust be- we- gen!
a joy- ous song of praise!
and joy- ful sing my prai- ses!
s9. Aria Soprano { Pales) V* (BD)
I (Fl. I ft II)
iScha- fe kon- nen si-cher wei- den,
Flocks and herds may safe-ly pas-ture
! wo ein gu- ter Hir- te wacht,
Iwhen their shep-herd guards them well!
[wo Re- gen- ten wohl re- gie-ren,
They whose mon-arch loves them tru-ly,
Ikann man (Ruh' und Frie- den spu-ren)
,ltnows their needs and fills them du-ly,
knows and
und was Lan- der gluck-lich macht.
iwill in peace and con- cord dwell.
10. Rflcitativo Soprano (Diana)
5o stimmt mit ein,
po join with me,
und lasst des Ta- ges Lust voll-kom- men sein.'
Ithat this glad day, a day of days may be.'
Cantata 208
11. Chorus
(Cor. I 4 II, Vn. I, Ob. I, Vn. II ft Ob.
II, Va. ft Taille, Violoncello ft Fag.,
Violone grosso. )
(Le- be,) (Son- ne) die-ser Er-den,
Pass ye swift-ly, hap-py ho-urs,
weil Di-a-na bei der Nacht
fair Di-a-na, thru the night,
an der Burg des Him- mels wacht,
gaz-es down from Hea-ven's height
weil die Vial- der gru- nen wer- den,
on the woods and fields and flo-wers.
12. Duet Soprano-Tenor ( Diana-End ymi on)
(Violin solo.)
Ent- zu- cket uns bei- de,
In this ce- le- bra-tion
ihr Strah-len der Freu- de,
your glo- ri- fi- ca-tion
und zie- ret den Him- mel mit De-mant-
we all would ac-claim with ex- ul-tant
-Ge-schmei- de.
e- la- tion.
Furst Chri-sti- an wei- de
Prince Chri-eti-an's na-tion,
auf lieb-lich-sten Ro-sen, be- frei- et
be pro- sper-ous, hap-py, and free from
vom Lei- de.
pri-va-tion!
13. Aria Soprano (Pales)
Weil die wol- len- rei-chen Her-den
See our flocks with woo-ly flee-ces
rich- est
durch dies weit- ge- pries '-ne Feld
fill the fields and roam the sward;
lu- stig aus-ge- trie-ben wer-den,
day by day our joy in-crea-ses,
le- be die- ser Sach-sen-Held.
in our ho-nored Sax-on Lord.
long, long live our Sax-on Lord. -?l-32.
439
Cantata 208
14. Aria Bass (Pan) 3/8 (?)
Ihr Fel- der und Au- en,
Ye mea-dows and hea-ther,
lasst grii- nend euch schau- en,
bright co-lored, to- ge- ther
(ruft Vi- vat), itzt zu,
your vi-vata in- crease;
(es le- be der Her-zog) (in Se- gen)
long life to our Ru-ler, con-tent-ment
und Rub.',
and peace.
IS. Chorus 3/8 (F)
(Cor. I 4 II, Ob. I & II, Taille, Fag.,
Violoncello, Violone, and Strings.)
Ihr lieb-lich-ste Bli- eke,
May Hea-ven be-friend you
ihr freu- di- ge Stun-den,
in all your en-dea- vor,
euch blei- be das Glu- eke
and good luck at-tend you
(auf e- wig) ver-bun-denj
for-ev-er and ev-er.
Euch kro- ne der Him- mel mit su- sae-
May all things de-light you and no-thing
-ater Lust,
an- noy.
Furst Chri-sti- an le- be!
So long live Prince Chria-tian,
Ihm blei-be be-wusat,
and may he en- joy
was Her- zen ver- gnu- get,
a life free from sad-ness,
(was Trau- em) (be- sie- get J)
and filled full of glad-nessJ
Alto 4 Tenor bars 91-95j
waa Trau- ern, Trau- em be- aie- get.
and filled and filled full of glad-nesa.
Cantata 209
Non ea che sia dolore
Bach's authorship is diaputed.
The Italian text Terry says is corrupt
and probably not by an Italian.
Bachgesellachaft Vol. XXIX, p. 45
(Fl. tr. and Strings.)
1. Sinfonia 2/4 (b)
(Instr. as above)
2. Recitativo Soprano (Strings.)
J
Non sa che sia do- lo-re,
There is no grea-ter woe
J)
chi dall' a- mi- co suo par-te e non
than when a friend far a- way must
J
mo-re.
go-
II fan-ciul-lin' , che plo- ra e ge- me
For when a lit- tie child is wail-ing,
ed al-lor che piu e- i te- me,
his mo- ther' s love ne-ver fail-ing
vien la ma- dre a con- so- lar.
con- soles and cot-forts him.
Va dun- que a cen- ni del Cie- lo
Min- er- va's call un-re- lent-ing
ad- em-pi or di Mi- ner- va il ze- lo.
makes fu-tile all our tears and la-ment-ing.
3. Aria Soprano 4/4 (a)
(Fl. end Strings. )
Par- ti- pur e con do- lo- re
Leave us then de-spite our sor-row
la- sci a noi (do- len- te il cuo- re.)
tho' our hearts will dread the r.or-row.
leave us then -29-30.
La pa- tria go- de- ra- i,
You know the joy and beau-ty
a do- ver la ser- vi- ra- i,
with a will and do your du-ty;
var- chi or di spon- da in spon- da,
o- ver the seas you are go- ing,
far o- ver -63-64.
bars 63-65j
var- chi or di spon-da di spon- da
Far ov- er the seas you are go- ing.
4^0
3antata 209
Cantata 209
in Bpon- da
are go- ing
pro- pi- zj ve- di il ven- to e
the waves are smooth, fair winds are
bar 63t breez-es are
l'on- da,
bio- wing.
bare 67-;68: ^
tBTTSibif: or di spon-da in spon- da
tho* far- off you are go- ing
bare 68-70:
pro- pi- xj
the waves are
ve- di il ven- to, il
smooth, fair breez-es are
ven- to e l'on- da.
gen-tle blow-ing.
4. Recitative* Soprano ,
A , J
Tuo sa- ver al tens- po e l'e- ta con- tra-sta,
foil are wise be-yond your years or times;
fir- tu e va- lor sol a vin- cer ba-sta;
let vir-tue and va- lor re-main your goal;
ma chi gran ti fa- ra
new du- ties cast you for
piu che non fu-sti
high-er role,
Ans- ba- ca pie- na
still high-er stri-ving,
|i tan-ti Au-gus- ti.
new strength de- ri-ving.
5. Aria Soprano 3/8 (G)
(Fl. and Strings. )
(Ri-cet-ti) gra- mez- za e pa- ven- to,
A- way ye fore-. bo- dings and fear-ingj
qual no- chier pla- ca-to il ven- to,
as the steers-man when skies are clear-ing,
piu non te— me o si sco-lo- ra,
un- a- fraid and joy-ous pa-ces
ma con-ten- to in su la pro- ra
on the deck, and o- cean-ward fa- ces,
bars 37-40:
>. J>
qual no- chier pla- ca- to il ven- to
as the steers-man when skies are clear-ing
bars 40-46: ^
qual no- chier pla- ca- to il ven- to
as the steers-man when skies are clear-ing
bars 98-102:
qual no- chier pla- ca- to il ven- to,
as the steers-man when the skies a-
qual no- chier
-bove are clear-ing
bars 104-105:
pla- ca- to il ven- to
the skies are clear-ing
bars 105-108:
h J)
qual no- chier pla- ca- to il ven- to,
as the steers-man when skies are clear-ing
bars 109-112:
qual no- chier pla- ca- to il ven- to.
when the skies a- bove are clear-ing.
piu non te- me o si sco- la- ra,
un- a- graid and joy-ous pa- ces
ma con-ten- to in su la pro- ra
on the deck, and o- cean-ward fa- ces,
bare 141-144| 177-180: ^_
va can-tan- do in faccia al mar,
while his song floats o- ver sea,
bars 164-167:
va can-tan- do ir. fac-cia al mar
while his song floats o- ver the sea
bars 167-176:
va can-tan- do
while his song floats
bars 180-184: _
va, va, va, va can-tan- do in fac-cia al
while his song floats a- cross the qui- et
mar.
sea.
va can-tan- do in fac-cia al mar.
while his song floats o- ver sea.
491
Cantata 210
0 holder Tag
Wedding Cantata
For Soprano Solo
(1746)
Libretto probably by Picander
The unknown bridegroom (who was probably a
patron of music) and his bride each received
copies of the libretto. All but three numbers
of the music were later used in the unpublished
Cantata "0 Angenehme Lielodie" (1749) in honor
of Count Flemming of Dresden.
Cantata 210
2. Aria Soprano I 3/8 (A)
(Oboe d'amore, Strings.)
(Spie-let), ihr be- seel- ten Lie- der,
Bal-lads sung with sweet de- vo- tion
wer- fet die ent-zuck- te Brust
calm the soul and still the heart.
(in die Ohn-macht) sanf- te nie- der,
like a gen-tle, sooth-ing lo-t-ion,
soothe and calm it -49-52.
a- ber durch der Sai- ten Lust
Sounds of strings new life im-part,
star-ket und er- holt sie wie- der,
fire the soul with wild e- mo- tion.
(Oboe d'amore, Fl. tr. , Strings.)
bars 149-159;
er-holt sie, er- holt sie, er- holt
en- kin-die the spi-rit with wild
sie wie-der.
e- mo-tion.
1. Recitativo Soprano I (Strings.)
0 hoi- der Tag, er- wunsch-te Zeit,
0 love-ly day, a- wait- ed long,
will-kom- men, fro- he Stun-denJ
0 wel-come glad-some hour!
Ihr bringt 6in Fest, das uns er- freut,
V/ith joy we come in joy-ous throng;
weg, Schwer-mut, wegj weg, Trau- rig- keitj
a- way with grief and all that's dour.
Der Ilim-mel, wel- cher vor una wa-chet,
The God who guards us day and night
J
at euch zu un- srer Lust ge- ma-chetz
nr-dains this feast for our de-light j
drum lasst uns froh-lich seinj
so let us now be gay,
Wir sind von Gott dar— zu ver- bun-den,
with all the hap-py folk here bid-den
uns mit den Fro- hen zu er-freu'n.
to ce- le-brate this ho-li- day.
3. Recitativo Soprano II
Doch hal- tet ein,
Now play no more,
J
ihr mun-tern Sai-ten,
ye joy-ous strings}
denn bei ver-lieb- ten E- he-leu-ten
for bride and groom tran-qui-li-ty is
soli's stil-le sein.
the best of things.
Ihr har-mo- nirt nicht mit der Lie-be,
Your mu-sic does not mix with love,
denn eu- 're an- ge- bor'- nen Trie-be
it takes the mind from things a- bove
Jb
ver-lei-ten uns zur Ei-tel-keit,
and sti-mu-lates fri-vo- li- ty,
und die-ses schickt sich nicht zur Zeit.
quite out of place, you'll all a- gree.
Ein from-mes E- he- paar
A pi- ous mar-ried pair
will lie-ber zu dem Dank- al- tar
should ra-ther make their soul-ful prayer
mit dem Ge- mii- te tre-.ten
be-fore the al-tar kneel-ing,
und ein be- seel- tes Ab- ba be- tenj
and si-lent thank their God with feel-ing;
•492
Cantata 210
Cantata 210
•6 iat viei-mehr im Geist be-muht
•tie bet-ter far that they corn-pose,
und dich- tet in der Bruat
with- in their hearts, an air
ein an- ge-neh- mes Lied,
which they to none dis-close.
4. Aria Soprano II 12/8 (E)
(Oboe d'amore, Violin.)
(Ru-het) hie), (mat- te To- ne),
Qui-et now, mo-ving mu-sic,
jeu- re zar- te Har-mo- nie,
your en-thral-ling har-mc— nies
(ist (vor die be- gluck-te Eh'),
bride and groom too much en-thral,
this pair
(nicht) die wah- re) Pa- na-cee.
not the pro-per thing at all!
nur dass sie nicht als wie die Lie-be
but, un-like love, it is not ev-er
blind;
blind j
sie schleicht in al- le Her- zen ein
it oau- ees ev'-ry heart to glow,
j
und kann bei Hoh'n und Nie-dern seint
be his place high or be it low,
sie lockt den Sinn zum Him-mel hin
it points the soul its high-est goal;
und kann ver-lieb- ten See-len
and speaks ifo those in lore
des Hoch- sten Ruhm er- zah-len.
of things in Heav'n a- bove.
Ja, heisst die Lie- be sonst weit
Yea, though it be that love is
star-ker als der Tod,
strong-er.far than death,
J
ver leug-net? die Mu-sik starkt uns
in- deed mu-sic ex- alt- eth
To- des- not.
death it- self.
in
in
>• Recitativo Soprano I
3o glaubt man denn, dass die Mu-sik
Tho is it thinks that mu-sic is
ver- fuh- re,
be-witch-ing,
and gar nicht mit der Lie- be har-
jmd does not serve for mar-ried love's
-Eo- ni- re?
en-rich-ing?
i) nein. Wer woll- te denn nicht ih-
Ui nay! Else would such pa- trons so
-ren Wert be- trach-ten,
de- ser-ving deem it?
luf den so ho- he Gon- ner ach- ten?
)r would so high-ly they es-teem it?
Je-wies, die gu- ti- ge Na- tur
)e sure that mu-sic' s love-ly strains
,iieht uns von ihr auf ei-ne hoh'-re Spur.
; can draw our na-tures up to high-er planes.
|>ie ist der Lie- be gleich,
..ike love, the Child of Heav'n
>in gro-eses Him- mels- Kind,
n mu-sic there en- shrined,
0 wun- der- vol-les Spiel,
0 no-blest of the arts,
dich, dich ver- ehrt man viel.
you reach the heart of hearts.
Doch was er-klingt dort vor ein Kla-
But hear I not a plain-tive song
-ge- lied,
that sings
das den ge-schwin-den Ton
in lilt-ing me- lo- dy
be-lieb- ter Sai- ten flieht?
on sweet-ly sound-ing strings?
6. Aria Soprano II V4
(Flauto traverso)
(b)
Schweigt,
Peace,
ihr Flo-ten,
ye pi-pers",
schweigt, ihr To- ne,
peace nor plead ye,
denn (ihr klingt) dem Neid ( nicht scho-ne,)
there be they who do not heed ye,
49J
Cantata 210
Cantata 210
(silt) durch die ge- schwarz- to Luft,
haste, your tones are fraught with gloom,
out,
bars 17, 30, 43t
eilt, eilt)
a- way
bis man euch zu Gra- be ruft.
bet-ter suit-ed to the tonfc.
und ei- nen sol- chen Ma- ce- nat
and they would have you sing and play
sollst du auch it- zo in der Tat
to ce- le-brate their wed-ding day,
an sei- nem Hoch-zeit-fest ver- eh-ren.
so high your art do they re-vere. ^n
Wohl-an, lass dei- ne Stim- me h*6-renj
An- on, my song they now shall hear.
7. Recitativo Soprano I
Was Luft? was Grab?
What gloom? What tomb?
Soil die Uu- sik ver-der-ben,
Shall we let mu- sic per-ish
die uns so gro- ssen Nut- zen gab?
which for our joy should thrive and bloom?
■
Soil so ein Him-mela-kind er- ster-ben,
Will Hea-ven not its off-spring cher-ish,
und zwar fur ei- ne Hoi- len-brut?
is mus-ic then a child of Hell?
0 nein,
Ah no,
)
Drum auf ,
So up,
das kann nicht sein.
this must not be.
er- fri- sche dei- nen Mut,
all doubt-ing thoughts dis-pel,
die Lie- be kann ver-gnug- te Sai- ten
be-fore the ve- ry throne of Love will
gar wohl vor ih- rem Thro-ne lei- den.
your sing-ing strings be ev- er wel-come.
In des- sen lass dich nur den bias-sen
Mean-while, at these back-bi- ters I would
Neid ver- la-chen,
snap my fin-gers,
was wird sich dein Ge- sang aus Sa- tans
for what do Sa-tan's child-ren count with
Kin-dern ma- chen?
ho-nest sin-gers?
Ge- nug, dass dich der Him- mel sshutzt,
E-nough, the fools who scorn your art,
wenn sich ein Feind auf dich er-hitzt.
of beau-ty miss a ma-jor part.
Ge- trost, es le- ben noch Pa- tro-nen,
Take heart, be-neath your po-tent spell
f> J
die gem bei dei- ner An-mut woh-nen.
these no- ble pa-trons love to dwell,
8. Aria Soprano I 3/4 (c#)
(Ob. d'am., Vn. I & II.)
(From Angenehemes Wiederau, No. 11.)
Gro-«s«r Gon-ner, dein Ver- gnu- gen
Migh-ty Pat-ron, we would charm you,
muss auch un- sern Klang be-sie-gen,
with our sweet-est sound dis-arm you,
denn du ver- ehrst uns dei-ne Gunst,
mus- ic will touch your ve-ry heart.'
un- ter dei-nen TCeiB- heits-schat- zen
V/it of man has found no trea-sure,
bars 51-55:
nicht a, nichts, nichts kann dich so
naught, naught gi- ving sweet-er
sehr er- got- zen
pur- er plea-sure
als der eu-saen To- ne Kunst.
than by mu-sic's no-ble art.
9. Recitativo Soprano 4/4 (f#)
(Fl. tr., Ob. d'am., Strings.)
Hoch-teu-'rer Mann, so fah-re fer-ner fort,
Be- lo- ved Sir, re-lax not your re-gard
der ed-len Har-mo-nie wie itzt ge-neigt
for no-ble har-mo-ny, but let it keep
zu blei- ben,
in-crea-aing,
so wird aie dir der-einat die Trau-rig-
80 thus at last, with mel- an- cho- ly
-keit ver-trei- ben,
whol-ly cea- sing,
wo wird an man- chem Ort
the world a- round will raise
494
Cantata 210
dein wohl- ver-dien-tes Lob er- schal-len,
its voice to sing your well-earned praise}
dein Ruhm wird wie ein De- mant-stein,
your name and fame will then be known,
ja wie ein fe- ster Stahl be-stan-
as strong as steel and du- ra- ble
-dig s ein,
as stone,
bis dass er in der gan-zen Tfelt er- klin- ge.
thru-out the ve- ry u- ni -verse re-sound-ing.
In- dea-sen gon-ne mir,
And now I beg of you,
dass ioh bei dei-ner Hooh-zeit Freu- de
as fit-ting on this high oc- ca-sion,
ein wun-schend Op- fer zu-be-rei- te
to cul- mi- nate the ce-le-bra-tion,
und nach Ge- buhr dein kunf-tig' Gluck und
by hop-ing both of you live hap- py
Wohl be-sin- ge.
ev- er af-ter.
10. Aria Soprano V* (A)
(Fl. tr., Ob. d'am., Strings.)
(Seid) (be-gluckt), ed- le Bei- de, be-gluckt
Hap- py day, no-ble cou-ple, good luck
Be* stan- di- ge Lust
may joy and de-light
er- ful-le die Woh- nung,
fill ev-er your dwell-ing
ver- gnu- ge die Brust,
with all that is best
bis dass euch die Hoch- zeit des Lam- mes
un- til you are called to the Land of
er- quickt.
the Blest.
495
Cantata 211
Schwelgt at ill e
(1732)
The Coffee Cantata
During the 17th Century, coffee had been
introduced as a luxury into European society.
At first its use was limited to the well-to-do
classes, but after the Seven Years' War it be-
came generally popular, especially in Leipzig
where, in 1697, the Council levied a special
tax on the "undue number of coffee houses"
(II Spitta, 641, from which most of the follow-
ing is taken).
In 1766 the Landgrave of Hesse (apparently
the Carrie Nation of his day) issued an edict
forbidding the public or secret drinking of
coffee in his dominions, which edict was in
force for more than twenty years. The "coffee-
smellers" (Kaffeeriecher), who lodged the infor-
mation, received one-fourth of the fine (see
Frankfurter Zeitung for July 26, 1907, II
Schweitzer 278).
In a, collection of Cant at ea franc Pises,
published in Paris in 1703, there is included
one, in a "very elegant style", in praise of
coffee. In 1716, Johann Gottfried Krause wrote
a German text for a "Coffee Cantata".
In 1727, Picander (Christian Friedrich
Henrici), Bach's principal Leipsig librettist,
and the author of the text of the Peasants'
Cantata (No. 212), published, in the first vol-
ume of his poems, under the title "von aller-
hand Nouvellen", a kind of journal in "villain-
ous rhyme", satirizing the excessive use of
coffee. In this "poem" he pretends that the
King of France, had issued a royal mandate for-
bidding the drinking of coffee to all but him-
self and his court. Not only were the people
on the verge of revolution, but pestilence
broke out and the ."people,, died like flies".
Only when the mandate was revoked were the ter-
rible conditions relieved.
A few years later Picander turned his
"poem" into a comic cantata, for which, in 1732,
Bach composed this music.
In German, "Schlendrian" means "humdrum",
"routine", or "old fashioned". For the present
purpose, it might be translated "Old Stick-in-
the-Mud". In the last part of the last "Reci-
tative" by the "Tenore" (who is not the suitor,
but the teller of the story, like the Evangel-
ium in the Oratorios), Bach ohanges Pieander's
text, which Spitta tells us was decidedly vul-
gar. According to Terry, Bach added these last
two numbers to Picander' s text.
In the Frankfurter Nachrichten for 1739,
appeared the following notice:
Cantata 211
Of this notice Spitta says (II Spitta, 643,
"It is not, indeed, expressly stated that
the work to be performed by the 'fremder Musicu
was Bach's composition; but who else would have
put music to a poem treating of the state of
things in Leipzig and written by a Leipiig
poet especially for Bach?"
If this performance was of Bach's music,
it was, as Schweitzer points out (II Schweitzer
p. 279) the only authenticated instance of a
performance of one of his works, during his
lifetime, in another town.
In the manuscript of the cantata, Bach
uses the English spelling of "coffee", not
the German "Kaffee", and except in Lieschen's
final aria the accent comes on the first syll-
able. In this last aria, however, in the only
place where the word occurs in rhyme, it is
accented like Kaffee, and rhymes with "zu
Bette geh'".
The Cantata is most suitable for perfor-
mance as a little drama, in costume, or with
Marionettes. The final Terzett is marked
"Chor".
(Cembalo, Flauto traverso, Strings.)
1. Recitativo Tenor
Schweigt stil- le, plau-dert nicht,
Be si- lent, not a word,
und ho-ret, was jetz-und ge-schichtt
and lis-ten to what has oc- curredj
a tempo
Da kommt Herr Schlen- dri- an,
Herr Schlen- dri- an comes by,
mit sei- ner Toch-ter Lies-chen her;
see, too, his daugh-ter Liz- zie there;
er brummt ja wie ein Zei-del- bar.
he growls just like a griz-zly bear*
Hort sel-ber, was sie ihm ge-tan.
One min-ute, and we'll tell you why!
2. Aria Bass (Schlendrian) 4/* (D)
(Strings.)
Hat man nicht mit sei- nen Kin- dern
Child-ren of- ten-times are head-aches,
(hun-dert -tau-oand) Hu-de- leii
hun-dred thou-sand mi-se-riesj
"On Tuesday, April 7, a foreign musician
(fremder Uusicus) will give a concert in the
Kauffhauss under the N. Kramen, at which among
other things, will be performed a drame, Schlen- Was ich im- mer al- le Ta- ge
drian and his daughter LisBgen; tickets 30 Kreu- Day by day my daugh-ter Liz-zie,
ger, the words 12."
496
j
Cantata 211
Cantata 211
mei-ner Toch-ter Liea-chen aa-ge,
I ad- mon-ish 'til I'm diz-zy,
I re- buke her -36-37.
ge- het oh- ne Frucht vor- bei.
but the point she ne- ver eeea.
Cof-fee, Cof-fee muss ioh ha- ben.
Cof-fee, if my Pa would please me
und wenn Je-mand mich will la- ben,
on- ly Cof-fee will ap- pease me.
bars 66, 67 i
Ach ,
Hail
3. Recitatiyo Baas & Soprano (Schlendrian and
LieschenT
bars 68-72$
ach so sohenkt mir Cof-fee ein!
so I hail thee, Cof-fee mine"
Du bo- see Kind, du bo- aes Uad-chen,
You naugh-ty child, you naugh-ty Liz-zie!
ach! wenn er- lang' ich mei- nen Zweckj
Come! will you ne- ver n.end your ways?
tu' mit den Cof-fee weg!
Give up this Cof-fee craze!
Lieschen
Herr Va- ter, seid doch nicht so acharf J
Pa- pa, dear, please don't be so cross.
Wenn ich dee Ta- ges nicht drei-mal
Un-lees I made me a nice cup
mein Schal-chen Cof- fee trin- ken darf,
of Cof-fee, morn-ing, noon, and night,
bo werd' ich ja zu mei- ner Qual
I soon would look a per-fect fright,
jwie ein ver- dorr-tes Zie-gen-Brat-ohen.
like a- ny dried-up nan-ny goat.
5. Recitativo Bass & Soprano (Schlendrian
and Lieschen)
Schlendrian
Wenn du mir nicht den Cof- fee lasst,
If I see Cof- fee here- a- bout,
so Bollst du auf kein Hoch-seit-feat,
the next time you're in- vi- ted out,
auch nicht spa-zie- ren geh'n.
you just can stay at home.
Lieschen
Ach ja! Nur las-set mir den Cof- fee da!
0. K. but Cof-fee has come here to stay!
Schlendrian
Da hab' ich nun den klei-nen Af-fen!
You ir- ri- ta-ting lit-tle mon-key!
•4. Aria Soprano (Lieschen) 3/8 (b)
I (Fl. traverso)
i Ei! wie schmeckt der Cof-fee s'u-sse,
Hail! thou most prec-ious of bliss-es,
Ich will dir kei- nen Fisch-bein- rock
That sty-lish suit that you just bought
nach jetz'-ger Wei- te schaf-fen.
well, you had best re- turn it.
Leischen
Ich kann mich leicht da-zu ver-steh'n.
That does not wor- ry me one bit.
ilieb-li- cher als tau-sand Kus- se,
ichoi-cer than ten thou-sand kis-ses,
I mil- der als Mus-ka-ten-Wein.
isweet-er than Mus-ka-tel wine.
; bars 31-34, 120-123t
i Ei, ei, wie schmeckt der Cof-fee
'Hail, hail, hail to thee Cof-fee
i bare 35-38, 124-127:
Ei, ei, ei wie au- sse,
'Hail, hail best of bliss-es.
i bars_127-131t
sie s'u-sse ei wie su-sse
ih Cof-fee, ah sweet Cof-fee,
Schlendrian
Du sollat nicht an das Fen- ster tre-ten
You can- not atand be- fore the win-dow
und Kei-nen sehn vor- u- ber-geh'n.
to see the peo-ple walk-ing by.
Leiachen
Auch die-aea. Doch aeid nur ge- be- ten
No mat-ter, but still I im-plore you,
und las- set mir den Cof- fee steh'n.
that this one wish you gra- ti- fy.
Schlendrian
Du sollst auch nicht von mei- ner Hand
You may be sure that I'll with-hold
497
MinmuiBiiiun
Cantata 211
) i
ein sil-bern o- der gold-nea Band
that sil-ver brooch in- laid with gold,
auf dei-ne Hau- be krie-gen.
that fan-oy knit-ted swea-ter.
Lieachen
Ja, ja!
Oh yeah!
Nut lasat mir mein Ver- gnu-gen.
but Cof- fee is much bet-ter.
Schlendrian
Du lo- see Liea-chen du,
You wick-ed Liz- lie you,
so gibat du mir
I real- ly don't
my bid-ding will
You are a de-
denn Al- les zu?
know what do do.
you ne- ver do?
vil, thru and thru.
Cantata 211
Lieachen
Ach ja! Herr Va-ter,
Oh my! How Sw-fuli
ei- nen Mann!
not get mar-ried?
Schlendrian
Ich schwo- re, dasa ea nicht ge-aohicht.
I awear this ia no id- le jest.
Lieachen (aside)
Bi8 ich den Cof- fee las- sen kann?
(Ca- pi- tu- la-tion now seems best.)
Nun! Cof-fee, bleib* nur im- mer lie-gen.'
Well Cof-fee, here's good-bye for- e- ver!
(to Schlendrian)
Herr Va- ter, hort,
I tell you now,
ich trin-ke kei-
I touch the stuff
-nen nicht.
no more.
6. Aria Bass (Schlendrian) V* (•)
Mad-chen, die von har-ten Sin-nen,
Mai-dens, you are all pig-head-ed
(sind nicht leich- te) zu ge-win-nen.
stub-born- nees is deep im-bed-ded.
im- bed- ded deep -bar 19.
ve- ry deep -bar 20„
den rech-ten Ort
are not too dumb
Doch trifft
man
Yet if
we
o! so kommt
man
you may still
be
you may
be
gluck-lich fort,
o- ver- come*
o- ver- come. -52-53.
bar^47 »
so kommt man gliick- lich
may still be ov- er-come
7. Recitativo Bass & Soprano (Schlendrien &
Lieschen
Schlendrian
Nun fol- ge,
Now lie-ten
Lieachen
In Al-lem,
Not Cof-fee,
was dein Va- ter spricht.
to your Fa-ther talk!
nur den Cof-fee nicht.
for at that I balk.
Schlendrian
Wohl- an! so musst du dich be- que-men,
All right! while with this weed you're bu-sy,
auch nie-mals ei- nen Mann zu neh-men.
no wed-ding bells will ring for Liz-zie.
Schlendrian
So sollst du end-lioh ei- nen krie-gen.
I'll find a man both rich and cle-ver.
8. Aria Soprano (Lieachen) 6/8 (G)
(Strings and Cembalo.)
Heu-te noch, heu-te noch,
Hap-py day, hap-py day,
lie- ber Va- ter, tut es doch,
dar-ling Fa-ther, don't de-lay,
Ach, ein Mann, ach, ach, ein Mann,
Ah, a beau, ah, ah, a beau,
wahr-lich die- ser steht mir an.
tru- ly that will please me so;
(die- ser steht mir treff-lich an.)
no- thing else will please me so.
Wenn es eich doch bal-de fug-te,
Ere the clock's a- gain at ze-ro
fur
dass ich end-lich vor Cof- fee,
fa-ther now has pro-mised me
eh' ich noch zu Bet-te geh'
that in trade for my Cof-fee,
(ei-nen wa-ckern) Lieb-eten krieg-te.
I will get a Hue- ky He- ro!
bars ll3-117i
auch a Hus- ky, Hus- ky He- ro!
498
Cantata 211
9. Recitativo Tenor
Nun geht und sucht der al- te Schlen-dri-
Old Schlen-dri- an is seareh-ing far and
-an,
wide,
fur
wie er vor sei-ne Toch-ter Lies-ohen
to find a man to whom to of- fer
bald ei- nan Mann ver-schaf-fen kann;
his daugh-ter Li 2- lie as a bride,
doch Lies-chen streu- et heim-lich aust
but, Liz an- noun- ces on the slyt
(kom- me mir ins)
"kein Frei-er konm' mir in das Haus,
"No can- di- date need here ap- ply
er hah' es mir denn selbst ver-spro-chen
un-less he makes an af- fi- da- vit,
und ruck* es auch der E- he- stif- tung an,
and writes it in the mar-riage-con-tract too,
dass ndr er- lau- bet mo- ge sein,
that he will al- ways let me brew
den Cof-fee, wenn ich will, zu koch-en.
my Cof-fee, when I chance to crave it.
Cantata 212
The Peasants* Cantata
(1742)
(Picander)
In 1742, Karl Heinrich von Dieskau, Cham-
berlain (Kammerherr) of the Saxon Court, be-
came, on his mother's death, Lord of the Manor,
(Gutsherr) of Klein-Zschocher and Knauthain,
villages near Leipzig. On August 30, 1742,
the villagers of Klein-Zschocher held a festi-
val, at which they pledged allegiance to the
new Gutscherr. It was for this celebration
that this Cantata was written, and it was there
first performed.
As Prefect of the District, (Kreishaupt-
mann), Dieskau was Inspector of the land, li-
quor, and income taxes, and of the quarterly
tax. (Ill Spitta, p. 176). Picander, (Chri-
stian Friedrich Henrici, 1700-1764), who wrote
the Libretto, had several months before ob-
tained the position of Receiver of the land
and liquor taxes (II Spitta, p. 340, III id.
p. 176). Hence the frequent humorous allus-
ions to the Tax-Collector. Probably Picander,
who was an intimate friend of Bach and had
written a number of his Cantata libretti, in-
duced Bach to write the music. In 1752 we
find Frau Dieskau acting as Godmother for the
first-born son of Wilhelm Friedemann, (II
Schweitzer, p. 290).
(Flauto traverso, Corno, Strings.)
10. Chorus (Lieschen, Tenore, Schleadrian)
(Fl. tr., and Strings.) 4/4 (G)
Die Kat- ze lasst das Mau-sen nicht,
As mice to cats, the Cof -fee-craze,
die Jung-fern blei-ben Cof-fee-schwe-stern.
is all the rage with all who use it.
Die Mut-ter liebt den Cof- fee-Brauch,
When Pa and Ma both love the brew,
die Gross-ma- ma trank sol-chen auch,
and ev- en Grand- ma loves it too,
wer will nun auf die Toch-ter la-stern?
how can we to the girls re- fuse it?
Sop. bars 63-64; Ten. 85-86; Bass 66-67, 84-85i
(auf die Toch- ter)
to the daugh-ter s
1. Sinfonia 3/4 2/4 6/8 (A)
(Violin, Viola.)
The Sinfonia is a Quodlibet of seven
dances tunes.
According t° Spitta, (II, 178) the greater
part of the following numbers are dance-tunes,
the two Duets being bourrees, the first two
Arias polonaises, the third a mazurka, and
the fourth a sarabande, etc..
2. Duet Soprano-Bass /i (A)
(Violin, Viola.)
Ifer hahn en neu-e 0- ber- keet
The Cham-ber-lain is now our Squire,
an un- sern Kam- mer-herrn.
a first-rate Squire is he;
Ha gibt uns Bier, das steigt ins Heet,
his beer sets all our heads on fire,
da 1st der kla- re Kern,
'tis strong as beer can be.
499
Cantata 212
Cantata 212
Der Pfarr mag im- mer bu- se tun}
The Par- son well may fret his fill,
ihr Speel-leut halt euch flinkj
strike up ? mu- si- cian's bench!
Der Kit-tel- wa-ckelt Mie- cken sohun,
for Mol-ly here just can't keep still,
das kle-ne lu- se Ding,
the sau-cy lit-tle wench'.
3. Recitativo Soprano-Base
(Violin, Viola.)
V* (A)
Bass
Nu, Mie-cke
Now, Mol-ly,
und ein tol-les Wes- pen-heer
in a fear-ful fight col-lide,
mit ein- an- der zan-kisch war',
round and round in your in- side.
5. Recitativo Bass
Der Herr ist gut, al- lein der Schoa-ser,
The Squire is fine, but what a de- vil
da ist ein Schwe-fels-mann,
the Tax-col- lect- or is!
(Picander, who wrote the libretto, had recently
been appointed Receiver of Taxes for this District.)
gib dem Gus-chel im- mer her'
won't you give me one nice kiss? der wie ein Blitz ein neu Schock
Just like a flash, with- out a
Soprano
Wenn's das al- lei- ne war'!
If you would stop at that J
Ich kenn' dich schon, du Ba- ren-hau- ter,
I know you well you old Go- ril-liar,
du willst her-nach nur im- mer wei- ter.
you'd just get more and more fa- mi-liar.
(The words of the popular tune which is
played here are not printable, even in 1942.)
i
Der neu- e Herr hat ein sehr scharf Ge-sicht.
Our Mas-ter now, he has an ea- gle eye.
Bass
Ach.' un- ser Herr schilt nicht;
Ah, but he would not mind;
he' 8 a first- rate guy;
er weiss so gut ale wir,
he knows as well as we,
und auch wohl bes-ser.
and may- be bet-ter,
(wie schon)
how sweet
ein biss-chen Dah-len schmeckt.
a lit- tie lo-ving tastes.
stra-fen kann,
day of grace,
wenn man den Fin-ger kaum ins kal- te
he'll tax you for the right to wash your
^as- ser steckt.
hands and face.
6. Aria Bass 3/4 (D)
(Violin, Viola.)
Ach, Herr Schoa-ser, geht nicht gar zu
Mis- ter Tax- col- lect- or have a
schlinzn
he art I
mit una ar- men Bau-ers-leu-ten urn, ach J
we poor ooun-try-folk are not so smart. Ah*
4. Aria Soprano 3/4 (A)
(Violin, Viola.)
Ach, es schmeckt doch (gar zu gut,)
Love's a feel- ing hard to beat,
wenn ein Paar recht freund-lich tut;
when a lo- ving pair get sweet;
ei, da braust es in dem Ran- zen,
feels as if, down in your giz-zards,
als wenn ei- tel Floh' und Wan- zen
flees and bugs and wasps and li-zards,
Schont (nur un- sre Haut,)
Leave us just our hair
oh Just our hair
freest ihr gleich das Kraut
would you strip us bare?
wie , die Rau-pen bis zun kah-len Strunk,
like a ca-ter- pil-lar on a weed?
habt nur ge- nugj
oh no in-deed«'
500
Cantata 212
7. Recitativo Soprano 4/* (D)
Eb bleibt da- bei,
I'm sure of thisi
dass un- aer Herr der be- ate Bei;
our maa-ter is the best of men;
er ist nioht bes-ser ab- zu- ma- len,
you don't see bet-ter ones in pic-tures;
und auch mit kei- nem Hop- fen-sack voll
I would not take in trade for him a
Bat- zen zu be- zah- len.
hop-sack full of farth-ings.
8. Aria Soprano 3/4 (b)
(Violin, Viola.)
Un- ser treff-li- cher
Mas-ter kind and true
lia-ber Kam-mer-herr,
we are all for you;
ist ein cum-pab-ler Mann,
we one and all ad- mire
den Nie- mand ta-deln kann.
our well- be- lov- ed Squire.
9. Recitativo Bass & Soprano
Er hilft una al- len alt und jung.
He helps us all, both old and young.
Und dir ins Ohr ge-spro-chen:
(Now this is con-fi- den-tial: )
let un- ser Dorf nicht gut ge- nung
t'was he that saved us from the draft;
letzt bei der Wer-bung durch-ge-kro-chen?
he is ao ve- ry in- flu-en- tial.
Soprano ,
Ich weisa wohl noch ein bes- ser Spiel,
A bet- ter one than that I know,
der Herr gilt bei der Steu-er viel.
'tis he can keep the ex-cise law.
Cantata 212
10. Aria Soprano s/4 (G)
(Violin, Viola.)
Das ist ga-lant,
Now that is well,
ea spricht Nie-mand
let no- one tell
von den ca- du- cken Scho-cken,
how thus the tax we're shirk-ing.
Nie-mand red't ein stum-mes Wort,
NNo one knows this, on- ly you,
Knau-thain und Cos-pu-den dort
Knau-thain and Cos-pu-den too,
(Knauthain and Cospuden were two near-by villages.)
hat sel-ber Werk am Ro-cken.
to pay the tax are work-ing.
11. Recitativo Baas
Und un- sre gnad'- ge Frau ist nicht ein
And too, our grac- ioua Dame is not the
prin- kel stolz.
least bit proud.
Und ist gleich un- ser-eins ein arm und
She might be one of us, tho' we're a
gro- bes Holz,
rough-ish crowd;
so red't sie doch mit una da- her,
she ne- ver makes a bit of fuss,
als wenn sie un-sers Glei-chen war'.
and al-ways free-ly speaks to us.
Sie ist recht fromm, recht wirt- lich und
She's pi- ous, too, and thrif- ty in
ge- nau,
a trade.
und mach-te un-eer'm gnad'-gen Herm
why just the oth- er day she got
aus ei- ner Fle-der-maus viel Ta-ler gem,
two dol-lars for one bat J just think of that?
12. Aria Baas 3/4 (BD)
(Violin, Viola.)
Funf-zig Ta- ler ba-res Geld
Fif- ty dol-lars rea-dy cash
501
Cantata 212
h A
trock'-ner Wei- se zu Ver-sctamau- sen.
we have free-ly spent on this af-fair,
ist ein Ding, das har- te fallt,
which would seem a lit-tle rash
wenn sie uns die Haa-re zau- sen,
if you take a- way our ve-ry hair.
doch was fort ist, bleibt wohl fort,
What is gone is gone for good,
•>
kann man doch am an-dern Ort
but if some-one on- ly would
al- les dop-pelt wie-der spa- ren;
loo-sen up a bit our col-lars,
lass die funf-zig Ta-ler fah- ren.
we'll for-get the fif-ty dol-lars.
lass die funf-zig Ta-ler, funf-zig, funf-zig,
we'll for-get the fif-ty, fif-ty, fif-ty,
funf-zig Ta-ler fah- ren.
fif-ty, fif-ty dol-lars.
Cantata 212
zieh' heu-te ganz al- lei-ne
to- geth-er here may ev-er
der tJ- ber- fluas des Se- gens ein,
a- bun-dance great of bles-sings come,
15. Recitative Bass
Das ist zu klug vor dieh
That is too ci- ti- fied
und nach der Stad-ter Wei- se;
and ve- ry much too cle-ver;
wir Bau-ern sin- gen nicht so lei- se.
we coun-try folk sing soft-ly ne-ver.
Das Stuck-chen, ho- re nur,
To this one give an ear,
das schi-cket sich vor mich.
this is the kind for me.
13. Recitativo Soprano
Im Ernst ein Wort!
But lis- ten nowj
Noch eh' ich dort an un-sre Schen-ke
Be- fore we all go to the tav-ern
und an den Tanz ge-den- ke,
and start to think of danc-ing,
so sollst du erst der Ob- rig-keit
this brand new song I must of you re-quire
r
neu- es Lied-chen von uns ho-ren,
to hear in ho- nor of our Squire.
14. Aria Soprano 3/8 (A)
(Fl. tr., and Strings.)
Klein-Zscho-cher m'us-se
Our ti- ny ci-ty
so zart und su-sse
is-n't it pret-ty?
wie lau-ter Man- del-ker- ne sein,
sweet as the sweet-est su-gar plum,
In un- se-re Ge- mei- ne
To all of us as-semb-led
16. Aria Bass 6/8 (G)
(Cor., Violin, Viola.)
Es neh-me zehn-tau-send Du- ka- ten
Oh may you get ten thou-sand du-cats
so take in your -12-13.
der Kam-mer-herr al- le Tag' ein,
for ev- e- ry * day in the year,
J1 Er trink' ein gu- tes Glas- chen Wein
zu Eh-renAnd drink a glass of right good wine
und lass' es ihra be-kom- men sein.
we hope it may a-gree with you fine.
* Sing in three syllables.
The tune to the above was probably a popular
hunting song; hence the horn.
17. Recitativo Soprano
— h JS
Das klingt zu lie- der lich.
That sounds just la-dee-dee-daf
Es sind so hub-ache Leu- te da,
when there are such fine peo-ple here!
die wur- den ja von Her-zen dru-ber
I'm sure they're giv-ing you the Mer-ry
la- chen;
Ha- ha*
50&
Cantata 212
Cantata 212
nicht an- ders,
I dare say
als wenn ich die al- te
when I sing this old, old
Wei- ae woll-te ma- c hem
song I'll get an-oth- erl
18. Aria Soprano 3/4 (D)
(Corno, Violin, Viola.)
(Gib, Scho- ne, viel Soh- ne von art'- ger
May Hea-ven now grant to you two Gra-
A great ma- ny splen-did and fine stur-
Ge- stalt,)
cious Ones
-dy Sons,
und zieh'- sei fein alt,
big stal-wart and tall,
(das
may you
is the heart
wun-schet sich Zscho-cher und Knaut«
ne- ver grow old and your joys
i- est wish of your vil-
-hain fein bald.
ne- ver pall,
-la- gers all.
The melody for No. 18 was probably a fam-
iliar Cradle Song (III Spitta, 180). The Dies-
kaus had hitherto had only daughters (id 180).
j 19. Recitativo Baas
Du hast wohl recht.
i You're right, by gad J
j Das Stuck-chen klingt zu schlecht;
\ That piece was ve- ry bad.
I ich muss mich al-so zwin-gen
I'll have to try an- oth-er,
was Stad-ti-sches zu sin-gen.
i more ci-ti- fied than t' oth-er.
20. Aria Base 3/8 (A)
(Violin.)
Borrowed, with slight alterations from the
secular Cantata, Phoebus and Pan (Cantata 201
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XL {2), p. 138).
Dein Wachs-tum sei fe- ste
May plen- ty be such you'll
bars 34-35, 46-47, 50-52, 78-79i
sei fe- ste
be with you
bars 84-87 t
dein Wachs-tum sei fe-ste
with plen-ty you'll ev-er
und la- che vor Lust,
be iaugh-ing for joy.
bars 41-42, 89-90!
la- — — - — che
lau-ha-ha etc. -ghing
Dei-nes Her- zen Treff-lich-keit
For thy hearts own ex- cell-ence
hat dir selbst das Feld be- reit,
has it- self en-riched the soil
auf dem du blu-hen musst.
from which thy plen-ty grows.
22. Recitativo Soprano and Bass
Und da- mit sei es auch ge- nung.
En-ough,we each have had our chance,
Bass
Nun mus-sen wir wohl ei-nen Sprung
and now it is high time to dance.
in un-s'rer Schen- ke wa- gen.
a- way to our good ta-vern,
Soprano
Das heist, du willst nur das noch sa-gent
which means, that we must sing to-geth-ert
23. Aria Soprano jt (D)
(Violin, Viola)
Und dass ihr's al- la wisst,
So all of you may know
es ist nun-mehr die Frist
the best part of this show
zu trin-ken.
is drink-ing.
Wer dur-stig ist
All thir-sty ones
mag win-ken.
may beck-on.
Ver- sagt's die reoh- te Hand,
When right hands are tired out
50S
Cantata 212
Cantata 212
so dreht euch un- ver-wandt
on lefts with-out a doubt
aur lin-ken. Wer 1st dur-stig
you'll reck-on who are thir-sty -bar 23.
reck- on. all -22-23.
der Tu-del- Tu-del- Tu-del- Tu-del
Hey did-dle did-dle did-dle did-dle
Tu-del- Tu-del-sack.
did-dle did-dle- dey.
24. Recitativo Base & Soprano
Bags
Mein Schatz, er- ra- ten!
My dear, you said it!
Soprano
Und veil wir nun da- hier nichts mehr zu
Since we have fin-ished with the pro-gram
tun,
here,
so wol- len wir auch Schritt Tor Schritt in un-
we all will am- ble step by step ae-ross
-sre al-te Schen-ke wa- ten.
the way to our old ta-vern.
Ei! hoi* mich der und die- ser,
Well! may the De- Til take me,
Herr Lud- wig und der Steu'r-Re- vi- ser
the Ser-geant, and the Tax- col-lect-or,
nuss heu- te mit.
oust come a- long.
25. Chorus 4/4 (F)
„ (Violin, Viola.)
b J> ,
Wir gehn nun, wo der Tu- del- sack,
To the. inn a- way where bag-pipes play
in un- srer Schen- ke brummt.
the fid-dies and the bag- pipes too.
Und ru- fen da- bei froh-lich ausi
So shout we all as we be- gin,
Ss le- be Dies-kau und sein Ha us,
"Long life to Dies-kau and his kin.
ihm sei be- schert)
may they with- out
was er be-gehrt
ex-eept-ion get
und was er sich selbst wun-schen mag.
the few good things they havn't got yet.
Cantata 213
Die Wahl des Herkules
The Choice of Hercules
Libretto by Pioander
Performed at Leipzig in 1733 for the
birthday of Crown Prince Friedrich Christian.
Scene. On Mount Olympus.
Characters
Wollust( Pleasure) Soprano
Hercules Alto
Tugend (Virtue) Tenor
Uerkur (Mercury) Bass
Chorus of Olympians S-A-T-B
(2 Cor. da c, 2 Ob., Ob. d'amore, Strings.)
1. Chorus 3/8 (F)
(Instr. as above except Ob. d'am. )
(Beginning of Part TV of Christmas Oratorio.)
Laast uns sor- gen, lasst uns wa- chen
Let us watch him, let us guard him,
u- ber un-sern Cot- ter- sohn.
our be-lov-ed Heav'n-born Son.
Un- ser Thron wird auf Er- den
Here on earth make him glo-rious,
herr-lich und (ver-kla-ret wer- den)
migh- ty, o- ver all vie- to-rious,
o'er
(un- ser Thron,)
ev'-ry one
wird aus ihm ein Wun-der ma- chen.
as our He-ro all re- gard him.
2. Recitativo Hercules (Alto)
Und wo?
And how?
wo ist die rech- te Bahn,
how may I well dis-cern
504
Cantata 213
da ich den ein- ge-pflanz-ten Trieb,
the path which leads to true Re- nown,
dem Tu-gend,
to Vir-tue
Glanz und Ruhm
and to Truth
und
and
Ho- heit lieb,
Up-right-ness
zu sei- nem Zie- le brin-gen kann?
for which our hearts and spi-rits yearn?
Ver- nunft,
We strive
Ver-stand und Licht
for all these things
be- gehrt deir. al- len nach-zu- ja- gen.
our mind and rea-son seek to gain them.
Ihr schlan-ken Zwei- ge,
Ye love- ly for-ests,
konnt ihr nicht Rat o- der Wei-se sa- gen?
teach ye me now that I may at-tain them.
3. Aria Soprano (Wollust) 2/4 (BD)
(Strings.)
(No. 19 of Christmas Oratorio for Alto.)
Schla-fe, mein Lieb-ster, und pfle- ge der
Sleep, my be- lov- ed, en- joy thou thy
Run',
rest,
, fol- ge der Lo- ckung ent-brann-ter
fol-low thy long-ings, de-siresi that
Ge- dan- ken.
in-flame thee.
Cantata 213
Die An- mut ge-het schon vor- an,
for Grace and Beau-ty will pre-cede,
die Ro- sen vor dir aus- zu- brei-ten.
and strew your path with bud-ding ro- ses.
Ver-zie-he nicht, den so be- quo-men Gang
So tar-ry not but go the ea-sy way
mit Freu- den zu er- wah-len.
which plea-sure now pro- po-aes.
Tugend
Wo- hin,
To where,
mein Her-cu-les, wo- hin?
my Her-cu-les, to where?
J
du wirst des rech- ten We-g8s feh-len.
thou wouldst from paths of vir-tue stray J
Durch Tu-gend, Muh' und F'leiss,
Thru' vir-tue, toil and stress
er- he— bet sich ein ed-ler Sinn,
there lies the road to hap-pi- ness.
Wollust
Wer wah- let sich den Schweiss,
But who would choose to sweat
der in Ge-mach-lich-keit
in- stead of, at his ease,
und scher-zen- der Zu- frie- den- heit
to take the fond de-lights that please,
sich kann sein wah-res Heil er- wer-ben?
the joys which fit our in- cli-na-tion?
Tugend
Das heisstr sein wah-res Heil ver-der-ben.
You mean, which hin-der our sal-va-tion.
Schme-cke die Lust der lu- ster-nen
Taste the de-lights which surge in thy
Brust,
breast,
und (er-ken- ne (kei- ne Schran- ken).
let no fet-ters e'er re-strain thee.
1 4. Recitativo Soprano (Wollust) & Tenor (Tugend)
Wollust
lAufJ fol- ge mei- ner Bahn,
jUpJ fol-low where I lead,
Ida ich dich oh- ne Last und Zwang
and I will make your bur-den light i
jmit sanf-ten Trit-ten wer- de lei-ten.
your jour-ney pleas-ant, smooth and bright}
5. Aria Hercules (Alto) 6/8 (A)
(Oboe d'amore. )
(No. 39 of Christmas Oratorio, for Soprano.)
Treu- es E-cho die- ser Or-ten,
Faith-ful e-cho, come, a- wa-ken,
sollt' ich bei den Schmei-chel-wor-ten
tell me, would I be mis- ta-ken,
su- sser Lo- ckung ir- rig sein?
these al- lure-ments to fore- go?
sollt' ich ir- rig sein?
thou must sure-ly know.
Gib mir dei- ne Ant-wort; ("Mein."')
Give me no* thine an-swer, "NoJ"
Gib mir Ant -wort j ("NeinJ")
Give me an-swer, "NoJ"
535
Cantata 213
Cantata 213
0- der soll-te das Er- man- nen,
Or shall I by toil and stri-ving
das so man- cher Ar- beit nah',
find in life the bet-ter way,
mir die 7/e- ge bes-aer bah-nen?
deep-er peace and joy de-ri-ving?
Ach! so sa- ge
Ah, so ra-ther
lie- ber,
tell me,
"Ja! "
"Yea! '
6. Recitativo Tenor (Tug end)
Mein hoff-nungs-vol-ler Held J
My hope- ful he-ro, thou!
dem ich ja selbst ver-wandt
of one blood thou and I
und an- ge-bo- ren bin,
and near of kin there-by,
komm' und er-fae- se mei-ne Hand
come, take me firm-ly by the hand
una ho- re mein ge-treu- es Ra-ten,
and lis-ten to my coun-sel wise,
das dir der Va- ter Ruhm und Ta-ten
for I will make thee un- der-stand
im Spis-gel vor die Au- gen 3tellt.
thy her- i- tage, a prec-ious prize.
Ich fas- se dich und fuh- le schon
I hold thee fast and have thee won
die folg-ba-re und mir ge- weih-te Ju-
to my al-leg-iance firm may I re-store
-gend.
thee*
Du bist mein ech-ter Sohn,
Thou tru- ly art my son;
ich dei- ne Zeu-ge- rin,
I, Vir—tue, am the one
die Tu- gend.
who bore thee.
7. Aria Tenor (Tugend) 4/4 (e)
(Oboe I, Violin I.)
(Fugue: No. 41 of Christmas Oratorio, for Tenor)
Auf mei- nen Flu-geln sollst du schwe-ben,
Hea-ven-ward like an ea- gle soar-ing
auf mei-nem Fit- tig stei-gest du
up- on my pin-ions thou wilt flv
den Ster-nen wie ein Ad- ler zu.
up like an ea-gle thru the sky,
Und durch mich soli (dein Glanz) und
And thru rae will thy fame and
Schim-mer
glo- ry
sich zur Voll-kom-men-heit er-he-ben.
to High- est Hea-ven be ex-al-ted.
soil durch mich sich zur Voll-kom-men-
thru me up to High-est Hea-ven
-heit er-he-ben.
be ex-al-ted.
8. Recitativo Tenor (Tugend)
Die wei-che 7,'ol-lust lo- cket zwar;
Tho' Lux- u- ry may well en- tice
al- lein,
the fools
wer kennt nicht die Ge- fahr,
who do not know its vice,
die Reich und Hel- den krankt,
and harm our count-ry's youth,
wer weiss nicht,
o Tempt- ress
o Ver-fuh- re- rin,
well we know in truth,
dass du vor-langst und kunf- tig hin,
that ev-er since the world be- gan,
so — lang es nur den Zei-ten denkt,
and ev- er-more thru-out its span,
von uns'- rer Cot-ter-schaar
ex- pelled, thou art de- nied
auf e- wig raus3t ver-sto-ssen sein?
in high 0-lym- pus to re- side.
9. Aria Alto (Hercules) 3/8 (a)
(Violin I.)
(No. 4 of Christmas Oratorio for Alto.)
Ich will dich nicht ho- ren,
I will not re- gard thee,
mag
ich will dich nicht wis- sen,
but whol- ly dis-card thee,
(ich will nich
I will not
(ich mag nicht
I may not
ver-wor- fe- ne V/ol-lust, ich ken-ne dich
con-temp-ti-ble plea-sure, T val-ue thee
nicht.
not.
506
ant at a 213
enn die Schlan-gen.
ike the aer- pent
o mich woll- ten wie-gend fan-gen,
ho at-tacked me in my cra-dle,
ab' ich achon Ian- ge zer- mal- met,
hee will I atran-gle, thou aer-pent,
zer- ria- sen.
de- stroy thee.
bars 102-112:
chon Ian- ge zer- ir-al- met, achon Ian- ge
ill stran-gle, thou aer-pent, will atran-gle,
er- ri3- sen, zer- mal- met, zer- ria- sen.
hou ser-pent, de- stroy thee, de- stroy thee.
bars 131-136i
ab' ich schon Ian- ge zer- mal- met,
hee will I stran-gle, de- stroy thee,
zer- ri3- sen.
de- stroy thee.
Cantata 213
11. Duet Hercules (Alto) * Tugend (Tenor)
3. Recitativo Hercules (Alto) ft Tugend (Tenor)
erculea
e-lieb-te Tu-g
i-lov- ed Vir-tue,
du al-lein
thou a-lone
ollst mei-ne Lei- te- rin be-stan-dig sein.
halt be my truat-ed guide; my ve- ry own.
o du be-fiehlat, da geh' ich hin.
b thy com- mand will I o- bey,
8 will ich mir zur Richt-schnur wah-len.
nd walk ac- cord-ing to thy way.
Uftend
nd ich will mich mit dir
nd I will be to thee
feat und so ge- nau ver- mah-len,
o close and so se-cure-ly plight-ed
ass oh- ne dir und mir
bat none will ev-er see
J
ein We- sen nie- mand soil er- ken-nen.
wo kind-red souls like thee and me.
oth
Her will ein sol-ches Bund-nis tren-nen?
ould a- ny two be more u- ni- ted?
luge
yy
(Violas I & II) 3/B {¥}
(No. 29 of Christmas Oratorio for Sop. and
Bass, in A)
Ich bin dei-ne, du (bist mei-ne),
Thine for- ev-er, mine for-ev- er,
ich kiis-se dich kiis- se mich
ne- ver to part^thou and I
Alto bars 21-28, 35-42, 68-73, 73-77, 80-82,
84-87; Tenor 26-30:
ich kus- ae dich. kiis- se mich;
we will not part, thou and I
Alto barB 28-30; Tenor 21-26, 39-42, 68-80,
^82-84t
kus- se mich. ich kus- se dich;
ne- ver part-ing thou and I
Tenor bars 34-39, 89-98:
kiis- se mich-
thou and I
Alto bars 90-95:
ich kiis- se dich,
we will not part
Alto 95-98:
Ich kiis- se dich. ich kus- se dich
yea naught will part us, thou and I
Wie Ver-lob- te sich ver-bin-den,
Bound by ties that naught can se-ver,
wie die Lust, die sie emp- fin-den,
joy-ous, trust-ing, faith-ful ev- er,
treu und zart und ei-fe-rig,
true and ten-der ev-er be,
treu und zart, zart und ei-fe-rig,
ten-der, true, true so ev-er be,
bars 155-157:
treu und zart, treu und zart
ten- der true; ten- der true
Alto 157-164:
und ei-fe-rig treu,
zart
und
ei- fe-rig,
may I be ev- er,
true
and
ten-der be,
Tenor bars 157-163:
und ei-fe-rig
may I be
so bin ich,
I to thee,
bars 129-134:
so, so bin ich, (so bin ich,)
so, so to thee may I be
bars 164-166:
so bin ich, so, so bin ich.
I to thee, and thou to me.
507
Cantata 213 Cantata 213
12. Recitativo Mercury (Baaa) (Strings.) (ei- le,) (mein Fried-rich,) (sie war-tet)
has-ten to gain it, it wait-eth
Schaut, Got- ter, die- see let ein Bild be- lo- ved,
Be- hold ye I what you now have heard
J auf dich.
von Sach-sens Ckur-prinz, Fried-richs Ju-gendl for thee,
ia but the sto- ry of our Prince!
Der mun-tern Jah-re Lauf
In- te- gri- ty and truth
weckt die Ver-wun-de- rung schon jetz-und
have ruled his act-ion all thru- out his
auf;
youth;
so man-cher Tritt, so man-ehe Tu-gend.
such no-ble- ness does he e-vince.
Schaut, wie das treu- e Land mit Freu- den
Look, how the loy-al coun-try-side, re-
an- ge- fullt,
-joi-cing, sings,
da es den Flug des jun- gen Ad-lers sieht,
to see him rise a- loft on ea-gle's wings;
da es den Schmuck der Rau-te sieht,
his vir-tues one by one un-fold,
und da sein hoff-nungs- vol- ler Frinz
his man- li- ness, his heart of gold,
der all-ge- mei- nen Freu-de blunt,
which all his folk with joy be- hold.
Schaut a- ber auch der Mu-sen fro- he Rei- hen
But see ye now the Llu-ses joy-ous dan-cing1
und hort ihr sin-gen-des Er-freu- en.
and hear their hap-py song en-tran-cing.
13. Chorus (S-A-T-B) 2/2 (F)
(Cor. I * II, Ob. T ft II, Strings.)
(No. 6 of Cantata 184)
Lust der Vol- ker, Lust der Dei- nen,
Sing we all, thy faith-ful sub-jects,
blu- he, hoi- der Frie-de-richl
praise thy bud-ding ma- jes- tyl
Dei-ner Tu-gend Wur-dig-keit
May thy vir-tues mul-ti- ply,
ste-het schon der Glanz be- reit,
loy-al love and ho- nor high;
und die Zeit ist be- gie-rig zu er-schei-nen;
for the day of thy glo-ry soon is co- ming;
508
UNPUBLISHED CANTATAS
Vereinigte Zwietraoht
(1726)
To oelebrata the appointment of Dr. Gottlieb
Kortte as Professor of Roman Law at the Univer-
sity of Leipsig.
Bachgesellschaft. Vol. XX (2) p. 73.
Used later in Cantata 207 (except Nos. 3,
5, and 8, and instrumental movements.)
Charact ers
Gluck (Fortune) Soprano
Dankbarkeit (Gratitude) Alto
Fleiss (Diligence) Tenor
Ehre (Fame) Bass
(3 Trombe, Timp., 2 Ob. d'amore, 2 Fl. tr.,
Taille, and Strings.)
1. March V* (D)
(Tron.be, Timp,, and Strings.)
2. Chorus 6/8 (D)
(Tromb. I, II, III, Timp., Taille, Fl. tr I
with Ob. d'am. I, Fl. tr. II with Ob. d'am.
II, Strings.)
Ver-ei-nig-te Zwie-tracht der wech-seln-den
Har-mo-ni-ous clash- ing of an- swer-ing
Sai-ten,
vl-ols,
(der rol-len- den Pau-ken) durch-drin-gen-der
ye rol-ling tym-pa- ni with mu- sic re-
Knallj
-sound!
Lo- cket den lu- ster-nen Ho- rer her- bei,
Play to de-light us in sweet- est ac- cord;
sa- get mit eu- ren froh- lo- cken- den
fill all the cloi-sters and halls of this
To- nan
col-lege
und dop-pelt ver-meh-re-tem Schallt
with eym-pho- ny ech-o- ing round;
de- nen nur em- sig er- ge- be- nen
tell to these search-era for learn-ing and
Son- nent
know-ledge t
was hier der Lohn der Tu- gend sei.
vir-tue will gain its Just re-ward.
Vereinigte Zwietracht
S. ft T. bars 86-87; A. ft B. 85-86t
was hier der Lohn der Tu- gend sei.
vir-tue at last gains its re-ward.
A. ft T. bars 83-85t
here vir-tue will gain its re-ward.
3. Recitativo Tenor (Diligence)
Wen treibt ein ed- ler Triab
Am- bi- tious, men con-trive
zu dem, was Eh- re heisst,
and plan and scheme and strive
und wes- sen lob- be-gier'- ger Geist
to gain the prize in Life's great game,
sehnt sich mit dem zu pran-gen,
the goal that men call fame,
was man durch Kunst, Ver-atand
which man thru skill and brain
und Tu-gend kann er- lan-gent
and vir-tue may ob-tain.
der tre- te mei- ne Bahn,
So fol-low where I lead:
be- herzt
Take heart,
mit stets er- neu- ten Kraf-ten an.'
you still are young and will suc-ceed'
was jetzt die. jun- ge Hand,
That which in youth you learn,
der munt'-re Fuss er-wirbt,
and di- li-gent-ly earn,
macht, dass das al- te Haupt
will, when your head is grey
und ban-ger Not
and po-ver-ty
in kei- ner Schmach
keep dread-ed shame
ver-dirbt.
a- way.
Der Ju- gend an- ge- wand- te Saf-tet
Your strength and toil in youth-ful years
er- ' hal-ten denn
pro-vides a-gainst
-te Kraf-tet
ap-peai'B,
und die in
ih-
des Al- ters mat-
the time when age
rer be- sten Zeit,
and they who waste their pre-cious youth
509
Vereinigt® Zwietracht
Vereinigte Zvietraeht
vie es den Fau-len scheint,
as id-le men sup- pose,
in nichts als lau- ter Uuh'
in ard- uous search for truth,
J
und ste-ter Ar-beit schwe-ben,
nor a- ny du- ty shirk,
die kon-nen nach er- lang- tern Ziel
will find, as they ap-proach life's close,
an Eh- ren satt, in stol- zer Ru- he
the just re-ward of all their years of
le-ben;
work,
denn eie er-fah-ren in der Tat,
and can ob-tain a proud re-pose; .
dass der die Ru- he recht ge- nies- set,
they on-ly may en- Joy sweet lei-sure,
dem sie ein sau-rer Schweiss ver-aus- set„
who learn to make of work a plea-sure.
4. Aria Tenor (Diligence) fi (b)
(Ob. d'amore I, Strings.)
Zieht eu-ren Fuss nur nicht zu- ru-cke,
Turn not ye back, ye who would fol-low,
ihr, die ihr mei- nen Weg er-wahlt,
that bu-sy path which I af-ford.
Das Glu- eke mer-ket eu- re Schrit-te,
For For-tune watch-es your en- dea- vor,
die Eh- re zahlt die sau- ren Trit-te:
Fame counts your wea- ry foot-steps ev- er,
da- mit, dass nach voll-brach-ter Stras-ae
that when your jour-ney is com- ple-ted
euch word* in glei-chem ft- ber-maa-sse
to you in jua-tice may be me-ted
euch word* in ei- nem glei-chen Maa-sse
to you in jus-tice will be me-ted
der Lohn von ih-nen zu-ge- zahlt.
your du- ly me-ri-ted re- ward.
5. Recitativo Bass (Fame), Soprano (Fortune)
Dem nur al- lein soil mei-ne Woh-nung
My house 3tands op- en on-ly to those
of- fen sein,
faith-ful ones
der sich zu dei- nen Soh- nen zah-let,
who choose to call them-s elves my sons,
und statt der Ro- sen-bahn,
who shun the ways of ease,
die ihm die Wol- lust xaigt,
the ro-ay paths that please, ■
sich dei- nen Dor-nen- weg er- wah-let.
and tread the thorn-y path in-stead.
lfoin Lor-beer soil hin-fort nur sol- che
My lau-rel crowns the brow of him whose
Schei- tel zie-ren,
blood runs hot,
in de- nen sich ein im- mer- re-gend
whose heart is un- af-raid and fal-ters
Blut,
not,
ein un- er-schrock'-nes Herz
whose cou-rage ne- ver tires,
und un-ver-dross'-ner Mut
whom dif-fic- ul- ty fires J
zu al- ler Ar- beit lasst ver- spu-ren.
and work with great-er zeal in-spires.
Recitativo Soprano (Fortune)
Auch ich will mich mit mei- nen Schat-zen
And like-wise I be-Btow my trea-sure
bei dem, den du er-wahlst, stets
on those who find in thee their
las-sen fin- den.
high-est plea-sure.
Den will ich mir zu ei- nem an- ge-
The one whom I will love and che-rish
-neh- men Ziel
more and more
r
von mei-ner Lie- be se-tzen,
is he whom in-dus-try
der atets fur sich ge- nug,
is ev- er ur-ging on,
fur And' -re nie zu viel
who, from the am-ple store,
von de-nen sich durch Muh' und Fleiss er-
which he has won by ho-nest la- bor,
-worb'-nen Ga-ben, ver-meint zu ha-
helps his less suc-cess-ful neigh-
Ziert denn die un-er-mud*- te Hand,
Be faith-ful, di-li-gent and true,
nach mei- ner Freun-din ihr Ver-apre-chen,
and For-tune I as-sure to you}
510
Vereinigte Zwietracht
ein ih-rer Ta-ten wurd'-ger Stand,
the ia- de-fa-ti- ga- ble hand,
ao soil sle auch die Frucbt dea ft- ber-
it ia which reaps a- bun- dant crops from
-flua-aes bra-chen.
out the land.
So kann man die, die sich be-flei-seen,
By con-atant toil and ap-pli- ca- tion
dea Lor-beera wiir- di- ge zu hei-aaen,
man gains a- like an hon-ored ata-tion
zu- gleich gluck-ae-lig prei-aen.
and praise and ap-pro-ba- tion.
Vereinigte Zwietracht i
kein oh- ne Grund er-reg-tea Hof-fen,
that tire-leaa In- due-try af-fords
waa euch der Fleiaa ala eu- ren Lohn
the sur-eat mean8 of gain-ing life's
ge-zeigt;
re-wards;
ob-gleich der har- te Sinn
tho' of- ten en-vioua eyes
der un- ver-gnug-ten achweigt,
and minds ob-tuse and dense
venn aie nach ih-rem Tun
may fail to re-cog-nise
ein glei-chea Gluck be- trof-fen.
a worth-y re- com-pense.
6. Duet Soprano(Fortune)-Bas8 (Fame) V4 (D)
Den soil mein Lor-beer schu-tzend de-cken,
To him my lau-rel crown is ow-ing
Der soil die Frucht (dee Se-gens) sohme-cken,
I for him is fruit a-bun-dant grow-ing,
j der durch den Flelas zu Ster- nen steigt,
i who thru his work would reach the skies.
* Be- netzt dee Schwei-asea Tau die Glie-der,
i The drops of sweat which toil en-gen-ders
! so fallt er in die Mu- scheln nie- der,
I are like the pearls the shell-fish ren-ders,
I wo er der Eh- r% Per- len zeugt.
a rich re-ward and pre-cious prize.
; Wo die er-hitz-ten Trop-fen file-seen,
i He who will la- bor ne- ver tir-ing,
; da wird ein Strom da-raua ent-sprie-ssen,
! each task a stern-er task in-spir- ing,
{ der de- nen • Se- gens- ba-chen gleicht.
I will win a fame which ne-rer dies.
Ja,
Yea,
zei-get nur
show to me
in der A- stra- a*
an-oth-er teach-er,
(■"Goddess of Justice; retired to Olympus in
Iron Age when all were striving for gain. )
durch den Fleiss ge- off- ne-ten und auf-ge-
one who serves, ao faith-ful-ly As- tre-aes
-schloss'- nen Tern-pel,
un- looked tem-ple
an ei- nem so be-liebt ala teu-ren Leh- rer,
and who is so be-loved by all his pu-pile;
ihr, ihm so sehr ge-treu,
ye, who are true to him,
ala wie ver-pflicht-ten Ho- rer,
his du- ti- ful dis-cl-ples,
der Welt zu- fol-ge ein Ex-em-pel,
must hold him up as an ex-am-ple,
an dem der Neid,
to all the world,
und Fleise
and fame
der Eh- re, Gluck
as one whose deeds
ver-ein-ten Schluss ver-wun-dern muss,
put all who en- vy him to shame.
7. Rltornello V* (D)
(Tromb. I * II, Ob. d'am. It II 4 Taille,
and Strings.)
8. Recitativo Alto (Gratitude)
Es 1st kein lee- res Wort,
No id- le pro-mise this,
Es mus- se die- se Zeit
We must not let this Day
-u- ber geh'nJ
pass a- way.
-ded go by.
Lasst durch die Glut
So let the warmth
-ten Ker- sen,
e- mo-tion
nicht so vor-
un- not -iced
un- her- al-
der an- ge-zund'-
of our sin-cere
511
Vereinigte Zwietracht
Vereinigte Zwietracht
die Flam-men eu- rer ihm er-geb'-nen Her-zen,
en- kin- die all our hearts in firm de- vo-tion
den Gon- nern so,
which friend and foe
seh'n.
know.
als vie den Nei-dern
a- like may see and
so- gleich be-trat er mei- ne Bahn,
the path I tread has been his own; .
und, da er nun so sei-tig an- ge-fan-gen
and, since his work he had so well be-gun,
was Wun-der?
what won-der?
das er kann sein Ziel so
at the ma- ny tri-umphs
fruh er- lan-gen.
he has won.
9. Aria Alto (Gratitude) 3/4 (G)
(PI. tr. I * II, Strings.)
St- set die-ses An- ge-den- ken,
Etch this day in our re-mer-brance
in dem hart '-st en Mar- mor einJ
firm and fast in hard-est stone.
Doch die Zeit ver-dirbt den Stein.
Sta-tues may be ov- er-thrown.
Laest viel-mehr aus eu-ren Ta- ten
Ra- ther will your re-pu- ta-tion
eu- res Leh-rers Tun er-ra- ten.
rest on works of your cre-a- tion.
Kann man aus den Fruch-ten le- sen,
If the fruit gives in- di- ca-tion
wie die Wur- zel sei ge- we- sen,
of the root's se-cure foun-da-tion,
(muss sie ( un-T er-gang-lich ) sein.
it has ev-er- last-ing grown.
10. Recitativo T-B-S-A
(Vn. I with Ob. d'am. I| Vn. II with Ob. d'am.
II, Va. with Taille.)
Tenor (Diligence)
Ihr Schlaf- ri- gen, her-beij
Ye slug-gards all, a-risej
Er-blickt
Be- hold,
an mei- nem mir be-lieb-ten
in this my well-be-lov- ed
Kort-ten,
Kort-te,
wie
how
/»
dass in mei- nen Wor-ten kein eit- ler Wahn
what I tell you here is true and all
ver-bor- gen sie.
my word im-plies.
Sein an-noch zar- ter Fuss
For ev- er since the day
fing kaum zu ge- hen an,
he first could walk a-lone
Wie sehr er mich ge-liebt,
How true he is to me.
wie eif-rig er in mei- nem Dienst
his ea-ger-ness to serve me you
ge- we-sen:
may see,
lasst die ge- lehr- te Schrift
in that his books are known
auch an- dem Lan- dem le-sen.
in lands be-yond our own.
Al- lein, was such* ich inn zu lo- beni
But then, why should I sing his prai-ses?
1st der nicht schon ge-nug er- ho-ben,
him whom our migh- ty Mon-arch rais-es
den der gross-mach- ti- ge Uo- narch,
to such a height that he is called,
der, als Au- gust, Ge- lehr-te ken-net,
Pro- fee-sor to our wise Au-gus-tus,
zu sei- nen Leh- rer nen- net.
the Fount of Grace and Jus-ticeJ
Bass (Fame)
Ja, ja, ihr ed-len Freun- de, seht,
In- deed, your no-ble friends have found,
wie ich mit Kort-ten bin ver- bun-den.
how firm to Kort-te I am bound.
Es hat ihm die ge- wog'-ne Hand
How of -ten on his no-ble brow
schon man-chen Krang ge- wun-den.
I place the lau-rel bough.
Jetzt soil sein hoh'- rer Stand
His rich-est wreath has been
ihm zu dem Lor-beer die- nen,
his high and no-ble sta-tion;
der un- ter ei- nen macht'-gen Schutz
the sun that keeps it fresh and green,
wird im- mer- wah-rend gru-nen.
his mon-arch' 8 es- ti- ma-tion.
51S
Vereinigte Zwietracht
Vereinigte Zwietracht
Soprano (Fortune)
So kann er sich an znei-nen 5 chat- z en,
So may he now en- joy the trea-aure
da er durch eu- re C-unst
which thru your fa-vor he
eich nur in Schoose ge-bracht,
baa now re-ceived from me,
wenn er in stol-zer Ru- he lacht,
en-joy-ing hap-py, proud and free,
nach eig'-ner Lust er- go- tzen.
your well-de- ser-ved plea-aure.
Alto (Gratitude)
So ist, waa ich ge- hofft,
So now are all the hopes
er- fullt,
ful-filled,
da ein so un- ver-hoff-tee Gluck,
which we your friends have en- ter-tained,
mein nie ge- nug ge-pries'-ner Kort-teJ
with your good for-tune all are thrilled,
der Freun-de Wun-schen atillt.
their prais-es un- re- strained.
Tenor (Diligence)
Der durch mieh stets ho-her ateigt,
He who knows no atop or stay,
Alto (Gratitude)
Der die Her-zen zu sich neigt,
He whom all our hearts o- bey,
Chorus
muss in un- ge- zahl- ten Jah- ren
muat thru all the yeara be-fore him
stets ge- ehrt in Se-gen ateh'n,
all suc-cess and ho-nor know;
und zwar wohl der Nei-der Schaa-ren,
tho' hi 8 luck we all may en- vy,
a- ber nicht der Fein-de seh'n.
none will ev- er be his foe.
Drum denkt ein Je- der auch
And no one will for-get
an sei- ne Pflicht zu-ruck,
the debt he owes to you,
J
und sucht dir jetzt durch sein Be- zei-gen
but with a will dis-charge his debt
die Fruch-te aei-ner Gunat zu rei-chen.
by ten-der-ing thia hon- or due.
Ke stimmt,
In- deed,
sein,
dear,
jetzt mit una ein.
join with us here.
wer nur ein wah- rer Freund will
all those who hold his friend-ship
ill. Chorus 2 (D)
(Tromb. I, II, III, Timp(. , Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob,
d'am. I ft II, Taille, Strings.)
Kort-te le- be,
Hail our mas-ter,
Kort- te blu- hei
guide and teach-er,
Bas a ( Fame )
Den mein Lor-beer un- ter-stuzt,
He my lau-rel doth dis-play,
Soprano (Fortune)
Der mir selbst im Schoos- ae aitzt,
He whom no- one can gain- aay,
Ehre sei Gott in der Hohe
Libretto by Picander
For Chriatmaa
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XLI p. 109.
Numbers 1, 2, and 3, missing.
(2 Fl. tr. , Violoncello, Ob. d'more.)
4. Aria Alto 4/* (C)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Violoncello.)
(No. 6 of Cantata 197 with Ob., Fa. ft 2 Vna. )
Schatz, o du an- ge- neh- mer Schatz,
o my trea-sure rich and fair,
he-be dich aus dei-nen Krip- pen,
in Thy cra-dle I a- dore Thee,
nimm da-vor auf mei-nen Lip- pen
hear my wor-ship I im-plore Thee,
und in mei- nam Her- zen Platz.
make my heart Thy dwell-ing there.
5. Recitativo Baas
Da8 Kind iat mein und ich bin aein,
Thou Child, art mine and I am Thine,
du biat mein Al- lea un-ter Al- len,
Thou art my all, my ev'-ry blea-aing,
und au- aaer dir eoll mir kein Gut,
ahj woe were me, had I not Thee,
513
Ehre sei Gott
kein Klei- nod wohl-ge- fal- len.
Thy pre-cious love pos-sess-ing.
Im Man- gel hab' ich U- ber- flues
In want and need noth-ing do I lack
im Lei- de hab* ich Freu- de;
in sad-nese have I glad-ness;
bin ich krank, so heilt er mich,
be I sick, He makes me sound,
bin ich schwach, so tragt er mich,
be I weak my strength is He,
bin ich ver-irrt, so sucht er mich,
when I am lost He brings me back,
und wenn ich fal- le, halt er mich,
and when I fall, He rai-see me;
ja, wenn ich end-lich ster-ben muss,
yea, when I fi- nal- ly must die,
so bringt er mich zum Him-mels- Le- ben.
to live in Hea-ven He will take me.
Ge-lieb-ter Schatz,
Be- lo- ved One,
durch dich wird mir noch auf der Welt
thru Thee while still on earth may I
der Him-mel selbst ge- ge- ben.
an- oth-er Hea-ven make me.
6. Aria Bass 6/8 (D)
(Oboe d'amore solo.)
Ich las-se dich nicht,
I'll not let Thee go,
ich schlie-sse dich ein
but hold to Thee tight}
im Her-zen durch Lie- ben und Glau- ben.
and close to my heart will I press Thee.
bars 20-24, 65-69f
im Her-zen durch Lie-ben im Her-zen durch
in lov-ing de- vo-tion and faith to my
Lie- ben und Glau- ben
heart will I press Thee
Es soil dich, mein Licht,
No tor-ture or woe
noch Mar- ter ncch Pein,
can shut out Thy light,
jaj eel- ber die Hoi- le nicht rau- ben.
yeaj what-e'er be-tide will I bless Thee.
Ehre sei Gott
7. Chorale (0 Gott du frommer Gott) 4/4 (D)
Wohl-anI so will ich mich
A- menj I cleave to Thee
an dich, o Je- su, hal- ten,
tho' earth and sky be shat-tered
und soll-te gleich die Welt,
and all the u- ni-verse
in tau-send Stu-cken spal- ten.
in thou-sand pie-ces scat-tered.
dir leb' ich
art all the
0 Je- su, dir, nur dir,
Thou, Je-sus, Thou a-lone,
ganz al-lein,
world to me;
auf dich, al- lem auf dich, mein Je- si
naught else care I to own, if I havsj
schlaf ich ein.
on- ly Thee.
0 ewiges Feuer
(Post 1734)
For wedding of a Leipzig clergyman.
Libretto possibly by Chr. Weiss Jr.
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XLI p. 117.
(3 Trombe, Timp., 2 Ob., 2 Fl. tr., Strings. )_
1. Chorus (No. 1 of Cantata 34) 3/4 (d)
(Instr. as above except Fl. tr. )
0 e- wi-ges Feu- er,
0 Fire ev-er- last-ing,
o Ur- sprung (der Lie- be, )
0 well-spring of rap-ture,
ent-zun- de der Her- zen
en- kin-die these hearts at
(ge- weih-ten) Al- tar.
Thy san-cti-fied Shrine.
ge-weih-ten, ge- weih-ten Al- tar
Thy ho-ly and san-cti-fied Shrine
Lass himm- li- sche Flam- men
With heav-en's Light glo-wing,
durch-drin-gen und wal- len,
with love o- ver-flo-wing,
ach lass doch auf die- sea
Bus-tain by Thy bles-sing
514
0 ewiges Feuer
0 ewiges Feuer
ver- ei- nig-te Paar
these child-ren of Thine,
(die Fun- ken der e- del-sten Re- gun-gen)
with deep- est de-vo-tion and sym- pa-thy,
with no- bleBt e-mo-tion and deep-est de-
fal- len.
vo-tion.
2. Recitativo Base
Wie dass der Lie- be ho- he Kraft
How can the pow'r of no-ble love,
in de- rer Men-schen See-len
cre-ate in mor- tal heart
ein Him-mel-reich auf Er- den schafft?
a coun-ter-part of Heav'n a- bove?
was zie-het dich, o hoch-stes We-sen,
Yea, how can Thou, oh pow'r di-vine,
der Lie- be Wir-kung zu er- wah-len?
pro-duce in man this coun-ter-part .
ein Herz zur Woh- nung aus- zu- le- sen?
and make his heart Thy cho-sen Shrine?
Wo eu-chet er dee Se- gens Quel- len,
Where seek-eth it the Fount of Bles-eing,
die treu-er See- len E- he-stand
of hap-pi-ness the ge-ne- sis,
als ein ge- seg- ne- tee, ge- lob-tes
the Bles-sed Pro-mi sed Land where wed-ded
Land
bliss,
J
ver- mo- gen dar- zu- stel-len?
at-tains its cher-ished goal?
Tenor
((Der Herr) wird (dich seg- nen) aus Zi-on).
The Lord God shall bless thee from Zi-on.
Alto
Was a- ber hat dein Gott dir zu- ge-
And what is it that God has planned for
-dacht,
you?
dir, dee-sen Fleiss in Got- tes Hau-
you who have faith-ful served Him staunch
-se wacht?
and true? >
Was wird der Dienst der heil'-gen Hut-ten
Will they who tend His, Ho- ly place
auf dich vor Se- gen a chut -ten?
ob- tain His love and Grace?
3. Duet A-T (Tenor Aria} Alto Recitativo) V* (ofrenor
(Strings)
. A M J>
dass du se-hest das Gluck Je-ru- sa- lem
all the good of Je- ru- sa-lem thou shalt see
(dein Le- ben lang,)
thy whole life long,
Wohl zu- erst dein Her- ze
Psalm CXXVIII, 4-6«
"Behold that thus shall the man be blessed
that feareth the Lord.
"The Lord shall bless thee out of Zion and
thou shall see the good of Jerusalem all the Alto
days of thy life. Weil Zi-
"Yea thou shalt see thy children's children, On you whose heart is ruled by God your
and peace upon Israel."
ruhrt,
Lord
wird sich auch ir- di- sches Ver- gnu-gen
will He be-stow your soul's de-sire,
J) I
nach dei-nes Her- zens Wun-sche fu-gen,
yea, all to which you may as-pirej
Tenor
Sie-he, (al- so) wird (ge-seg- net)
See ye, that shall thus be bles-sed
(der Mann), al- to
the man, the man
der den Her- ren furch-tet.
who shall fear the Lord God.
Alto
Wo dringt der Geiet mit Glau-bens-au-gen
The eye of Faith, where lead-eth it the
hin?
soul?
da Gott
the love
ein aus- er- wahl-tes Kind
of this fair maid is your
dir zu- ge-fuhrt,
sup-reme re-ward,
daae du in un- ge- zahl- ten Jah-ren
that ev-er with each pas-sing year
515
n
0 ewiges Feuer
ver-neu- tee H?ohl-sein mogst er- fah-ren,
new joys and new de-lights ap-pear,
Tenor
(und se-hest)
and look up-
be- hold ye
dei-ner Kin- der Kin- der.
on your child-ren's child-ren.
Alto
So ru- fen wir iur Se- gens- stun- de
So on these two, this glad day plight-ed,
von Her- xen mit ver-ein-tem Uun-de.
are hearts and wish-es are u- ni-ted.
4. Chorus (No. 5 of Cantata 34) 4/* (D)
(Instr.same as in first movement)
Frie- de u- ber Is-ra-elJ
"Peace be un-to Is-ra-el."
Eilt zu de-nen heil'-gen Stu-fen,
Haste ye to His Ho- ly Al-tar.
(eilt), der Hoch-ste neigt sein Ohr.
Haste, the Lord in-clines His ear,
Un- ser Wun-achen dringt her- vorj
our good wish-es He will hear.
Frie- de u- bar Is-ra-elJ
"Peace be un-to Is-ra-el."
(Frie- de u- ber euch) zu ru-fen.
Peace be un-to you for-ev-er.
5. Aria Alto (No. 3 of Cantata 34) 4/* (A)
(Fl. tr. I * II, Strings.)
(Wohl euch), (ihr aus-er-wahl-ten) Scha- fe,
Bles- sed are ye by for-tune fav-ored,
How blest -bars 14-16, 61-63i
(die (ein ge- treu-er) Ja-oob) liebt.
be to each-oth- er ev-er true;
to one an- oth- er
Sein Lohn (wird dort) am gross-ten wer- den,
The Grace of God on you de-scend-ing
den ihm der Herr be- reits auf Er- den
will bring you joy thru life un- end-ing,
durch sei-ner Ra- hel An-mut gibt. *
for He is gra-cious un-to you.
* See Genesis XXIX. The allusion to Jacob and
Rachel in the German, does not seem essential.
0 ewiges Feuer
6. Recitativo Soprano
Das ist vor dich, o eh-ren-wurd'-ger Mann,
To you has come, 0 just-ly hon-ored Sir,
die e-del- ste Be-loh-nung, so dich
a re-com-pense as no-ble as fate
ver- gnu-gen kann.
could well con-fer.
Gott, der von E- wig-keit die Lie- be
God, who ere time be-gan, as Love Fim-
8el- ber hiess
-self is known,
und durch ein tu- gend- haf-tes Kind dein
has made you love this love-ly girl and
Her- ze ruh- ren liessj
made her heart your own;
er-ful- le nun mit Se- gen dei- ne
so may your house en-joy His rich-est
Woh-nung,
bles-sing,
dass sie wie 0- bed E- doms sei,
like 0- bed-e-dom long a- go,
as
II Samuel VI, lit
"And the ark of the Lord continued in the
house of Obed-edom the Gittite three monthsj
and the Lord blessed Obed-edom, and all his
household."
und le- ge Kraft dem Se- gens-wor- te
that naught but hap- pi-ness you both may
bei.
know.
7. Chorus (Only Sop. 4 Bass) 4/4 (D)
(Strings.)
Gib, hoch-ster Gott,
Give, Migh- ty God,
Kraft,
Might.
80
das sonst viel Heil,
Let Thou these twain
auch hier den Wor- te
Thy Word in-creas-ing
bei dei-nem Vol- ke
find fa-vor in Thy
schafftj
sight.
Der Herr seg-ne dich und be- hu-te dich.'
The Lord bless you and keep you.
516
0 ewigee Feuer
Es m'us- se ja
On them His Grace
-eke fal-len),
cea-aa-tion,
auf Den ( iu- ru-
ehall fall with-out
der Sol-chea lasst an heil'-ger Stat-te schal-len.
who wor-ship in His Ho- ly Ha- bi- ta-tion.
J J J J
Der Herr er- leuch-te sein An- ge-sicht
The Lord make His face to shine up- on
u- ber dich und sei dir gna-digj
you and gra-cious be un- to you.
Tonet, ihr Pauken
Performed December 8, 1733, in honor of
the birthday of Archduchess Maria Josepha of
Hapsburg, the Consort of Augustus II of Po-
land-Saxony.
The libretto was probably by Bach.
Bachgeaellachaft Vol. XXXIV p. 177.
(am Hei- lig-tu- me
who wor-ahip at Hia
Sein Dienat, so ateta
On lo- vera true
baut , )
Shrine,
macht, daaa der Herr mit Gna- den auf ihn
the Lord will make Hia gra-cious face to
achaut.
shine. i
Der Herr er- he- be sein An- ge-sicht
The Lord lift up Hia Coun-ten-anoe
u-ber dich,
up- , on you
J
und ge- be dir Frie-denJ
and give you peace.
(Der Herr)
May God
▼on dem die keu-schen
whose love ia all love's
Flam-men ka- men,
in- api-ra-tion,
er- hal- te aie und spre-che kraf-tig (A- men.)
aa-aure your love a bles-sed con-sum-ma-tion.
A- men.
der Herr, der Herr von dem die Flam-men
my God whose love ia all love' a in- api-
ka- men,
-ra-tion,
Characters
Bellona
Soprano
Pallas
Alto
Freue
Tenor
Fama
Baas
(3 Trombe, Timp., 2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., Stringa.)
1. Chorua (No. 1 of Chriatmaa Oratorio) 3/8 (D)
(inatr. aa above.)
To- net ,
Sound ye,
ihr Pau- keni
ye drum-mersj
Sr- achal-let,
And blow ye,
Trom- pe- ten I
ye bug-lerai
Klin-gen- de Sai- ten,
Fill all the Hea-vena
er- ful- let die Luft:
with loud sound-ing strings^
sin- get itzt Lie- der, (ihr munt'-ren
aing, all ye min-atrela, with po- ems
Po- e- ten,)
en-tranc-ing,
sin-get itzt Lie-der, ihr klin-gen- de
voi-cee and vi-ols, with ver-sea and
Sai- ten,
dan-cing,
ge- atimm-te Sai- ten,
vi- ola and dan-cing. -Tenor.
with song and dan-cing. -Soprano.
Ko- ni- gin le- bej
Long live our Prin-ces8j
wird froh-lich ge- ruft.
ao ev- ry one singst
(Ko- ni- gen le- be)J dies wiin-achet der
Long live our Prin-ceaaJ all join in the
Sach- ae,
cho-rua,
Ko- ni- gen le- bej und blu- he und
Long live our Prin-ceaa for long to reign
wach-ae.
o'er ub.
517
Tonet, ihr Pauken
2. RecltatiTO Tenor (Freue)
Heut' ist der Tag,
This ia the day
wo Je- der aich er-freu- en mag.
when ev'-ry- one is glad and gay.
Dies ist der fro- he Glani
'Mid pomp and rich die -play
der Ko- ni- gin Ge- burts-fest Stun-den,
all join .our Prin-cess* birth-day par-ty,
die Po- len, Sach-sen und uns ganz
where Poles, Sax-ons, ce- le-brate,
in gross-ter Lust und Cluck er- fun-den.
with ju- bi- la-tion high and hear-ty.
Mein Oel-baum kriegt so Saft ale fet-ten
Our ol-ive trees stand stur-dy to the
Raum.
breeze,
Er, zeigt noch kei- ne fal- be Blat-ter;
their fruit and leaves all green to-geth-er,
mich schreckt kein Sturm, Blitz, tru- be
they fear no storm, gale, thun-der
Wol-ken, du-et'rea Wet-ter.
crash-es, an- gry weath-er.
Tonet, ihr Pauken
4. Recitativo Soprano (Bellona)
Mein knal-len-des Me- tall
The crash of can-non sounds,
der in der Luft er- be- ben-den
and fills the air with deep re-ver-
Car-tau- en,
-ber- a-tion;
das an- ge- neh-me
thru-out our Sax-on
der fro- he Schall;
de-light a-bounds
Schau- en;
na-tion;
die Lust, die Sach- sen itzt emp-find't,
the joy which fills our spi-rits thus
ruhrt vie-ler Men-Bchen Sin-nen.
mores ev'-ry one of us.
Uein schim-mern- des Ge- wehr,
The sol- diers march-ing by,
nebst mei-ner Soh- ne glei-chen Schrit-ten
with ev-en steps and hel-mets shin- ing,
und ih- re hel-den-mass'-ge Sit-ten
their brave ap-par-el all com-bin-ing
ver-aeh- ren im- mer mehr und mehr
to glad-den and de-light the eye,
des heut '-gen Ta- gee su- sse Freu- de.
and fill the day with sweet e- la-tion.
3. Aria Soprano 3/4 (A)
(Fl. tr. I 4 II)
Blast die wohl- ge- griff'-nen Flo- ten,
Blow ye, flutes and clash ye, tim-brels,
5. Aria Alto (Pallas)
(Ob. I 4 II)
3/8 (b)
dass Feind, Li- lien,
strike ye, psal-ters,
28-30t
and strike ye sound ye
Mond er- ro- ten,
sound ye, cym-bals,
strings and cym-bals,
schallt (mit jauch-zen-dem Ge-aangJ )
sing and shout in joy-ous song.
Tont mit eu- rem Waf- fen-klangl
Clang your wea-pons loud and longj
Die- see Fest er- for-dert Freu-den.
Make this birth-day ce- le- bra-tion
one of joy-ous ju- bi- la- tion -72-74.
die so Geist als Sin-nen wei-den.
one of joy- ous ju-bi- la-tion.
From-me Mu- sen! Mei- ne Glie-derJ
My com-pan-ions, worth-y Mu-sesj
Singt nicht langst be-kann- te Lie- der.'
From your sol- emn songs ex-cuse uel
Die- ser Tag sei (eu- re Lust J)
'Tie a day of sheer de-light.
sheer de-light -29-30.
Fullt mit Freu-de eu- re Brust,
Songs of joy we here in- vitej
werft (so Kiel als Schrif-ten) nie- der
put your pens and pa- per from you,
bars 81-88 t
und er-freut euch, er-freut euch drei-mal,
and re- joi- cing, re- joi- cing, gai-ly,
bars 89-96i
drei-mal, re-freut euch drei-mal wie-derJ
come you, re- joi- cing, gai-ly come you,
518
Tonet, ihr Pauken
Tonet, ihr Pauken
bars 112-116t
und er-freut euch drei-mal, drei-mal,
and re- joi- cing, gai-ly come you,
bars 117-124j
er-freut euch drei- mal wie-aer.
re- joi- cing, gal - ly come you.
und was nur Hel- din- nen ha-ben,
from thy fore-bears thou in-he-rit,
sein dir an- ge- bor'-ne Ga-ben.
ell the hon-ore he-roes me-rit.
6. Recitatiyo Alto (Pallas)
(Strings.)
J
Uhs'- re Ko- ni- gin im Lan-de,
Queen o'er all our land's ex-tent,
die der Him-mel zu uns sand-te,
thou to us by Hea-ven sent,
ist der Mu-sen Trost und Schutz.
Pa-tron-ess of Hu- see thou,
all the arts.
Mei-ne Pi- e- rin- nen wis- sen,
All the Mu-ses will a-dore thee,
die in Ehr-furcht ih-ren Saum noch kus- sen,
bow in awe and re-ve-rence be-fore thee,
▼or ihr ste-tes Wohl-er-geh'n
in thy hap-pi- ness re-joice,
Dank und Pflicht und Ton stets zu
loud and long with heart and hand
er- hoh'n.
and voice.
Ja, sie wun-schen, dass ihr Le-ben
Yea, our long- ing, our en-dea-vor,
mo-ge Ian- ge Lust uns ge-ben.
is thy wel-fare now and ev-er.
7. Aria Bass (Fama) (No. 8 of Christmas Oratorio)
(Tromba, and Strings.) 2/4 (D)
Kron' und Preis ge- kron- ter Da- men,
Queen of queens and peer-less peer-ess,
(Ko- ni- gini) mit dei-nem Na- men
lis-ten thou.' at-tend and hear us,
full' ich (die- sen Kreis der Welt.)
hear our praise from coast to coast.
full' ich die- sen, die- sen Kreis der Welt
hear us, hear our praise froc coast to coast
Was (der Tu-gend,) stets ge-fallt,
All that Vir-tue val-ues most,
8. Recitatiyo Bass (Fama)
(Fl. tr. I <fc II, Ob. I A II)
So drin-ge in das wei-te Er- den- rund
So let our voi-ces all the wide world round
mein von der Ko- ni- gin er- full -ter
our Prin-cese* Name with high-est prai-aes
Mundl
sound*
Ihr Ruhm soil bis zum A- xen
Her glo- ry grows and wax-es
des schon ge- stirn- ten Him- mels wach-sen,
to reach the height of Hea-ven 's ax-is \
die Ko-ni-gin der Sach-sen und der Po- len
the ma-jes-ty of our be-lo- ved Queen
sei stets des Him-mels Schutz emp-foh-len.
is pub-lished thru her whole de-mesne.
So starkt durch Sie der Pol,
The State she well di-rectsj
so vie- ler Un- ter- ta-nen langst
her subj-ects' wel-fare she with heart
er- wunseh-tes Wo hi.
and soul pro-tects.
So soil die Ko- ni- gin noch Ian- ge
For ma- ny a year may she reign here, with
bei uns hier ver-wei-len;
us in joy ex-cell-ing;
und spat,
nor seek
achj spat zum Ster-nen ei- len.
for long her heav'n-ly dwell- ing.
9. Chorus (No. 24 pf Christmas Oratorio) 3/8 (D)
(Instr. same as in first movement)
Blu- het, ihr Lin- den in Sach-sen,
Blos-som, ye Lin-dens of Leip-aig,
(wie Ce-dern, )
and flo-wer;
schal-let mit Waf- fen und Wa-gen und
hon- or her, eol-diers, re-spect ye her
Ra-dernJ
po-werl
519
Toast, ibr Pauken
Sin- get, ihr Mu-sen, mit vol- li- gem KlangS
Sing all ye Mu-ses, with full-throat-ed song.
Froh-li-che Stun-denJ ihr freu-di-gen Zei-tenl
Joy-ful oc-cas- ion and glad ce-le- bra-tionj
Gonnt una noch of- ters die giil-de-nen Freu-dem
Day of re- joi-cing for ci-ty and na-tion;
Ko- ni- gin, (le- be,) ja le-be noch lang!
May our Queen pros-per, lire hap-py and long!
le- be, le-be noch lang,
proe-per hap-py and long
le- be, le- be le-be noch lang,
proe-per, proa-per hap-py and long,
Schwingt freudig
2. Recitativo Tenor
Ein Herz, in zart- li-chem Emp-fin-dett,
A heart, a-roused by ten-der feel-ing,
so ihm viel tau- send Lust er- weckt,
by ma- ny thou-eand plea-sures stirred,
kann sich fast nicht in sein Ver- gnu-
can scarce be- lieve the joys which hope,
-gen fin-den,
re-veal-ing,
da ihm die Hoff-nung im-mer mehr ent- deckt.
ex-pects in-creas-ing-ly to be con-ferred,
Es stei-gert wie ein hel-les Licht der
In re- ve-rent de-vo-tion glows there
An-dacht Glut
from a- far
Schwingt freudig euch empor
Performed perhaps in honor of Johann Matthew
Gessner, Rector of the Thomasschule at Leipzig
(1730-1734). Bachgesellschaft Vol. XXXIV, p. 41.
Borrowed from Cantata 36.
(Ob. d'am. , Viola d'amore, Strings.)
1. Chorus 3/4 (D)
(Oboe d'amore, Strings.)
Schwingt (freu-dig euch em- por, )
Up to the ve- ry stars,
und (dringt) (bis an die Ster-nen, )
with joy to Hea-ven yon-der,
ihr Wun- sche, dringt bis euch Gott vor sei-
our greet-ings pierce up to God Him-self
-nem Thro- ne sieht.
en-throned on high.
Doch, (hal-tet ein!)
But, let us pause
ein Herz darf sich nicht weit a&t-far-nen,
nor let our hearts and wish-es wan-der
das Dank- bar-keit und Pflicht zu gei-nem
or leave our Tea-cher here whom all of
Leh-rer zieht.
us re- vere.
in Got- tea Hei-lig- turn;
God's Light and Ho-ly Fire.
wie-wohl, der teu-re Leh- rer-Ruhm iet
In- deed, the joy of teach-ing is the
sein Po- lar,
Po-lar Star
da- hin, als ein Mag- net,
to which the need-le points
sein Wun-schen, sein Ver- lan-gen geht.
to guide it to its true de-sire.
3. Aria Tenor 3/8 (b)
(Oboe d'amore.)
Die Lie- be fuhrt mit sanf-ten Schrit-ten
With gen-tle steps is Love di- rect- ing
ein Herz, das sei- nen Leh- rer liebt.
the heart which loves its tea-cher well,
Wo an-d're aus- zu-schwei-fen pfle-gen,
while oth-ers fol-low wan- ton cour-ses,
wird dies be-hut-sam sich be- we-gen,
it fac-es not the sad re-mor-ses
(weil ihm die Ehr-furcht Gren-zen) gibt.
of him who in temp- ta- tion fell.
4. Recitativo Bass
Du bist es ja, o hoch-ver-dien-ter Mann,
It is for you, our high-ly hon-ored sage,
520
Schwingt fraud ig
Schwingt freudig
der in un- aus- ge- eetz-ten Leh-ren mit
this tri-bute to your life thru all of these
hoch- at en Eh- ren
years as teach-er,
den Sil-ber-schmuck des Al-ters tra-gen kann.
'til now you wear the eil-ver crown of age.
Dank
Thanks,
Ehr-er-bie-tung,
ve-ne-ra- tion,
Ruhm kommt al- lea hier zu- sam-men;
fame, all these you here at-tain;
und weil du uns'-re Bruat
and you who are the light
ala Licht und Fuh- rer lei- ten musst,
which guides and leads our hearts a-right,
wirst du dies freu-dl- ge Be-zei-gen nicht
will not our joy-ful tes-ti-mo- ny now
ver- dam-men.
dis-dain.
ala un- ser treu- er Sinn be-gehrt.
with our de-sires, how- er- «r high.
7. Aria Soprano 17/Q (A)
(Viola d'amore. )
Auch (mit ge-dampf-ten, schwa-chen Stim-men)
Tho' huahed and mu- ted voi- ces ut- ter
ver-kun-digt man (des Leh- rers) Preis.
the glo- ry of our Tea-cher's fame,
Es schal-let kraf-tig in der Brust,
re-aound-ing loud-ly in our breast,
ob man gleich (die emp-fund'-ne Lust)
it ren- ders to us ma- ni-fest
nicht vol- lig aus- zu- dru-cken weiss.
what voice and tongue can-not pro- claim.
5. Aria Baas
(Strings.)
Der Tag,
This day
/J (D)
der dich vor- dem ge- bar,
on which your birth oc-curred
stellt sich fur uns (so heil- sam) dar,
is like the one on which was heard
ala je- ner, da der Schop-fer spricht:
the aen-tence which dis-pelled the nighti
es wer- de Licht. bar 42i als je- ner Tag
"Let there be Light." the bless-ed day
8. Recitativo Tenor (None for Die Freude)
Bei sol-chen freu-den- vol- len Stun-den
It is our joy your heart to please
wird un-ser's Wun-sches Ziel ge- fun-den,
in hap- py ho-urs such as these;
der sonst auf nichts
our on- ly aim,
als auf dein Le-ben geht.
to mul- ti-ply your fame.
6. Recitativo Soprano
Nur die-ses Einz'-ge sor-gen win
Our of-fer-ing we view as-kance,
dies Op-fer sei zu un- voll-kom- men.
lest wor-thy you may not be-lieve it.
Doch, wird es nur von dir,
Still if you should, by chance,
o teu-rer Leh-rer, gu- tig an-ge- nom- men,
be- lo-ved Kas-ter, gra-cious-ly re-ceive it,
so steigt der sonst so schlech-te Wert
'twill raise our seem-ing pal- try gift
so hoch,
to vie
9. Chorus and Recitativo /J (D)
(instr. same as in first movement)
Wie die Jah- re sich er-neu- en,
As your years are mul-ti-ply-ing
so er- neu- s sich dein Ruhm.
so will mul-ti-ply your fame.
Recitativo Tenor
Je- doch, was wun-schen wir,
But then, why need we wish
da die- sea von sich selbst ge-schieht,
for what will hap-pen just the same;
und da man dei-nen Praia,
for cer-tain-ly your name,
den un- ser He- li- con am be-sten weiss,
the most pro-found re-spect of all com-mands,
521
Schwingt freudig
auch au- sser dee-sen Gren-zen sieht.
both here and far in for-eign lands.
Chorus
Dein Ver-dienst recht aus-zu-le- gen,
Your well- do- ing is a-maz-ing,
(for-dert mehr,) als wir ver- mo- gen.
far be- yond our pow'r of prais-ing.
Recitativo Bass
Drum schwei-gen wir, und zei- gen da-durch
Words can- not tell, how much we wish you
dir,
well,
dass un- ser Dank zwar mit dem Uun-
the heart-y thanks which tongues can-not
-de nicht,
im- part,
doch de-sto mehr mit un-sern Her- zen spricht.
is el- o-quent in ev'-ry grate-ful heart.
Chorus
Dei- nes Le- bens Hei-lig- turn
Your dis-tinct-ion to ac-claim
kann voll-kom-men uns er- freu-en.
all your joy-ful friends are vie-ing.
Recitativo Soprano J
So off- net sich der Mund zum Dan-ken,
So sing we all with thanks and hope,
denn je- dee Glied nimmt an der Freu- de
and wish for you, the best of joy and
Toil
health,
das Au- ge dringt aus den ge- wohn-ten
our ea-ger eyes tran-scend their won-ted
Schran-ken
scope
und sieht dein k*unf-tig Gluck und Heil.
and see you blest with fame and wealth.
Chorus
Wie die Jah- re sich er-neu- en,
As your years are mul-ti-ply-ing
so er- neu- e sich dein Ruhm.
so will mul-ti-ply your fame.
Die Freude reget sich
(about 1733)
For Birthday of
Professor J oh. Florens Rivinus
of University of Leipsig
For the most part an adaptation of "Schwinj
freudig euch empor" (supra p. 12).
Bachgessllschaft Vol. XXXIV, page 41.
(Flauto traverso, and Strings.)
1. Chorus 3/4 (D)
(Instr. as above.)
Die Freu-de (re- get sich,)
With joy we come to-day
(er- hebt) die mun-tern To- ne,
and join in hap-py cho-rus
denn die- ser echo- ne Tag
with song so glad and gay
lasst Kei- nen ru- hig sein.
that none can hold his peace.
(Ver-folgt) (den Trieb) nur fort,
0- bey the urge nor cease
ihr treu- en Mu-sen-Soh- ne,
ye child-ren of the Mu-ses,
und (lie-fert itzt den Zoll) in from-men
to pay the hon-or due to him so
Wun-schen ein.
dear to you.
2. Recitativo Tenor
Ihr sent, wie sich das Glu-cke des teu-
Be- hold, the hap-py fa-ces of those
-er-sten Ri- vin's
as-sem-bled here,
durch die ge-wohh-ten Bli-cke
re- flect-ing all the gra-ces
in die- ser an- ge- neh- men Zeit
of him whom atu-dents hold so dear,
zu sei- nes Hau-ses Wohl ver-neut.
whose life and work we so re-vere.
Der 3e-gen kr'6- net sein Be- mu- hen,
Suc-cess in-deed has crowned his la-bors,
das uns'-rer Phi-lu- ris so man-chen Vor-
our men-tor, who has guid-ed us so long
-teil schafft.
and well.
5k2
e Freude
d die-ser Se-gen mactat duroh sal- ne
on all ad-ver-ei- ty, this bles-«ing
■tar- ke Kraft,
keeps him free,
as Not und Un-ge- mach
at hap-py he may dwell
i sei- ner Sei- te file- hen.
peace with all his neigh-bors.
Aria Tenor 3/8 (b)
s Got- tee mjl-den Va- ter- Han- den
e wel-fare of Hie faith-ful child-ren
ieaat (sei-ner Kin- der Wohl-er-gehn),
our God pro-vides with o- pen hand.
kann das Wan- re, Gu-te schen-ken,
e bles-sings which He is be-stow- ing
gibt una mehr, als wir ge- den-ken,
e far be- yond what we are know-ing,
id (bes- aer, als wir) es ver-stehn.
id more than we can un-der-atand.
Die Freude
Ver-echma-he nicht,
Pray do not 8corn,
du gu- ti-ger Ri- vin,
0 well-be-lo-ved friend,
daaa wir uns auch be-muh'n,
the greet-inga that we send
und laa-sen itzt,
but let us now,
dich zu ver- eh- ren,
our ho-mage bring-ing,
auch una' -re Lie-der ho- ren.
thus hon-or you with sing-ing.
5. Aria Alto 4/4 (c)
(Fl. tr. and Strings.)
bars 25-26, 38-39t
Das Gu- te, das dein Gott be-acheert
The bles-sings God be-atows to- day
9-11, 14-16, 31-3?iwhich God gives to-day
und was (dir heu- te) wi- der-fahrt,
make us, your com-rades, glad and gay;
macht (dein er-wunsch-tes Wohl-er- gehn)
in your good-luck, with heart and voice,
vor una
we all
auch schon.
re- Joice.
Recitatiyo Alto
(St ring a.)
e Freun- de sind ver-gnugt,
ur com-radea all re- joice
n Feat-und Gna- den- Tag zu schau-en}
ce- le-brate your birth-day par-ty
e kon- nen ih- ren Wunsch
th lips and hand and voice
if aich'-re Grun- de bau-en,
praiae de-served and hear-ty;
if des-aen Huld, der al-le8 weia-lich f'ugt,
God you trust, from du-ty ne- ver ewerve,
r man- che Pro-ben achon ge- wie-sen,
th faith ae-cure on firm foun-da- tion,
88 die- aer from-me Mann
d care-ful to ob-8erve
in tau-aend-mal ge-prie-sen.
ch pi-oua ob- li- ga-tion.
- lein:
it then,
Wie?
how?
Dur-fen wir auch froh
May we fit-ly show
1 aei- nen Glu- eke sein?
ie deep re-spect we owe?
6. Recitativo Soprano
Wenn sich die Welt mit dei-nem Ruh-
Thru-out the world your fame ie spread
-me tragt,
a-broad,
den dein ge-lehr- ter Fleiss
your ev- er-mount-ing fund
ateta zu ver-meh-ren pflegt,
of learn-ing all ap-plaud.
wenn dei-ne Froni-cig- keit
With ev-er pi- oue heart,
ein wah- res L'u- ster gie-bet,
at fruit-ful taaks you la-bor
wie man dem Nach-sten dient
where-by, with love to God,
und Gott da- bei doch lie- bet,
you al- so serve your neigh-bor?
wenn aic-h dein ed- les Haus
your no- ble house, thru thrift)
auf dei- ne Vor-sicht stutzt,
and pru-dence is se- cure;
52J
Die Freude
Die Freude
wo-durch ee auch den Ar-men nutzt,
you ev- er help the need-y poor;
so sehn wir dies nur mit Be- wund'-rung an,
ycur count-less vir-tues we ob-serve, ag- hast-,
weil uns'- re Durf-tig- keit nichts
ad- mire with meek re-spect and
ho-her's wa-gen kann.
ad-mir- a-tion vast.
7. Aria Soprano 6/8 (A)
(Flauto travereo)
Uit zar-ten und ver-gnug-ten Trie-ben
With lov-ing and Bin-cere af-fect-ion
ver-ehrt man (dei- ne Gil- tig-keit.)
we come to praise your kind-li- ness,
Er-schal-iet
a- ber einst ein Lied,
re-sound-ing here our songs ex-press
das dich der (Sterb-lich-keit ent-zieht),
a love which nev- er- core will die,
so sind fwir auch dar- zu be-) reit.
but fol-low8 you to Hea-ven High.
nichts (an dei- nem Wohl-sein) feh- len.
nor good for-tune ev- er leave you.
seh' al8 ein Tem-pel
is like a ho-ly
ale ban- ge
more songs of
Recitativo Alto
Dein gan-zes Haus,
This house of thine
a us,
shrine
wo man mehr Lob
where there a- rise
Seuf- zer hort;
praise than sighs,
in dem kein Fall die su-sse Ru- he
and where no tears be-dim the joy-ous
stort.
eyes.
Chorus
Die-se Lust er gb'tzt zu sehr,
Joy and hap-pi-ness un-told
mehr als wir ent- de- cken kon- nen.
may the pas-sing sea-sons send you.
Recitativo Soprano
Drum wirst du, gro-sser Mann, ver- zei-hen,
So do not, hon-ored Sir, ig-nore us,
dass wir da- bei,
in our re-spect,
nach un- ser's
nor think us
8. Chorua and Recitativo fi (D)
(Instr. same as in first movement)
ChoruB
Was wir dir vor Glu-cke gon-nen,
May pro-spe-ri- ty at-tend you,
wunscht man dir noch (zehn-mal mehr,)
mul- ti- ply a hun-dred-fold,
Recitativo Tenor
Ja wohli Du hast ver-dient,
In-deedi De-ser- ved fame
wer dich aus dei- nem Ruh- me kennt,
is cou-pled with your hon-ored name,
des Un- rechts Gei- sel nennt;
a- gainst all wrong you fight
hin-ge-gen der Ge-rech-ten Schirm und Schutz,
but ev-er for-ti- fy the just and right,
da- bie-tet Not und Un-gluck Trutz.
pro-tect-ing all in ev- il plight.
Chorus
Dich soil kein Ver-hang-niss qua- len,
May mis-for-tune ne- ver grieve you
Leh-rers Treu',
o- ver- bold
uns auch mit ihm bei dei-nem Fe- ste
to sing your praise in joy-ous fes-tal
freu-en;
cho-rus;
doch auch,
this now
nichts mehr,
no more,
dass uns* -re Pflicht
we ask of you,
von neu- en Wun-schen spricht.
our Mas-ter good and true.
Chorus
Was wir dir vor Glu-cke gon-nen,
May pro-sper- i- ty at-tend you,
wunscht man dir noch (zehn-mal mehr).
mul- ti- ply a hun-dred-fold.
524
Angenehmes Wiederau
Dedicated to Johann Christian von Hennicke
Erb-Lehn-und Gerichts-Herr auf Wiederau.
(September 28, 1737)
Libretto by Picander
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XXXIV p. 325.
Characters
Zeit (Time) Soprano
Gluck (Fortune) Alto
Elster-Flus8 (River Elater)
Tenor
Schicksal (Fate) Bass
(Continuo only.)
1. Chorus 2/4 (D)
An- ge- neh- mes Wie-der-au,
Love-ly fields of Wie-der-au,
freu-e dich in dei-nen Au- en.'
joy-ous sing in ju-bi- la-tion.
Das Ge- dei-hen legt itz- und
Your pro-sper-i- ty as-sured,
ei-nen neu- en, fe- sten Grund,
E- den you may build se- cured
wie ein E- den (dich zu bau- en.)
on a new and firm foun-da-tion.
2. Recitativo S-A-T-B
Bass (Fate)
So zie-hen wir in die- sem Hau- se hier mit
So joy-ous en-ter we this House so no- blej
Freu-den einj
fair and fine,
nichts soil uns hier von dan-flen rei-ssen,
as thy true friends, what-e'er be-fall thee.
Du bleibst zwar,
Thou stand- est,
der An- mut Sitz,
a Site of Grace,
scho-nes Wie-der-au,
fair-est Wie-der-au,
des Se-gens Au'i
a Bles-sed Place,
S-A-T-B
al- lein dein Na- me soil ge- an-dert sein,
but now hence-forth an-oth- er name is thine,
du sollst nun Hen-nicks-Ru- he hei-ssen.
and Hen-nick's Rest all men shall call thee.
Base (Fate)
Nimm die- ses Haupt, dem du nun un-ter- tan,
Re-ceive your lord, to whom you now be-long,
froh-lo-ckend al- so anj
re-joi-cing thus in songi
Angenehmes Wiederau
3. Aria Bass (Fate) 3/8 (G)
Will-kom- men im Heil, (will-kom-men
Your wel-come we hail with joy and
in Freu-den,)
re-joi-cing,
wir Beg- nen die An-kunft, wir seg-nen
we wel-come your co-ming, your house we
das Haus.
re- vere.
Sei stets wie un- sre Au- en mun- ter,
As gay as are the fields and hea-ther,
dir brei-ten sich die Her-zen un-ter,
so may you live in joy to-geth-er,
die All-macht a- ber Flu-gel aus.
for God will safe pro-tect you here.
4. Recitativo Alto (Fortune)
Da heu- te dir, ge-preis'-ner Hen-ni-cke,
As here to-day, 0 hon- ored Hen-ni-cke,
dein Wied'-rau sich ver-pflicht 't, so schwor*
your Wie- der- au is pledged, so swear
auch ich,
I, too,
dir un-ver- an-der-lich
that I will be to you
ge-treu und hold zu sein.
de- vo- ted, fond and true.
Ich wan- ke nicht, ich wei- che nicht,
I fal-ter not nor turn a- bout,
an dei-ne Sei-te mich zu bin-den,
my loy-al-ty you will not doubt, .
du sollst mich al- lent-hal-ben fin-den.
a faith- ful friend, an al-ly stout.
b. Aria Alto (Fortune) j6 (A)
Was die See- le kann er- go- tzen,
Ev'-ry bles-Bing, ev'-ry plea-sure
was ver-gnugt und hoch ru schat-zen,
which the soul can crave and trea-sure,
soil dir lehn- und erb- lich sein.
all by right of birth are yours.
525
Angenehmes Wiederau
Mei- ne Ful- le soil nichts spa-ren
Mine a-bun-dance I a- ward you,
und dir reich-lich of-fen ba- ren,
all I o- pen- ly ac-cord you,
dass (mein gan-zer V or- rat dein).
all that hap-pi-ness as-sures.
6. Recitativo Basa (Fate)
Und wie ich je- der-zeit be-dacht
Your wel-fare will I ev- er 38rve,
mit al- ler Sorg' und Macht,
as you so well de- serve,
weil du es wert bist,
with all my po- wer
dich zu schu-tzen,
will di-rect you,
und wi-der Al-les dich zu un- ter- stu-tzen,
from ev'-ry ev-il safe-ly will pro-tect youj
so hor' ich auch nicht fer- ner auf,
so you are in my con-stant care;
vor dich zu wa-chen,
where-e'er you go,
und dei- nes Ruh-mes Eh-ren- Lauf
nor will I an- y ef-fort spare
J
er-wei- ter- ter und blu-hen- der zu ma-chen.
to make your fame and glo-ry thrive and grow.
Angenehmes Wiederau
8. Recitativo Soprano (Time)
Und ob-wohl sorist der Un- be-stand
Tho' vo- la- tile in-con-stan-cy
mit mir ver-3chwis-tert und ver-wandt,
is cou-pled of- ten-times with me,
so sei hier-mit doch zu- ge- sagtj
now this I firm-ly pro-mise thee:
so oft die I'or-gen-ro- te tagt,
as oft as ro-ey dawn we see,
30 lang' ein Tag den an-dern fol-gen lasst,
as long as day shall fol-low af-ter day,
so Ian- ge will ich steif und fest,
so long, my Hen- ni- eke, will I
mein Hen- ni- eke, dein Wohl
be thine as-sured al- ly
auf mei- ne Flu-gel fer- ner bau- en.
and bear thee on my wings sus-tain-ing.
Dich soil die E- wig-keit zu-letzt,
And fin-al- ly e- ter- ni- ty,
wenn sie mir selbst die Schran-ken setzt,
tho' it may see the end of me,
nach mir noch ub- rig schau-en.
will find thee yet re-irain-ing.
7. Aria Basa (Fate) 2/$ (b)
Ich will dich hal- ten und mit dir wal- ten,
True will I serve you aid safe pre-serve you,
wie man ein Au- ge zart-lich halt,
yea, as the ap-ple of my eye.
Ich ha- be dein Er- ho-hen, dein Heil
And I will tell the sto-ry of your
und Wohl- er- ge-hen
re-splen-dent glo-ry
auf Mar-cor-Sau- len auf- ge- stellt.
in mar-ble col-umns fair and high.
9. Aria Soprano (Time) 9/8 (e)
Silt, ihr Stun-den, wie ihr wollt,
Haste, ye ho- urs, as ye will,
rot- tet aus und (stosst zu- ru-cke.)
wreck the world in dust and ash-eaj
A- ber, (mer- ket das al-.leinj)
Mark ye, heed ye what I sayi
dass ihr die- sen Schmuck und Sehein,
Hen-nick's name will last for aye,
dass ihr Hen-nick's Ruhm und nrl'u-cke
his re-nown, when all else crash-es
al-le- zeit ver-scho-nen sollt.
ev-er shall be with us still.
10. Recitativo Tenor (Elster; to Fort. Time.FaljJ
So rechtl Ihr seid mir wer- te Ga-ste,
Ye three, each one an hon-ored guest,
5£6
Angenehmes Wiederau
Angenehmes Wiederau
ioh raum' euch Au' und U- fer ein,
I grant my bank and graas-y mead
hier bau- et eu- re Hut-ten
to build your dwel-ling pla-cea,
und eu-re Wohn- ung fe-stej
with us in "Hen-nick's Rest";
hier wollt, hier sol- let ihr be- stan-
here may, here shall you make your home
-dig sein.
in-deed.
Ver-ges-set kei-nen Fleis3,
So do you ea-ger strive
all* eu- re Ga- ben hau-fen- weis*
that Wie-de-rau may ev-er thrive,
auf die- se Flu-ren aua-zu-schut-ten.
en- joy-ing all that beau-ty gra- ces.
11. Aria Tenor (River Elster) 3/4 (b)
So wie ich die Trop-fen zol- le,
Ver-dant banks my wa-ters nour-ish,
dass mein ?.ried'-rau gru- nen sol- le,
that my Wied'-rau green may flou-rish,
so fugt auch eu- ren Se- gen bei.
add ye your bles-sings now to minei
Pfle-get sorg- sam Frucht und Saa-men,
Fur-ther Hen-nick's high en-dea-vor
zei- get, dass euch (Hen-nick's) (Na-men)
that the name of Hen- nick ev-er
(ein ganz be-son- dres Klei-nod) sei.
will as a pre-cious je- wel shine.
Baas (Fate)
Dein Haupt, den teu-ren Hen- ni- eke,
And I, dear Hen-ni- eke, will crown
J
will ich mit Ruhm und Won-ne de-cken.
your head with glo-ry and re-nown.
Alto (Fortune)
Dem wer- te-sten Ge- mahl
Your no-ble con-sort there
und kei- nen Wunsch
which For-tune fair
will ich kein Heil
will noth-ing lack
ver- sa-gen,
may ren-der,
S-A-T-B
und Bei- der Lust,
and this your heir,
den ei- ni- gen und lieb- sten
we all will watch and guard with
Stamm, Au- gust,
con- stant care,
will ich auf mei-nem Schoo-sse tra-gen.
pro-teet-ion lov-ing, kind and ten-der.
13. Chorus 2/4 (D)
An- ge- neh- mes Wie-der-au,
Love-ly fields of Wie-der-au,
pran- ge nun in dei- nen Au- eni
fer-tile mea-dows green and ten-der.'
Dei- nes Wachs-tums Herr-lich-keit,
Place of hap- pi- ness and peace,
dei-ner Selbst- zu- frie-den- heit
thy de- lights will ne- ver cease.
soil die Zeit (kein En- de schau- en.)
Time will ne- ver dim thy splen-dor.
not
12. Recitativo S-A-T-B
Soprano (Time)
Drum, an- ge- neh-mes Wie-der-au,
So fair and love-ly Wie-der-au,
soil dich kein Blitz, kein Feu-er- Strahl,
no light-ning flash, no thun-der-eraah,
kein un- ge-sun- der Tau,
no pes-ti-len-tial dew,
J
kein Uiss-wachs, kein Ver- der-ben schre-cken.'
no fa- mine, will de-scend on you.
5£7
Praise dein Glucke, gesegnetes Sachsen
Praise dein Glucke
For the anniversary of the ascension of Au-
gustus III of Poland-Saxony, October 5, 1734.
Libretto by Joh. Gr. Clauder.
Bachgesellschaft XXXIV p. 245.
(3 Trombe, Timp., 2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., 2 Ob. d'am. ,
and Strings.)
1. Chorus (8 parts.) (Hosanna of B Minor Mass)
(Instr. as above except Ob. d'am.) 3/8 (D)
(Prei- se)
Thank your
Thank ye
dein Glu- eke,
good for-tune,
ge- seg- ne- tea
ye thrice bles-sed
Sac h- s en,
Sax-ons,
weil Gott den Thron dei-nes Ko-nigs er- halt,
that God has set such a king on your throne.
Froh-li-ches Land,
For-tun-ate land,
dan- ke dem Him-mel,
thanks be to Hea-ven,
Ch.JI 192-193, Ch. II 220-221:
und kii-sae die Hand,
ho-nor ye the hand
Ch. _II 199-201, Ch. I 227-229:
und kii-sse die Hand
and ho-nor the hand
Ch. I 194-202:
die dei- ne T7ohl-fahrt laast tag-lich wach-sen
which safe pro-tects us and wise di-recta us,
Ch. I 229-238, Ch. II A-T-B 222-229,
S-A-T-B 230-238:
die dei- ne Wohl-fahrt
who safe pro-tects us
noch tag-lich laast wach-sen,
and wiae-ly di-recta U8,
und dei-ne Bur- ger in Sich-er-heit Btellt.
where-by our wel-fare may grow and ex- pand.
Sop. ^11 224-229:
noch tag-lich lasst wach- sen dei-ne Bur- ger
wise-ly di- recta us where-by our wel-fare
in Sich-er- heit" stellt,
may grow and ex- pand.
von uns'-rer Ehr-furcht, Treu* und Lie-be,
the love and re- ver- ence we feel,
dir an-ders ale mit gros-ster Lust
ex-cept in joy with one ac- cord,
zu dei-nen Fu- seen le-gen?
to kneel be-fore your feet?
Fliesst nicht durch dei- ne Va- ter- hand
Does not there flow from out your hand
auf un-eer Land
up- on our land
des Him- mels Gna-den- se- gen mit
a stream of rich-est bles-sing from
rei- chen Stro-men zu?
Hea-ven' s mer-cy seat?
Und trifft nicht un-s're Hoff-nung ein,
And is net now our hope ful-filled
wir wur- den ncch zu uns'-rer P.uh'
which your great fa-ther has in-stilled,
in dei-ner Huld, in dei-nem We- sen
that in the grace of all your ac-ticn
des gros-een Va- ters Bild
we see your .fa-ther' s charm
una 6ei- ne Ta- ten le- sen?
and sense his great at-tract-icn?
2. Recitativo Tenor
(Ob. I * II)
Wie kon-nen wir, Groes-mach-tig- ater Au-gU8t,
How can we now, Au- gua- tus, migh-ty Lord,
die un- ver-fal8ch-ten Trie-be
dis-play to you the zeal,
3. Aria Tenor 4/ 4 (0)
(Ob. d'am. I & II with Vn. I; Vn. IT, Va. )
Frei-lich trotzt Au- gu-atua' Ka-me,
Thine im- mor- tal Name and glo-ry,
ein ao ed-ler Got-ter Sa-me
will not per-ish, tran8-i- to-ry,
al- ler Macht der Sterb-lich-keit.
but de- fy mor- tal- i- ty.
will -25-26.
Und die Bur-ger der Pro-vin-zen
All the peo-ple of thy na-tion,
aol-cher tu- gend-haf-ten Prin-zen
pray-ing for thy pre-ser-va- tion,
(le- ben) in (der guld '-nen) Zeit.
owe this Gol- den Age to thee.
bars 91-93:
in der guld*- nen, der guld'-nen Zeit
Gol-den Age, migh- ty King, to thee
5£3
Preiee dein Glucke
Preiae dein Glucke
baxB 97-98:
in der guld'- nen, in der guld '-nen Zeit.
Gol-den Age, this Gol-den Age to thee.
4. Recitativo Baas
Was hat dich so net,
What is it then,
be- wo- gen,
has moved thee
Sar-ma-ti-en,
Sar-ma-ti-a,
dass du vor dei-nem Ko-nigs-Thron
to chooBe for roy-al hon-or one,
den Sach-si-schen Pi- aet,
a Sax-on born and bred,
des gro- seen Au-gust, wurd'-gen Sohn,
the great Au-gus-tus' worth-y son,
hast al- len an-dern fur- go- zo-gen?
and not a na-tive Prince in-stead?
sind noch er-grimmt auf dich,
their fu- ry ■ ne- ver cease,
o gro-aser Ko-nigJ
0 migh- ty King,
und ha- ben dei-nem Wohl ge- flucht.
con-epi-ring to de-stroy your peace.
Je- doch ihr Fluch ver-wan-delt sich in
Their fu-tile curse may yet be- come a
Se- gen,
bles-sing,
und ih- re Wut ist wahr-lich viel zu
their fruit-less rage too tri-vial far to
9
we-nig,
shock
ein Glu-cke, das auf Fel-sen ruht,
a hap- pi-ness built firm on rock,
im mind'-sten zu be- we- gen.
or mar i€ in the slight-est.
Nicht nur der Glanz durch-lauch-ter Ah- nen,
'Tis not his pa- rents' no- ble lin-eage
nicht sei-ner Lan- der Macht,
nor yet his coun-try's might,
neini aon-dern sei- ner Tu- gend Pracht
nay, he him-aelf, in his own right,
riss al-ler dei-ner Un-ter-ta-nen
has by his vir-tue cap-ti- va-ted
und so ver-schied'-ner Vol- ker Sinn mehr
your ma-ny sub- jects that they bow to
ihn al-lein,
him a-lone,
als eei- nes Stam-mes Glanz und an- ge-erb- ten
nor heed the glo-ry bright of his an-ces-tral
Schein,
throne,
fuss-fal-lig an-zu-be- ten hin.
when fe-al,- ty to him they tow.
n
Zwar Veld
Yet en- vy,
lei-der'
oft are
und Ei-fer-sucht,
and jea-lou- sy,
die
(which
5. Aria Bass 3/8 (A)
(Oboe, and Strings.)
(Ra- se) nur), (ver-weg'-ner Schwann,)
Rage ye on, ye wan- ton band,
28, 30, 64, 69tfool-har- dy band,
in dein eig'- nes Ein- ge-wei- del
vent your spleen in vain up-on him,
bars 52, 73: vain-ly
Wa- sche nur den fre-chen Arm,
Ye whose shame-less bra-zen hand
bars 99-102:
with your bro-ther's blood is wet,
oft das Gold der Kro-nen noch we- ni- ger,
aimed at crowns of gold tho' from me^-ner folk
als Blei und Ei- sen scho-nen,
their ran-cor they with-hold)
(vol-ler Wut)
ev-en yet
in un-schuld'- ger
with your bro- there*
Bru- der Blut,
blood is wet,
uns zum Ab-scheu,
we ab-hor you,
bars 119-124:
you will per-ish,
dir zum Lei- del
you will per-ishi
we ab- hor you
Weil das Gift und der Grimm von dei- nem
All the bile and the fu- ry that you
Nei- de
cher-ish
(dich (mehr) als Au- gu- stum trifft.
can- not our good King de- file,
will not -bars 147-148, 150.
no -bars 149.
5S9
Preise dein Gluoke
Preise dein Glucko
6. Recitativo Soprano
(Flauto traverso I 4 II)
Ja, JaJ
Tea, hear.
Gott 1st una noch mit aei-ner
with His pro-tect-ion God is
Hul-fe nah',
ev-er near,
und schutzt Au-gus-tus' Thron.
and guards Au-gus-tus' Throne;
Er macht, dass der ge- sam- mte Nor- den
that each and ev'-ry north-ern na-tion
durch sei- ne Ko-nigs-Wahl be- frie-digt
ac- oepts con-tent his Po-lish re- sto-
wor- den.
-ra-tion.
Wird nicht der Ost- see schon
Has not his em-pire grown
durch der be- sieg-ten Weich-sel Mund
to reach the Bal-tic in the north
Au- gus- tus' Reich xu-gleich mit sei- nen
when from the Vis- tu- la his ar-mies
Waf- fen kund?
sal-lied forth?
Und las-set er nicht je- ne Stadt,
And has not that re-bel-lious town,
die sich so lang ihm wi-der- se-tzet hat,
which for so long a time op-posed his crown,
bringt zwar (Man- chem Ehr') und Ruhm,
to some have brought rank and fame,
a- ber (die Bos-heit mit Wohl-tat ver- gel-1:u
yet to re-ward a ma- le- vo-lent act-:n
ist nur der Hel-den,
by be-ne-f act-ion,
ist Au- gus-tus' Ei- gen- turn,
this ex-alts Au- gus-tus' Name.
bars 100-104:
ist Au- gus- tus' Ei-gen- turn, Au- gus-
*tis this that ex-alts his Name, ex-alts
-tus' Ei- gen- turn,
Au- gus-tus' Nan.e,
bars 108-111:
ist nur der Hel-den Ei-gen- turn,
'tis this ex-alta his migh-ty Name,
bars 111-121:
(ist nur Au- gus-tus' Ei- gen- turn,)
this glo-ri-fies Au- gus-tus' Name,
Au- gu-stus' Ei- gen-tum, Au- gus-
this glo- ri- fies Au- gus-tus' Name,
-tus' Ei- gen- turn.
Au-gus-tus' Name.
8. Recitativo S-T-B
(instr. same as in first movement.)
mehr sei-ne Huld als sei-nen Zorn emp- fin-den?
felt not his an- ger but his kind pro-tect-ion? Tenor
Lass docta, o teu-rer Lan-des-va-ter,
Das macht, ihm ist es ei- ne Lust,
Thru love his peo-ple all o-beyj
Per- mit, be-lo- ved Fath-er of our
ru
Land
der Un-ter-ta- nen Brust
he ev-er has his way,
durch Lie-be mehr
not by con-straint,
denn Zwang zu bin-den.
but by af-fect-ion.
7. Aria Soprano 2/4 (b)
(Fl. tr. I 4 II, unison. Vns., Violetta,
no continue )
Durch die
Tho' war
von Ei- fer
and con-quest,
ent-flam- me-ten
tri-uEiph-ant and
dass uns'-re Mu-sen-schaar den Tag,
our choir of mu-ses here at hand.
der dir so gluck-lich ist ge- we-sen,
t rue-hear- ted, aim- pie and sin-cere,
an dem im vor'-gen Jahr
in this au-spic-ious year,
Sar- ma- ti- en turn Ko-nig dich er le-set
in which the peo-ple of Sar- ma- ti-a hav«
in ih-rer un- schuld-vol-len Ruh'
e-lect-ed you their cho-sen King,
ver-eh- ren und be-ain-rgen dur-fe.
in ho-mage, re-ver-ent to singi
Waf- fen,
glo-rious,
Fein- de be-stra- fen,
bat-ties vict-or- ious,
Bass
Zu ei- ner Zeit,
These trou-blous days,
blitzt und kracht,
all a- blaze,
da al- les urn
with war and tur-i
520
Preise dein Gluoke
Preiae dein Glucke
yea,
da der Fran- zen Macht
when the troops of Trance
(die doch so viel- mal schon ga- damp- fet
(which oft-en-time8, how- ev- er, have been
wor- den)
crushed, .
▼on Su- den und von Nor-den
from south and north ad-vance,
auch un- serm Va- ter-land
to threat our Fath-er- land,
mit Schwert und Feu-er draut,
with sword and fie-ry brand,
kann die-se Stadt so gluck-lich sein,
then may our Ci- ty thank-ful be ,
dich, macht* -gen Schuta-gott uns'-rer Lin-den,
for thee, who peace for us has won,
und zwar dich nicht al- lein,
and not a- lone for thee,
auch dein Ge- mahl,
thy con-sort, too,
das Lan- dea Son-ne,
our coun-try's Sun
der Un- ter- ta- nen Trost und Won- ne,
whom, with af- feet-ion none can mea-sure,
in ih- rem Schooss zu fin- den.
her sub-jects love and trea-sure.
Soprano
Wie soll-te sich bei so viel Wohl-er-geh'n
With such a King and such a gov-ern-ment,
der Pin- dus nicht ver-gnugt und gliick-
the Gods them-selves were hap-py and
-lich seh'n'
con- tent.
S-T-B (Fugato)
Him-mel. lass (dem Neid zu Trutz)
Hea-veni grant, (de-spite all spite,)
un- ter sol-chem Got- ter- schutz
guar-ded by his god-like might,
eich die Wohl-fahrt uns'-rer Zei- ten
that our wel-fare so out-stand-ing,
in viel tau-send 2wei-ge brei-ten.
be a thou-sand-fold ex-pand-ing.
9. Chorus 6/8 (D)
(Instr. same as in first movement.)
Stif-ter der Rei- che, Be-herr-scher der
Foun-der of em-pires, Dis-pen- ser of
Kro- nen,
scep-tres,
bau- e den Thron, den Au-gus-tus
guard Thou the Throne of Au-gus-tus
be- sitzt.
our Lord.
Zie- re (sein Ha us,) mit un- ver-gang- li-
Bless Thou his race, to rule our na-tion
-chem Wohl- er-geh'n aus,
with Jus-tice and Grace,
lass uns die Lan-der in Frie- de be-
keep-ing our coun-try at peace with our
-woh- nen,
neigh-bors,
die er mit Recht und mit Gna- de
feared by his foes, by his sub-jects
be-schutzt.
a- dored.
Durchlaucht'ster Leopold
(1717)
Libretto perhaps by Bach
A "Serenata" for the Birthday of Prince
Leopold of Anhalt-Cothen. Later put into
Cantata 173 (1731).
Bachgesellschaft XXXTV p. 3.
(2 Fl. tr., Fag. Violoncello, Violone, Cembalo,
and Strings.)
1. Recitatiyo Soprano (No. 1. of Cantata 173)
(Strings.)
Durch-laucht'- ster Le-o-pold,
II- lu8- trious Le-o-pold,
es sin- get An-halt's Welt
the whole of An-halt sings
von Neu-en mit Ver-gnu-gen,
with joy and new e- la-tion
dein Co-then eich dir stellt,
and Co-then, kneel-ing, brings
521
Durchlaucht 'star
Durohlauoht ' ster
um sioh vor dir xu bie-gen,
its warm con-gra-tu-la-tion,
Durch-laucht'- ster Le-o-pold.
II- lus- trious Le-o-pold.*
2. Aria Soprano (No. 2 of Cantata 173) 4/* (D)
(Vn. I, Fl. tr I & II in unison; Vn. II, Va.)
Guld-ner Son- nen
Gold-en sun-shine,
fro-her Stun- den,
hap-py lei-sure
die der Him- mel selbst ge-bun- den,
sent by Heav'n in good- ly mea-sure,
sich von Neu- em ein-ge- fun- den,
which a- new, we now may trea-sure,
ruh-met,
voi-ces,
sin-get,
vi-ols
stimmt die Sai- ten
sweet- ly blend-ing
sei- nen Nach-ruhm (aus-zu-brei-ten. )
sound his prais-es far ex-tend-ingl
3. Aria Bass (No. 3 of Cantata 173) 4/* (°)
(Strings. )
Le-o-pold' s Vor-tref-flich-kei- ten
Le-o-pold' s out-stand-ing vir-tues
ma- chen una itzt viel su tun.
find no fit-ting word or phrase.
LIund und Her- ze, Ohr und Bli-cke,
Hearts and voi-ces, ear and vis-ion
kon- nen nicht bei sei-nem Glu-cke,
give but scan- ty re-cog-ni-tion
das ihm bil- lig fol-get, ruh'n.
of his well-de- ser-ved praise.
4. Duet Soprano-Bass (No. 4 of Cantata 173)
(Fl. tr. I & II, Strings.) 3/4 (G)
Bass
Un- ter sei-nem Pur-pur- saum
'Neath his pur-ple man-tie bright,
iat die Freu- de nach dem Lei- de,
there is glad-ness af- ter sad-ness.
Je- den schenkt er wei-ten Raum,
All hie sub- jects may en- joy
Gna- den- Ga- ben zu ge- nie-saen,
gra-cious gifts of his be-stow-ing,
die wie rei- che Stro- me flie-ssen.
forth in streams of bles-sing flow-ing.
Soprano 3/4 (D) (No. 5 of Cantata 173)
Nach lan-des va-ter-li- cher Art
Fath-er is he of all this land,
er er- nan-ret Un-fall weh-ret;
so has fed us, safe-ly led us;
drum sich nun die Hoff-nung paart,
there-fore is the hope at hand,
dass er wer- de An-halts Lan- de
that he still will thus be- friend us,
se-tzen in be- gluck-ten Stan-de.
so good for-tune will at-tend us.
Soprano it Bass 3/4 (A)
Doch wir las-sen un'-sre Pflicht
Let us not for-get to- day^
frb-her Sin- nen itzt nicht rin- nen,
du- ty voi-cing with re- joi-cing.
heu-te da des Him-mels Licht
how the light of Hea-ven's ray
sei-ne Knech-te froh-lich ma- chet
on his scep-tre bright is shin-ing^
und auf sei-nem See- pter la-chet.
all to joy and smiles in- clin-ing.
5. Recitativo Soprano-Bass
Durch-lauch-tig-ster, den An- halt Va- ter
Ex- alt- ed one, as An-halt's Fa-ther
nennt ,
known,
wir wol- len dann das Herx zum Op-
we give to thee our hearts and our
-fer brin-gen|
de- vo-tion,
aus un- srer Brust, die ganz vor An-dacht brennt,
to be thine own, to be thy ve- ry own;
soil sich (der Seuf-zer Glut) (zum Him-
which here we ten-der thee with deep
-mel 8chwin-gen. )
e- mo-tion.
522
Durchlaucht 'star
6. Aria Soprano ft, (DJ
(PI. tr. I 4 II in unison; Strings. )
So (schau' dies hol-den Ta-ges Licht,)
So may this day with joy a-blaze
noch vie-le, Zei-ten vie-le, vie- le Zei-ten
bo oft re- peat-ed, oft-en-times re-peat-ed
▼ie-le, vie-le, vie- le Zei-ten
oft-en, oft-en-times re-peat-ed
und wie es (itzt be- glei-ten),
and when we have com-plet-ed
ho- hes Wohl-sein und Ge- lu- eke,
this most hap-py ce-le-bra-tion,
so wis-se es, wenn es an-bricht
then may we not in fu-ture days
(ins Kunf-ti-ge,) von Kum-mer nicht.
on mi- se-ry in sor-row gaze.
Herr Gott, Beherrscher aller Dinge
(1734)
Libretto perhaps by Each
Wedding Cantata
(See Cantata 120 (1730))
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XLI, 149.
(Only Viola and Continue)
1. Chorus (Cantata 120, No. 2) 4/4 (D)
Herr Gott, Ee- herr-scher al- ler Din- ge,
Lord God, the Lord of all Cre- a-tion,
Herr Gott, Be-herr-scher, Ee- herr-scherr
Lord God Al-migh- ty, the Lord of
al- le Din- ge,
all Cre-a-tiGn,
(der al- les hat re- giert und tragt),
who all the U- ni-verse did mould,
(durch den, (den 0- dem hat,) sioh regt;
and did with life and breath up- hold,
7. Aria Bass (No. 4 of Cantata 175) j6 (A)
(Violoncello & Fag. in unison; Cembalo and
Violone. No continue)
Dein Na- me gleich der Son-nen geh',
Thy Name ex-tends be-yond the sun
stets yah- rend (bei den Ster-nen) steh'.
where stars their stea-dy cour-ses run.
(Le-o-pold),
Le-o-pold,
in An-halt's Gren-zen,
thine An- halt, loy-al,
wird im Fur- sten-Ruh-me glan-zen.
greets thee here with hon-or roy-al.
See Fsalm CL, 6.
wir al- le sind viel zu ge- rin-ge
we come be-fore Thee all un-worth-y
der Gu- te und Barm- her-zig-keit,
of Thy be- ne- vo-lence to man,
wo- mit du uns (von Kin- des-
which Thou hast showed us from our
-bei- nen)
child-hood,
bis auf den Au- gen- blick er-freut.
un-ceas-ing-ly since life be- gan.
8. Chorus (S-B) (No. 6 of Cantata 173 for S
(Fl. tr. I * II in unison. Strings.) 3/4
Nism auch, gro-sser Furst, uns auf
Take us, too, 0 migh- ty Lord,
und die sich zu dei- nen Eh-ren
we would sxng your praise de-vout-ly,
(un- ter-ta-nigst) las-sen ho- ran.
serve you loy- al- ly and stout-ly.
Gluck-lich sei dein Le- bens-lauf ,
May your hap- py life af- ford
sei dem Vol- ke sol-cher Se-gen
bles-sings to your folk a- dor-ing
(den (auf dei-nem Haupt) wir le- gen.
which for you they come im-plor-ing.
2. Recitativo Bass, Chorus, Tenor
•A-T-B ) (Viola with Chorus. )
(D) J
Wie wun-der-bar, o Gott, sind dei-ne ™.'er-ke,
How won-der-ful, 0 God, are all Thy works,
wie gross ist dei-ne Macht,
how migh- ty is Thy pow'r,
wie un- aus-sprech-lich dei- ne Treu'J
be-yond de-script-ion Thou art truej
Du zei- geet dei-ner All-macht Star-ke,
Be-fore Cre- a-tion did com- mence
eh' du uns auf die Welt ge-bracht.
Thou show-est Thine om- ni- po-tence.
Zur Zeit, wenn wir noch gar nichts sein
When we were naught but com- mon clay,
und von uns selbst nichts wis- sen,
our lives wert Thou con- tri-ving,
5555
Herr Gott
ist del* ne Lie- be und Barm-her- zig-keit
with lo-ving ten-der-ness, by night and day,
aufs Ei-frig-
wert ev- er
▼or un- ser Wohl-ge-deih'n
to form and fash-ion us
-ste be-flis- sen;
eag-er stri-ving,
der Na- me und die Le-bene-zeit
the name of each of us Thou knew.
J
sind bei dir an- ge-schrie-ben,
our day of death and birth,
wenn wir noch im Ver-borg*-nen blie-ben;
be- fore we ev-er came to earthj
ja, dei- ne Gu- te ist be-reit,
yea, with Thy love wert rea-dy, too,
wenn sie uns auf die Welt ge-bracht,
with lo-ving arms and wel-come true
uns bald mit Lie-bes- ar- men zu um-fas-sen.
to greet us in the world Thou hadst cre-a-ted,
Itad dass wir dich nicht aus dem Sin-
And that our thoughts of Thee be not
-ne las-sen,
a- ba- ted,
so wird uns dei- ne Gut' und Macht an
Thy Grace and strength to us ac-crue each
je- dem Mor- gen neu.
mor-ning fresh and new.
? J
Drum kommt's, da wir dies wis-sen,
And so, thru all our days
dass wir von Her-zens- grun- de ruh- men
from out pur heart of hearts we give Thee
mus-sen*
praise.
Chorus 3/4 (G)
(Nun dan-ket al- le) Gott,
Come ye and thank your God
Come ye and thank ye
See Ecclesiasticus L, 22.
der (gro-sse Din- ge) tut
who migh-ty won-ders works
an al- len En-den.
for all cre-a-tion.
Tenor
Nun Herr, es wer- de die- se Lieb' und Treu'
Now Lord, be-stow Thy love and ten- der care
auch heu-te den Ver- lob-ten neu|
to- day on this be-troth-ed pair,
Herr Gott
J
und da jetzt die ver-lob- ten Bei-de,
and as they stand be-fore Thy shrine,
y J
vor dein hoch-hei-lig An- ge-sich-te tre-ten
and gaze in awe on Thy ma-jes-tic face,
und vol-ler An-dacht be-ten:
here in this ho- ly place,
so ho- re sie vor dei-nem Thro-ne,
con-fer on them Thy Grace di-vine,
und gib zu uns- rer Freu- de,
Thy fa-vor, Lord, ac-cord them,
was ih- nen gut und se- lig ist,
re-joice us all, and with Thy love
zum Loh- ne.
re-ward them.
3. Aria Soprano
(Viola)
Leit', (o Gott,
Guide, 0 God
6/8 (G)
mit
durch dei- ne Lie- be)
with lov-ing kind-ness,
durch dei- ne Gu- te,
with lo-ving kind-ness
die- ses neu-ver-lob- te Paar.
bless this new-ly wed-ded pair.
Mach'
Migh-
an ih- nen kraf- tig wahr,
ty joy and bles-sing send,
was dein Wort uns vor- ge- schrie-ben,
as Thou pro-mised them who fear Thee,
dass du de- nen, die dich lie-ben,
them who love and who re-vere Thee,
wohl-tun wol-lest im- mer-dar,
joy and bles-sing, with-out end.
bars 52-58t
wohl-tun wol-lest,
joy and bles-sing,
dich lie- ben,
and fear Thee,
dass du de- nen,
send to them who
die
love
4. Sinfonia (3rd Vn. Partita in E) 3/4
(Viola) (See Cantata 29, No. 1.)
(D)
534
Herr Gott
5. Recitativo Tenor (Chorus, with Viola)
Herr Ze- ba- oth,
Our Fa-ther's God,
Herr uns-rer Va-ter Gott,
Lord God of Sa-ba- oth,
er- ho- re un- ser Fleh'n,
at-tend to this our prayer,
gib dei-nen Se- gen und Ge- deih'n
nor a- ny pre-cious bles-eing spare
*u die- ser neu-en E-he,
to these two new-ly wed{
dass all' ihr Tun in, yon
by Thee in all things let
ge-he.
led.
und mit dir
them both be
Herr Gott
auf die- ses del- nes Die- ners Haus.
on this Thy faith-ful ser-vants' house.
Lass sie in dei-ner Furcht be-klei- ben
Grant them, in re-ver-ence in-orea-sing,
so wer-den sie in Se-gen blei- ben;
joy and good-for-tune ne-ver cea-sing;
Alto bars 56-60, 74-76, Tenor 72-76i
er- heb' auf sie dein An- ge- sieh- te,
lift up Thou Thy Coun-te-nance to them,
Tenor bars 56-60, Alto 72-74t
er- heb* auf sie dein An- ge-sich- te,
lift up, Lord, Thou Thy face un- to them,
ao gent's ge- wise in Se- gen aus,
so bless Thou them and grant them peace,
Lass al- les, was durch dich ge-sche-hen,
To their en- dea- vors bring suc-cess
in dir ge- seg-net sein;
and give them hap-pi- neeej
ver-trei- be al- le Not,
pro-tect from want and woe
und fuh- re die ver-trau-ten Bei-de
and guide this cou-ple, hap-py ma-ted,
so wie du willt, nur stets *u dir.
that, by Thy will, they come to Thee.
So wer- den die- se fur und fur
So more and more their souls will be
mit wah- rer See-len-freu- de
•at peace and tru-ly joy- ous,
und dei-nem rei- chen Se- «gen,
and will re-ceive that bles-sing
an wel-chem al- les auf der Welt ge- le- gen,
which man may hope one day to be pos-sess-ing
ge-eat-tigt und er-fullt.
as Thy sup-reme re-ward.
Chorus
Er- hor' uns, lie-ber Her- re Gott J
0 hear us, we be-seech Thee, Lord.'
so gent's ge-wiss,
bless them, 0 Lord,
Se- gen aus.
to them peace*
ge-wiss in
0 Lord, grant
7. Recitativo Bass
Der Herr, Herr, un-ser Gott sei so mit euch,
The Lord God ev-er be un-to you both
als er mit eu-rer Va- ter Schaar
as He in a-ges past has been
vor die-sem und auch je- tzo war.
un- to your fa-thers and your kin.
Er pflanz" euch E-phra-im
To grow as E-phra-i:
I &
6. Duet Alt'o and Tenor 6/8 (A)
(Viola.)
on the off beatj
Herr, fan- ge an (und (sprich (den
Draw near, 0 Lord and give Thy
on the beat:
Lord, draw Thou near
und dem Ma- nas-ae gleich.
and flou-rish as Ma- nas- sah.
Genesis XLVIII, 20t
"...God make thee as Ephraim and
Manassaht ....."
Er lass' euoh nicht, er zieh' nicht von
May He not leave you or from you
euch sei- ne Hand,
with-draw His hand.
Er nei- ge eu- er Herz und Sinn
Your mind and epi-rit, heart and soul
at eta su ihm hin,
may He-con-trol, ^
Se- gen,)))
bles-sing
dass ihr in sei- nen We- gen wan-delt,
di- rect your steps a-long His ways
* . J
in eu- ern Ta-ten weis-lich han-delt.
to act with wis-dom all your days.
and keep you wise thru
535
Herr Gott
Herr Gott
Sain Geiat sei euch atets zu- ge-wandt.
And may His thoughts be turned to you.
Wenn die- see nun ge-schicht,
Should this be-fall you two
eo wer-den al- la eu-re Ta-ten
then ev'-ry wish will be ful-filled,
*> J
nach Wunech ge- ra-ten.
as you have willed,
Und eu- rer from-men Sl-tern Se-gen
and high dis-tinct-ion you will share .
wird sieh ge- dop-pelt auf euch la-gen*
with those whose hon-ored name you bear.
Wir a- bar wol- len Gott mit Lob und
So come we here to God with praise and
Sin-gen
eing-ing
ein Dank-und Freu- den- o- pfer brin-gen.
with joy-ous thanks our tri-bute bring-ing.
ja nichtj
u- nitej
Lo- ben- de, schlie-sse mit A- men.
wor-ahip Him, praise and a-dore Him.
Mit Gnaden bekrone der Himmel die Zeiten
(1721)
In honor of Prince Leopold of Anhalt-
Cothen.
Libretto perhaps by Bach
Numbers (1) (3) and (7) adapted (1731)
as Numbers (1) (4) and (6) of Cantata 134.
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XXIX p. 209.
(2 Ob., and Strings.)
1. Tenor Aria (See Cantata 134 No. 2) 3/8 (g)
(Instr. as above) (First 144 bars missing.)
8. Chorale (See Cantata 137, No. 5) 3/4 (D)
1.
Lo- be den Her- ren, der dei-nen Stand
Praise ye the Lord who so clear-ly has
sieht- bar ge- seg- net,
fa-vored and blessed us;
der aus dem Him-mel mit Stro-men der Lie- be
Who from His Hea-ven with sho-wers of love hath
ge- reg- net.
re-freshed us.
Den- ke da- ran, was derAll-mach-ti- ge kann,
Pon-der ye thus, how Migh-ty God aid-eth us,
der dir mit Lie- be be- geg- net.
think how His love has pos-sessed us.
2.
Lo- be den Her-ren, was in mir ist, lo- be
Praise ye Al-migh-ty God, re-ve-rent bow ye
den Na- men.'
be-fore Himi
Al- les, was 0- dem hat, lo- be mit
All breath-ing crea-tures for grace and for
Ab- ra-hams Sa- men.
mer-cy im-plore Him. See Psalm CL, 6.
Er ist dein Licht, See- le, ver- gisa es
He is the Light, come all ye Faith-ful,
Mit Gna-den be- kro- ne
To- day are the Hea-vens
der Him- mel die Zei-ten,
with grace ov-er-flow-ing,
(auf,) See- len,) ihr mus- set
up, spi-rits, be-stir ye,
ein O-pfer be-rei- ten,
your loy- al-ty show-ing,
be-zah-let (dem Hoch-sten)
to ren-der the High-est
mit Dan-ken die Pf licht.
your du-ty and thanks.
2. Recitativo Alto-Tenor
(Schlusstakte— Fragments. )
Alto
Haus der Zei-ten Herr er-seh'n.
Tenor
Was man-gelt mir an Gna- des- Ga-ben?
What lack I of the Gifts of Mer-cy?
Uto
Noch Grose* -res hab' ich auf- ge- ho-ben.
Yet great- er bless-ings still a- wait me;
Tenor
Mein Ruhm ist itzt schon nicht ge- ring.
My glo-ry men will not for-get.
5ZG
Uit Gnaden
Mit Gnaden
Alto
Im Got- tes-Preis
But prais-ing God
sain.
yet.
wird sol-char gro-aser
will make me great-ar
Alto-Tenor
es achla- get (zum Prei- se (dea Hoch-aten
to praise and to wor-ship our mas-ter
hin- aua. )
ad- ored.
3. Duet Alto-Tenor (Cantata 134 No. 4) ji (ED) 4. Racltativo Alto-Tenor
(Strings.)
Ea atrei-ten, es sie- gen die kunf- ti-gen
The fu- ture is full of the pro-miee of
Zei-ten
glo-ry
(ea atrei-ten) die kunf- tl-gan Zei-ten
the fu- ture gives pro-miae of glo-ry
Alto
Be- den- ke nurt
Be-think you now,
be-gluck- tea Land,
you fa-vored place,
wie viel ich dir
the bleas-inga great,
Zeit ge- ge- ben.
ahow-ered on youj
in die-ser
which I have
(im Se^ gen) (fur die- see durch-lauch-tig-ate) An Le-o-pold haat du ein Gna-den-Pf and .
and blaa-aing for this our il- lue- tri-oua aee Le-o-pold, the to-ken of my grace,
Haus.
lord.
Schau* an der Fur- atin Klug-heit;Licht,
your Duch-eaa, wia-dom'8 shi-ning light,
schau* an dea Prin- ten ed-lea Le-ben
Tenor
Ea atrei-ten. as pran-gen die to- ri-gan Zei-ten your Prince, our pride, our no-ble knight,
The pre-aent ia full of the pro-udae of glo-ry
und der Prin-zea-ain Tu-gend- Kranz,
(im Se- gen) fur die- aea durch-lauch-tig-ste the Prin-cess-es, with vir-tue crowned}
and ble8-aing for thia our il- lua- tri-oua
daas die- sem Hau- ae nichts an Glanz
Haus.
lord.
Alto-Tenor
Dies lieb-li-che Strei-tan be- we-get die
Your glo-ry and fame thru the u- ni-verae
Her- s en,
ring-ing,
Alto:
be- we- get, be- we-get die Her-xen,
the whole of the u- ni-verae ring-ing,
dies Strei-ten be- we-get die Her-zen
the whole of the un- i-verse ring-ing,
Zei- ten.
Alto bless thee,
zu strei-ten, zu atrei-ten. zu atrei-ten,
we ho- nor your glo- ry with dan-cing Tenor
Aohi fleh' urn die- aea Gluok,
Ah J pray that For-tune last
the joys of earth so here a- bound,
und dir kein zeit-lich Wohl ge- bricht.
that none could ev- er ask for more.
Soil ich dein kunf -tig Heil be- rei- ten,
If I might add to your good for-tune,
so ho- le von dem Ster-nen- Pol
my pray'rs would reach the farth-est star
durch dein Ge- bet ihr ho-hea Fur- st en- Wohl.
and your re-nown be her-ald-ed a- farj
(Komm, An-halt, fleh') um meh-re Jahr' und
Come, An-halt, pray that God may fur-ther
su strei-ten,
and aing-ing,
Tenor
die Sai- tan su ruh-ren,
we wel-come with mu-aic,
(zu acher- zen)
with dan- cing
and aing- ing
denn oh- ne Gott und Sie,
wer't not for God and Them,
wurd' ich nicht ei- nen Au- gen- blick
our hap- pi-nesa were long aince paet,
537
liit Gnaden
Mit Gnaden
fur dlch gluck-se-lig sein.
our luck would ne-ver be.
Ja, An-halt, ja,
Yea, An-halt, yea,
du beu-gest dei-ne Knie',
bow down up- on thy knee,
dein sehn-lichst Wun-echen stimmt mit ein.
and join in heart-felt thanks with me.
Alto
Al- lein
But yet,
o gu- tig-stes Ge- Schick 2
0 good and boun-teous Fate,
Gott schau- et selbst auf die er-lauch-
God sees these hearts so no-ble in
-ten Her-zen,
tnem-selves,
J
auf die-ser Herr-schaft Tu-gend-Ker-zen,
these cand-les from which e- ma- nate
bars 31-33i
hat viel ver-gnug-te Stun-den dir an-noch bei-
will send a gol-den e- ra to glo-ri- fy
-ge- legt;
your race;
weil (bei der Har-mo- nie) der See- len,
the Hosts of Hea-ven take their sta-tion,
die Gott zum Hort und Heil (er-wah-len, )
by those whose God is their sal-va-tion,
des Him-mels Heer (mit (ein- zu- stim-men)
they who to love him well, are tru- ly
well and tru- ly
pflegt).
sworn.
sie bren-nen ihm in hei-sser An-dacht schon;
the glow and warmth of god- ly re- ver- ence;
um ih- re Gott be-lieb- te Glut
for their de- vo-tion God will send
un- schatz- ba- res
kommt selbst auf sie ein ver- fug- ba- res
im- meas- ur- ab- le good which they ex-
Gut
-tend
und auf dies Land
thru-out the land
-er-geh'n.
dis-pense.
■viel zeit-'ges Wohl-
which they to it
dass mich die Men-
that men may come
6. Recitativo Tenor-Alto
Tenor
Doch wir- ke, selbst
Hilf, Hoch-ster, hilf,
Help, High-est, help,
-schen prei-sen
to praise
und fur dies welt- be- ruhm- te Haus
my bless-ings on this fam-ous house,
nie bo- se, son-dern gul-den hei-ssen.
as-sur-ing ma- ny gol-den days.
Koran, streu' auf sie den Strom des
Come, let your bless-ing stream and
5. Aria Alto V* (g)
Der Zei-ten Herr
Al-migh-ty God
hat (viel (ver-gnug- te Stun-den,)
will send a gol- den e- ra,.
(du, Got-ter-haue), (dir (an- noch bei- ge-
to glo-ri- fy your race from Hea-ven
this
-legt,)
born,
bars 20-22i
hat der Zei-ten Herr, du, Got-ter-haue, dir
yea Al-migh-ty God will glo-ri- fy your
an- noch bei- ge-legt,
race from Hea-ven sent
Der Zei-ten Herr
Al-migh-ty God
Ja,
Yea,
Se-gens aus.
rich-ly flow.
sei durch mich dem teu'r-sten Le-o-pold
send to my be- lo- ved Le-o-pold
zu vie-ler tau-send Wohl und Lust,
and to his faith-ful sub-jectshere,
die uu'ter eei-ner Gna-de woh-nen,
pros-pe-ri- ty for many a year,
bis in ein grau-es Al- ter hold.
to mul-ti- ply a thou-sand-fold.
Er- qui- eke sei- ne Got-ter-bruet.
Let god-like grace with-in him glow,
Lass den durch-lauch-tig-sten Per-
and grant that these dis-tin-guished
-so- nen,
Per-sons,
die du zu dei- nem Ruhm er-seh'n,
whom Thou hast hon-ored so to- day,
5S8
Hit Gnaden
Mit Gnaden
auf die bis- her
nay, thru Thy grace
-schie-nen
light,
dein Gna-den-licht ge-
and by Thy guid-ing
Sie blu- hen, (sie le- ben),
"Long live they, long lire they"
ruft Je- der-mann aue.
so all of us shout.
nur im voll-komm'-nen Wohl-er-geh*n
re-main with us for our de-light,
die sohon-ste Zeit nooh vie-le Jah- re die-nen.
which time will ne- ver mar or take a-way.
Er-neu'- re, Herr,
Re-new Thou, Lord,
bei je-der Jah-res-zeit
Thy boun-ty ev'-ry year,
an ih- nen dei- ne Gut' und Treu'.
with lore and grace be ev- er near.
Alto ^
Des Hoch-sten Huld wird al- le Mor-gen neu,
The Grace of God each morn-ing new de-soends,
es wird sein Schutz
He gives sup- port,
-der- heit
ex- tends
und Geist in- son-
His spi-rit He
auf sol-che Fur-sten schwe-ben,
to Prin-ees who re- vers Him
die in dem Le- bens-fur- sten le- ben.
who faith-ful serve and love and fear Him.
7. Chorus (See Cantata 134, No. 6) 3/8 (B^)
(Ob. I ft II, Strings.)
Er-schal-let
Er- got- zet auf Er- den,
The earth and the Hea-vens
(er- freu- et) von o- ben,
are filled with re-joi-cing;
gluck- se- li- ge Zei- ten,
we come here to praise you
ver-gnu-get dies Ha us.
and hon-or your house.
Es miis- se (bei die- sen
The house of these Princ-es,
durch-lauch-t ig-st en See-len)
in glo- ry ex-cell-ing,
der Se- gen
(die Gna- de) des Him-mels
the Bios-sing of Hea-ven
die Woh- nung er- wah- len.
will choose as its dwell-ing.
0, angenehme Melodei
(1749)
Libretto by Picander
Music and text an adaptation of Cantata
210, "0 holder Tag".
Count Flemming, named in No. 8 and 10,
was Bach's Dresden patron in whose house Bach
routed Marchand in 1717.
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XXIX p. 245.
1. Recitativo Soprano
0, an- ge- neh- me Me-lo-deiJ
Oh sweet en-chan-ting me-lo-dyj
Rein' An- mut, kein Ver- gnu-gen
No plea-sure, no de-light
kommt dei- ner s'u-ssen Zau- be-rei
can match thy sub-tie witch-er-y,
und dei-nen Zart-lich- kei- ten bei.
the ten-der-ness thy strains exj-cite.
Die Wis-sen-schaf-ten an-drer Kun-ste
The oth-er arts, by man de-vised, i
sind ird'-nen Wit- see klu- ge Dun-stet
are works of earth, by mor-tals prizedt
Du a- ber bist al- lein
But thou a- lone wast sent .
vom Him-mel* zu uns ab- ge- stie-gen.
from Hea-ven High, from God's own shrine;
See Cantata 210.
so muBst du auch recht hitnm-lisch sein.
so must thou tru- ly be di- vine.
2. Aria Soprano 3/8 (A)
Spie-let,
Bal-lads
ihr be- seel- ten Lie-der,
sung with sweet de- vo-tion
5Sd
0, angenehme Melodei
wer- fet die ent-z'uck- te Brust
calm the soul and still the heart,
(in die Ohn-macht) sanf- te nie- den
like a gen- tie sooth-ing lo-tion.
A- ber durch der Sai- ten Lust
Sounds of strings new life im- part,
gtar-ket und (er- holt sie) wie-der)
stir the soul with strong e- mo-tion.
11 Oars before Da Capot
er-holt sie, er- holt sie, er- holt
en- li- ven the spi- rit with strong
sie wie-der.
e- mo-tion.
3. Recitativo Soprano
Ihr Sor- gen, flieht,
Ye cares, a- way,
flieht, ihr be-t-rub-ten Kum-mer- nis-se,
a- way, ye woes in swift re-treat}
ein sin-gend Lied macht her-bes Gra- men
a lilt-ing song makes bit-ter wor-ries
su-sse,
sweet, .
ein klei-ner Ton tut Wun- der Wer-ke
a lit-tle tune, to please and charm, .
und hat noch mehr ale Sin-sons Star-ke,
has great-er strength than Sam-son's arm,
weil er, wenn Schwer-mut o- der Ban-gig-keit
for it, when care and trou-ble are a- bout,
wie ein Phi- li-eter-Heer sich wi- der un-
and like a host-ile host our sweet tran-quil-
-sre Rub' er- regt,
-i- ty would rout,
die Qual zer-streut und aus dem Sin- ne
drives care a- way and makes us glad and
schlagt.
gay.
0, angenehme Melodei
ist (vor das ver-borg'-ne Weh')
is for hid -den cares the best,
die be- wahr-te Pa-na-eee.
is the sur-est re-me-dy.
5. Recitativo Soprano
Wie- wohl, be-lieb-te Mu-si-ca,
Al- though, be- lo-ved Mu-si-ca,
so an- ge-nehm dein Spiel
your love-ly songs en- dear
so viel- en Oh- ran ist,
and charm the mor-tal ear,
so bist du doch be- trubt
yet stand you there in thought
und ste- heat in Ge-dan-ken da.
as though with me-lan-cho-ly fraught.
Denn ee sind ihr' viel,
Yet there are a few
de- nen du ver-acht-lich bistj
who de-spise and scoff at yout
J)
mich deucht, ich ho- re dei- ne Kla-g«
mer thinks I fath-om your dis-may
b
selbst al- so sa-gent
and hear you sayt
6. Aria Soprano 4/4 (*>)
Sohweigt.
Peace,
ihr Flo-ten,
ye pi-pers,
schweigt, ihr,
sin- gers,
To- ne,
cease ye,
klingt ihr mir doch, selbst nicht echo- ne,
ye no lon-ger charm or please me,
geht, (ihr ar- men Lie-der,) hin, geht hin
go, ye songs and leave me free, now free
bar 30j me free
weil
joy
ich so
has all
ver-las-sen
de- ser-ted
bin.
me.
4. Aria Soprano l</8 (E)
Ru- het hie, mat-te Sin- ne.
Rest in peace, wea-ry spi-rits;
Ei- ne xar- te Har-mo-nie
ten-der, mo-ving Har-mo-ny
7. Recitativo Soprano
Doch fas- se dich, dein Glanz
Yet hold a-while; your fame
540
0» angenehme Melodei
ist noch nicht gam
and your good name
ver-schwun-den und im Bann ge- tan.
your pat-rone here will not dia-dain.
Ja,
Yea,
wenn es mo-glich war',
should it come a- bout
dass dich die gan- ze Welt ver-lie-sse
that all the world re- pu- di- ate you
und dei- ne Lieb- lich-keit ver-stie- see,
de- ny your charm and ex- e-crate you,
are
wer-ten Gon-ner
nem teu-ren Fl em-mi ng
un-
so komm' zu dei-
then come and seek these wor-thy pat-rons
in ih- re Gunst und Nei-gung her-
in sei- nem Schirm und Schat-ten her,
and of their fa- vor have no doubt
sie wis- sen al-lein,
er weiss al- lein,
for in their hearts
wie Wis- sen-schaft und Kunst
is fast and firm- ly fixed
zu scha-tzen mus-se sein.
their love for all the arts.
0, angenehme Melodei
der ed-len Har-mo- nie
con-tin-ued thru the years,
t
eu-rer
mit dei-nem
to no-ble
Gunst
Schutz ge-neigtj
Har- mo- nyj
So Ian- ge sie noch Kin- der scho- ner
So long as it has child-ren blest with
Stim-men zei-get,
love-ly voi-ces,
so wird sie al- le Zeit
will it de-light to hear
eu'r eu-ren J
dein Lob und dei-nen Ruhm be- sin-gen;
them sing your prai-ses loud and strong
und, wenn es ihr er-laubt,
and, if your grace per-mits,
)
eu'r
vor dein be- stan-dig' Bluh'n
to greet you with a song,
sich itzt be-muh'n,
as well be-fits,
n
ein wun-schend 0- pfer vor- zu- brin-gen.
and wish you joy your whole life long.
8. Aria Soprano 3/4 (c#)
Wer-te Gon-ner,
Gro-sser Flem-ming, al- les Wis- sen
Wor-thy pat-rons, art and learn-ing
Gunst eu-ren
fin-det Schutz bei dei-nen Fu-ssen,
all to thy pro-tect-ion turn-ing
ihr ste-het
du ste-hest de-nen Kun-sten bei,
co- vet thy fa-vor ea-ger- ly.
a- ber un- ter de-nen al- len
That which thou most high-ly trea-sure,
eu'r gii- ti- ges
liebt dein gna- di- ges Ge- fal- len
love and know with great-est plea-sure,
ein an- ge- neh- me Ue-lo-dei.
is all en-cr.ant-ing me-lo-dy.
9. Recitativo Soprano
Ge- ehr- te Gon-ner, blei-bet
Er-leuch-tet Haupt, so blei- be fer-ner-weit
Ye hon-ored pat-rons, so let your fa-vor be
10. Aria Soprano t> (*)
Seid
Sei (ver-gnugt,)
Be con-tent,
wer-te Gon-ner
gro-sser Flem-ming.
wor-thy pat-rons.
Dein graf- li-ohes Haus
Your hea-ven-born house
ver-meh- re den Schim-mer und brei-te
one day will such fame and such glo-ry
sich aus,
have won, i_
bis sel-ber das Glan- zen der Son- ne
that it will out-shine all the stars and
ver-fliegt.
the sun.
(Alternate '.Vords)
Ein' e- wi- ge Lust
May joy and de-light
be- stel-le die Woh-nung in eu- e-
make ev- er their dwell-ing-place deep in
-rer Brust
your breast
bis die-se das Sin- gen der En-gel ent-zuckt,
un- til you are called to the Land of the Blest,
541
Vergnugte Pleissen-Stadt
(Picander)
For the marriage at Leipzig on Feb-
ruary 5,1728, of - Wolff and - Kempel. The
bride came from Zittau.
Characters
Neisa (The river at Zittau) Soprano
Pleiee (The river at Leipzig) Alto
(See Bachgesellschaft Vol. XX, p. XIV)
(2 Fl., Ob., cello, klavier)
1. »uet Soprano( Neiss )-Alto( Pleiss) V* C
(2 Fl., Cello)
Neiss (Soprano)
Ver-gnug-te Plei-ssen-Stadt
0 hap-py town on Pleiss
dein Lab-sal wachst und giant zt
your for-tune grows and glows
vor an- dern al- len.
with none a- bove you.
Pleiss (Alto)
Be-gluck- te Nei-
0 fav- ored town
ssen-Stadt,
on Neiss,
Dein Blu-hen wachst und glantzt
Your wel-fare grows and glows
vor an- dern al- len.
with none a- bove you.
Neiss
V7er sei-ne Lust an dei-nem Pran- gen
He who de- lights to see your splen-dor
Vergnute Pleissen-Stadt
Pleiss (Alto)
Da, wo sie sel-ber die Na- ja- den
See, how the nai-ada throngto meet her
an Plei-ssens U- fern ein- ge- la- den.
up- on my ri- ver banks to greet her.
ver-hass-ter Plei-
ah,gree-dy Ri -
Neiss
Ach, Plei-ssen-Strand,
Ah, Ri- ver PleisB,
ssen-Strand,
ver Pleiss,
Wer hat dich ihr so ein- ge-lobt
and think you it was right or nice
und schon ge- nannt?
to lure her here?
Du hast ja selbst bey dir
When you have maids to spare
an scho- nen Kin- dern 0- ber-fluss
of won-drous charm and beau- ty rare.
was willst du sie aus mei- ner Ge-gend
Then why need you en-croach on my do-
ho- len?
min-ion?
Drum sag ich iet-so mit Ver- druss
I speak in woe, for you must know,
ubt
grow
Pleiss
Wer sei-ne Lust an dei-nem Schon-heit
He who de-lights to see your beau- ty
ubt
grow
Both
der wird und bleibt in dich ver- liebt
no oth- er love than you will know
dern kan es nir- gends mehr ge- fal- len.
but ev-er firm and true will love you.
2. Recitativo Soprano- Alto 4/4 (e)
Neiss (Soprano)
So an- ge-nehm auch mein Re-vier
My bail- i -wick did you in-vade
so weicht mein schbn-stes doch von mir.
to bear off Zit- tau's choic-est maid.
Wo- hin du An-muths-vol- le
Fare-well our ci-ty's fair-est
du hast mein be- st-is mir ge-stoh-len.
you take jny best, in my op- in- ion.
3. Aria Soprano (Neiss) 2/i A
(ob and cello)
An- ge-neh- rae Hem- pe- lin;
Love-ly maid of charm and grace;
dei- ne Seel ist son-der Man- gel
soul the nob-lest and the dear-estj
dein Ge-sicht ist wie der En- gel
like an an- gel thou ap-pear-est
eng-lisch ist dein gan-
an- gel- like thy form
zer
and
Sinn,
face
an- ge-neh- me Hem-
love-ly'mLid of charm
pe- lin
and grace.
Al- ler-lieb-ste He»- pe- lin
Fair-est mai-den, prec-ious gem
wa-rest mei-ne Zier
art my je-wel bright
-esi
b mai
d.
du,
thou,
du,
thou
Hem-
- pe-
lin?
de-
■moie
-elle
• a-
ber
seit
when
thou
go-
du nicht bey mir
est from my sight
54 £
Vergnute Pleiaaen-Stadt
ist auch mei- ne Cro-ne, raei- ne Cro-ne hln.
I have lost my di- a dem, my di- a-dem.
Al- ler-lleb-ste Hem- pe- lin.
Fair-est maid- en,prec- ioua gem.
Vergnute Pleissen- Stadt
Da achei-nen die Jah-re wie Ta- ge
A year will be ov-er ere scarce they
ver- schwun-den
be- gin it
da wer-
and ewift
en auch sel- ber die Stun-den
ae it were but a min-ute
4. Recitativo Alto(Pleisa) 4/4 d-F
Er- spa- re dein Ver-druas,
Now spare your woe, I pray,
be- lieb-ter Nei- ssen-Fluss
dear Ri- ver Neiss, to- day,
und sen-de dei- ne Hem- pe- lin
for you may leave your dar-ling here
zu mir mit gu- tem Wil- len hin.
with me with-out a sigh or tear.
Komm, weh- le hier auch un- ter mei- nen
Come, choose you one now from a- mong my
Soh- nen
gal-lants,
Ge- setzt nun, es ge-fieh-le dir
for here you'll find a wor-thy groom
dar- un- ter auch ein Brau-ti- gaa
for your be-lov'd no mat-ter how
▼or ei- ne dei-ner Scho-nen,
su- per-i- or her tal-enta.
so hast du al- le-mahl
so grieve not but re-joice,
hier-in- nan ei- ne frey- e Wahl.
and from them free-ly make your choice.
Ge- nung,
Fear not ,
dass ich will al- le
for I will guard your
Mor- gen
trea-aure,
dein acho-nes Kind mit Gluck und Heyl ver-
and fill her cup with joy in good- ly
Mi- nu-ten ge- nannt.
the ho-ura will paaa.
6. Recitativo Alto-Soprano 4/4 (a)-G
Pleias (Alto)
Wie lieb- lich wird sie nun
With words of ten-der love
von mei- nen Wei-bern auff-ge-nom- men?
maid-ens bid me oome to meet her.
Schau, wir aie freund-lich mit ihr thun?
See, they de-light to wel-come her.
Sie hei- aaen sie durch mich will-kom-men
and gra- tious- ly they haste to great her.
Neiaa (Soprano)
Ea aey, nach-dem ich u-ber-fuhrt
E- nough, no more can I re-quire,
daaa mei- ne Hem- pe- lin
and I must stand a-aide
an ih- rer Freu-de nichts ver-liehrt.
that she may gain her heart's de-sire.
Ge- lieb-ter Wolfff der ihr ge- neigt
You luck- y man j be faith-ful kind,
und treu
and true
nimm sie in ih- rem Cran-tze hin.
and take her now to be yourbride.
Pleias
Die Hau- be wird sie mor-gen krie-gen.
Her hus-band will he be to-mor- row
sor-gen.
mea-sure.
5. Aria Altof Pleias) 2/4 F
(cello )
Mit La- ohen und Scher-tzen
With laugh- ing and jo- king
mit Kus-sen und Her-tzen
and kis-aea in-vo- king
ver- bun- det die Lie-be daa e- wi- ge
we come here to mar-ry this lad and this
Band.
laaa.
Neiss
Das ist jaJ so. der Juhg-fern ihr Ver-
So shall it be; for them fare-well to
gnu-gen.
s or- row.
Pleias
In- dee- sen schliess ich die- ses Zwey
And mean- while let me wish these two
in mein ge-treu- es Wun- schen ein.
the ve- ry best that best can be.
Nei s 8
Mein Sinn soil wie der dei-ne seyn.
with which I heart- i- ly a- gree.
54?
Vergnute Pleissen-Stadt
7. Duet Soprano- Alto c/4 G
(ob and cello)
Pleiss
Heyl und See- gen
Joy- ful flou-rieh
muss euch, wer- thes jtaar, wer- pfle-gen
like the fields my wa- tera nour-ish,
wie mein Fluss die Au- en labt.
bles-sings on you,ha- py pair.
Neisa
Und (Bie Won- ne, die ihr habt)
May the joys which you will share
soil und wird sich mit Er-aprie-ssen,
ne- ver les-sen, er-er grow- ing,
rei- cher als mein Stroh-mer- git- saen.
like my wa-ters ov- er-flow- ing.
Pleiss
(So wer- den ( die Vie- gen) mit Kin- dern
Be-loved by your child- ren in naught dia-
ge-ziehrt
a- gree
und sol- chee (ie Ian- gwr ie lie- ber)
the long- er you're mar-ried the fond- er
the long- er the fond- er
ge- spuhrt
you'll be.
Neisa
(So wer- den (die See-len) mit Wol- lust ge-ziehrt,
So true to each oth- er in naught die- a-gree.
und sol- ches ( ie lan-ger, ie lie- ber) ge-
the long- er you're mar-ried the fond- er you'll
the long- er the fond- er
ge- spuhrt.
you'll be.
5UA
GEISTLICHE LIEDEft UND ARIEN
mit beziffertera oder unbeziffertera Bass
aus Schemelli's Gesangbuch
Bachgesellschaft Vol. XXXIX, pp. 279-308
1.
Ach, dass nicht die letz- te Stun- de
Would to God that on the mor-row,
mei-nes Le-hens heu- te schlagtj
I may hear my last hour sound,
Mich ver-langt Ton Her-zens Grun- de,
that my bo- dy, free from sor-row,
dass man mioh zu Gra- be tragt;
Bafe may rest in hal-lowed grounds
denn ich darf den Tod nicht scheu- en,
so from death I need not hide me,
ich bin langst mit ihm be- kannt,
I for long have known him well;
fuhrt er doch aus Wvi- ste- nei- en
thru the de-sert he will guide me,
mich in das ge- lob- te Land.
S in the Pro-iaiaed Land to dwell.
2.
Auf, auf J die rech- te Zeit ist hier,
Rise up J the hour will not a- wait,
(die Stun- de war- tet vor der Thur',
the Rea-per stands be-fore the gate;
•! ihr Bru- der, las-set uns er- wa-chen,
f!ye Breth-ren, has-ten to a-wake ye,
3.
Auf, auf J mein Harz, rait Freu- den
Rise up my heart, in glad-ness,
nimm wahr, was heut' ge- schicht;
and mark you well this day,
wie kommt nach gro-ssem Lei- den
this is the day that sad-ness
nun ein so gro- sses Licht'
was ban-ished quite a- way.
Mein Hei-land ward ge- legt
Life-less our Sa-viour lay,
da wo man uns hin-tragt,
so, too, will we one day;
wenn von una un- ser Gei3t
but yet our souls will rise
gen Him- mel ist ge- reist.
to life be-yond the skies.
4.
Be-gluck-ter Stand ge- treu- er See- len,
Ah, hap-py are ye, stead-fast spi-rits,
die Gott al-lein zu ih-rem Teil,
ye who to God are ev-er true,
zu ih-rem Schatz und Zweok er- wah- len
who look to Je- sub Christ our Sa-viour,
(ver-gesst die Welt und ih- re Sa- chen.) und nur in Je- su su- chen Heil,
for- get this world, its ways for-sake ye. and faith-ful seek His will to do,
545
Schemelli
die Gott zu lieb, aus rei- nem Trieb,
who serve the Lord with full ac- cord,
nach ih- res treu- en Mei- sters Rath
who heed the Mas-ter's wiBe ad- vice,
sich selbst ver-leug-nen in der Tat.
nor ev- er stop to count the price.
5.
Be-schrankt, ihr Wei- sen die- ser Welt,
Ye who are wise will choose your friends
die Freund-schaft im- iner auf die Glei-chen,
from them whom God Al-migh-ty fa- vors;
und leug- net, dass sich Gott ge-aellt
know ye that His good-will ex-tends
mit de- nen, die ihn nicht er- rei-chem
to them whose friend-ship ns- ver wa-vers.
1st Gott schon al- les und ich nicht s,
He is Al-migh-ty, I a mite,
ich Schat-ten, er der Quell des Lichts,
I am the sha-dow, He the Light,
er noch so stark, ich noch so blo-de,
no-ble is He? while I am low-ly,
er noch so rein, ich noch so schno-de,
I am a sin- ner, He is ho- ly.
er noch so gross, ich noch so kleinj
He is so great, and I so small,
mein Freund ist mein und ich bin sein.
yet still my Friend, in spite of all.
6. V*
Brich ent- zwei, mein ar- mes Her- ze,
Break, my heart, in bit-ter griev-ing,
mein ar- mes Her- ze, brich ent-zwei;
yea, break in twain, with grief un-told,
ach mein Schmerz, der gro-sse Schmer-ze,
grief un- end- ing, ne-ver leav-ing,
der ist so viel und man-cher- leiJ
un-ceas-ing, great and man- i- fold:
Scbemelli
Ach Not! ach Not: ach Not:
Ah grief: ah woe: ah dread:
Je- su- lein, mein Schatz ist todt,
Je-sus, my Loved One is dead,
mein Schatz ist todt,
My Sa- viour dead.
7.
Brunn-quell al-ler Gii- ter, Herr-scher der
Fount of ev'-ry bles-sing, Lord of all
Ge- mil- ther, le- ben- di- ger Wind,
the Faith-ful, Source of Life and Light,
Stil-ler al- ler Schmer-zen, des-sen Glanz
qui-et Thou my trou-ble, let Thy grace
und Ker-zen mein Ge- mirth ent-zund't,
re- dou-ble, fair and clear and bright;
leh- re mei- ne schwa-che Sai-ten
teach my harp to sing the sto-ry
dei-ne Kraft und Lob aus-brei-ten.
of Thy migh- ty deeds and glo-ry.
2/4
Der Him-mel zit-tert,
Hea-ven is sha-king,
dir Er- de scmit-tert,
fir-ma-ment qua- king.
Der lie-ben Son- ne Licht und Pracht
The sun is sink-ing in the west,
hat nun den Tag voll- fuh-ret,
se-rene in ev'-ning beau- ty,
die Welt hat sich zur Run' ge-macht:
be- take thee, too, my soul to rest,
thu', Seel*, was dir ge- buh-ret,
and think thee of thy du-ty;
tritt an die Him- mels- thur'
to Hea-ven sing thy prayer,
und sing* ein Lied da- fur,
be- fore the Gol- den Stair,
lass dei- ne Oh- ren, Herz und Sinn
to Christ di-rect thy mind and heart;
auf Je- sum sein ge- rich-tet hin:
whose faith-ful fol-low- er thou. art.
9.
Der Tag ist hin, die Son-ne ge-het nie-de
The day has passed, the sun at last de-scend-
546
Schemexii
Schemelli
der Tag i3t hin und kom- met nim- mer wie-der
the day is done, its joys and du-ties end-ed,
mit Lust und Last,
its hopes and fears,
Er sei auch, wie er sei,
its laugh- ter and its tears,
bos o- der gut, es heisst:
its bat-ties lost or won;
Er ist vor- bei.
The day is done.
Gib, dass main Sinn zum rech-ten Ziel
di- rect my heart and mind to high
sich len- ke
en- dea-vor,
und ich all-zeit mein En-de wohl be-den- ke.
of mor-tal fra- il- ty for-get-ful ne- ver.
10.
Der Tag mit sei- nem Lich- te
Cloud-less, se-rene, and splen-did,
fleucht hin und wird zu nich-te,
peace- ful, the day has end-ed;
die Nacht koramt an- ge- gan- gen,
soon will the world be sleep-ing,
mit Ru- he zu um- fan-gen
night comes up-on us creep-ing,
den , mat-ten Er- den-kreis.
creep-ing the world a- round.
Der Tag der ist ge- en- det,
So, as the sha-dows dar-ken
mein Herz zu dir sich wen-det,
mor- tals to God must har-ken;
der Tag und Nacht ge-schaf-fen
wheth-er a- wake or sleep-ing
zum 7/a- chen und zum Schla-fen,
all are with-in His keep-ing;
will sin-gen sei- nen Preis. •
let all His prai-ses sound.
11.
Dich bet' ich an, mein hoch-ster Gott,
To this my pray'r, 0 God, give heed,
der du mich hast re- gie- ret,
as Thou hast ev- er led me,
und gna-dig-lich von Ju- gend auf ge-
and lov-ing- ly from child-hood clothed and
-fuh-ret
fed me,
aus vie-ler Angst, Ge-fahr und Not.
from dan-ger guard- ed me, and need;
12.
Die bitt- re Lei- dens-zeit
Now does our deep dis-tress,
be- gin- net a- ber- mal
an-guish and bit-ter-ness,
und brei- tet klug-lich aus
bring to mind once a- gain,
die gro- sse Pein und Tual,
that great-er woe and pain
da- rin mein Je-sus sich so wil- lig
borne by my Je-sus un-com-plain-ing
hat ge- ge- ben.
to re-deem me.
0 Lei- den vol- ler Gnad'
Ah, by what bound-less love,
und rei- ner Him- mels-lieb',
sent Him from Heav'n a- bove,
wo- zu sein treu-es Herz
was His true heart in-spired,
den from-men Hei-land trieb,
with pure de- vo- tion firedi
wer kann die Lie- be doch nach Wur- den
how am I wor-thy of the love that
g'nug er- he- benj
He thus gave me?
Rin- net, ihr Tra- nen, mit vol-li- gem Lauf,
Flow on ye tears in a tur-bu-lent flood,
ho- ret zu lau- fen ja nim-mer-mehr auf J
weep that my Lord gave His bo-dy and blood;
Die-weil mein Heil und Teil an- itzt
0 Sa-viour mine, my all in all,
ver-liert sein Le- ben% an_ itzt ver-liert
who died to save me, suf-fered and died
sein Le- ben.
to save me.
547
Schemelli
13.
Die gold- ne Son- ne, voll Freud' und Won- ne,
Gold-en and glo-rious the Heavn's a-dorn-ing,
bringt un-sern Gren- zen mit ih-rem Glan-zen
ri- see the sun with joy in the morn-ing,
ein herz-er- qui- cken-des lieb-li-ches Licht.
kin-dies my heart with his life-gi-ving light.
Mein Haupt und Glie-der, die la-gen dar- nie-
I who was wea- ry de-ject-ed and cheer-
-der,
-less,
a- ber nun steh' ich, bin mun- ter
rise a-gain, bu- oy- ant, strength-ened
und froh-lich,
and fear-less
echau-e den Him- mel mit mei- nem Ge-sicht.
look on the Hea-vena, re-splen-dent and bright.
14.
Dir, dir, Je-ho-vah, will ich sin- gen,
To Thee Je-ho-vah, ccme I sing-ing,
denn wo i6t wohl ein sol-cher Gott wie du?
where is an- oth- er God like un- to Thee?
Dir will ich mei-ne Lie- der brin- gen,
To Thee my mu-sic come I bring-ing,
ach, gib mir dei-nes Gei-stes Kraft da- zu,
make Thou my me- lo-dies stur- dy and free}
dass ich es thu' im Na-men Je- su -Christ,
In Je-sus' Name do I ten-der them here,
so wie es dir durch inn ge-fal- lig ist.
so may they sound de- light-ful to Thine ear.
15.
Eins ist Not: ach Herr, dies Ei- ne
One thing, Lord, to me is need-ful
leh- re mich er- ken- nen dochj
teach me this one thing to know..
Al- lee an- dre, wie's auch schei-ne,
All things else seem vain and fut-ile,
ist ja nur ein schwe- res, Joch,
but a bur-den fraught with woe;
3/4
da- run- ter das Her- ze sich na-
these things, on- ly plague me, their plea-oures
und pla- get
soon pall;
get
Schemelli
und den-noch kein wah- res Ver-gnu-gen
and real-ly they bring to me no joy
3
er- ja- get.
at all;
Er- lang' ich dies Ei- ne, das Al- les
but if Thou wilt give, Lord, this one thing
er-setzt,
t o me ,
so word* ich mit Ei- nem in Al-lem er- gozt,
how hap- py, how hap-py, how hap-py I'll be.
16.
Er- mun- tre dich, mein schwa-cher Geist,
Has-ten thee now, my fee- ble soul,
und tra- ge gross Ver-lan- gen,
corr.e thou with ju- bi- la- tion,
ein klei-nes Kind, das Va-ter heisst,
greet here the lit- tie Je-sus child,
mit Freu-den zu em-pfan- gen.
joy-ous in a- do- ra- tion.
Dies ist die Nacht, wo- rin es kam
This is the night on which He came
und mensch-lich We- sen an sich nahrn,
tak-ing a low-ly hu-man frame
da-durch die Welt mit Treu-en
the Fa-ther's Son with-in it,
als sei- ne Braut zu-frei-en.
came to the world to win it.
17.
Er- wurg- tes Tairr.
0 slaugh-tered Lamb,
das die ver-wahr-ten Sie- gel
Thou, who for my sal- va-tion, Revelation V-VTI
zu mei-nem Heil und wah- ren Tro-ste brach,
wast wor-thy to un-loose the se- ven seals!
mein Glau- be wirft
To Zi- on' s hills
auf je- ne Zi- ons-hii- gel
my faith, for con-so- la-tion,
dir ei- nen Blick in hei-sser Sehn-sucht nach
looks up, and speaks the hope my spi-rit feels
Du bist ja nun, o Lairar:, er-hohtj
As Thou wert raised, o Lamb, on high,
543
Schemelli
Schemelli
Was Wun-der, wenn mein Geist
what won-der that my soul
auch oft in Sprun- gen geht.
should seek to oleave the sky.'
18.
Es glan-zet der Chri- sten in-wen-de-ges
The soul of the Chri-stian with-in him is
Le- ben,
glow- ing,
ob-gleich sie von au-ssen die Son- ne
al- tho' by the fire it may seem to
ver-brannt.
be burned.
Was ih- nen der Ko- nig des Him-mels
The bles-sing which Hea-ven on him is
ge- ge- ben,
be-stow-ing,
1st Kei-nem, als ih- nen nur sel-ber
no oth-er has ga-thered, no oth-er
be- kannt.
has learned.
Was Nie-mand ver- spu- ret,
No oth-er has known it,
was Nie-mand be- ruh-ret,
no oth-er may own it, —
hat ih- re er- leuch-te-te Sin- nen
it crowns him with ma- jes-ty bright and
ge-zie-ret
su-per-nal
und sie zu der gott-li-chen Wur- de
and leads him to glo-ry di-vine and
ge-fuh-ret.
e- ter-nal.
19.
Es" 1st nun aus mit mei-nem Le- ben,
My time has come, my life is end-ed,
Gott nimmt es hin, der es ge- ge-ben,
with God's ere- a- tion to be blend-ed;
kein Tropf-lein mehr ist in dem Fass,
my stream of life is scant and slow,
•s will kein Funk- lein mehr ver- fan-gen,
its wan- ing spark but faint-ly burn-ing,
das Le- bens-licht ist aus-ge- gan-gen,
the light of life to ash-es tura-ing,
kein Korn-lein mehr ist in dem Glas.
my ho- ur glass is run-ning low.
Nun ist es aus,
My days are done,
es ist voll-bracht,
my race is run,
7/elt, gu- te Nacht, Welt, gu- te NaohtJ
clear sounds the knell, world, fare-thee-wellj
20.
Es ist voll-bracht!
"It is the end."
Ver-giss ja nicht
Do not mis-take
dies Wort, mein Herz, das Ja-sus spricht,
these words, my heart, whioh Je-sus spake,
da er am Kreu- ze fur dich stir- bet
when on the Cross in tri- bu- la- tion,
und dir die Se- lig-keit er- wir- bet,
He died, to gain for us sal-va- tion.
da er, der Al- les, Al- les wohl ge-aacht,
He who ac-com-plished our re-demp-tion thus,
nun- meh- ro spricht i
now speaks to ust
Es ist voll-bracht I
"It is the end."
21.
Es ko-stet viel, ein Christ zu sein
No ea- sy task it is to be
und nach dem Sinn des rei-nen Gel- stes
a Christ-ian, liv- ing here as Christ di-
le- ben,
-rects us)
derm der Na- tur geht es sehr sau-er ein,
our na-tures make it hard for us to see
sich im-mer- dar in Chri-sti Tod
how Je-sus' suf-fer-ing and death
zu ge- ben;
pro-tects us;
und ist hier gleich ein Kampf wohl
and ev-en when the bat- tie
549
Schemelli
Schemelli
aus- ge-rioht't,
has been won
(das macht's noch nieht.)
'tis not yet done.
22. and 23.
Gib dich zu-frie- den und sei stil- le
Fret not, my soul, on God re- ly- ing,
in dem Got- te dei- nes Le-bens,
God to whom thy life is ow- ingj
in ihm ruht al-ler Freu-den Ful- le,
with-out Him vain is all thy stri-ving,
ohn' ihn muhst du dich ver- ge-bens.
with Him joy is ov- er- flow-ing.
Er ist dein Quell und dei- ne Son- ne,
Thy well-spring He, to soothe and rest thee
scheint tag-lich hell zu dei-ner Won- ne.
thy sun who with a- bun-dance blest thee;
j n
Gib dich zu- frie- den, zu-frie- den.
so fret not^rest thou in peace, in peace.
24.
Gib dich zu- frie- den und sei stil- le
Be thou con-tent, my soul, ne- ver fear,
in dem Got- te dei- nes Le-bens,
God who gave to thee life is near.
in ihm ruht al- ler Freu-den Ful- le,
Hadst thou not Him,thy toil all were vain,
ohn' ihn muhst du dich ver- ge-bens.
thru Him all joy mayst thou at-tain.
Sr 1st dein Quell und dei- ne Son- ne,
Well-spring is He of sweet peace and rest,
scheint tag-lich hell zu dei-ner Won- ne.
Sun who thy life with a- bun-dance blest.
Gib dich zu- frie-den!
Be thou con-tent- ed!
der aus Er- bar- men al- le Hulf ' auf
His lo-ving-kind-ness reach-es all the
Er- den tut,
world a-round,
der mit Kraft und star-ken Ar- men ma-
He with strength and migh-ty arm pre-serves
-chet Al- lea wohl und gut.
His peo-ple safe and sound.
Gott kann bes- ser, als wir den-ken,
What He plans is ev- er fit-ter,
al-le Not zum Be- sten len-ken,
ev-er best when life is bit-ter.
See-le, so be- den- ke docht
Ne-ver, once, my soul, for- get:
lebt doch un- ser Herr Gott noch.
God Al-migh-ty liv-eth yet.
26.
Gott, wie gross ist dei-ne Gu- te,
Lord, how plen-teous is Thy boun-ty
die raein Herz auf Er- den schmeckt.
gi- ven me, a mor-tal, here;
Ach, wie labt sich mein Ge- mu- te,
ah, how coin- for- ted my spi-rit,
wenn mich Not und Tod er- schreckt.
freed my heart from want and fear.
Wenn mich et- was will be- tru- ben,
When the thought of death af- frights me,
wenn.mioh mei- ne Sun- de presst,
when my sins are' hard to bear,
zei- get sie von dei- nem Lie- ben,
then Thy love and grace de-light me,
das mich nicht ver- za- gen lasst;
save my soul from dark de- spair,
drauf ich mich zu- frie-den stel- le
bring me peace and con- so- la- tion,
uns Trotz bie- ten kann der Hoi- le.
safe from Hell and from dam-.na-tion.
25.
Gott le- bet noch.
God li-veth yetf
See- le, was ver-zagst du doch?
Soul, why then des-pair or fret?
Gott ist gut,
God is good}
27.
Herr, nicht schi-cke dei- ne Ra- che
Lord, re- mem-ber Thou the Sa-viour,
u- ber mei- ne bo- ee Sa- che,
when my sins and ill-be-ha-viour
550
Schemelli
Schemelli
ob aie wohl durch Ue-bel-that
my mis-deeds and ev-il bent,
gro-ssen Zorn ver-die-net hat.
mer- it wrath and pun-ish-ment.
Frei-lich muss ioh es be- ken- nen,
Free- ly do I make con-fes-sion,
Ur- each' hast du sehr zu bren- nen:
own to ma- ny a trans-gres-sion,
doch du wol-lest itxt al-lein
Judge me not by stern de-cree
Va- ter und nicht Rioh-ter sein.
but, as Fa- ther, pi- ty me.
28.
Ich bin ja, Herr, in dei-ner Macht,
'Tis well with me, for by Thy might
du hast mich an das Licht ge- bracht,
Thou ma- kest me to see the light,
du un- ter-haltst mir auch das Le-ben;
to Thee my life it- self is ow-ing,
du ken-nest mei- ner Hon- den Zahl,
Thou count-eat well the days and years,
weisst, wann ich dei- sem Jam- mer- tal
still left me in this Vale of Tears,
auch wie- der Gu- te Nacht muss ge-benj
and when from here I must be go-ing.
Wo, wie und wann ich ster-ben soil,
How, when and where I am to die,
das weisst du, Va- ter, mehr als wohl.
Thou know-est, Fa-ther, more than I.
(Gottliche Ant wort)
So recht, mein Kind, er- gib dich mir,
Give Thou, my child, thy-self to lie,
das Le- ben gab ich an-fangs dir,
who one time gave Thy life to thee,
bis hie- her hab' ich's auch er- hal-ten,
and here on earth did well pro-tect it.
Ich bin's, der dir den 0- dem gibt,
'Tis I, who give to thee thy breath
und, wenn es mir ein- mal be- liebt,
and when I shall de- cree thy death
wird auch dein sie- cher Leib er-kal-ten.
'twill come to pass as I di-rect it.
Doch, wenn du sollat sein aus-ge-spannt,
The time, the place, the ve-ry hour
das steht bei mir, in mei-ner Hand,
are in my hands, are in my power,
29.
Ich freu-e mich in dir
My joy is all in Thee
und hei-sse dich will- kom- men,
and glad-ly will I greet Thee
mein lie- bes Je-su- lein,
Thou dear-est Je-sus mine
du hast dir vor-ge- nom- men,
as Bro-ther I may treat Thee
mein Bru- der-lein zu sein.
of Blood the same as mine*
Ach, wie ein su- sser Ton!
Ah word of sweet-est soundl
wie freuhd-lich siehst du aus,
what bless- ings rich and rare
du gro- sser Got- tes- sohn.
thru Christ the Lord a- bound.
4.
Wohl- an! so will ich mich
I cleave, 0 Lord, to Thee
an dich, o Je- su, hal- ten,
tho' earth and sky be shat-tered,
und soll-te gleich die Welt
and all the u- ni-verse
in tau- send Stu-cke spal- ten.
in thous-and piec-es scat-tered.
0 Je- suj dir, nur dir,
Thou, Je-sus, Thou a-lone,
dir leb' ich ganz al-lein,
art all the world to me,
auf dich, al-lein auf dich,
naught else I care to own,
o Je- su, schlaf ich einj
if I have on- ly Thee.
30.
Ich hal- te treu- lich still
I love and serve my God,
und lie- be mei- nen Gott,
tho' pain and want op-press,
551
Schemelll
Schemelli
ob mich schon of- ter mala
and strive to keep the faith,
druekt Kum- mer, Angst und Not.
thru trou-ble, need and stress.
Ich bin mit Gott ver-gnugt
In God is all my joy,
und halt' ge- dul-dig aus,
so pa- tient I en-dure,
Gott ist mein Schutz und Schirm
while me and mine He guards
um mich und urn mein Ha us.
in safe-ty and se- cure.
31.
Ich lass* dich nicht ,
I hold Thee fast.
du musst mein Je-sus blei-ben,
Be Thou my Je-sus ev- er,
will her- be Not, Welt, Holl' und Tod
tho1 earth and Hell, or death at last,
mich aus dem Feld be-stand'-ger Treu- e
should strive to win me or my faith to
trei-ben.
se- ver.
Ich lie-be Je- sum in der Not,
In my dis-tress He is my friend,
ich lie- be,
I love Him,
ich lie- be Je-sum bis zum Tod.
I love my Je-sus to the end.
33.
Ich steh' an dei- ner Krip-pen hier,
I stand be-side Thy era- die here
o Je-su- lein, mein Le- ben,
0, Je-sus-child, to ten-der
ich ste- he, bring' und schen- ke dir,
the all which Thou hast gi- ven me,
was du tr.ir hast ge- ge- ben.
which I to Thee sur-ren-der.
Nimm hin, es ist mein Geist und Sinn,
Take Thou my spi-rit, take my soul
Herz, Seel' und Mut, nimm Al- les hin,
my heart and mind in Thy con-trol
und lass dir's wohl ge- fal- len!
and grac-ious- ly re-ceive them.
Nur her, ich hal- te mich,
So fast I cleave to Thee,
mein star- ker Held, an dich;
my Cham-pion ev- er be;
hor', was die See- le sprichtt
hear Thou my spi-rit* s pleat
Du musst mein Je-sus blei-ben.
Be Thou my Je-sus ev- er,
(Ich lass* dich nicht i)
I cleave to Thee.
32.
Ich lie- be Je-sum al- le Stund',
I love my Je-sus ev'-ry hour;
ach, wen sollt' ich sonst lie- ben?
how could I help but love Him?
Ich lie- be inn mit Herz und Mund,
The joys of earth are sad and dour;
der Welt Gunst macht Be-tru- ben.
I trea- sure naught a- bove Him.
34.
Je- su, Je- su, du bist mein,
Je-sus, Je-sus, Thou art mine,
weil ich muss auf Er- den wal-len.
while the paths of earth I wan-der.
Lass mich ganz dein ei- gen sein,
Let me too be whol-ly thine,
lass mein Le- ben dir ge-fal-len.
dear to Thee,en-thron-ed yon-der.
Dir will ich mich ganz er- ge- ben
True to Thee, on Thee be-liev-ing,
und im To- de an dir kle- ben,
when I die to Thee fast cleav-ing,
dir ver-trau- e ich al- lein,
all my be- ing merged in Thine,
Je- su, Je- su, du bist mein:
Je-sus, Je-sus, Thou art minel
552
Sohemelli
Schemelll
35.
Je- bu, dei- ne Lie-bes-wun- den,
Je-sus, Thy hu-mi- li- a- tion,
dei- ne Angst und To- des-pein
cross and death and dead-ly pain,
ha- ben mich so hoch ver-bun- den,
brought me glo- ry, joy, sal-va- tion,-
dass ich kann be-stan-dig sein.
af- ter death to lire a- gain.
36.
Je- su, mei- nea Glau- bens Zier,
Je-sus, Thou my soul's de- light,
wenn ich trau- re, mei- ne Won- ne,
in my sor-row Thou dost cheer me,
wenn es Nacht ist, mei- ne Son- ne,
thru the dark-ness Thou art near me.
mein Ver-lan- gen fur und fur.
Thou my hope for- ev- er bright,
Du al- lei- ne tilgst die Sun-den,
Thou re-deemed my sins, Thou on-ly,
du al- lei- ne machst mich rein,
Thou a- lone didst wash me clean,
du al-lei- ne bist xu fin- den,
Thou a-lona, when I am lone-ly,
wenn ich son-sten ganz al-lein.
mak- est me a- gain se-rene.
37.
Je- su, mei- nes Her- sens Freud',
Je-sus, heart's de- light to me,
su- sser Je- su!
eweet-est Je-sus!
38.
Je-sus ist das schon-ste Licht,
Je-sus is a je- wel fair,
Je-sus ist des Va- ter Freu- de,
Je-eus is the Fa-ther's trea-sure.
so er aus sich sel- ber sprichti
Hear ye God Him-self de- claret
Er ist mei- ne Lust und Wei- de.
"My be- lo- ved Son, my plea-sure."
Je-sus ist die su- sse Kraft,
Je-sus' is the ten-der might
die mit Lie- be mich ent- zun-det,
which will kin-die love with-in me,
da mein Hen al-lei- ne fin-det,
He a- lone it is will win me
was mir Run' und Freu-de schafft.
peace and hea- ven- ly de- light.
39. 3/4
Je-sus, un- ser Trost und Le- ben,
Je-sus, who sal- va- tion gave us,
der dem To- de war er- ge- ben,
He who corn-passed death to save us,
der hat herr-lich und mit Macht
by the mi- ra- cle He wrought
Sieg und Le-ben wie- der bracht.
vie- to- ry to life has brought.
Er ist aus des To- des Ban- den
He whom bonds of death im- pri-soned,
als ein Sie- ges-furst er-stan-den.
Lord of Death is now a- ri- sen.
(Al- te-lu-ja!)
Al-le- lu-ja!
mei- ner See- len Se-lig-keit ,
Thou my joy will ev-er be,
su- sser Je- su!
sweet-est Je-sus.
des Ge- mu- thes Si-cher-heit ,
Thou my soul's se- cu- ri- ty,
su- seer Je- su!
sweet-est Je-sus.
Je- su, su- sser Je- su!
Je-sua, sweet-est Je-sus.
40.
Ihr Ge-stirn', ihr ho- hen Luf- te
All ye stars, ye winds of Hea-ven
und du lich-tes Fir-ma-ment,
thou, too, spa-cioua fir-ma-ment,
tie- fee Rund, ihr dun-klen Kluf- te,
val-leys deep, and lof- ty moun-tains,
die der Wie- der- schall zer-trennt,
hills and vales with ech- oes rent;
553
Schemelli
Schemelli
jauch-zet froh-lich, lasst das Sin- gen
shout ye » sing in ex- ul- ta- tion.
itzt bis durch die Wol-ken drin- gen.
Cleave ye clouds with ju- bi- la- tion.
Hea- vens cleave
41.
Kein Stund-lein geht da-hin,
Each hour of ev'-ry day
es liegt mir in dem Sinn,
as I go on my way,
ich bin auch im- mer, wo ich bin,
I pon- der, filled with deep die-may,
dass mich der Tod
up- on the woe
wird brin-gen in die letz- te Not.
which I at that last hour shall know.
Ach Gott, wenn Al- lee mich ver-lasst,
Ah, God, when all is lost to me,
so tu- e du bei mir das Best'.
4o Thou my Guide and Corn-fort be.
42.
Komm, 8*u- sser Tod,
Come, g«a-tle death,
komm, sel'- ge Run* J
come, bles-sed peace,
Komm und fuh-re mich in Frie-de,
come, for my spi- rit is wea- ry.
well ich der Welt bin mu- de.
Life and the world are drea-ry.
Ach komm, ich wart' auf dich,
Ah, come and close my eyes,
komm bald und fuh-re mioh,
wake me in Pa- ra-dise,
druck' mir die Au- gen zu.
there will my trou-bles cease;
Komm, Bel'- ge Ruh'i
come, bles-sed peace.
43.
Kommt, See- len,die- ser Tag muss hei- lig
Come, souls, be- held, to-day is one when
sein be-sun-gen,
man re-joi-ces
sprecht Got- tee Ta- ten aus mit neu
to praise the worke of God, with new-
-er-weck- ten Zun-genJ
-ly wa- kened voi-ces.
Heut' hat der wer-the Geist viel Hel- den
To- day the Ho-ly Ghost de-scend- ed
aus- ge-rust't,
from a- bove,
so be- tet, dass er auch die Her-
80 pray ye all for grace thru God's
-zen hier be- grusst,
e- ter- nal love.
44.
Kommt wie- der aus der fin-stern Gruft,
Ye Chri-stians, leave those mur- ky caves
ihr Gott er-geb*- nen Sin-nen,
where gloom-y dark-ness low-ers,
schopft neu- en Mut vnd fri- sche Luft,
and lift your eyes with stead-fast faith
blickt hin nach Zi- one Zin-nenj
to Zi- on' s shi-ning tow-ers.
denn Je- sue, der im Gra- be lag,
For Christ who once in dark-ness lay
hat als ein Held am drit-ten Tag
a- rose a- gain on Ea-ster Day
des To- des Reich be-sie-get.
and foiled the ev- il pow-ers.
45. 3/4
Las- set uns mit Je- su zie-hen,
Christ's ex- am- pie we must fol-low,
sei- nem Fur- bild fol- gen nach,
take the path He bids us tread;
in der Welt der Welt ent-flie-hen,
earth-ly joys are vain and hol-low;
554
Bcheuielli
Schemelli
auf der Bahn, die er
we must turn to Heav'
una brach,
in-stead.
im- mer- fort zum Him- mei rei-een,
Let thie be our one en- dea-vor,
ir- diach, doch achon himm- lisch sein,
thru our love our faith to show,
glau-ben recht und le- ben fein,
that our faith may thrive and grow,
in der Lieb' den Glau- ben wei-aen.
that we live as Christ-ians ev-er#
Treu- er Je- su, bleib' bei mir,
Faith-ful Je-sus, bide with me,
ge- he fur, ich fol- ge dir.
lead Thou on, I fol-low Thee.
46.
Lie- bee Herz, be-den- Ice doch
Think, dear heart, on Je- bus now,--
dei- nee Je- su gro- see Gu- te,
acts of kind-ness He has done Thee,
rich- te dich itzt freu- dig auf
let thy joy-ful heart a- vow
und er- we- eke dein Ge- mil- te;
all the bles-sings He has won thee.
Je-sus kommt dir als ein Ko- nig,
Je-sus, King of all Cre- a-tion,
der sich dei- nen Hel-fer nennt,
deigns to call Him-self thy Friend,
und sich durch dies Wort dir al- so
He has pro-mised thee sal-va-tion
selbst zu dei- nem Heil ver- pfand't.
when thy life on earth shall end.
dass sie ei- ne klei- ne Weil'
on- ly for a lit- tie space}
arm und e- lend sein auf Er- den
soon my bo- dy, weak and sha-ken,
und dann sel- ber Er- de wer-den.
will to earth a-gain be ta- ken.
48.
Lieb-ster Herr Je- su*
Dear-est Lord Je-sus
wo bleibst du so lan-ge?
how long wilt Thou tar-ry?
Komm doch, mir wird hier auf Er- den
Come, for my cross is too hea-vy
so ban-ge:
to car-ryl
Komm doch und nimm mich, wenn dir es
Come Thou and take me, so soon as
ge- fallt,
Thou wilt,
von der be- schwer-li- chen Bur- den
far from this place of wrong-do- ing
der Welt!
and guilt!
Komm doch, Herr Je- su:
Come Thou, Lord Je-sus,
(wo bleibst du so lan-ge?)
how long wilt Thou tar-ry?
Komm doch, mir wird hier auf Er- den
Come, for my croas ia too hea-vy
(ao ban-ge:)
to car-ry?
47.
Lieb-ater Gott, warm werd' ich ater-ben?
Dear- eat God, when wilt Thou call me?
Mei- ne Zeit lauft im- mer hin,
Now my life is eb-bing fast
und dee al- ten A- dams Er- ben,
and the lot which must be- fall me.
49.
Lieb-ster Im-ma-nu-el, Her- zog der From- men,
Dear-est Im-man-u-el, Lord of the Faith-ful
du, mei- ner See-le Trost, komm, komm
come Thou with me to dwell- Sav- iour
nur bald:
di- vine:
un- ter de- nen ich auch bin,
A- dam's curse of old fore-cast.
ha- ben das zum Va-ter- teil,
Here on earth have I a place,
Du, du hast mir, mein Schatz, mein Herz
Thou art my heart' a de- light, Thou dost
ge- nom- men,
poa-ae88 it,
555
Sehemelli
Sehemelli
so ganz vor Lie- be brennt und nach dir
glow-ing with love for Thee, yearn-ing for
walltt
Thine.
Nichts kann auf Er- den
Earth's fu-tile trea-aure
mir Lie-ber's wer- den,
gives me no plea-sure.
venn ich, mein Je- su, dich mir
Thou art my heart's de- sire, oh!
stets be- halt'.
Sa- viour mine I
50.
Mein Je-eu, dem die Se- ra- phi-nen
When Se-ra-phim must hide their fa-ces,
im Glanz der hoch-sten Ma-je-stat
be-fore Thy migh- ty Ha-jes-ty,
selbst mit be- deok-tem Ant-lit i die-nen,
as, sum-moned to Thy Ho- ly Pla-cea
wenn dein Be-f ehl an sie er-geht ,
they come to serve and wor-ship Thee,
wie soil-ten bio- de Flei-sches-au- gen,
how then can mor-tals, mean and low-ly,
die der ver-hass-ten Sun-den Nacht
their bo-dies so cor-rupt with- in,
mit ih- rem Schat-ten tru- be maoht,
their souls be- cloud-ed dark with sin,
dein hel-les Licht zu schau-en tau-genj
be-hold Thy Rad-iance, fair and ho-ly?
51.
Mein Je- su, was fur See-len-weh
Ah Je-sus mine, what a- go- ny,
be-fallt dich in (Jet- ae-ma- ne,
be-fell Thee at Geth-se-ma-nee
da- rein du bist ge- gan-genj
when thi-ther Thou wert go- ingj
des To- des Angst, der Hoi- len Qual
what mor-tal an- guish Thou didst bear,
und al- le Ba- che Be- li- al,
what dead-ly ter-ror suf-fered there,
die ha- ben dich urn- fan-gen.
in floods of woe o'er-flow-ing.
Du sagst, du klagst,
With sigh, and cry,
zit-terst, be-best und er- he-best
drear-y moan-ing, bit-ter groan-ing,
im E- len- de
de-so-la-tion,
zu dem Him-mel dei- ne Han- de.
hands up-held in eup-pli-ca-tionj
52.
Mei- nes Le- bens letz-te Zeit
Life ia well nigh done for me,
ist nun- men- ro an-ge- kom- men,
all too soon will it for-sake me.
da der schno-den Ei-tel-keit
Soon from earth-ly va-ni- ty
mei- ne See- le wird ent-nom- men.
Si-lent Death will come and take me.
Wer kann wi- der- stre- ben,
Man can- not with-stand it,
dass uns Men-echen Gott das Le- ben
for our life ia God's do- na-tion)
auf ein zeit-lieh Wie-der-neh- men
none may add to its du- ra- tion,
hat ge- ge- ben!
or ex-pand it.
53.
Nicht so trau- rig, nicht so sehr,
Fret not, soul, that God give thee
mei- ne See- le, sei be-trubt,
fame and wealth in acan-ty store,
dass dir Gott Gl'uck, Gut und Ehr'
tho' a-round a- bout thou see,
nich so viel wie an-dern gibt;
oth-ers who are gi-ven more.
(nimm f'ur-lieb mit dei- nem Gott,
God is all that thou re-quire;
hast du Gott, so hat's nicht Not.)
let Him be thy heart's de- sire.
556
Scfaemelli
54.
Nur mein Je- sua 1st mein Le-ben,
I would live my life for Je-sus,
der eich in- nig mir er- gibt,
He who gave His life for me.
mei- ne Seel' soil an ihm kle- ben,
Give my-self to Him com-plete-ly
ale die in inn ganz ver-liebt.
Hie de- vo-ted slave to be.
Drum so gen' du schno- des We- sen
So I shun the world's temp-ta-tions,
nur weit von mei- ner See-len hin,
and put them all from me a- way,
nehm-lloh was die Welt er-le- sen.
ban- ish ev-il in-cli-na-tione,
Aeh Je- su, mei- nen Geist und Sinn
ah Je-sus, guide my soul, I pray,
3/4
zu dei- nem Lich- te
if Thou or-dain-est,—
ganz brun- stig rich- te;
There where Thou reign-est
aeh mein LichtJ
oh, my Light !
aeh dein Glanz ver-lass' mich nicht.
let me see Thy glo- ry bright I
55. 3/4
0 du Lie- be mei- ner Lie- be,
Thou by whom all love is kind-led
du er-wunsch -te Se- lig-keit,
bles-sed-ness be-yond corn-pare,
der du dich aus hoch- stem Trie- be
Thou whose lov- ing heart im-pelled Thee
in das jam- mer-vol- le Leid
bit-ter pain to seek and bear,
dei-nes Lei- dens mir zu Gu- te
sac-ri-ficed for my sal-va-tion,
als ein Schlacht- schaf ein-ge-stellt,
foul-ly tor- tured and mal-igned,
und be- x&hlt mit dei- nem Blu- te,
by Thy pre-cious blood a- ton-ing,
al- le Mis- se-tat der Welt!
for the sins of all man-kind!
Schemelli
56.
0 E- wig-keit, du Don- ner-wort!
E-ter-ni- ty, thou thun-der-word!
0 Schwert, das durch die See-le bohrt,
Thou sword to pierce my ve-ry soul,
o An- fang son-der En- del
be-gun but ne-ver end-ingl
0 E- wig-keit , Zeit oh- ne Zeit ,
E-ter-ni- ty, thou time-less time,
ich weiss vor gro-sser Trau-rig-keit
1 know not in my bit- ter grief
nicht, wo ich mich hin wen- del
where, where I may be- take me.
Mein ganz er- schrock'-nes Herz er- bebt,
Ter- ror and dread my heart has wrung;
dass mir die Zung* am Gau-men klebt.
pal-sied and speech-less is my tongue.
57.
0 fin- stre Nacht,
0 night of gloom,
wann wirst du doch ver- ge- hen,
when wilt thou then pass from me?
wann bricht dein Le- bens-licht her-fur?
When dawns Thy Light of Life for me?
Wann werd' ich doch von Sun-den
When will sin's tomb no lon-ger
auf-er-ste- hen,
ov- er-come me,
und le-ben nur al-lein in dir?
that I may live, o Lord, with Thee?
Wann werd' ich in Ge-rech-tig-keit
When, right-eous God, for ev-er- more,
dein Ant-lit z se- hen al- le Zeit?
may I Thy shi-ning face a-dore?
Wann werd' ich satt und froh mit La-chen,
When may I, filled with hap-py laugh-ter
o Herr, nach dei-nem Bild er- wa-chen?
be-hold Thee in the blest here-af- ter?
58.
0 Je- su-lein siiss, o Je- eu-lein mild,
0 Je-sus so gen- tie, Je-sus so sweet
557
Schemelli
Schemelli
dein's Va- ter Will'n hast du er-fullt,
Thy Fa-ther's task didst Thou com-plete.
bist kom-men aus dam Him-mel-reieh,
From Hea-ven High and king-ly crown,
una ar- men Men-schen wor-den gleich,
to lov-ly man Thou cam- est down.
o Je- su-lein suss, o Je- su-lein mildj
0 Je-aua so gen-tle, Je-sus so sweet!
es bleibt dir Al-les heim-ge-stellt;
tho' Thy will be not man-i- feet,
du wirst mein Wun-schen so er- ful-len,
choose me the course of Thy se-lect-ion,
wie's dei-ner Weis-heit wohl- ge-fallt.
which in Thy wis-dom Thou deem best.
Du bist mein Va- ter, du wirst mien
Thou art my Fa-ther, care for me,
ver-eor-gen, da- rauf hof-fe ich.
I put my trust a- lone in Thee.
59.
0 lie- be See- le, sieh' die Sin- nen von
"0 soul be-loved, with-draw thy mind from the
schno-der Welt-und Wol-lust ab,
ev- il ways that men pur-sue."
so ruft dein Scho-pf er yon der Zin- nen
So calls thy Ma- ker from be-hind where
der ho- hen Him-mels- burg her- ab.
the spires of Hea-ven pierce the blue.
Er teigt dir We- ge und scho-ne Ste- ge,
He shows thy road to the fair a-bode where
auf wel-chen du
a-bide the Blest,
dioh recht kannst lo- ben und al- les
and points to the goal where the way-ward
ha- ben,
soul may
wo- rin- nen dei- ne See- le fin-det Ruh'«
at last find peace and eweet, e- ter-nal rest.
62.
See- len-brau-ti- gam,
Bride-groom of my soul
Je- su, Sot- tes Lamm!
Je-sus, Lamb of God!
ha- be Dank fur dei- ne Lie- be,
Ne-ver is Thy love de-nied me,
die mich rieht aus rei-nem Trie- be
through the mire of sin to guide me,
aus dem Sun- den-schlamm,
where man-kind has trod;
Je- eu, Got- tes Lamm!
Je-eus, Lamb of God.
63.
See " len-wei- de,
i)ear-est Mas-ter,
60.
0 wie se-lig seid ihr doch, ihr From-men,
Bles-sed ye who live in faith un-swerv-ing,
die ihr durch den Tod ' zu Gott ge-kom- men!
ye who die the grace of God de-serv-ing.
Ihr seid ent- gan- gen
Thru Hea-ven* s por-tals
al- ler Not, die uns noeh halt urn-fan- gen,
you es-cape the chains that bind us mor-tals.
mei- ne Freu- de,
Shep-herd, Pas-tor,
Je- su, lass mich fest an dir
Je-sua, keep me close to Thee;
mit Ver- Ian- gen
do not leave me
all-zeit han- gen,
but re-ceive me
bleib' mein Schild, Schutx und Pa- nier.
bul- wark, shield and ban-ner be.
61. 3/4
Schaff 's mit mir, Gott, nach dei-nem Wil-len,
Or- der me, God, at Thy di-rect-ion,
64.
Se- lig, wer an Je- sum denkt,
Hap-py, he who thinks on Christ;
558
Schemelli
Schemelli
der fur une am Kreuz ge-stor-ben,
He who gave Hie life to aave us
der das Le- ben una ge-echenkt,
on the Cross was sac-ri- ficed,
der uns sei- ne Gnad* er- wor- ben.
grace and sure sal- va-tion gave us.
Ach, ihr Men-schen, den- ket d'ran,
Think, ye mor-tals, think a- new
ach, ge-den-ket,
ah, re-mem-ber,
was Gott hat fur euob ge- tan.
all that God has done for you.
65.
Sel ge- gru-sset, Je- zu gu- tig,
Greet-ings, Je-sus, Thou my trea-sure,
u- ber al- le Mass sanft- mu- tig,
kind and good be-yond all mea-sure,
ach, wie bist du so ver-sctad-ssen
ah, how Thou wert de- se- era- ted,
und dein gan-zer Leib xer-ri-sssnj
all Thy bo-dy mu- ti- la- ted!
Lass mich dei- ne Lie-be er-ben
Grant that, dy- ing, we may me-rit,
und da- rin- nen se-lig ster-ben.
all Thy love which we in- he- rit.
mit Ach und Weh
of mi- se- ry,
dein Lei- den zu be-gie- ssen.
with an-guish ov-er-flow- ing.
67.
So gibst du nun,
So now "Good-bye" ,
mein Je- su, gu- te NachtJ
my Je-sus, Thou must say,
So stirbai du denn,
for Thou must die,
mein al- ler-lieb-stes Le-bent
my Life, my Best Be- lo-ved.
Ja, du bist hin, dein Lei- den 1st
Yea, all is done, Thy pain will cease
voll-bracht .
to- day.
Mein Gott ist todt,
My God is dead,
sein Geist ist auf-ge- ge-ben,
His spi- rit has de-par-ted,
mein Gott ist todt,
His soul has sped,
sein Geist ist auf-ge- ge- ben.
and I am bro-ken-heart- ed.
66.
So gehst du nun, mein Je- su, hin,
So now, my Je-sus, Thou must go
den Tod fur mich zu lei- den,
to die for my trans-gress- ion,
fur mich, der ich ein Sun-der bin,
yet I re-joice that for my sins
der dich be-trubt in Freu- den.
Thou ma-kest in-ter-cess- ion.
Wohl- an, fahr' fort,
Ah well, go on,
du ed-ler Hort,
Thou no-ble one,
mein* Au- gen sol- len flie-ssen,
my tears will mark Thy go- ing,
ein Tra-nen-see,
a bit-ter sea
68.
So wunsch* ich mir zu gu- ter Letzt
Ah how I long to die at peace,—
ein se- lig Stund-lein, wohl zu ster-ben,
that God will bless my fi-nal ho- urs,
das mich fur al- lem Leid er- gotzt
that all my suf-fer-ing may cease
und kro-net mich zum Him- mels- er- ben.
and I be crowned in Hea-ven's to-wers.
Komm, sanf-ter Tod,
Come, gen-tle Death,
und zei- ge mir,
and point the way
wo doch mein Freund in Ru- he wei-det,
to where my shop-herd's flock is feed-ing.
bis mei- ne Seel' auch mit Be- gier
my soul would leave this mor-tal clay,
559
Schemelli
Schemelli
su ihm aus die- ser Welt ab-schei-det.
and fol-low glad where He is lead- ing.
69.
Steh'
If
ich bei mei-nem Gott
I to God be true
in un- ver-ruck-ten Gna-den,
His Grace is ev- er by me}
00 kann mir kei- ne Not
tho' trou-bles came a- new,
an mei-ner See-le scha-den.
they can-not ter-ri- fy me.
Kommt gleich ein Uh- fall her,
What- er- er ills be- fall,
71. V*
(Ver-giss main nicht,) mein al- ler-
For-get me not my dear be-
-lieb-8ter Gott.
-lo- ved God,
3/4 m
Ach, ho- re doch mein Fie- hen,
hear Thou my sup-pli- oa- tion;
ach, lass mir Gnad' ge- sche- hen,
grant to me Thy sal- va- tion.
wenn ieh hab' Angst und Not.
wea- ry the path I've trod,
Du mei- ne Zu- ver-sicht,
bit-ter has been my lot,
ver-giss mein nicht I
Oh dear-est God
ver-giss mein nicht!
for- get me notj
weiss ich, dass, der ihn sen- det,
I know that He who sends them
der ihn zu sei- ner Ehr'
with wis-dom or-ders all,
und mei-nem Be-sten wen- det.
and hap-pi- ly will end them.
70.
Ver- giss mein nicht,
Lest I for- get
dass ich dein nicht ver-ges-se
do not, 0 Lord, for-get me;
und mei-ner Pflicht,
nor I the debt,
die ich, o Wur- zel Jes-se,
which I, 0 Root of Jes-se
dir schul-dig binj er- inn' -re stets mein
still owe to Thee; my heart re-mem- bers
der un- zahl-ba- ren Gunst und Lieb-
the count-less fa-vors which Thy love
-lich-kei-ten,
has won me,—
die du mir un- ge-sucht hast wol-
whlch all un-sought by me Thou didst
-len zu- be-rei-ten.
be-stow up-on me.
Du wirst, was mir hin-f ort ge-bricht ,
Lord God, what- ev-er be my lot,
ver-ges-aen nicht.
for-get me not.
Herz
well
72.
Wa- rum be- trubst du dich
And why art griev- ing so
und beu- gest dich zur Er- den,
and bowed to earth in sor-row,
mein sehr ge- plag- ter Geist,
my soul, con-sumed with woe,
mein ab- ge- matt '-ter Sinn?
my mind, with care dis-traught?
Du sorgst, wie will es doch
im- a- gin-ing in fear
noch end- lich mit dir wer-den,
the troub-les of to- mor-rowj
und fiih- rest u- ber Welt
and search-ing far and near
und u- ber Him- mel hin.
for woes which come to naught.
Wirst du dich nicht recht Fast
Make thou the will of God
in Got- tes Wil- len gr'un- den,
thy life's se-cure found- a- tion.
kannst du in E- wig-keit
'tis thus thou canst at- tain
nicht wah- re Ru- he fin- den.
thy peace and thy sal-va- tion.
73.
Was bist du doch,
What is there, soul,
560
Schemelli
Schemelli
0 See- le, so be- tru- bet,
so eore-ly to dis-treas thee?
da dir der Herr
Has then our Lord
ein Kreux zu tra-gen gie- bet?
sent troub-le to op-press thee?
Was gramst du dich
Why griev-est so
so ang-stig-lich,
in bit-ter woe?
ala wur-dest du drum nicht von Gott
As if no more thy God would love
ge- lie- bet?
and bless thee?
74. ^4
Wie wohl 1st mir, o Freund der See^len,
Hap- py am I, o Soul- eom-pan-ion,
wenn ich in dei- ner Lie- be run',
that thru Thy love my trou-bles cease,
Ich stei- ge aus der Schwer-muts-hoh-len
leav-ing the haunts of mel- an- cho-ly,
und ei- le dei- nen Ar- men zu.
safe in Thins arms find per-f ect peace.
Da muss die Nacht des Trau-erns schei-den,
Gone is the night of gloom and sor-row,
wenn mit so an- ge- neh- men Freu-den
joy- ous we turn to greet the Kor-row,
die Lie- be strahlt aus dei-ner Brest,
bright with the love from out Thy breast.
Hier ist mein Him- mel schon auf Er-den,
Hea- ven on earth is ev-er near us
wer woll-te nicht ver- gnu-get wer- den,
rea- dy to com- fort us and cheer as
der in dir su- oher Ruh' und Lust,
giv-ing, thru Thee, de-light and rest.
75.
Wo ist mein Schaf-lein, das ich lie- be,
Where is the sheep T love and cher-ish,
das sich so weit von mir ver- irrt
who goes so far from me a- stray,
und selbst aus eig'-ner Schuld ver-wirrt,
who takes the rough and thorn- y way?
da- rum ich mich so sehr be- tru- be?
I great-ly fear lest he may per-ish.
Wisst ihr's, ihr Au- en und ihr Hir- ten?
Give heed, ye mea-dows and ye shep-herds,
So sagt mir's, eu-rem Scho-pfer, an,
to your Cre- a- tor must be told,
ich will seh'n, ob ich's kann er- we-cken
where I may find this sheep to save him,
und ret- ten von der Ir-re-bahn.
and bring him back ia- to my fold.
561
BHIHiUUIIIMIIIIIMIIIIllMHIIIIIIIW
SONGS
from the
"NOTENBUCH"
of
ANNA MAGDELENA BACH
1722 and 1725
Bachgesellschaft, Vol. XLII (2).
XXb.
So oft ich mei-ne Ta-baks-Pfei-fe,
My friend and I sit here at lei -sure,
mit gu- tem Kna-ster an- ge- fullt,
and smoke in good corn-pan- ion- ship.
zur Lust und Zeit- ver-treib er-grei- fe,
We puff our pipes with qui- et plea-sure,
so giebt sie mir ein Trau-er-bild,
as by the mo-ments gent-ly slip.
und fu- get die- se Leh- re bei.
The clouds of smoke float slow-ly by;
dass ich der- sel-ben ahn-lich sei.
and what but this are you and I?
XXV.
Bist du bei mir,
If Thou be near,
geh' ich mit Freu-den
I go re- joic-ing,
zum Ster- ben und zu mei- ner Ruh'.
to peace and rest be-yond the skies.
Ach, wie ver-gnugt war' so mein En- de,
Nor need I fear what may be-fall me,
es druck-ten dei- ne echo- ne Han- de,
for I will hear Thy sweet voice call me,
mir die ge- treu- en Au- gen zu.
Thy gen-tle hands will close my eyes.
XXXIII. Aria.
Wa- rum be- trubst du dich
Why art thou trou- bled so
und beu- gest dich zur Er-den,
and bowed to earth with sor-row?
mein sehr ge-plag-ter Geist,
Why fear, my har-ried soul,
mein ab-ge-mat-ter Sinn ?
lest ev-il may im-pend 1
Du sorgst, wie will es doch
Why wor- ry what may come
noch end-lich mit dir wer-den,
up- on the dis-tant mor-row,
und fan-rest u- ber Welt
and wan-der far and wide,
und u- ber Him- mel hin.
to seek the rain-bow's end?
Wirst du dich nicht recht fest
If thou be right with God
In ord-er set thine house
in Got-tes Wil-len grun- den,
and ev- er let Him guide thee,
and ask thy God to guide thee,
kennst du in E- wig- keit
then wilt thou be at peace,
nicht wah-re Ru- he fin- den.
what- ev- er may be-tide thee.
XXXIV. Recitative. Ich habe genug.
See Cantata 82, No. Zt for Bass.
Aria, page 47. Schlummert ein.
See Cantata 82, No. 3, for Bass.
XXXV.
S chaff *s mit mir, Gott, nach dei- nem Wil- len,
Deal with me, God, at Thy good plea-sure,
dir sie es Al- les heim-ge-stellt.
eub-ject in all things to Thy will.
Du wirst mein Wun-schen so er- ful- len,
My wish- es by Thy will I mea- sure,
wie's dei-ner Weis-heit wohl- ge-fallt.
Thou in Thy wis- dom all ful-fill.
Du bist mein Va- ter, du wirst mich,
Thou art my Fa-ther, this my pray'r,
ver-sor-gen, dar-auf hof-fe ich.
that I be ev- er in Thy care.
XXXVII. Aria di Govannini. QUERE if by Bach,
Willst du dein Herz mir schen-ken,
If now thy heart be mine, love,
so fang' es heim-lich an,
as tru- ly mine is thine,
dass un- ser Bei- der Den- ken
give thou the world no sign, love,
Nie-mand er- ra- ten kann.
no, not the slight- est sign;
Die Lie- be muss bei Bei- den
for thus the love be-tween us
all-zeit ver-schwie-gen sein,
will ev- er strong-er grow,
562
XXXVII, (continued)
drum uchlieas* die grose-ten Freu-den,
re- joic- ing in this sac-ret,
in dei-nem Her- ten ein.
which we a-lone will know.
2.
Be-hut-sam sei und schwei- ge,
Be eir-cum-spectand si- lent,
den ich xu-vor ge- than?
as mine is tru-ly thine,
willst du dein Hen mir schen-ken,
of this give not a sign, love,
so fang' es heim-lich an.
no, not the slight-est sign.
und trau- e kei-ner Wand,
of list * -ning ears be-ware}
lieb' in- ner-lich und xei-ge
in this our pre- cioussec-ret
dich au- esen un-be-kannt.
let none have a- ny share.
Kein Arg-wohn musst du ge- ben,
Give not the least sus-pic- ion,
ver-stel-lung no-thig ist;
de-ceive them if thou must,
ge- nug, dass du, mein Le- ben,
en-ough that I am faith-ful,
der Treu1 ver- si- chist bist.
en-ough in me to trust.
3.
Be- geh- re kei-ne Bli- che
Re-quire me not to show thee
▼on mei-ner Lie- be nicht,
my love by out-ward glance,
der Neid hab vie- le Stri- eke
for en-vious eyes are watch- ing,
auf un- ser Thun ge- richt.
to in-jure us, per-chance.
Du musst die Brust ver-schlie-ssen,
With-in thy breast im-pris- oned,
halt dei- ne Nei- gung ein,
con- cealed from out- ward view,
die Lust die wir ge- nie-ssen
keep thou this prec-ious see-ret,
muss ein Ge - heim- niss sein.
this see-ret twixt us two.
4.
Zu frei sein, sich er- ge-hen,
To be too free and op-en
hat oft Ge- fahr ge- bracht,
is oft with dan-ger fraughtj
man muss sich wohl ver- ste- hen,
so we must well ar- range it,
weil ein falsch Au- ge wacht.
that they die- co-ver naught.
Du musst den Spruch be- den- ken,
So if thy heart be mine, love,
XXXVIII. Schlummert ein.
See Cantata 82, No. 3, for Bass*
XXXIXa * b. "CHORAL".
1.
Dir, dir, Je-ho-va, will ich sin- gen,
To Thee, Je-ho-vah, come I sing-ing,
denn wo ist doch ein sol-cher Gott wie du?
where is an- oth- er God like un- to Thee?
Dir will ich mei-ne Lie- der brin- gen,
To thee my mu-sic come I bring-ing,
ach, gib mir dei-nes Gei- stes Kraft dar- zu,
make Thou my me- lo-dies stur- dy and free.
dass ich es thu' im Na-men Je- su Christ,
In Je-sus'Name do I ten-der them here,
so wie es dir durch ihn ge- fal- lig ist.
so may they sound de- light-ful to Thine ear.
2.
Zeuch mich, o Va- ter, su dem Soh- ne,
Lead me to Thy dear Son, 0 Fa-ther,
da- mit dein Sohn mich wie-der zieh' in dir.
that He may lead me back to Thee a-gain.
Dein Geist in mei-nem Her-zen woh- ne,
Grant that Thy Ho- ly Spi-rit guide me,
und mei-ne Sin- nen und Ver-stand re- gier',
deep in my heart au-preme to rule and reign;
dass ich den Frie-den Got- tes schroeck'und fuhl*
so may I feel the peace Thy Spi- rit brings,
und dir da- rob im Her-zen sing' und spiel',
where-for my heart with joy Thy glo- ry sings.
3.
Ver-leih* mir, Hoch-ster, sol-che Gii- te,
Give to my song, 0 Lord, Thy bless-ing,
so wird ge-wiss mein Sin- gen recht ge- than:
make Thou my ca- denc-es sweet, true and strong!
so klingt es schon in mei-nem Lie- de,
that with my mu- sic I may please Thee,
und ich bet 'dich in Geist und TTahr-heit an,
praise Thee in spi-rit and truth by my song.
so liebt dein Geist mein Her- zen dir em- por,
so in Thy wor-ahip my voice will I raise,
dass ich dir Psal-men sing' im ho-hen Chor.
join with Thine An-gels sing-ing in Thy praise.
563
Dir, dir, Jehova, (continued)
4.
Denn der kann mlch bei dir ver-tre-ten,
Je- sua will plead for me in Hea-ven,
mit Seuf-zern, die ganz un- aus-sprech-lich sind,
plead-ing in tones to which God will give heed,
der leh- ret mich recht glau-big be- ten,
Je- sue will teach me how to wor-ship,
giebt -Zeug^niss mei-nem Geist, dass ich dein Kind
show me to be the child of God in- deed;
und ein Mit- er- be Je-su Chrif sti sei,
child and Joint Heir withJe-sus Christ am I,
da- her ich Ab-ba,lie-ber Va- ter schrei'.
where-for with Him I Ab- ba, Fa-ther cry.
5.
Wenn dies aus mei-nem Her-zen schal-let
When from my heart my song is pour-ing,
durch dei-nes heil'-gen Gei-stes Kraft und Triab,
fired by Thy Ho- ly Spi-rit from a- hove,
so bricht dein Va-ter- herz, und wal-let
then will the Fa-ther^ hearty re-lent-ing,
ganz brun-stig ge-gen mich vor hei-ssen Lieb',
turn to me glow-ing with Hea-ven-ly love;
dass mir's die Bit-te nicht ver- ja- gen kann
nor can the Fa-ther then re-fuse the plea,
die ich nach dei-nem Wil-len hab' ge-than.
which His Be- lo- ved Son has made for me.
6.
Was mich dein Geist selbst bit-ten leh-ret,
All that Thy Ho- ly Spi-rit teach-es,
das ist nach dei-nem Wil-len ein- ge- richt't,
all will ac- cor-ding to Thy will be done.
und wird ge-wiss von dir er- ho- ret,
ev- en to Heavh our pray-erreach-es,
weil es im Na- men dei-nes Sohns ge-schicbt,
when in the name of Thy Be- lov- ed Son.
ale ich ver- ste-he, bit-te und bo-gehr'.
more than I might ask of Thee or de-sire.
S.
Wohl mir, ich bitt' in Je-su Na- men,
Hap- py am I that Je-sus loves me,
der mich zu dei- ner Rech-ten selbst
pleads for me There at His Fa- ther's
ver- tritt,
Right Hand.
I
in ihm ist Al-les Ja und A- men,
He is my Al-pha,my 0- me- ga,
was ich von dir im Geist und Glau-ben bitt J
un- der His ban-ner do I take my stand.
Wohl mir, Lob dir itzt und in E- wig- keit,
Hap- py am I to whom such joy Thou send,
dass du mir schen-kest sol-che Se- lig-keit.
so will I praise Thee ev- er with-out end.
XL.
Wie wohl ist mir, o Freund der See-len,
How hap- py I, 0 Soul- com-pan-ion,
wenn ich in dei-ner Lie- be ruh',
that thru Thy love my trou-bles cease.
Ich stei- ge aus der Schwer-muths-hoh-len,
I leave the haunts of me- Ian- cho-ly,
und ei- le dei- nen Ar- men zu.
and in Thine arms at last find peace.
Da muss die Nacht des Trau-rens schei-den,
Now must de- part the Night of Sad- ness,
wenn mit so an- ge- neh-men Freu- den
when all the world is filled with g]ad-ness,
die Lie- be strahlt aus mei-ner Brust.
and love is kin- died in my breast.
Hier ist mein Him- mel schon auf Er-dent
For here on earth is Hea- ven nigh me»
durch wel-chen ich dein Kind und Er- be bin, wer woll-te nicht ver- gnu-get wer-den,
Thru Him am I Thine own child and Thine heir, Thy prec-ious love will gio-ri- fy me
und neh- me von dir Gnad'um Gna- de hin.
re-ceiv-ing from Thee grace be- yond com-pare.
7.
Wohl mir, dass ich diess Zeug-niss ha- be,
Hap- py am I with this as-sur-ance,
drum bin ich vol-ler Troet und Freu-dig-keit,
my heart with joy and hope is all a- glow.
und weiss, dass al- le gu- te Ga- be,
well do I know thatev^-ry bleseoing,
die ich von dir ver- Ian- ge je- der-zeit,
all I may ask of Thee wilt Thou be-stow.
der in dir fin-det Ruh' und Lust;
bring to me joy and bless-ed rest.
XLI.
Ge-den- ke doch, mein Geist, zu- ru- eke
Re-mem-ber thou, my soul, and pon- der,
an's Grab und an den Glo- cken-schlag,
how soon thy corpse en-tombed will rest,
da man mich wird zur Ruh' be-glei-ten,
and pray that when they bear it yon- der,
auf dass ich klug-lich ster-ben mag.
that thou wiltdwell a- raong the blest,
die giebst du, und thust u- ber-schweng-lich mehr,
Thru Thee a- bun-dance great do I ac-quire,
564
Notenbuch Anna Magdelena Baoh
XLI. (continued)
Schreib' die- see Wort in Herz und Brust:
En- grave this thought deep in thy heartj
ge- den- ke, dass du ster-ben musst.
that thou and life must sure-ly part.
XLII.
0 E-wig-keit, du Don- ner-wortj
E-ter-ni- ty, thou Thun-der-wordJ
o Schwert, das durch die See-le bohrti
thou sword to pierce the ve-ry soul,
o An- fang son-der En-deJ
Al-pha with-out 0- me-gaJ
0 E-wig-keit, Zeit oh- ne Zeit,
E-ter-ni-ty, thou time-less time,
ich weiss vor gro-sser Trau-rig- keit
1 know not in my bit- ter grief
nicht, wo ich mich hin-wen- del
where I may now be-take me!
Mein ganz er schrock*nes Herz er- bebt,
With dread and fright my heart is wrung,
dass mir die Zung' am Gau- men klebt.
and ter-ror halts my pal-sied tongue.
GIEB DICH ZUFHIEDEN (XXXIX B.G. P. 311)
Gieb dich zu-frie- den und sei stil-le
Fret not, my soul, on God rer ly-ing,
in dem Got- te dei- nes Le-bens,
God to whom thy life is ow- ing.
in ihm ruht al- ler Freu-den Ful- le,
With-out Him vain is all thy stri-ving,
ohn' ihn muhst du dich ver- ge-bensj
with Him joy is ov- er- flow-ing;
er ist dein Quell und dei- ne Son- ne,
Well-spring is He to soothe and rest thee,
scheint tag-lich hell zu dei- ner Won- ne.
sun who with rich a- bun-dance blest thee.
Gieb dich zu- frie- den.
He will pro-tect thee.
(For Nos. XUIa and b, see Schemelli,22 & 23)
Two German Songs indicated as Interludes
between movements of the E flat Magnificat.
(The other two similar songs have Latin words)
A. "Choral".
Vera Him-mel hoch da komrn* ich her,
From Hea-ven High I come to earth,
ich bring' euch gu-te (neu- e) Mahr,
with joy- ful news of Je-sus' birth,
der gu-ten Mahr (bring' ich (so viel)
so sing ye all and cease to mourn,
da-von (ich sing'n und sa- gen) will,
to us this day a child is born.
B.FREUT EUCH UND JUBILIRT.
(Freut euch) (und ju- bi-lirt,)
Be joy- ful, glad & gay
joy- ful be glad and gay
zu Beth-le-hem ge- fun- den wird
in Beth-le-hem is born this day,
das her- xe- lie- be Je- su- lein,
our Je- a us-child j, our hearts 'de- light,
dass soil eu- er Freud' und Won-ne sein.
who will be our Joy and Je-wel bright.
Three Songs in the early version of the
St. John Pas8ion.(XII B.G. pp.135-151)
A. ARIE UND CHORAL, (with two Fl. tr. * Strings)
Him-mel rel- sse Welt er- be- be
Hea-ven crumb-ling, moun-tains tumb-lihg,
fallt (in mei- nen Trau-er- ton)
share the an-guish and the pain
se- het (mei- ne Qual und Angst)
which I suf-fer, Lord, for Thee,
was ich Je-su, mit dir lei- de.
Thou my Je-sus, whom I cher-ish.
Ja, ich zah-le (dei-ne Schmer-zen)
Yea, I suf-fer for Thy sor- row,
0 zer-schlag'-ner Got-tes Sohn
Son of God, so foul-ly slain;
foul-ly slain, yea (bars 20-21)
ich er- wah- le (Gol-go-tha)
1 would ra-ther Gol-go-tha,
fur dies schno-de Welt- ge- bau- de,
than this earth-ly flare and flour-ish.
Wer- den auf des Kreu- zes we- gen
Where Thou withlhy Cross hast trav-elled,
dei- ne Dor- nen aus- ge- sat,
thorns are sowed a- long Thy way*
Songs from the St. John Passion (continued )
Weil ich in Zu- frie-den-heit
So- lace in Thy wounds I find,
mich in dei- ne Wun- den sen- ke
corn-fort in the pain Thou suf-fered.
so er- blick' ich in dein Ster-ben,
So when death is draw-ing near me,
wenn ein stur- mend Wet- ter weht
in the time of storm and wrath,
die-sen Ort da- hin ich mich
then Thy Cross will com-f ort me,
tag-lich (durch den Glau-ben len- ke.)
give me faith and hope to cheer me.
Soprano:
Je-su, dei- ne Pas- si- on
Je-sus, from Thy Pas-sion came
ist mir lau- ter Freu- de,
all our hearts' e- la- tionj
dei-ne ^un-den, Kron' und Hohn
all Thy suf-fer- ing and shame
mei- nes Her- sens Wei- de}
were for our sal- va-tion;
mei-ne Seel' auf Ro- sen gent,
so my Spi- rit blos-soms forth,
wenn ich dran ge-den-ke,
when I pause to pon-der,
in dem Him- mel ei- ne Statt'
on the bliss-ful days to come,
mir des- we- gen schen-ke.
up in Hea- ven yon-der.
so hol-te mich mein stren-ger Rich- ter
yet ev- en there the migh- ty Judge will
wie-derj
find me j
(achi fallt vor ihm) in bit-tern Thra- nen
ah, fall ye down, ye bit-ter tears that
nie- dor.
blind me.
C. ARTJC( Tenor with two Oboes and Organ)
Ach, win- det euch nicht so,
Why writ h- est thou in pain,
ge-plag-te See-len,
tor-ment-ed Spi-rit,
bei eu- rer Kreu- res Angst und Qual.
be-neath thy Cross and care and woes?
Konnt ihr die un- er- mess'- ne Zahl,
Do thou but count the count-less blows,
des har-ten Gei- esel- schla- ge zah- l«n|
by which the sol-diers scourged thy Sav-iourj
so xah- let auch die Men- ge eu-
be-side them place and count thou each
-rer Sun- den
trans-gress-ion,
ihr wer- det die- se (gro- sser) fin- den.
of which thy heart (must make) con-fess- ion.
B. ARTE. (Tenor with Strings and Organ)
(Zer-schmet-tert mich) (ihr Fel- sen ) und
De- stroy ye me, ye moun-tains and
ihr Hu- gel)
ye hill-ocks
wirf Him- mel dei- nen Strahl auf mich!
and scorch my soul, thou Fire of Heav'nJ
Wie fre-vent-lich, wie sund-lich, wie ver-mes-sen,
How wick-ed I, how ar- ro- gant and sin-ful,
hab' ich, o Je-su, dem ver-ges-sen.
that I, 0 Je-sus, should for-get Thee.
Ja, nahm'ich gleich der Mor-gen- ro- the Flu- gel,
Yea, tho I take the ro- ay wings of morn-ing,
566
TWO ALTERNATE RECITATIVES
for Cantata 36
B. G. Vol. VII, pp. 373 and 378
Recitativo Soprano, (Bass con), page 373
Ach, class ich tau-sand Zun- gen hat-tej
Oh would a thou-sand tongues were mine I
Ach, wa- re doch mein Mund
Oh would my lips were free
Achi sei mir nah' und sprich dein
Ah, stand Thou near, and speak Thy
gna-dig Ja,
kraf-tig He-pha-ta,
migh-ty E- pha-ta,
so wird mein Mund (voll Dan- kens) eein.
to loose my tongue in thank-ful praise.
von eit- len V/or-ten leeri
of world- ly van- i- ty,
Ach, dass ich gar nichts recT-te
nor ut- ter a- ny sound
ale was zu Got-tes Lob ge-rich-tet war'i
that does not to the praise of God re- soundj
So mach- te ich dee Hoch-sten Gu- te kundj
For all the good that He has done for me
denn er hat le- bens-lang
thru-out my whole life long
ERRATA in Bible References, in
VOL. IV pp. 75-81
so viel an mir ge- than,
to ren-der fit-ting thanks
dass ich in E- wig-keit
the time would not suf-fice
ihm nicht vor dan-ken kann.
thru all E- ter-ni- ty.
Recitativo Alto, (Bassoon) . page 378
Ge-denk' ich mir iu- ruck,
If I but re-coll-ect
Reference
Printed Should te
Genesis
19
24-25
89(3)a 89(3)A
Psalms
118
1-2
149(lje 149(1)0
121
4-5
193(2ja 193(2)s
Isaiah
25
8
4(4)Tuc 4(5)CF
43
1
Motet 4c Motet 4C
Matthew
5
7
64(2)b,bb 164(2)b,bb
8
23-27
4(3)t 14(3)t
8
23-27
4(4)B 14(4)B
20
41
115(4)S,bc U5(4)S,(6)c
Ephesians 6
16
should be Galatiane.
was du, mein Gott, von zar-ten Ju-gend an
what Thou, my God, hast ev-er done for me,
bis die-sen Au- gen-blick an mir ge- than,
from ear-ly child-hood ev- en to this day,
so kann ich dei-ne Wun- der, Herr,
Thy ma- ny mi-ri-cles would be
so we- nig als die Ster- ne zah-len.
as count-less as the stars of Hea-ven.
Fur dei- ne Kuld, die du an mei-ner See- len
For all the grace, and all the lov-ing-kind-ness,
noch al-le Stun- den thust,
which on me Thou dost show'r
in-dem du nie von dei-ner Lie-be ruhst,
day af-ter day, yea, ev- en ev'-ry hour,
ver- mag ich nicht voll-kommA nen Dank zu weihn.
I could not fit- ly thank Thee all my days.
Mein Mund ist schwach, die Zun-ge stumm
My voice and tongue are dumb and weak,
zu dei- nem Preis und Ruhm.
Thy fit-ting praise to speak.
567
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiini mi urn iiiiiiiiniiiimiiiiiiiiiwiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiii i in iuhiiiiii mil nun m iiiiiiiiini i iimi imiimBimiwiiHiiiMtluMW—ltlllll— UMi—MmiHIIHW— M— mmmillllllTl
Date Due
; ?-; 2 I Id.
»3
75
Library Bureau Cat. No. 1137
JULY \
WELLESLEY COLLEGE LIBRARY
3 5002 03072 3345
Music ML 410 . B13 D7 3
Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685
-1750.
Texts of the choral works of
Johann Sebastian Bach in
w.VSfCUBRAR-f
v° <?
S
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11